WSB HOLDING CO
SB-2, 1997-06-17
Previous: OCI HOLDINGS CORP, 8-A12G, 1997-06-17
Next: ALLEGHENY POWER SYSTEM INC, S-4/A, 1997-06-18



      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 1997

                          Registration No. 333-_______

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


                               WSB Holding Company
          (Exact name of Small Business Issuer as specified in charter)

           Pennsylvania                   6035                    Requested
- ----------------------------   -------------------------     -------------------
(State or other jurisdiction   (Primary SIC No.)              (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or                                          Identification No.)
organization)
                 807 Middle St., Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15212
                                 (412) 231-7297
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
        of principal executive offices and principal place of business)

                              Mr. Robert Neudorfer
                      President and Chief Executive Officer
                               WSB Holding Company
                 807 Middle St., Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15212
                                 (412) 231-7297
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                  Please send copies of all communications to:
                             Samuel J. Malizia, Esq.
                             Gregory J. Rubis, Esq.
                            Felicia C. Battista, Esq.
                      MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
           1301 K Street, N.W., Suite 700 East, Washington, D.C. 20005

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same
offering. [ ]

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please  check  the  following   box.  [  ]  

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title of             Dollar        Proposed          Proposed          Amount
Each Class of        Amount        Maximum       Maximum Aggregate       of  
Securities           to be      Offering Price       Offering       Registration
To Be Registered   Registered      Per Unit          Price(1)            Fee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common  Stock,   
$.10 Par Value     $3,306,000       $10.00          $3,306,000         $1,001.82
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)     Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.


<PAGE>




The registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration  statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
Securities  Act of  1933  or  until  the  registration  statement  shall  become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.


<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
Up to 287,500 Shares of Common Stock


                               WSB HOLDING COMPANY
                                 807 Middle St.
                         Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15212
                                 (412) 231-7297

================================================================================
         Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB is converting from the mutual form to the
stock form of organization. As part of the conversion, Workingmens Savings Bank,
FSB will become  Workingmens  Bank,  a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of WSB Holding
Company.  WSB Holding  Company was formed in June 1997 and upon  consummation of
the conversion will own all of the shares of Workingmens  Bank. The common stock
of WSB Holding  Company is being offered to the public in accordance with a Plan
of  Conversion.  The Plan of  Conversion  must be  approved by a majority of the
votes eligible to be cast by members of Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB and by the
Office  of  Thrift  Supervision.  No common  stock  will be sold if  Workingmens
Savings Bank, FSB does not receive these  approvals and WSB Holding Company does
not receive orders for at least the minimum number of shares.
================================================================================

                                TERMS OF OFFERING

         An  independent  appraiser  has  estimated  the  market  value  of  the
converted  Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB to be between $2,125,000 to $2,875,000,
which  establishes  the  number of shares to be  offered.  Subject  to Office of
Thrift Supervision  approval,  up to 330,600 shares, an additional 15% above the
maximum  number of shares,  may be  offered.  Based on these  estimates,  we are
making the following offering of shares of common stock:

o        Price Per Share:                            $10

o        Number of Shares
         Minimum/Maximum:                            212,500 to 287,500

o        Underwriting Commissions and Expenses
         Minimum/Maximum:                            $280,000

o        Net Proceeds to WSB Holding Company
         Minimum/Maximum:                            $1,845,000 to $2,595,000

o        Net Proceeds Per Share                      $8.68 to $9.03



Please refer to Risk Factors beginning on page 1 of this document.

These  securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed
by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

Neither the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  Office of Thrift  Supervision,
nor any state securities  regulator has approved or disapproved these securities
or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete.  Any representation to
the contrary is a criminal offense.

    For information on how to subscribe, call the Stock Information Center at
                                (412) __________

                            TRIDENT SECURITIES, INC.

__________ ____, 1997


<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                   Page
                                                                                                   ----

<S>                                                                                                <C>
Questions and Answers About the Stock Offering...................................................   (i)
Summary..........................................................................................   (iii)
Selected Financial and Other Data................................................................   (vi)
Risk Factors.....................................................................................   1
Proposed Purchases by Directors and Officers.....................................................   3
Use of Proceeds..................................................................................   4
Dividends........................................................................................   4
Market for the Common Stock......................................................................   5
Capitalization...................................................................................   6
Pro Forma Data...................................................................................   7
Historical and Pro Forma Capital Compliance......................................................   12
The Conversion...................................................................................   13
Consolidated Statements of Income of
  Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB..................................................................   25
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of Operations..................................................   26
Business of WSB Holding Company..................................................................   36
Business of Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB........................................................   37
Regulation.......................................................................................   53
Taxation.........................................................................................   58
Management of WSB Holding Company................................................................   60
Management of Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB......................................................   60
Restrictions on Acquisitions of WSB Holding Company..............................................   65
Description of Capital Stock.....................................................................   68
Legal and Tax Matters............................................................................   70
Experts..........................................................................................   70
Registration Requirements........................................................................   70
Where You Can Find Additional Information........................................................   71
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements of
  Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB..................................................................   72
</TABLE>



         This document contains  forward-looking  statements which involve risks
and uncertainties. WSB Holding Company's actual results may differ significantly
from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might
cause such a  difference  include,  but are not limited to,  those  discussed in
"Risk Factors" beginning on page 1 of this document.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                 QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE STOCK OFFERING

Q:       How will I benefit from the Offering?

A:       The  offering  means  that  you  will  have  the  chance  to  become  a
         stockholder of our newly formed holding  company,  WSB Holding  Company
         which will allow you to share in our future as a federal  stock savings
         bank.  The stock  offering  will  increase  our  capital  and funds for
         lending  and  investment  activities.  As a stock  savings  institution
         operating  through a holding  company  structure,  we will have greater
         flexibility  for  investments.  

Q:       How do I purchase the stock?

A:       You must  complete and return the Stock Order Form to us together  with
         your payment, on or before __________ ____, 1997. See pages __ to __.

Q:       How much stock may I purchase?

A:       The minimum  purchase is 25 shares (or $250).  The maximum  purchase is
         7,500  shares  (or  $75,000),  for any  individual  person  or  persons
         ordering  through a single account.  In addition,  no person,  together
         with associates of and persons acting in concert with such persons, may
         purchase more than 12,500  shares.  However,  no persons  together with
         associates  of and persons  acting in concert  with such  persons,  may
         purchase  more than 5% of the amount of stock sold (i.e.  10,625 shares
         at the minimum of 212,500  shares).  We may  decrease  or increase  the
         maximum purchase  limitation  without  notifying you. In the event that
         the offering is  oversubscribed,  shares will be allocated based upon a
         formula. See pages 22 to 23.

Q:       What happens if there are not enough shares to fill all orders?

A:       You might not receive any or all of the shares you want to purchase. If
         there is an  oversubscription,  the stock will be offered on a priority
         basis to the following persons:

         o        Persons who had a deposit account of at least $50 with  us  on
                  March 31, 1996.  Any remaining shares will be offered to:

         o        Tax Qualified  Employee  Plans,  including the employee  stock
                  ownership plan of Workingmens  Bank. Any remaining shares will
                  be offered to:

         o        Persons who had a deposit account of at least $50 with  us  on
                  June 30, 1997.  Any remaining shares will be offered to:

         o        Other  persons  entitled  to  vote  on  the  approval  of  the
                  Conversion.


If the above  persons do not  subscribe  for all of the  shares,  the  remaining
shares may be offered through Trident  Securities,  Inc.  ("Trident") to certain
persons in a public offering. We have the right to reject any stock order in the
public offering.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       (i)

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Q:       What particular factors should I consider when deciding whether to  buy
         the stock?

A:       Because of the small size of the offering,  there is not expected to be
         an active market for the shares,  which may make it difficult to resell
         any shares you may own. Also,  before you decide to purchase stock, you
         should  also  read  the  Risk  Factors  section  on  pages  1-3 of this
         document.

Q:       As a depositor or borrower  member of  Workingmens  Savings Bank,  FSB,
         what will happen if I do not purchase any stock?

A:       You  presently  have  voting  rights  while we are in the mutual  form;
         however,  once we convert,  voting rights will be held by stockholders.
         You  are  not  required  to  purchase  stock.   Your  deposit  account,
         certificate  accounts and any loans you may have with us will be not be
         affected. See pages 14 to 16.

Q:       Who can help  answer  any other  questions  I may have  about the stock
         offering?

A:       In order to make an informed investment decision,  you should read this
         entire document.  This section highlights selected  information and may
         not  contain  all of the  information  that is  important  to  you.  In
         addition, you should contact:

                            Stock Information Center
                               WSB Holding Company
                                 5035 Curry Road
                            Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
                                (412) __________


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      (ii)

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     SUMMARY

         This summary highlights selected information from this document and may
not contain all the  information  that is  important to you. To  understand  the
stock offering fully, you should read carefully this entire document,  including
the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  notes  to  the  consolidated
financial  statements  of  Workingmens  Savings  Bank,  FSB.  References is this
document to "we",  "us",  and "our" refer to  Workingmens  Savings Bank,  FSB or
Workingmens Bank after the Conversion.  In certain instances where  appropriate,
"us" or "our" refers collectively to WSB Holding Company and Workingmens Savings
Bank,  FSB  including  Workingmens  Bank.  References  in this document to "WSB"
refers to WSB Holding Company

The Companies

                               WSB Holding Company
                                 807 Middle St.
                       Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 37643-3378
                                 (412) 231-7297

         WSB Holding Company is not an operating  company and has not engaged in
any   significant   business  to  date.   It  was  formed  in  June  1997  as  a
Pennsylvania-chartered  corporation  to be the holding  company for  Workingmens
Savings  Bank,  FSB.  The  holding   company   structure  will  provide  greater
flexibility in terms of operations, expansion and diversification. See page 36.

                          Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
                                 807 Middle St.
                       Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 37643-3378
                                 (412) 231-7297

         Workingmens  Savings Bank, FSB began operations in 1881 under the name,
"Workingmens  Premium  and  Loan  Association  of  Allegheny  County."  We are a
community  and  customer  oriented  federal  mutual  savings  bank.  We  provide
financial services to individuals, families and small business. Historically, we
have emphasized  residential  mortgage  lending,  primarily  originating one- to
four-family  mortgage  loans.  At March 31,  1997 we had  total  assets of $33.1
million,  deposits of $27.9 million, and total equity of $2.0 million. After the
completion of the conversion, we will change our name to "Workingmens Bank." See
pages 37 to 52.

The Stock Offering

         Between 212,500 and 287,500 shares of common stock are being offered at
$10 per share. As a result of changes in market and financial  conditions  prior
to  completion  of the  Conversion  or to fill the order of our  employee  stock
ownership  plan and subject to the Office of Thrift  Supervision  approval,  the
offering may be increased to 330,600  shares  without  further notice to you. In
such  event,  you will not have the  opportunity  to change or cancel  any stock
order previously delivered to us.

Stock Purchases

         The shares of common stock will be offered on the basis of  priorities.
As a depositor  or borrower  member,  you will  receive  subscription  rights to
purchase the shares. The shares will be offered first in a Subscription Offering
and any remaining shares will be offered in a Public  Offering.  See pages __ to
__.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      (iii)

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Subscription Rights

         You may not sell or assign your  subscription  rights.  Any transfer of
subscription rights is prohibited by law.

The Offering Range and Determination of the Price Per Share

         The  offering  range is based on an  independent  appraisal  of the pro
forma market value of the common stock by Ferguson & Company,  ("Ferguson"),  an
appraisal firm experienced in appraisals of savings  institutions.  Ferguson has
estimated, that in its opinion as of June 6, 1997 the aggregate pro forma market
value of the common stock  ranged  between  $2,125,000  and  $2,875,000  (with a
mid-point of $2,500,000). The pro forma market value of the shares is our market
value after giving effect to the sale of shares in this offering.  The appraisal
was based in part upon our financial  condition and operations and the effect of
the additional capital raised by the sale of common stock in this offering.  The
$10.00 price per share

was determined by our board of directors and is the price most commonly
used in stock offerings  involving  conversions of mutual savings  institutions.
The  independent  appraisal  will be updated  prior to the  consummation  of the
Conversion.  If the pro forma  market  value of the Common Stock is either below
$2,125,000  or  above  $3,306,000,  you  will be  notified  and  will  have  the
opportunity to modify or cancel your order. See pages 21 to 22.

Termination of the Offering

         The Subscription  Offering will terminate at 12:00 p.m.,  Eastern Time,
on __________ ____, 1997. The Public Offering, if any, may terminate at any time
without notice but no later than __________ ____, 1997,  without approval by the
OTS.

Benefits to Management from the Offering

         Our  full-time  employees  will  participate  in the  offering  through
individual  purchases  and  purchases of stock by our employee  stock  ownership
plan,  which  is a form of  retirement  plan.  We also  intend  to  implement  a
restricted  stock  plan and a stock  option  plan  following  completion  of the
Conversion,  which will benefit the President and other  officers and directors.
However,  the  restricted  stock plan and stock  option  plan may not be adopted
until  after  the  Conversion  and  are  subject  to  stockholder  approval  and
compliance with OTS regulations. See pages 63 to 65.

Use of the Proceeds Raised from the Sale of Common Stock

         WSB Holding Company will use approximately 50% of the net proceeds from
the stock  offerings  to purchase all the common stock to be issued by us in the
Conversion and to make a loan to our employee  stock  ownership plan to fund its
purchase of stock in the  Conversion.  The balance of the funds will be retained
as WSB Holding Company's initial capitalization. See page 4.

Dividends

         WSB does not expect to  establish  a cash  dividend  policy  during the
first year following the Conversion.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      (iv)

<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Market for the Common Stock

         Since the size of the offering is relatively small, it is unlikely that
an active and liquid  trading  market for the trading market will develop and be
maintained.  Investors  should  have  a  long-term  investment  intent.  Persons
purchasing  shares may not be able to sell their shares when they desire or sell
them at a price equal to or above $10.00. See page 5.

Important Risks in Owning WSB Holding Company's Common Stock

         Before you decide to purchase  stock in the  offering,  you should read
the Risk Factors section on pages 1-3 of this document.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       (v)

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

         We are providing the following summary  financial  information about us
for your  benefit.  This  information  is derived from our 1996 and 1995 audited
financial  statements as well as our  unaudited  period March 31, 1997, as shown
below.  The  following  information  is only a summary and you should read it in
conjunction with our consolidated  (including  consolidated data from operations
of our subsidiary) financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1.




Selected Financial and Other Data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  At March 31,                    At June 30,
                                               ------------------   -----------------------------------------
                                                      1997                1996                 1995
                                               ------------------   -----------------   ---------------------
                                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>                 <C>                  <C>    
Total Amount of:
  Total assets..............................              $33,127             $30,579              $28,282
  Loans receivable, net.....................               14,125              13,629               12,798
  Securities held-to maturity ..............               12,989              10,892                8,941
  Federal home loan bank advances...........                3,000                  --                   --
  Securities available for sale.............                2,758               3,318                1,402
  Deposits..................................               27,860              28,157               25,779
  Retained earnings.........................                2,020               2,091                2,101

Number of:
  Deposit accounts..........................                4,791               4,732                4,358
  Full service offices......................                    2                   2                    2

</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      (vi)

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Summary of Operations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               For the Nine Months Ended                For the Years Ended
                                                       March 31,                             June 30,
                                          -----------------------------------   ----------------------------------
                                                1997               1996              1996               1995
                                          ----------------   ----------------   ---------------   ----------------
                                                                       (In Thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>   
Interest and dividend income...........             $1,675             $1,528            $2,053             $1,805
Interest expense.......................                990                940             1,257              1,039
                                                     -----             ------             -----              -----
Net interest income....................                685                588               796                766
Provision for loan losses..............                128                 13                35                 19
                                                    ------             ------            ------             ------
Net interest income after
  provision for loan losses............                557                575               761                747
Noninterest income.....................                 65                 65                82                114
Noninterest expense....................                774(1)             603               798                700
                                                     -----              -----             -----              -----
Income before income taxes.............              (152)                 37                45                161
Income tax expense (benefit)...........               (77)                  6                10                 11
                                                   ------               -----             -----              -----
Net income (loss)......................           $   (75)            $    31           $    35            $   150
                                                   ======              ======            ======             ======

</TABLE>

- --------------------
(1)      Includes  a  non-recurring  expense of $161 for the nine  months  ended
         March 31, 1997 for a one-time deposit premium to recapitalize the SAIF.

Key Operating Ratios

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                At or For the                At and For the
                                                              Nine Months Ended                Years Ended
                                                                  March 31,                     June 30,
                                                        -----------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                           1997(1)        1996(1)          1996           1995
                                                        ------------   --------------   ------------     ----------
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>  
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets
  (net income divided by average total assets).......         (0.32)%           0.14%          0.12%          0.55%
Return on average equity
  (net income divided by average equity).............         (4.88)            1.96           1.65           7.42
Ratio of average equity to average total assets
  (average equity divided by average total assets)...           6.45            7.12           7.12           7.48
Equity to assets at period end.......................           6.10            6.82           6.84           7.43
Interest rate spread.................................           2.92            2.57           2.59           2.61
Net interest margin..................................           3.02            2.78           2.81           2.90
Average interest-earning assets to average
  interest-bearing liabilities.......................         102.43          104.71         104.98         107.20
Net interest income after provision for loan losses,
  to total noninterest expense.......................          71.85           95.20          95.38         106.77

Asset Quality Ratios:
Non-performing loans to total assets.................           2.34            2.31           2.38           2.55
Non-performing assets to total assets................           2.34            2.31           2.38           2.91
Non-performing loans to total loans..................           5.42            5.30           5.30           5.60
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
  at end of period...................................           1.40            0.48           0.55           0.69
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing
  loans..............................................          25.86            8.97          10.41          12.33
</TABLE>

- -----------------
(1)      Ratios for nine month periods are stated on an annualized  basis.  Such
         ratios and results are not  necessarily  indicative of results that may
         be expected for the full year.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      (vii)

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

         In  addition  to the other  information  in this  document,  you should
consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in our
common stock.

Lack of Active Market for Common Stock

         Due to the small size of the  offering,  it is highly  unlikely that an
active trading  market will develop and be maintained.  If an active market does
not develop, you may not be able to sell your shares promptly or perhaps at all,
or sell  your  shares  at a price  equal to or above  the price you paid for the
shares. The common stock may not be appropriate as a short-term investment.  See
"Market for the Common Stock."

Potential  Impact of Changes in  Interest  Rates and the Current  Interest  Rate
Environment

         Our ability to make a profit, like that of most financial institutions,
is substantially  dependent on our net interest income,  which is the difference
between the  interest  income we earn on our  interest-earning  assets  (such as
mortgage loans and investment securities) and the interest expense we pay on our
interest-bearing  liabilities  (such as  deposits  and  borrowings).  All of our
mortgage  loans have rates of interest  which are fixed for the term of the loan
("fixed rate") and are originated with terms of 15 years, while deposit accounts
have  significantly  shorter  terms to  maturity.  Because our  interest-earning
assets  generally  have  fixed  rates  of  interest  and have  longer  effective
maturities   than   our   interest-bearing   liabilities,   the   yield  on  our
interest-earning assets generally will adjust more slowly to changes in interest
rates than the cost of our  interest-bearing  liabilities.  As a result, our net
interest income will be adversely  affected by material and prolonged  increases
in interest rates. In addition,  rising interest rates may adversely  affect our
earnings  because  there  might be a lack of  customer  demand  for  loans.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations -- Asset/Liability Management."

         Changes in interest rates also can affect the average life of loans and
mortgage-backed securities.  Historically lower interest rates in recent periods
have resulted in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed  securities,
as borrowers refinanced their mortgages in order to reduce their borrowing cost.
Under these  circumstances,  we are subject to  reinvestment  risk to the extent
that we are not able to reinvest such  prepayments at rates which are comparable
to the rates on the prepaid loans or securities.

Asset Quality

         At  March  31,  1997,  we had  loans  totalling  $769,000  in our  loan
portfolio that were classified as  nonperforming  loans.  Payment of $736,000 is
due from one borrower on June 30, 1997. In the  beginning of June 1997,  certain
circumstances  came to our attention that the borrower might have  difficulty in
repaying the loans on June 30, 1997. If payment is not  received,  we will begin
foreclosure  on the loan in July 1997 and the loans will be  classified as other
real estate owned.  This borrower  held 16  individual  loans,  that ranged from
$30,000 to $100,000,  and were secured by one- to four-family  residences in the
city of Pittsburgh.  While we believe our loan loss reserve was adequate,  there
can be no assurance  that our  allowance for loan loss will be adequate to cover
all losses that we might incur in the future.  See  "Management's Discussion and
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  -  Results  of
Operations  for the Nine Months  Ended  March 31, 1997 and 1996 - Provision  for
Loan Losses."



                                        1

<PAGE>



Decreased  Return on Average  Equity and Increased  Expenses  Immediately  After
Conversion

         As a result of the Conversion,  our equity will increase substantially.
Our  expenses  also  will  increase  because  of the costs  associated  with our
employee stock ownership plan, restricted stock ownership plan, and the costs of
being a public company. Because of the increases in our equity and expenses, our
return on equity may decrease as compared to our  performance in previous years.
Initially,  we intend to invest the net proceeds in short term investments which
generally have lower yields than  residential  mortgage loans. A lower return on
equity could reduce the trading price of our shares. See "Use of Proceeds."

Anti-Takeover  Provisions and Statutory Provisions That Could Discourage Hostile
Acquisitions of Control

         Provisions in WSB's articles of incorporation  and bylaws,  the general
corporation  law  of the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  and  certain  federal
regulations may make it difficult and expensive to pursue a tender offer, change
in control or takeover  attempt which we oppose.  As a result,  stockholders who
might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have an opportunity to
do so. Such  provisions  will also  render the  removal of the current  board of
directors or management of WSB more difficult. In addition, these provisions may
reduce the trading price of our stock. These provisions include: restrictions on
the acquisition of WSB's equity securities and limitations on voting rights; the
classification  of the terms of the members of the board of  directors;  certain
provisions relating to the meeting of stockholders;  denial of cumulative voting
by  stockholders  in the election of directors;  the issuance of preferred stock
and  additional  shares  of  common  stock  without  shareholder  approval;  and
supermajority provisions for the approval of certain business combinations.  See
"Restrictions on Acquisitions of WSB Holding Company"

Possible Voting Control by Directors and Officers

         The proposed  purchases of the common stock by our directors,  officers
and employee stock ownership  plan, as well as the potential  acquisition of the
common stock through the stock option plan and restricted stock plan, could make
it difficult to obtain  majority  support for  stockholder  proposals  which are
opposed by us. In addition,  the voting of those shares could enable us to block
the approval of transactions (i.e.,  business  combinations and amendment to our
articles of  incorporation  and  bylaws)  requiring  the  approval of 80% of the
stockholders  under the WSB's  articles of  incorporation.  See  "Management  of
Workingmens  Savings  Bank,  FSB --  Executive  Compensation,"  "Description  of
Capital Stock," and "Restrictions on Acquisitions of WSB Holding Company"

Possible Dilutive Effect of RSP and Stock Options

         If the Conversion is completed and shareholders  approve the restricted
stock plan and stock  option  plan,  we will  issue  stock to our  officers  and
directors  through these plans. If the shares for the restricted  stock plan and
stock options are issued from our authorized but unissued stock,  your ownership
percentage could be cumulatively  diluted by up to  approximately  12.3% and the
trading price of our stock may be reduced.  See "Pro Forma Data," "Management of
Workingmens  Savings Bank, FSB -- Proposed  Future Stock Benefit Plans," and "--
Restricted Stock Plan."


                                        2

<PAGE>

Financial Institution Regulation and Future of the Thrift Industry

     We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and examination by the
OTS and FDIC. Bills have been introduced in Congress that could  consolidate the
OTS with the Office of the  Comptroller of the Currency  ("OCC") and require the
Bank to  adopt a  commercial  charter.  If we  become  a  commercial  bank,  our
investment authority and the ability of WSB to engage in diversified  activities
may  be  limited,   which  could  affect  our  value  and   profitability.   See
"Regulation."

Restrictions on Repurchase of Shares

     Generally,  during the first year  following  the  Conversion,  WSB may not
repurchase its shares.  During each of the second and third years  following the
Conversion,  WSB may repurchase up to 5% of its outstanding shares. During those
periods, if we decide that additional  repurchases would be a good use of funds,
we would  not be able to do so,  without  obtaining  OTS  approval.  There is no
assurance that OTS approval would be given.  See "The Conversion -- Restrictions
on Repurchase of Stock."


                  PROPOSED PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     The following table sets forth the approximate purchases of common stock by
each director and executive officer and their associates in the Conversion.  All
shares will be purchased for investment purposes and not for purposes of resale.
The table assumes that 250,000  shares (the midpoint of the estimated  valuation
range,  "EVR") of the  common  stock  will be sold at $10.00  per share and that
sufficient shares will be available to satisfy  subscriptions in all categories.
However,  officers and directors and their  associates may not buy more than 35%
of the total amount of shares sold in the  Conversion.  Aggregate Total Price of
Percent  Shares  Shares  of  Shares  Name  Position  Purchased(1)   Purchased(1)
Purchased(1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                Aggregate
                                                                           Total                Price of                 Percent
                                                                           Shares                Shares                of Shares
Name                               Position                              Purchased(1)          Purchased(1)           Purchased(1)
- ----                               --------                              ------------          ------------           ------------

<S>                                <C>                                     <C>                  <C>                     <C>
Joseph J. Manfred                  Chairman and
                                   Director                                 7,500                $ 75,000                 3.0%
Robert Neudorfer                   President and
                                   Director                                12,500                 125,000                 5.0%
Stanford H. Rosenberg              Vice-President and
                                   Director                                12,500                 125,000                 5.0%
Johanna C. Guehl                   Secretary and
                                   Director                                12,500                 125,000                 5.0%
John P. Mueller                    Director                                12,500                 125,000                 5.0%
John T. Ringland                   Director                                12,500                 125,000                 5.0%
Ronald W. Moreschi                 Vice-President and
                                   Treasurer                                7,500                  75,000                 3.0%
                                                                            -----                  ------                 ---   
                                                                           77,500                $775,000                31.0%
                                                                           ======                ========                ==== 

</TABLE>

- --------------------
(1)      Does not include shares purchased by the ESOP.


                                        3

<PAGE>



                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         WSB will use 50% of the net proceeds  from the offering to purchase all
of the capital stock we will issue in connection with the Conversion.  A portion
of the net proceeds to be retained by WSB will be loaned to our  employee  stock
plan to fund its purchase of up to 8% of the shares sold in the Conversion. On a
short-term basis, the balance of the net proceeds retained by WSB initially will
be invested in short-term investments.  Although there are no current plans, the
net proceeds subsequently may be used to diversify activities.  The net proceeds
may also serve as a source of funds for the payment of dividends to stockholders
or for the  repurchase of the shares.  A portion of the net proceeds may also be
used to fund the purchase of 4% of the shares for a  restricted  stock plan (the
RSP) which is anticipated to be adopted following the Conversion. See "Pro Forma
Data."

         The funds we received from the sale of our capital stock to WSB will be
added to our general funds and be used for general corporate purposes including:
(i)  investment in mortgages and other loans,  (ii) U.S.  Government and federal
agency  securities,   (iii)  mortgage-backed   securities,   (iv)  funding  loan
commitments  or (v)  repaying  FHLB  advances.  However,  initially we intend to
invest  the net  proceeds  in  short-term  investments  until we can  deploy the
proceeds into higher yielding loans. The funds added to our capital will further
strengthen our capital position.

         If additional  benefit  plans,  such as the RSP, are adopted within one
year and our  tangible  capital  is not  equal to or  greater  than 10% of total
assets at the time, WSB will provide  additional  capital to us so that tangible
capital  equals  10% of total  assets to comply  with OTS rules  requiring  such
capital prior to  implementation  of the RSP. See footnote (1) under "Historical
and Pro Forma Capital Compliance."

         The net proceeds may vary because the total  expenses of the Conversion
may be more or less than those estimated. We expect our estimated expenses to be
$280,000.  Our estimated  net proceeds will range from  $1,845,000 to $2,595,000
(or up to $3,026,000 in the event the maximum of the estimated  valuation  range
is increased to  $3,306,000).  See "Pro Forma Data." The net proceeds  will also
vary if expenses  are  different  or if the number of shares to be issued in the
Conversion  is adjusted to reflect a change in our  estimated  pro forma  market
value.  Payments  for shares made  through  withdrawals  from  existing  deposit
accounts  with us will not result in the receipt of new funds for  investment by
us but will result in a reduction of our  liabilities  and  interest  expense as
funds are transferred from interest-bearing certificates or accounts.

                                    DIVIDENDS

         Upon  Conversion,  WSB's board of directors  will have the authority to
declare   dividends  on  the  shares,   subject  to  statutory  and   regulatory
requirements. WSB does not expect to establish a cash dividend policy during the
first year  after the  Conversion.  Declarations  of  dividends  by the board of
directors will depend upon a number of factors, including: (i) the amount of the
net proceeds  retained by WSB in the Conversion,  (ii) investment  opportunities
available, (iii) capital requirements,  (iv) regulatory limitations, (v) results
of  operations  and  financial  condition,  (vi) tax  considerations,  and (vii)
general economic conditions.  Upon review of such considerations,  the board may
authorize  future  dividends  if  it  deems  such  payment  appropriate  and  in
compliance  with  applicable  law  and  regulation.  For a  period  of one  year
following the completion of the  Conversion,  we will not pay any dividends that
would be  construed  as a return of  capital  nor take any  actions to pursue or
propose such dividends.  In addition,  there can be no assurance that regular or
special  dividends  will be paid,  or, if paid,  will  continue to be paid.  See
"Historical and Pro Forma Capital Compliance," "The Conversion -- Effects

                                        4

<PAGE>



of Conversion to Stock Form on Savers and Borrowers of Workingmens Savings Bank,
FSB --  Liquidation  Account"  and  "Regulation  -- Dividend  and Other  Capital
Distribution Limitations."

         WSB is not  subject to OTS  regulatory  restrictions  on the payment of
dividends  to its  stockholders  although the source of such  dividends  will be
dependent  in part  upon the  receipt  of  dividends  from us.  WSB is  subject,
however,  to the  requirements  of  Pennsylvania  law, which generally limit the
payment of dividends  to amounts that will not affect the ability of WSB,  after
the dividend has been  distributed,  to pay its debts in the ordinary  course of
business.

         In addition to the  foregoing,  the portion of our  earnings  which has
been  appropriated  for bad debt  reserves and  deducted for federal  income tax
purposes  cannot be used by us to pay cash  dividends to WSB without the payment
of federal  income taxes by us at the then current income tax rate on the amount
deemed  distributed,  which would include the amount of any federal income taxes
attributable to the distribution.  See "Taxation -- Federal Taxation" and Note J
to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.   WSB  does  not  contemplate  any
distribution  by us that would  result in a recapture of our bad debt reserve or
otherwise create federal tax liabilities.


                           MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

         As a newly organized  company,  WSB has never issued capital stock, and
consequently there is no established market for the common stock.  Following the
completion  of the  offering,  it is  anticipated  that the common stock will be
traded on the over-the-counter  market with quotations available through the OTC
Electronic  Bulletin Board.  Trident  Securities is expected to make a market in
the common  stock.  Making a market may include the  solicitation  of  potential
buyers  and  sellers  in order to match buy and sell  orders.  However,  Trident
Securities  will not be subject to any obligation  with respect to such efforts.
If the common stock cannot be quoted and traded on the OTC Bulletin  Board it is
expected that the  transactions in the common stock will be reported in the pink
sheets of the National Quotation Bureau, Inc.

         The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of
willing buyers and sellers. Due to the small size of the offering,  it is highly
unlikely that an active trading market will develop and be maintained. You could
have difficulty disposing of your shares and you should not view the shares as a
short-term investment.  You may not be able to sell your shares at a price equal
to or above the price you paid for the shares.



                                        5

<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

         The following  table  presents,  as of March 31, 1997,  our  historical
capitalization and the consolidated capitalization of WSB after giving effect to
the  Conversion and the other  assumptions  set forth below and under "Pro Forma
Data," based upon the sale of shares at the minimum, midpoint,  maximum, and 15%
above the maximum of the EVR at a price of $10.00 per share:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Pro Forma Consolidated Capitalization
                                                                               Based on the Sale of (2)(3)
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Historical        212,500            250,000            287,500      330,600
                                                   Capitalization     Shares at          Shares at          Shares at    Shares At
                                                    at March 31,        $10.00             $10.00            $10.00        $10.00
                                                        1997          Per Share          Per Share          Per Share    Per Share
                                                       ------         ---------          ---------          ---------    ---------
                                                                                    (In Thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>                <C>               <C>           <C>    
Deposits(1) ..................................          $27,860         $27,860            $27,860           $27,860       $27,860
Other Borrowings..............................            3,000           3,000              3,000             3,000         3,000
                                                        -------         -------            -------           -------       -------
  Total deposits and other borrowings.........          $30,860         $30,860            $30,860           $30,860       $30,860
                                                         ======          ======             ======            ======        ======
                                                     
Stockholders' Equity:                                
 Preferred Stock, $.10 par value per share,          
   1,000,000 shares authorized; none to be           
   issued.....................................         $      -        $      -           $      -          $      -      $      -
 Common Stock, $.10 par value, 4,000,000             
   shares authorized; total shares to be             
   issued as reflected........................                -              21                 25                29            33
Additional paid in capital....................                -           1,824              2,195             2,566         2,994
  Stockholders' equity(4).....................            2,020           2,020              2,020             2,020         2,020
Less:                                                
  Common Stock acquired by ESOP...............                -            (170)              (200)             (230)         (265)
  Common Stock acquired by RSP................                -             (85)              (100)             (115)         (132)
                                                         ------          ------             ------            ------         -----
Total stockholders' equity....................          $ 2,020         $ 3,610            $ 3,940           $ 4,270       $ 4,650
                                                         ======          ======             ======            ======        ======
                                               
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1)      Excludes accrued interest payable on deposits. Withdrawals from savings
         accounts  for the  purchase of stock have not been  reflected  in these
         adjustments.  Any withdrawals will reduce pro forma  capitalization  by
         the amount of such withdrawals.
(2)      Does not reflect the  increase in the number of shares of common  stock
         after the Conversion in the event of  implementation of the Option Plan
         or RSP. See  "Management  of  Workingmens  Savings Bank, FSB - Proposed
         Future Stock  Benefit  Plans -- Stock  Option Plan" and "--  Restricted
         Stock Plan."
(3)      Assumes that 8% and 4% of the shares issued in the  Conversion  will be
         purchased  by the  ESOP  and  RSP,  respectively.  No  shares  will  be
         purchased  by the RSP in the  Conversion.  It is assumed on a pro forma
         basis that the RSP will be adopted by the board of directors,  approved
         by stockholders of WSB, and reviewed by the OTS. It is assumed that the
         RSP will  purchase  common stock in the open market  within one year of
         the  Conversion  in  order  to  give an  indication  of its  effect  on
         capitalization. The pro forma presentation does not show the impact of:
         (a) results of operations  after the  Conversion,  (b) changing  market
         prices of shares of common stock after the Conversion, or (c) a smaller
         than 4% or 8% purchase by the RSP or ESOP,  respectively.  Assumes that
         the funds used to acquire the ESOP shares will be borrowed from WSB for
         a ten year  term at the  prime  rate as  published  in The Wall  Street
         Journal.  For an  estimate of the impact of the ESOP on  earnings,  see
         "Pro Forma  Data." The Bank intends to make  contributions  to the ESOP
         sufficient to service and ultimately  retire its debt. The amount to be
         acquired  by  the  ESOP  and  RSP  is   reflected  as  a  reduction  of
         stockholders'  equity.  The issuance of authorized but unissued  shares
         for the RSP in an  amount  equal  to 4% of the  outstanding  shares  of
         common  stock will have the effect of diluting  existing  stockholders'
         interests by 3.9%. There can be no assurance that stockholder  approval
         of the RSP will be obtained.  See  "Management of  Workingmens  Savings
         Bank,  FSB - Proposed  Future Stock  Benefit  Plans - Restricted  Stock
         Plan."
(4)      The  equity  of the Bank  will be  substantially  restricted  after the
         Conversion.  See "Dividends," "Regulation - Dividends and Other Capital
         Distribution  Limitations,"  "The Conversion - Effects of Conversion to
         Stock Form on Depositors and Borrowers of Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
         -  Liquidation  Account"  and  Note  R to  the  Consolidated  Financial
         Statements.


                                        6

<PAGE>



                                 PRO FORMA DATA

         The actual net  proceeds  from the sale of the common  stock  cannot be
determined  until  the  Conversion  is  completed.  However,  net  proceeds  are
currently  estimated  to be between $1.8 million and $3.0 million at the minimum
and maximum, as adjusted, of the EVR, based upon the following assumptions:  (i)
8% of the  shares  will be sold to the ESOP and  77,500  shares  will be sold to
officers,  directors, and members of their immediate families; (ii) Trident will
have received sales fees including expenses of $85,000;  (iii) no shares will be
sold in a Public Offering;  (iv) other Conversion expenses,  excluding the sales
fees paid to Trident, will be $195,000; and (v) 4% of the shares will be sold to
the RSP. Because  management of the Savings Bank presently  intends to adopt the
RSP within the first year following the Conversion, a purchase by the RSP in the
Conversion  has been  included  with the pro forma data to give an indication of
the effect of a 4% purchase by the RSP, at a $10.00 per share  purchase price in
the market,  even though the RSP does not  currently  exist and is prohibited by
OTS  regulation  from  purchasing  shares  in  the  Conversion.  The  pro  forma
presentation  does not show the effect of: (a) results of  operations  after the
Conversion, (b) changing market prices of the shares after the Conversion or (c)
less than a 4% purchase by the RSP.

         The  following  table sets  forth,  our  historical  net  earnings  and
stockholders'  equity prior to the Conversion and the pro forma consolidated net
earnings and stockholders' equity of WSB following the Conversion. Unaudited pro
forma  consolidated net earnings and  stockholders'  equity have been calculated
for the nine months  ended March 31, 1997 and fiscal year ended June 30, 1996 as
if the common stock to be issued in the Conversion had been sold at July 1, 1996
and July 1, 1995,  and the  estimated  net  proceeds  had been  invested  at 6%,
respectively  for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996 and the nine months  ended
March 31, 1997, which was approximately equal to the one-year U.S. Treasury bill
rate at March 31, 1997.  The one-year U.S.  Treasury  bill rate,  rather than an
arithmetic average of the average yield on  interest-earning  assets and average
rate paid on deposits,  has been used to estimate income on net proceeds because
it is believed  that the one-year  U.S.  Treasury  bill rate is a more  accurate
estimate  of the rate that would be obtained on an  investment  of net  proceeds
from the  offering.  In  calculating  pro forma income,  an effective  state and
federal  income tax rate of 33% has been  assumed  for the  respective  periods,
resulting  in an after tax yield of 4.02% for the nine  months  ended  March 31,
1997 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996.  Withdrawals from deposit accounts
for the purchase of shares are not reflected in the pro forma  adjustments.  The
computations are based upon the assumptions that 212,500 shares (minimum of EVR)
shares,  250,000  (midpoint of EVR),  287,500 shares (maximum of EVR) or 330,600
shares  (maximum,  as  adjusted,  of the EVR) are sold at a price of $10.00  per
share.  As discussed  under "Use of Proceeds,"  WSB expects to retain 50% of the
net  Conversion  proceeds,  part of which will be loaned to the ESOP to fund its
anticipated  purchase of 8% of shares  issued in the  Conversion.  It is assumed
that the yield on the net proceeds of the Conversion retained by WSB will be the
same as the  yield on the net  proceeds  of the  Conversion  transferred  to us.
Historical  and pro forma per share  amounts  have been  calculated  by dividing
historical  and pro forma amounts by the indicated  number of shares.  Per share
amounts  have  been  computed  as if the  shares  had  been  outstanding  at the
beginning of the periods or at the dates shown,  but without any  adjustment  of
per share historical or pro forma  stockholders'  equity to reflect the earnings
on the estimated net proceeds.

         The stockholders'  equity  information is not intended to represent the
fair  market  value  of the  shares,  or the  current  value  of our  assets  or
liabilities, or the amounts, if any, that would be available for distribution to
stockholders in the event of liquidation.  For additional  information regarding
the  liquidation  account,  see  "The  Conversion  --  Certain  Effects  of  the
Conversion  to Stock Form on Savers and Borrowers of  Workingmens  Savings Bank,
FSB -- Liquidation Account" and Note R to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The pro forma income derived from the  assumptions set forth above should not be
considered indicative of the actual results of our

                                        7

<PAGE>



operations for any period.  Such pro forma data may be materially  affected by a
change in the price per share or number of shares to be issued in the Conversion
and by other factors.  For information  regarding investment of the proceeds see
"Use of Proceeds" and "The Conversion -- Stock Pricing" and "-- Number of Shares
to be Issued in the Conversion."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             At or For the Nine Months Ended March 31, 1997
                                                                      -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      212,500            250,000         287,500          330,600
                                                                      Shares at          Shares at       Shares at        Shares at
                                                                       $10.00            $10.00           $10.00           $10.00
                                                                      per share          per share       per share        per share
                                                                      ---------          ---------       ---------        ---------
                                                                             (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                                                   <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>      
Gross proceeds.....................................................   $   2,125         $   2,500        $   2,875        $   3,306
Less estimated offering expenses...................................        (280)             (280)            (280)            (280)
                                                                      ---------         ---------        ---------        ---------
  Estimated net proceeds...........................................       1,845             2,220            2,595            3,026
  Less: ESOP funded by the Company.................................        (170)             (200)            (230)            (265)
          RSP funded by the Company................................         (85)             (100)            (115)            (132)
                                                                      ---------         ---------        ---------        ---------
  Estimated investable net proceeds:...............................   $   1,590         $   1,920        $   2,250        $   2,630
                                                                       ========          ========         ========         ========

Net income:
  Historical net income............................................   $     (75)        $     (75)      $      (75)       $     (75)
  Pro forma earnings on investable net proceeds....................          48                58               68               79
  Pro forma ESOP adjustment(1).....................................          (9)              (10)             (12)             (13)
  Pro forma RSP adjustment(2)......................................          (9)              (10)             (12)             (13)
                                                                        --------         --------        ---------        ---------
 ..Total............................................................   $     (44)        $     (37)      $      (30)      $      (22)
                                                                       =========         ========        =========        =========

Net income per share:
  Historical net income per share..................................   $   (0.38)        $   (0.32)      $   (0.28)       $   (0.24)
  Pro forma earnings on net proceeds...............................        0.24              0.25            0.25             0.26
  Pro forma ESOP adjustment(1).....................................       (0.04)            (0.04)          (0.04)           (0.04)
  Pro forma RSP adjustment(2)......................................       (0.04)            (0.04)          (0.04)           (0.04)
                                                                       ---------         ---------       ---------        ---------
 ..Total(5).........................................................   $   (0.22)        $   (0.16)      $   (0.11)       $   (0.07)
                                                                       =========         =========        =========        =========
Stockholders' equity:(3)
  Historical.......................................................   $   2,020         $   2,020       $   2,020        $   2,020
  Estimated net proceeds...........................................       1,845             2,220           2,595            3,026
  Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP(1)...........................        (170)             (200)           (230)            (265)
 ..      Common stock acquired by RSP(2)............................         (85)             (100)           (115)            (132)
                                                                       ---------         ---------       ---------        ---------
 ..Total............................................................   $   3,610         $   3,940       $   4,270        $   4,650
                                                                       ========           ========        ========         ========
Stockholders' equity per share:(3)
  Historical.......................................................   $    9.51         $    8.08       $    7.03        $    6.11
  Estimated net proceeds...........................................        8.68              8.88            9.03             9.15
  Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP(1)...........................       (0.80)            (0.80)          (0.80)           (0.80)
 ..      Common stock acquired by RSP(2)............................       (0.40)            (0.40)          (0.40)           (0.40)
                                                                        --------          --------        --------         --------
 ..Total............................................................   $   16.99         $   15.76       $   14.85        $   14.06
                                                                        ========          ========        ========         ========
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders'
  equity per share(4)..............................................        58.9%             63.5%           67.3%            71.1%
                                                                       =========         =========       =========        =========
Ratio of offering price to pro forma earnings per share(5).........           -                 -               -                -
                                                                         =======           =======         =======          =======
</TABLE>

                                                  (footnotes on following pages)

                                        8

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            At or For the Year Ended June 30, 1996
                                                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     212,500              250,000       287,500         330,600
                                                                    Shares at            Shares at     Shares at       Shares at
                                                                      $10.00               $10.00       $10.00          $10.00
                                                                    per share            per share     per share       per share
                                                                    ---------            ---------     ---------       ---------
                                                                             (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                                                 <C>               <C>              <C>            <C>       
Gross proceeds....................................................  $   2,125         $   2,500        $   2,875      $    3,306
Less estimated offering expenses..................................       (280)             (280)            (280)           (280)
                                                                    ---------         ---------        ---------       ---------
  Estimated net proceeds..........................................      1,845             2,220            2,595           3,026
  Less: ESOP funded by the Company................................       (170)             (200)            (230)           (265)
          RSP funded by the Company...............................        (85)             (100)            (115)           (132)
                                                                    ---------         ---------        ---------       ---------
  Estimated investable net proceeds:..............................  $   1,590         $   1,920        $   2,250      $    2,630
                                                                     ========          ========         ========        ========

Net income:
  Historical net income...........................................  $      35         $      35        $      35      $       35
  Pro forma earnings on investable net proceeds...................         64                77               90             106
  Pro forma ESOP adjustment(1)....................................        (11)              (13)             (15)            (18)
  Pro forma RSP adjustment(2).....................................        (11)              (13)             (15)            (18)
                                                                    ---------         ---------        ---------       ---------
 ..Total...........................................................  $      76         $      85        $      95      $      105
                                                                    =========         =========        =========       =========

Net income per share:
  Historical net income per share.................................  $    0.18         $    0.15        $    0.13      $     0.11
  Pro forma earnings on net proceeds..............................       0.32              0.33             0.34            0.34
  Pro forma ESOP adjustment(1)....................................      (0.06)            (0.06)           (0.06)          (0.06)
  Pro forma RSP adjustment(2).....................................      (0.06)            (0.06)           (0.06)          (0.06)
                                                                    ---------         ---------        ---------       ---------
 ..Total(5)........................................................  $    0.39         $    0.37        $    0.35      $     0.34
                                                                    =========         =========        =========       =========
Stockholders' equity:(3)
  Historical......................................................  $   2,091         $   2,091        $   2,091      $    2,091
  Estimated net proceeds..........................................      1,845             2,220            2,595           3,026
  Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP(1)..........................       (170)             (200)            (230)           (265)
 ..      Common stock acquired by RSP(2)...........................        (85)             (100)            (115)           (132)
                                                                    ---------         ---------        ---------       ---------
 ..Total...........................................................  $   3,681         $   4,011        $   4,341      $    4,721
                                                                     ========          ========         ========        ========

Stockholders' equity per share:(3)
  Historical......................................................  $    9.84         $    8.36        $    7.27      $     6.32
  Estimated net proceeds..........................................       8.68              8.88             9.03            9.15
  Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP(1)..........................      (0.80)            (0.80)           (0.80)          (0.80)
 ..      Common stock acquired by RSP(2)...........................      (0.40)            (0.40)           (0.40)          (0.40)
                                                                     --------          --------         --------        --------
 ..Total...........................................................  $   17.32         $   16.04        $   15.10      $    14.28
                                                                     ========          ========         ========        ========

Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders'
  equity per share(4).............................................       57.7%             62.3%            66.2%           70.0%
                                                                     ========         =========        =========       =========
Ratio of offering price to pro forma earnings per share(5)........       25.6x             27.0x            28.6x           29.4x
                                                                      =======           =======          =======         =======
</TABLE>


                                                  (footnotes on following page)

                                        9

<PAGE>



- --------------------
(1)      Assumes 8% of the shares sold in the  Conversion  are  purchased by the
         ESOP, and that the funds used to purchase such shares are borrowed from
         WSB. The approximate  amount expected to be borrowed by the ESOP is not
         reflected as a liability but is reflected as a reduction of capital. We
         intend to make annual  contributions to the ESOP over a ten year period
         in an amount at least equal to the principal  and interest  requirement
         of the debt. The pro forma net income assumes:  (i) that 1,700,  2,000,
         2,300, and 2,645 shares at the minimum, mid-point, maximum and maximum,
         as adjusted of the EVR, were  committed to be released  during the year
         ended June 30,  1996 and the nine  months  ended  March 31,  1997 at an
         average fair value of $10.00 per share in accordance  with Statement of
         Position  ("SOP")  93-6 of the American  Institute of Certified  Public
         Accountants  ("AICPA");  (ii) the  effective  tax rate was 33% for such
         periods;  and (iii) only the ESOP shares  committed to be released were
         considered  outstanding for purposes of the per share net earnings. The
         pro forma  stockholders'  equity per share calculation assumes all ESOP
         shares were  outstanding,  regardless of whether such shares would have
         been  released.  Because  WSB will be  providing  the ESOP  loan,  only
         principal   payments  on  the  ESOP  loan  are  reflected  as  employee
         compensation and benefits expense. As a result, to the extent the value
         of the shares  appreciates over time,  compensation  expense related to
         the ESOP will increase.  For purposes of the preceding  tables,  it was
         assumed  that a ratable  portion of the ESOP  shares  purchased  in the
         Conversion  were committed to be released during the period ended March
         31, 1997 and June 30, 1996. See Note 5 below. If it is assumed that all
         of the ESOP shares were  included in the  calculation  of earnings  per
         share  for the  period  ended at  March  31,  1997  and June 30,  1996,
         earnings per share would have been $(.21),  $(.15),  $(.10) and $(.07),
         and $.35,  $.34,  $.33,  and $.32, at March 31, 1997 and June 30, 1996,
         respectively,  based on the sale of  shares at the  minimum,  midpoint,
         maximum and the maximum,  as adjusted,  of the EVR. See  "Management of
         Workingmens  Savings  Bank,  FSB -  Other  Benefits  -  Employee  Stock
         Ownership Plan."

(2)      Assumes issuance to the RSP of 8,500, 10,000, 11,500, and 13,224 shares
         at the minimum,  mid-point,  maximum,  and maximum,  as adjusted of the
         EVR. The  assumption  in the pro forma  calculation  is that (i) shares
         were purchased by WSB following the Conversion, (ii) the purchase price
         for the shares  purchased by the RSP was equal to the purchase price of
         $10 per share and (iii) 20% of the amount  contributed was an amortized
         expense  during such  period.  Such  amount  does not reflect  possible
         increases  or  decreases  in the value of such  stock  relative  to the
         Purchase Price. As we accrue  compensation  expense to reflect the five
         year  vesting  period of such shares  pursuant  to the RSP,  the charge
         against capital will be reduced accordingly.  Implementation of the RSP
         within one year of Conversion would require  regulatory and stockholder
         approval at a meeting of our  stockholders  to be held no earlier  than
         six months  after the  Conversion.  For  purposes of this table,  it is
         assumed  that  the RSP  will be  adopted  by the  board  of  directors,
         reviewed by the OTS, and approved by the stockholders, and that the RSP
         will purchase the shares in the open market  within the year  following
         the Conversion. If the shares to be purchased by the RSP are assumed at
         July 1, 1996 and July 1, 1995, to be newly issued shares purchased from
         WSB by the RSP at the Purchase Price, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum
         and maximum, as adjusted,  of the EVR, pro forma  stockholders'  equity
         per share would have been  $16.33,  $15.15,  $14.28,  and  $13.52,  and
         $16.65, $15.43, $14.52, and $13.73 at March 31, 1997 and June 30, 1996,
         respectively,  and pro forma earnings per share would have been $(.16),
         $(.10), $(.06), and (.03), and $.39, $.33, $.37, and $.36, for the nine
         months  ended  March  31,  1997,  and the year  ended  June  30,  1996,
         respectively. As a result of the RSP, stockholders' ownership interests
         will be diluted by  approximately  3.9%. See "Management of Workingmens
         Savings  Bank,  FSB - Proposed  Future Stock Benefit Plans - Restricted
         Stock Plan."

(3)      Assumes that following the  consummation  of the  Conversion,  WSB will
         adopt  the  Option  Plan,  which  if  implemented  within  one  year of
         Conversion would be subject to regulatory  review and board of director
         and  stockholder  approval,  and that such plan would be considered and
         voted upon at a meeting of WSB  stockholders to be held no earlier than
         six months after the Conversion.  Under the Option Plan,  employees and
         directors could be granted  options to purchase an aggregate  amount of
         shares  equal  to 10% of the  shares  issued  in the  Conversion  at an
         exercise  price equal to the market  price of the shares on the date of
         grant.  In the event the  shares  issued  under  the  Option  Plan were
         awarded,  the  ownership  interests of existing  stockholders  would be
         diluted by approximately  9.1%. At the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and
         the maximum,  as  adjusted,  of the EVR, if all shares under the Option
         Plan were newly issued at the

                                       10

<PAGE>



        beginning  of the  respective  periods  and the  exercise  price for the
        option  shares  were  equal  to  the  Purchase  Price,   the  number  of
        outstanding  shares would  increase to 233,750,  275,000,  316,250,  and
        363,660,  respectively,  pro forma stockholders'  equity per share would
        have been $16.35, $15.23, $14.41, and $13.70 and $16.66, $15.49, $14.64,
        and $13.89 at March 31, 1997 and June 30,  1996,  respectively,  and pro
        forma  earnings per share would have been $(.15),  $(.10),  $(.06),  and
        $.02), and $.36, $.35, $.34, and $.32, respectively.

(4)      Consolidated stockholders' equity represents the excess of the carrying
         value of the assets of the over its  liabilities.  The calculations are
         based  upon the  number of shares  issued  in the  Conversion,  without
         giving effect to SOP 93-6. The amounts shown do not reflect the federal
         income tax  consequences of the potential  restoration to income of the
         tax bad debt reserves for income tax purposes,  which would be required
         in the event of liquidation.  The amounts shown also do not reflect the
         amounts  required  to be  distributed  in the event of  liquidation  to
         eligible   depositors  from  the  liquidation  account  which  will  be
         established  upon  the  consummation  of  the  Conversion.   Pro  forma
         stockholders'  equity information is not intended to represent the fair
         market  value  of the  shares,  the  current  value  of our  assets  or
         liabilities  or the  amounts,  if any,  that  would  be  available  for
         distribution  to  stockholders  in the event of  liquidation.  Such pro
         forma  data may be  materially  affected  by a change in the  number of
         shares to be sold in the Conversion and by other factors.

(5)      Pro forma net  income  per share  calculations  include  the  number of
         shares assumed to be sold in the Conversion and, in accordance with SOP
         93-6, exclude ESOP shares which would not have been released during the
         period.  Accordingly,  15,300,  18,000,  20,700, and 23,803 shares have
         been  subtracted  from the shares  assumed  to be sold at the  minimum,
         mid-point, maximum, and maximum, as adjusted, of the EVR, respectively,
         and 1,700, 2,000, 2,300, and 2,645 shares are assumed to be outstanding
         at the minimum,  mid-point,  maximum,  and maximum,  as adjusted of the
         EVR. See Note 1 above.

                                       11

<PAGE>



                   HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

         The  following  table  presents our  historical  and pro forma  capital
position  relative  to our  capital  requirements  as of March 31,  1997.  For a
discussion of the  assumptions  underlying  the pro forma  capital  calculations
presented below, see "Use of Proceeds,"  "Capitalization"  and "Pro Forma Data."
The definitions of the terms used in the table are those provided in the capital
regulations  issued  by the  OTS.  For a  discussion  of the  capital  standards
applicable to us, see "Regulation -- Savings Institution  Regulation  Regulatory
Capital Requirements."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Pro Forma(1)
                                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                   
                                                 $2,125,000           $2,500,000              $2,875,000            $3,306,000
                           Historical             Minimum              Midpoint                 Maximum         Maximum, as adjusted
                        -------------------   -------------------   -------------------    --------------------   ------------------
                                  Percent              Percent               Percent                 Percent              Percent
                        Amount  of Assets(2)  Amount of Assets(2)   Amount of Assets(2)    Amount  of Assets(2)  Amount of Assets(2)
                        ------  ---------     ------ -----------    ------ ------------    ------  ------------  ------ ------------
                                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                    <C>           <C>     <C>          <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>  
GAAP Capital..........  $2,020        6.10%   $2,688       7.91%    $2,830      8.29%      $2,973      8.67%      $3,136      9.09%
                         =====       =====     =====      =====      =====      =====       =====     =====        =====     =====

Tangible Capital......  $2,057        6.20%   $2,725       8.01%    $2,867      8.39%      $3,010      8.76%      $3,173      9.19%
Tangible Capital 
  Requirement.........     497        1.50       510       1.50        513      1.50          515      1.50          518      1.50
                         -----       -----     -----      -----      -----      -----       -----     -----        -----      -----
Excess................  $1,560        4.70%   $2,215       6.51%    $2,354      6.89%      $2,495      7.26%      $2,655      7.69%
                         =====       =====     =====      =====      =====     =====        =====     =====        =====     =====

Core Capital..........  $2,057        6.20%   $2,725       8.01%    $2,867      8.39%      $3,010      8.76%     $ 3,173      9.19%
Core Capital 
  Requirement(3)......     995        3.00     1,020       3.00      1,025      3.00        1,030      3.00        1,036      3.00
                         -----       -----     -----      -----      -----     -----        -----      -----       -----      -----
Excess................  $1,062        3.20%   $1,705      5.01%     $1,824      5.39%      $1,980      5.76%      $2,137      6.19%
                         =====       =====     =====     =====       =====     =====        =====     =====        =====     =====

Total Risk-Based 
  Capital(4)..........  $2,229       16.23%   $2,897     20.84%     $3,039     21.80%      $3.182     22.77%      $3,345     23.87%
Risk-Based Capital 
  Requirement.........   1,099        8.00     1,112       8.00      1,115      8.00        1,118      8.00        1,121      8.00
                         -----       -----     -----      -----      -----     -----        -----     -----        -----     -----
Excess................  $1,130        8.23%   $1,785     12.84%     $1,924     13.80%      $2,064     14.77%      $2,224     15.87%
                         =====       =====     =====     =====       =====     =====        =====     =====        =====     =====

</TABLE>

- --------------------
(1)      WSB will provide  additional  paid-in capital prior to the formation of
         the RSP in order to attain a 10%  capitalization  level at that time if
         the RSP is adopted  within one year of the  Conversion and our tangible
         capital is below 10% to comply with OTS rules  requiring  such  capital
         prior to  implementation  of the RSP.  Assuming that the RSP was formed
         immediately upon conversion,  to attain that capitalization  level, WSB
         would invest approximately an additional $750,000,  $612,000, $472,000,
         and  $313,000  at the  minimum,  midpoint,  maximum,  and  maximum,  as
         adjusted of the EVR, respectively.
(2)      GAAP, adjusted, or risk-weighted assets as appropriate.
(3)      The  unrealized  loss on  securities  available for sale of $37,000 has
         been added to GAAP Capital to arrive at our Tangible and Core Capital.
(4)      Proposed  regulations  of the  OTS  could  increase  the  core  capital
         requirement  to a ratio between 4% and 5%, based upon an  association's
         regulatory  examination  rating.  See "Regulation - Regulatory  Capital
         Requirements."  Our Risk-Based  Capital  includes our Tangible  Capital
         plus  $172,000 of our  allowance  for loan losses.  Our Risk-  weighted
         assets as of March 31, 1997 totaled  approximately  $13.7 million.  Net
         proceeds  available for  investment by us are assumed to be invested in
         interest earning assets that have a 20% risk-weighting.

                                                        12

<PAGE>



                                 THE CONVERSION

         Our board of  directors  and the OTS have  approved the Plan subject to
the Plan's approval by our members,  and subject to the  satisfaction of certain
other conditions imposed by the OTS in its approval. OTS approval, however, does
not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the Plan by the OTS.

General

         On May 19, 1997,  our board of directors  adopted a Plan of Conversion,
pursuant to which we will convert from a federally chartered mutual savings bank
to a federally chartered stock savings bank and become a wholly owned subsidiary
of WSB. The  Conversion  will include  adoption of the  proposed  Federal  Stock
charter and Bylaws which will  authorize  the  issuance of capital  stock by us.
Under the Plan,  our capital  stock is being sold to WSB and the common stock of
WSB is being  offered to our  eligible  depositors  and then to the public.  The
Conversion  will be accounted  for at historical  cost in a manner  similar to a
pooling of interests.

         The OTS has  approved  WSB's  application  to become a savings and loan
holding  company  and to  acquire  all of our  common  stock to be issued in the
Conversion.  Pursuant to such OTS  approval,  WSB plans to retain 50% of the net
proceeds  from the sale of shares of its common  stock and to use the  remaining
50% to  purchase  all of the  common  stock  we will  issue  in the  Conversion.
However,  if additional  benefit plans,  such as the RSP, are adopted within one
year and our  tangible  capital  is not  equal to or  greater  than 10% of total
assets at that time, WSB will provide  additional capital to us so that tangible
capital  equals  10% of total  assets to comply  with OTS rules  requiring  such
capital prior to the implementation of the RSP. See "Use of Proceeds."

         The  shares  are first  being  offered in a  Subscription  Offering  to
holders of  subscription  rights.  To the extent  shares of common  stock remain
available after the Subscription Offering, shares of common stock may be offered
in a  Public  Offering.  The  Public  Offering,  if any,  may  commence  anytime
subsequent  to  the  commencement  of  the  Subscription  Offering.  Shares  not
subscribed for in the  Subscription and Public Offerings may be offered for sale
by WSB  in a  Syndicated  Public  Offering.  We  have  the  right,  in our  sole
discretion,  to accept or reject,  in whole or in part,  any orders to  purchase
shares  of the  common  stock  received  in the  Public  and  Syndicated  Public
Offering. See "-- Public Offering."

         Shares of common stock in an amount equal to our pro forma market value
as a stock  savings  institution  must be sold in order  for the  Conversion  to
become effective. The Public Offering must be completed within 45 days after the
last day of the  Subscription  Offering period unless such period is extended by
us with the approval of the OTS. The Plan provides that the  Conversion  must be
completed  within 24 months  after the date of the  approval  of the Plan by our
members.

         In the event that we are unable to  complete  the sale of common  stock
and  effect  the  Conversion  within 45 days  after the end of the  Subscription
Offering, we may request an extension of the period by the OTS. No assurance can
be given that the extension  would be granted if requested.  Due to the volatile
nature of market conditions, no assurances can be given that our valuation would
not  substantially  change during any such  extension.  If the EVR of the shares
must be  amended,  no  assurance  can be given  that such  amended  EVR would be
approved by the OTS. Therefore,  it is possible that if the Conversion cannot be
completed within the requisite  period,  we may not be permitted to complete the
Conversion.  A  substantial  delay caused by an extension of the period may also
significantly increase the expense of

                                       13

<PAGE>



the  Conversion.  No sales of the shares may be completed in the offering unless
the Plan is approved by our members.

         The  completion  of the  offering is subject to market  conditions  and
other factors beyond our control.  No assurance can be given as to the length of
time  following  approval of the Plan at the meeting of our members that will be
required to complete the shares being offered in the  Conversion.  If delays are
experienced,  significant  changes may occur in our  estimated  pro forma market
value upon Conversion together with corresponding  changes in the offering price
and the net  proceeds to be  realized by us from the sale of the shares.  In the
event the  Conversion  is  terminated,  we will charge all  Conversion  expenses
against  current  income and any funds  collected by us in the offering  will be
promptly returned, with interest, to each potential investor.

Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors  and Borrowers of  Workingmens
Savings Bank, FSB

         Voting Rights.  Currently in our mutual form, our depositor and certain
borrower  members have voting rights and may vote for the election of directors.
Following the Conversion, all voting rights will be held solely by stockholders.

         Savings  Accounts and Loans.  The  balances,  terms and FDIC  insurance
coverage  of  savings   accounts  will  not  be  affected  by  the   Conversion.
Furthermore,  the amounts and terms of loans and  obligations  of the  borrowers
under their individual contractual  arrangements with us will not be affected by
the Conversion.

         Tax Effects.  We have  received an opinion  from our counsel,  Malizia,
Spidi,  Sloane & Fisch,  P.C. on the federal tax consequences of the Conversion.
The opinion  provides,  in part,  that:  (i) the  Conversion  will  qualify as a
reorganization  under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code, and no gain or loss will
be recognized by us by reason of the proposed  Conversion;  (ii) no gain or loss
will be recognized  by us upon the receipt of money from WSB for our stock,  and
no gain or loss  will be  recognized  by WSB upon the  receipt  of money for the
shares;  (iii)  our  assets  will  have the same  basis  before  and  after  the
Conversion; (iv) the holding period of our assets will include the period during
which the assets were held by us in our mutual form; (v) no gain or loss will be
recognized  by the  Eligible  Account  Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holders,  and Other  Members upon the issuance to them of  withdrawable  savings
accounts  in us in the stock  form in the same  dollar  amount as their  savings
accounts in us in the mutual form plus an interest in the liquidation account of
us in the stock form in exchange for their savings  accounts in us in the mutual
form;  (vi) provided  that the amount to be paid for the shares  pursuant to the
subscription rights is equal to the fair market value of such shares, no gain or
loss will be  recognized  by Eligible  Account  Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holders,  and Other Members under the Plan upon the distribution to them
of nontransferable subscription rights; (vii) the basis of each account holder's
savings  accounts  after  the  Conversion  will be the same as the  basis of his
savings accounts prior to the Conversion,  decreased by the fair market value of
the nontransferable subscription rights received and increased by the amount, if
any,  of gain  recognized  on the  exchange;  (viii)  the basis of each  account
holder's  interest in the  liquidation  account  will be zero;  (ix) the holding
period of the common stock acquired through the exercise of subscription  rights
shall begin on the date on which the subscription  rights are exercised;  (x) we
will  succeed to and take into  account the  earnings  and profits or deficit in
earnings and profits of us as of the date of Conversion;  (xi) immediately after
Conversion,  we will  succeed to the bad debt  reserve  accounts  of the Savings
Bank,  and the bad debt reserves will have the same character in our hands after
Conversion  as if no  distribution  or  transfer  had  occurred;  and  (xii) the
creation of the liquidation account will have no effect on our taxable income.

                                       14

<PAGE>




         The opinion from Malizia,  Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. is based in part
on the  assumption  that the exercise price of the  subscription  rights will be
approximately  equal to the fair market value of those shares at the time of the
completion of the proposed  Conversion.  We have received an opinion of Ferguson
which, based on certain  assumptions,  concludes that the subscription rights to
be received by Eligible  Account  Holders and other eligible  subscribers do not
have  any  economic  value  at the  time  of  distribution  or at the  time  the
subscription  rights are exercised.  Such opinion is based on the fact that such
rights are:  (i)  acquired by the  recipients  without  payment  therefor,  (ii)
non-transferable,  (iii) of short  duration,  and (iv) afford the recipients the
right only to purchase  shares at a price equal to their  estimated  fair market
value,  which will be the same price at which  shares for which no  subscription
right is received  in the  Subscription  Offering  will be offered in the Public
Offering.  If the  subscription  rights granted to Eligible  Account  Holders or
other eligible subscribers are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of
such rights would be taxable  only to those  Eligible  Account  Holders or other
eligible  subscribers who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to
such value (either as a capital gain or ordinary income), and we could recognize
gain on such distribution.

         We are also subject to  Pennsylvania  income taxes and have received an
opinion from Malizia,  Spidi,  Sloane & Fisch,  P.C. that the Conversion will be
treated  for  Pennsylvania  state  tax  purposes  similar  to  the  Conversion's
treatment for federal tax purposes.

         Unlike a private letter ruling, the opinions of Malizia,  Spidi, Sloane
& Fisch,  P.C. and Ferguson have no binding  effect or official  status,  and no
assurance  can be given that the  conclusions  reached in any of those  opinions
would be sustained by a court if  contested by the IRS or the  Pennsylvania  tax
authorities.  Eligible Account Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,
and Other  Members are  encouraged  to consult with their own tax advisers as to
the tax consequences in the event the
subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

         Liquidation  Account. In the unlikely event of our complete liquidation
in our present mutual form, each depositor is entitled to equal  distribution of
any of our  assets,  pro rata to the  value  of his  accounts,  remaining  after
payment of claims of all creditors  (including  the claims of all  depositors to
the withdrawal value of their accounts). Each depositor's pro rata share of such
remaining  assets  would be in the same  proportion  as the value of his deposit
accounts  was to the total  value of all  deposit  accounts in us at the time of
liquidation.

         Upon a complete liquidation after the Conversion,  each depositor would
have a claim, as a creditor,  of the same general  priority as the claims of all
other  general  creditors  of ours.  Therefore,  except as  described  below,  a
depositor's  claim  would be solely in the amount of the  balance in his deposit
account plus  accrued  interest.  A depositor  would not have an interest in the
residual value of our assets above that amount, if any.

         The Plan  provides for the  establishment,  upon the  completion of the
Conversion,  of a special  "liquidation  account"  for the  benefit of  Eligible
Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. Each Eligible Account
Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, if he continues to maintain his
deposit account with us, would be entitled on a complete liquidation of us after
Conversion,  to an interest in the  liquidation  account prior to any payment to
stockholders.  Each Eligible  Account  Holder would have an initial  interest in
such  liquidation  account for each deposit account held in us on the qualifying
date,  March 31, 1996. Each  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder would have a
similar  interest as of the qualifying  date,  June 30, 1997. The interest as to
each deposit  account would be in the same  proportion of the total  liquidation
account as the balance of the deposit account on the qualifying dates was to the
aggregate balance in all the deposit accounts of Eligible Account Holders and

                                       15

<PAGE>



Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders on such qualifying dates. However, if the
amount in the deposit  account on any annual  closing  date of ours (June 30) is
less than the amount in such account on the respective  qualifying  dates,  then
the interest in this special  liquidation  account would be reduced from time to
time by an amount  proportionate  to any such reduction,  and the interest would
cease to exist if such deposit account were closed.  The interest in the special
liquidation  account will never be increased despite any increase in the related
deposit account after the respective qualifying dates.

         No merger,  consolidation,  purchase of bulk assets with assumptions of
savings accounts and other  liabilities,  or similar  transactions  with another
insured  institution  in which  transaction we in our converted form are not the
surviving  institution  shall be  considered  a  complete  liquidation.  In such
transactions,  the  liquidation  account  shall  be  assumed  by  the  surviving
institution.

Subscription Rights and the Subscription Offering

         Non-transferable  subscription  rights to purchase shares of the common
stock have been granted to all persons and entities  entitled to purchase shares
in the  Subscription  Offering  under  the  Plan.  If the  Public  Offering,  as
described  below,  extends  beyond  45  days  following  the  completion  of the
Subscription Offering, subscribers will be resolicited.  Subscription priorities
have been  established for the allocation of stock to the extent that shares are
available after  satisfaction of all  subscriptions  of all persons having prior
rights and  subject  to the  purchase  limitations  set forth in the Plan and as
described  below under "--  Limitations  on Purchases of Shares." The  following
priorities have been established:

Category 1: Eligible  Account Holders (First  Priority).  Each Eligible  Account
Holder will receive non-transferable  subscription rights on a priority basis to
purchase  that number of shares of common stock which is equal to the greater of
7,500 shares ($75,000),  or 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole
number)  obtained by  multiplying  the total  number of shares to be issued by a
fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the  qualifying  deposit of the
Eligible  Account  Holder and the  denominator is the total amount of qualifying
deposits of all  Eligible  Account  Holders.  If such  allocation  results in an
oversubscription,  shares shall be allocated among subscribing  Eligible Account
Holders so as to permit each such account  holder,  to the extent  possible,  to
purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the total amount of his  subscription.  Any
shares  not so  allocated  shall be  allocated  among the  subscribing  Eligible
Account  Holders  on an  equitable  basis,  related  to  the  amounts  of  their
respective  qualifying  deposits as compared to the total qualifying deposits of
all subscribing  Eligible  Account  Holders.  Only a Person(s) with a Qualifying
Deposit as of the  Eligibility  Record  Date (or a  successor  entity or estate)
shall receive  subscription  rights.  Any Person(s)  added to a Savings  Account
after  the  Eligibility   Record  Date  is  not  an  Eligible   Account  Holder.
Subscription rights received by officers and directors in this category based on
their increased  deposits in us in the one-year period preceding March 31, 1996,
are subordinated to the  subscription  rights of other Eligible Account Holders.
See "-- Limitations on Purchases and Transfer of Shares."

Category  2:  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Benefit  Plans  (Second  Priority).   Our
tax-qualified  employee  benefit  plans  ("Employee  Plans")  have been  granted
subscription  rights  to  purchase  up to 8% of the total  shares  issued in the
Conversion. The ESOP is an Employee Plan.

         The right of Employee  Plans to subscribe for shares is  subordinate to
the right of the Eligible Account Holders to subscribe for shares.  However,  in
the event the offering result in the issuance of shares above the maximum of the
EVR (i.e.,  more than 287,500 shares),  the Employee Plans have a priority right
to fill their subscription (the ESOP, the only Employee Plan,  currently intends
to purchase up to 8% of the common stock issued in the Conversion). The Employee
Plans may, however, determine

                                       16

<PAGE>



to purchase some or all of the shares covered by their  subscriptions  after the
Conversion in the open market or, if approved by the OTS, out of authorized  but
unissued shares in the event of an oversubscription.

Category  3:  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders  (Third  Priority).  Each
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder who is not an Eligible Account Holder will
receive  non-transferable  subscription rights to purchase that number of shares
which is equal to the greater of 7,500 shares ($75,000), or 15 times the product
(rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number
of shares to be issued by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the
qualifying  deposit  of  the  Supplemental   Eligible  Account  Holder  and  the
denominator  is the total  amount of  qualifying  deposits  of all  Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders. If the allocation made in this paragraph results in an
oversubscription,  shares  shall be  allocated  among  subscribing  Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such account holder, to the extent
possible,  to  purchase  the  lesser of 100  shares  or the total  amount of his
subscription.  Any  shares  not  so  allocated  shall  be  allocated  among  the
subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders on an equitable basis, related
to the amounts of their respective  qualifying deposits as compared to the total
qualifying  deposits of all subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders.
See "-- Limitations on Purchases and Transfer of Shares."

         The right of  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders to subscribe for
shares is subordinate to the rights of the Eligible Account Holders and Employee
Plans to subscribe for shares.

Category 4: Other  Members  (Fourth  Priority).  Each Other Member who is not an
Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder,  will receive
non-transferable subscription rights to purchase up to 7,500 shares ($75,000) to
the extent such shares are available following subscriptions by Eligible Account
Holders, Employee Plans, and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event
there are not  enough  shares  to fill the  orders  of the  Other  Members,  the
subscriptions  of the Other  Members will be allocated so that each  subscribing
Other Member will be entitled to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number
of shares  ordered.  Any remaining  shares will be allocated among Other Members
whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied on a 100 share (or whatever lesser amount
is available) per order basis until all orders have been filled on the remaining
shares have been  allocated.  See "--  Limitations  on Purchases and Transfer of
Shares."

         Members in  Non-Qualified  States.  We will make reasonable  efforts to
comply  with the  securities  laws of all states in the  United  States in which
persons  entitled  to  subscribe  for the shares  pursuant  to the Plan  reside.
However,  no person will be offered or allowed to purchase  any shares under the
Plan if he resides in a foreign  country or in a state with respect to which any
of the  following  apply:  (i) a small number of persons  otherwise  eligible to
subscribe  for shares  under the Plan  reside in that state or foreign  country;
(ii) the  granting of  subscription  rights or offer or sale of shares of common
stock to those persons  would  require  either us, or our employees to register,
under the  securities  laws of that  state or  foreign  country,  as a broker or
dealer or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in that state
or  foreign  country;  or (iii)  such  registration  or  qualification  would be
impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise. No payments will be made in lieu
of the granting of subscription rights to any person.

         Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares. Persons are
prohibited from  transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to
transfer  the  legal  or  beneficial  ownership  of their  subscription  rights.
Subscription rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted
and only for his account. Each person subscribing for shares will be required to
certify  that he is  purchasing  shares  solely for his own  account and has not
entered  into an agreement or  understanding  regarding  the sale or transfer of
those shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or

                                       17

<PAGE>



making  an  announcement  of an offer  or  intent  to make an offer to  purchase
subscription  rights or shares of common  stock prior to the  completion  of the
Conversion.

         We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we
become  aware of the transfer of  subscription  rights and will not honor orders
believed by us to involve the transfer of subscription rights.

         Expiration Date. The  Subscription  Offering will expire at 12:00 p.m.,
Eastern Time, on __________ ____, 1997,  (Expiration Date).  Subscription rights
will become void if not exercised prior to the Expiration Date.

Public Offering

         To the  extent  that  shares  remain  available  and  subject to market
conditions at or near the completion of the Subscription  Offering, we may offer
shares to selected persons in a Public Offering on a best-efforts  basis through
Trident in such a manner as to promote a wide  distribution of the Common Stock.
Any orders received in connection with the Public Offering, if any, will receive
a lower  priority  than orders  properly  made in the  Subscription  Offering by
persons exercising Subscription Rights. Common Stock sold in the Public Offering
will be sold at the same price as all other shares in the Subscription Offering.
We have the right to reject any orders in the Public Offering.

         No person,  together with any  associate or group of persons  acting in
concert,  will be permitted to purchase  more than 12,500  shares or $125,000 of
Common  Stock  in  the  Public  Offering.  However,  no  person,  together  with
associates of and persons  acting in concert with such persons may purchase more
than 5% of the amount of stock sold.  To order Common Stock in  connection  with
the Public  Offering,  if held, an executed  stock order and account  withdrawal
authorization  (if  applicable)  must  be  received  by  Trident  prior  to  the
termination of the Public  Offering.  Promptly upon receipt of available  funds,
together  with  a  properly   executed   stock  order  and  account   withdrawal
authorization, if applicable, and certification, Trident will forward such funds
to the Bank to be deposited in a subscription escrow account.

         The  date by which  orders  must be  received  in the  Public  Offering
("Public  Offering  Expiration  Date")  will  be  set  by  us  at  the  time  of
commencement  of the Public  Offering;  provided  however,  if the  Offering are
extended beyond  __________ ____, 1997, each purchaser will have the opportunity
to maintain,  modify, or rescind his order. In such event, all funds received in
the  Public  Offering  will  be  promptly   returned  with  interest  unless  he
affirmatively indicates otherwise.

         If an order in the Public  Offering  is  accepted,  promptly  after the
completion of the Conversion, a certificate for the appropriate amount of shares
will be forwarded to Trident as nominee for the beneficial  owner.  In the event
that an order is not accepted or the  Conversion  is not  consummated,  the Bank
will promptly refund with interest the funds received to Trident which will then
return the funds to  purchaser's  accounts.  If the  aggregate  pro forma market
value  of the  Bank,  as  converted,  is  less  than  $2,125,000  or  more  than
$3,306,000,  each  purchaser will have the right to modify or rescind his order.
The Plan also permits Trident to conduct a Syndicated Public Offering,  which is
not expected to occur.

Ordering and Receiving Shares

         Use of Order Forms. Rights to subscribe in the Subscription Offering or
purchase  stock  in the  Public  Offering  (if any)  may  only be  exercised  by
completion of an original order form. Persons

                                       18

<PAGE>



ordering shares in the Subscription Offering must deliver by mail or in person a
properly  completed  and  executed  original  order  form  to us  prior  to  the
Expiration  Date. Order forms must be accompanied by full payment for all shares
ordered.  See "-- Payment for Shares."  Subscription  rights under the Plan will
expire on the Expiration  Date,  whether or not we have been able to locate each
person entitled to subscription  rights.  Once  submitted,  subscription  orders
cannot be revoked  without our consent  unless the  Conversion  is not completed
within 45 days of the Expiration Date.

         In the event an order form (i) is not  delivered  and is returned to us
by the United  States Postal  Service or we are unable to locate the  addressee,
(ii) is not  received  or is  received  after  the  Expiration  Date,  (iii)  is
defectively  completed or executed,  or (iv) is not  accompanied by full payment
for the shares  subscribed for (including  instances  where a savings account or
certificate  balance from which withdrawal is authorized is insufficient to fund
the amount of such required payment),  the subscription rights for the person to
whom such rights have been  granted  will lapse as though that person  failed to
return the completed  order form within the time period  specified.  We may, but
will not be required to, waive any irregularity on any order form or require the
submission  of  corrected  order  forms or the  remittance  of full  payment for
subscribed  shares by such date as we specify.  The waiver of an irregularity on
an order form in no way obligates us to waive any other irregularity on that, or
any irregularity on any other,  order form. Waivers will be considered on a case
by case basis.  Photocopies of order forms, payments from private third parties,
or electronic transfers of funds will not be accepted. Our interpretation of the
terms and  conditions  of the Plan and of the  acceptability  of the order forms
will be final.  We have the right to investigate  any  irregularity on any order
form.

         To ensure that each  purchaser  receives a prospectus at least 48 hours
before the Expiration  Date in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 of the Exchange Act,
no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to such date or hand
delivered  any later than two days prior to such  date.  Execution  of the order
form will confirm  receipt or delivery in  accordance  with Rule  15c2-8.  Order
forms will only be distributed with a prospectus.

         Payment for Shares.  Payment for shares of common stock may be made (i)
in cash,  if  delivered  in person,  (ii) by check or money  order,  or (iii) by
authorization  of withdrawal from savings  accounts  (including  certificates of
deposit)  maintained with us or (iv) by an IRA not held by us. Appropriate means
by which such withdrawals may be authorized are provided in the order form. Once
such a withdrawal has been authorized,  none of the designated withdrawal amount
may be used by the subscriber for any purpose other than to purchase the shares.
Where payment has been  authorized to be made through  withdrawal from a savings
account, the sum authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest at the
contract rate until the Conversion  has been  completed or terminated.  Interest
penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate accounts will not apply
to  withdrawals  authorized  for the purchase of shares;  however,  if a partial
withdrawal  results  in a  certificate  account  with a  balance  less  than the
applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate evidencing the remaining
balance will earn interest at the passbook  savings  account rate  subsequent to
the withdrawal. Payments made in cash or by check or money order, will be placed
in a segregated  savings account and interest will be paid by us at our passbook
savings  account rate from the date payment is received  until the Conversion is
completed or terminated. An executed order form, once received by us, may not be
modified,  amended,  or rescinded without our consent,  unless the Conversion is
not completed within 45 days after the conclusion of the Subscription  Offering,
in which event subscribers may be given an opportunity to increase, decrease, or
rescind their order.  In the event that the Conversion is not  consummated,  all
funds  submitted  pursuant  to the  offering  will  be  refunded  promptly  with
interest.


                                       19

<PAGE>



         Owners  of  self-directed  IRAs  may use  the  assets  of such  IRAs to
purchase  shares in the offering,  provided that such IRAs are not maintained on
deposit with us. Persons with IRAs  maintained  with us must have their accounts
transferred to an  unaffiliated  institution or broker to purchase shares in the
offering.   The  Stock   Information  can  assist  you  in   transferring   your
self-directed IRA. Because of the paperwork  involved,  persons owning IRAs with
us who wish to use their IRA account to  purchase  stock in the  Offering,  must
contact the Stock Information Center no later than __________ ____, 1997.

         The ESOP may subscribe  for shares by  submitting  its order form along
with evidence of a loan commitment  from a financial  institution or WSB for the
purchase of the shares during the  Subscription  Offering and by making  payment
for shares on the date of completion of the Conversion.

         Federal regulations  prohibit us from lending funds or extending credit
to any person to purchase shares in the Conversion.

         Delivery of Stock  Certificates.  Certificates  representing  shares of
common stock  issued in the  Conversion  will be mailed to the  person(s) at the
address noted on the order form, as soon as practicable  following  consummation
of the Conversion. Any certificates returned as undeliverable will be held until
properly  claimed or otherwise  disposed.  Persons  ordering shares might not be
able to sell their shares until they receive their stock certificates.

Plan of Distribution

         Materials   for  the  offering  have  been   distributed   to  eligible
subscribers  by mail.  Additional  copies are available at our main office.  Our
officers may be available to answer questions about the Conversion. Responses to
questions  about  us  will  be  limited  to the  information  contained  in this
document.  Officers  will not be  authorized to render  investment  advice.  All
subscribers  for the shares  being  offered will be  instructed  to send payment
directly to us. The funds will be held in a segregated  special  escrow  account
and will not be released until the closing of the Conversion or its termination.

Marketing Arrangements

         Trident has been engaged as our financial  advisor in  connection  with
the  offering.  Trident has agreed to exercise  its best efforts to assist us in
the sale of the shares in the  offering.  Trident  will  receive  $85,000  which
includes payment for out-of-pocket  and legal expenses.  Also, we have agreed to
indemnify  Trident for reasonable  costs and expenses in connection with certain
claims  or  liabilities   which  might  be  asserted   against   Trident.   This
indemnification covers the investigation,  preparation of defense and defense of
any  action,  proceeding  or claim  relating to  misrepresentation  or breach of
warranty  of the  written  agreement  among  Trident  and us or the  omission or
alleged  omission of a material  fact  required to be stated or necessary in the
prospectus or other documents.

         The shares  will be offered  principally  by the  distribution  of this
document and through activities  conducted at a Stock Information Center located
at our branch office. The Stock Information Center is expected to operate during
our normal business hours throughout the offering.  A registered  representative
employed by Trident will be working at, and  supervising  the  operation of, the
Stock  Information  Center.  Trident will assist us in  responding  to questions
regarding  the  Conversion  and the offering  and  processing  order forms.  Our
personnel will be present in the Stock Information Center to assist Trident with
clerical matters and to answer questions related solely to our business.


                                       20

<PAGE>



Stock Pricing

         Ferguson,  an independent economic consulting and appraisal firm, which
is experienced in the evaluation and appraisal of business  entities,  including
savings institutions  involved in the conversion process has been retained by us
to prepare an appraisal of our estimated  pro forma market value.  Ferguson will
receive a fee of $14,000 for  preparing  the  appraisal  and its  assistance  in
connection  with the preparation of a business plan and will be reimbursed up to
$3,500  for  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses.  We have  agreed to  indemnify
Ferguson under certain  circumstances  against  liabilities and expenses arising
out of or based on any  misstatement  or untrue  statement  of a  material  fact
contained in the information supplied by us to Ferguson.

         The appraisal was prepared by Ferguson in reliance upon the information
contained herein, including the financial statements.  The appraisal contains an
analysis of a number of factors  including,  but not  limited to, our  financial
condition and operating  trends,  the  competitive  environment  within which we
operate,  operating trends of certain savings  institutions and savings and loan
holding  companies,  relevant  economic  conditions,  both nationally and in the
state of Pennsylvania which affect the operations of savings  institutions,  and
stock market values of certain savings institutions.  In addition,  Ferguson has
advised us that it has considered the effect of the additional capital raised by
the sale of the shares on our estimated aggregate pro forma market value.

         On the basis of the above,  Ferguson  has  determined,  in its opinion,
that as of June 6,  1997 our  estimated  aggregate  pro forma  market  value was
$2,500,000.  OTS regulations  require,  however,  that the appraiser establish a
range of value for the stock to allow for fluctuations in the aggregate value of
the stock due to changing  market  conditions  and other  factors.  Accordingly,
Ferguson has  established a range of value from $2,125,000 to $2,875,000 for the
offering (the Estimated  Valuation  Range or EVR). The EVR will be updated prior
to consummation of the Conversion and the EVR may increase to $3,306,000.

         The  board  of  directors  has  reviewed  the  independent   appraisal,
including  the  stated   methodology  of  the  independent   appraiser  and  the
assumptions used in the preparation of the independent  appraisal.  The board of
directors is relying upon the  expertise,  experience  and  independence  of the
appraiser  and  is  not  qualified  to  determine  the  appropriateness  of  the
assumptions.

         In order for stock sales to take place Ferguson must confirm to the OTS
that,  to the best of Ferguson's  knowledge and judgment,  nothing of a material
nature has  occurred  which would cause  Ferguson to conclude  that the Purchase
Price on an aggregate basis was incompatible with Ferguson's estimate of our pro
forma market value of us in converted form at the time of the sale. If, however,
facts do not justify such a statement, an amended EVR may be established.

         The  appraisal  is  not  a  recommendation   of  any  kind  as  to  the
advisability of purchasing  these shares.  In preparing the appraisal,  Ferguson
has relied upon and assumed the  accuracy  and  completeness  of  financial  and
statistical  information  provided by us. Ferguson did not independently  verify
the financial  statements and other information provided by us, nor did Ferguson
value independently our assets and liabilities.  The appraisal considers us only
as a going  concern  and  should not be  considered  as our  liquidation  value.
Moreover,  because the appraisal is based upon  estimates and  projections  of a
number of matters  which are subject to change,  the market  price of the common
stock could decline below $10.00.


                                       21

<PAGE>



Change in Number of Shares to be Issued in the Conversion

         Depending  on  market  and  financial  conditions  at the  time  of the
completion of the  Subscription  and Public  Offerings,  if  applicable,  we may
significantly  increase  or  decrease  the  number of shares to be issued in the
Conversion.  In the event of an increase in the  valuation,  we may increase the
total number of shares to be issued in the Conversion.  An increase in the total
number of shares to be issued in the  Conversion  would  decrease a subscriber's
percentage ownership interest and the pro forma net worth (book value) per share
and increase the pro forma net income and net worth (book value) on an aggregate
basis.  In the event of a material  reduction in the valuation,  we may decrease
the number of shares to be issued to reflect the reduced  valuation.  A decrease
in the  number  of  shares  to be issued  in the  Conversion  would  increase  a
subscriber's  percentage  ownership  interest  and the pro forma net worth (book
value) per share and decrease pro forma net income and net worth on an aggregate
basis.

         Persons ordering shares will not be permitted to modify or cancel their
orders unless the change in the number of shares to be issued in the  Conversion
results  in an  offering  which is  either  less  than  $2,125,000  or more than
$3,306,000.

Limitations on Purchases and Transfer of Shares

         The Plan  provides for certain  additional  purchase  limitations.  The
minimum purchase is 25 shares and the maximum purchase for any individual person
or  persons  ordering  through a single  account,  is 7,500  shares.  No person,
together with  associates,  or group of persons acting in concert,  may purchase
more than 12,500 shares  except for the Employee  Plans which may purchase up to
8% of the shares sold. However, no person,  together with associates and persons
acting in concert with such  persons may purchase  more than 5% of the amount of
stock sold. The OTS regulations  governing the Conversion  provide that officers
and directors and their associates may not purchase, in the aggregate, more than
35% of the shares issued pursuant to the Conversion.

         Depending on market  conditions  and the results of the  offering,  the
board of directors  may  increase or decrease  any of the  purchase  limitations
without the approval of our members and without resoliciting subscribers. If the
maximum purchase limitation is increased, persons who ordered the maximum amount
will be given the first  opportunity to increase  their orders.  In doing so the
preference categories in the offerings will be followed.

         In the event of an  increase in the total  number of shares  offered in
the  Conversion  due to an  increase  in the  EVR  of up to 15%  (the  "Adjusted
Maximum"),  the  additional  shares will be allocated in the following  order of
priority:  (i) to  fill  the  Employee  Plans'  subscription  of up to 8% of the
Adjusted  Maximum number of shares (the ESOP currently  intends to subscribe for
8%);  (ii) in the event that there is an  oversubscription  by Eligible  Account
Holders, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders exclusive
of the Adjusted Maximum; (iii) in the event that there is an oversubscription by
Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders,  to fill  unfulfilled  subscriptions to
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exclusive of the Adjusted Maximum; (iv) in
the  event  that  there  is  an  oversubscription  by  Other  Members,  to  fill
unfulfilled  subscriptions of Other Members  exclusive of the Adjusted  Maximum;
and (v) to fill  unfulfilled  subscriptions in the Public Offering to the extent
possible, exclusive of the Adjusted Maximum.

         The  term  "associate"  of  a  person  means  (i)  any  corporation  or
organization  (other than us or a  majority-owned  subsidiary  of ours) of which
such  person is an  officer  or  partner  or is,  directly  or  indirectly,  the
beneficial  owner of 10% or more of any  class of  equity  securities,  (ii) any
trust or other

                                       22

<PAGE>



estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which
such person  serves as director or in a similar  fiduciary  capacity  (excluding
tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans), and (iii) any relative or spouse of
such person or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such person
or who is a director or officer of us, or any of our subsidiaries.  For example,
a  corporation  of which a person  serves as an officer would be an associate of
that person,  and therefore all shares  purchased by that  corporation  would be
included with the number of shares which that person individually could purchase
under the above limitations.

         The term  "officer"  may include our chairman of the board,  president,
vice  presidents  in charge  of  principal  business  functions,  Secretary  and
Treasurer and any other person  performing  similar  functions.  All  references
herein to an officer have the same meaning as used for an officer in the Plan.

         To order  shares in the  Conversion,  persons  must  certify that their
purchase does not conflict with the purchase limitations.  In the event that the
purchase  limitations  are violated by any person  (including  any  associate or
group of persons  affiliated or otherwise  acting in concert with such persons),
we will have the right to  purchase  from  that  person at $10.00  per share all
shares  acquired by that person in excess of the  purchase  limitations.  If the
excess shares have been sold by that person,  we may recover the profit from the
sale of the shares by that  person.  We may assign our right  either to purchase
the excess shares or to recover the profits from their sale.

         Shares of common stock  purchased  pursuant to the  Conversion  will be
freely transferable,  except for shares purchased by our directors and officers.
For certain restrictions on the shares purchased by directors and officers,  see
" --  Restrictions  on Sales and Purchases of Shares by Directors and Officers."
In  addition,  under  guidelines  of the  NASD,  members  of the NASD and  their
associates  are subject to certain  restrictions  on the transfer of  securities
purchased  in  accordance  with  subscription  rights and to  certain  reporting
requirements upon purchase of such securities.

Restrictions on Repurchase of Shares

         Generally,  during the first year following the Conversion, WSB may not
repurchase  its shares and during each of the second and third  years  following
the  Conversion,  WSB may  repurchase  five  percent of the  outstanding  shares
provided they are purchased in open-market  transactions.  Repurchases  must not
cause us to become  undercapitalized  and at least 10 days  prior  notice of the
repurchase  must be provided to the OTS.  The OTS may  disapprove  a  repurchase
program upon a  determination  that (1) the repurchase  program would  adversely
affect our financial  condition,  (2) the information  submitted is insufficient
upon which to base a conclusion as to whether the financial  condition  would be
adversely  affected,  or (3) a valid  business  purpose  was  not  demonstrated.
However,  the OTS may grant special  permission  to repurchase  shares after six
months  following the Conversion and to repurchase more than five percent during
each of the second  and third  years.  In  addition,  SEC rules also  govern the
method,  time,  price,  and  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  that  may be
repurchased by WSB and affiliated  purchasers.  If, in the future, the rules and
regulations  regarding the repurchase of stock are liberalized,  WSB may utilize
the rules and regulations then in effect.

Restrictions on Sales and Purchases of Shares by Directors and Officers

         Shares  purchased by directors  and officers of WSB may not be sold for
one year  following  the  Conversion,  except  in the  event of the death of the
director or officer.  Any shares  issued to  directors  and  officers as a stock
dividend,  stock split,  or otherwise with respect to restricted  stock shall be
subject to the same restrictions.

                                       23

<PAGE>




         For three years  following the  Conversion,  directors and officers may
purchase  shares only  through a  registered  broker or dealer.  Exceptions  are
available  only if the OTS has approved the purchase or the purchase is an arm's
length transaction and involves more than one percent of the outstanding shares.

Interpretation and Amendment of the Plan

         We  have  the   authority  to  interpret   and  amend  the  Plan.   Our
interpretations  are final.  Amendments  to the Plan after the receipt of member
approval will not need further member approval unless required by the OTS.

Conditions and Termination

         Completion of the  Conversion  requires (i) the approval of the Plan by
the  affirmative  vote of not less than a majority of the total  number of votes
eligible to be cast by our members;  and (ii)  completion  of the sale of shares
within  24  months  following  approval  of the  Plan by our  members.  If these
conditions are not  satisfied,  the Plan will be terminated and we will continue
our business in the mutual form of  organization.  We may  terminate the Plan at
any time  prior to the  meeting  of  members  to vote on the Plan or at any time
thereafter with the approval of the OTS.

Other

         All  statements  made in this  document  are  hereby  qualified  by the
contents of the Plan of  Conversion,  the material  terms of which are set forth
herein.  The Plan of  Conversion  is attached to the proxy  statement  mailed to
certain  depositors and borrowers.  Copies of the Plan are available from us and
we should be  consulted  for  further  information.  Adoption of the Plan by our
members authorizes us to interpret, amend or terminate the Plan.

                                       24

<PAGE>

                  Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB and Subsidiary

                        Consolidated Statements of Income
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          NINE MONTHS ENDED                        YEARS ENDED
                                                              MARCH 31,                              JUNE 30,
                                                ------------------------------------     ------------------------------
                                                    1997                   1996
                                                (UNAUDITED)           (UNAUDITED)            1996             1995
                                                -----------           -----------        -----------      -------------

<S>                                             <C>                   <C>                <C>                <C>        

INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME
   Loans                                        $   861,065           $   832,142        $ 1,122,699        $ 1,081,162
   Investments                                      746,877               568,779            781,105            642,252
   Other interest earning assets                     67,389               127,204            149,012             81,887
                                                -----------           -----------        -----------        -----------

            TOTAL INTEREST AND
              DIVIDEND INCOME                     1,675,331             1,528,125          2,052,816          1,805,301
                                                -----------           -----------        -----------        -----------

INTEREST EXPENSE
   Deposits                                         935,206               940,412          1,256,267          1,035,045
   Advances from FHLB                                55,046                  -                  -                 3,859
                                                -----------           -----------        -----------        -----------

            TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE                  990,252               940,412          1,256,267          1,038,904
                                                -----------           -----------        -----------        -----------

            NET INTEREST INCOME                     685,079               587,713            796,549            766,397

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES                           127,844                13,370             35,142             19,297
                                                -----------           -----------        -----------        -----------

            NET INTEREST INCOME
              AFTER PROVISION FOR
              LOAN LOSSES                           557,235               574,343            761,407            747,100
                                                -----------           -----------        -----------        -----------

NONINTEREST INCOME
   Service charges and other fees                    63,464                53,038             72,441             64,340
   Net gain (loss) on sales of securities
      available-for-sale                             (1,608)          -                          969             31,455
   Income from real estate rental                     3,200                 6,875              7,825              9,613
   Net gain on sale of foreclosed real estate          -                    5,486                650              8,780
                                                -------------         -----------        -----------        -----------

            TOTAL NONINTEREST
              INCOME                                 65,056               65,399              81,885            114,188
                                                -----------          -----------         -----------        -----------

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
   Compensation and benefits                         277,708             270,825             348,421            338,257
   Occupancy and equipment expense                   101,845              78,615             106,517             78,608
   Insurance premiums                                204,411              51,138              69,365             63,581
   Other                                             190,010             202,724             273,956            219,253
                                                 -----------         -----------         -----------        -----------

            TOTAL NONINTEREST
              EXPENSE                                773,974             603,302             798,259            699,699
                                                 -----------         -----------         -----------        -----------

            INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE
              INCOME TAXES                          (151,683)             36,440              45,033            161,589

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)                         (76,412)              5,714              10,382             11,376
                                                 -----------         -----------         -----------        -----------

            NET INCOME (LOSS)                    $   (75,271)        $    30,726         $    34,651        $   150,213
                                                 ===========         ===========         ===========        ===========
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes.

                                       25

<PAGE>



                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results
of operations is intended to assist you in understanding our financial condition
and results of operations.  The  information in this section should also be read
with  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  Notes  to the  Consolidated
Financial Statements elsewhere in this document.

         WSB has  recently  been  formed,  and  accordingly,  has no  results of
operations.  The following discussion relates only to our consolidated financial
condition and results of operations.

         Our results of  operations  depend  primarily on net  interest  income,
which is determined by (i) the  difference  between rates of interest we earn on
our interest-earning assets and the rates we pay on interest-bearing liabilities
(interest  rate  spread),  and (ii) the  relative  amounts of interest  -earning
assets and  interest-bearing  liabilities.  Our results of  operations  are also
affected by  non-interest  income,  including,  primarily,  income from customer
deposit account service  charges,  gains and losses from the sale of investments
and mortgage-backed securities and non-interest expense,  including,  primarily,
compensation and employee benefits,  federal deposit insurance premiums,  office
occupancy  costs,  and data processing  cost. Our results of operations also are
affected  significantly  by general and  economic  and  competitive  conditions,
particularly  changes in market interest rates,  government policies and actions
of regulatory authorities, all of which are beyond our control.

Asset/Liability Management

         Our assets and  liabilities  may be analyzed by examining the extent to
which our assets and  liabilities  are interest rate sensitive and by monitoring
the expected effects of interest rate changes on our net portfolio value.

         An asset or liability is interest rate sensitive within a specific time
period if it will  mature or  reprice  within  that time  period.  If our assets
mature or reprice more quickly or to a greater extent than our liabilities,  our
net  portfolio  value and net  interest  income  would tend to  increase  during
periods of rising interest rates but decrease during periods of falling interest
rates.  Conversely,  if our assets  mature or reprice more slowly or to a lesser
extent than our  liabilities,  our net portfolio  value and net interest  income
would tend to decrease  during  periods of rising  interest  rates but  increase
during  periods of falling  interest  rates.  Our policy has been to address the
interest rate risk inherent in the historical  savings  institution  business of
originating  long-term  loans  funded  by  short-term  deposits  by  maintaining
sufficient liquid assets for material and prolonged changes in interest rates.

         We originate fixed rate real estate loans which approximated 85% of our
loan  portfolio at March 31, 1997. To manage the interest rate risk of this type
of loan  portfolio,  we limit  maturities of fixed rate loans to no more than 20
years and maintain a portfolio of liquid assets. Maintaining liquid assets tends
to reduce  potential net income because  liquid assets  usually  provide a lower
yield than less liquid assets.  At March 31, 1997, the average  weighted term to
maturity of our mortgage loan  portfolio was slightly more than 13 years and the
average  weighted  term of our  deposits was  slightly  less than 8 months.  See
"Business -- Lending Activities."



                                       26

<PAGE>



Net Portfolio Value

         In recent  years,  we have measured our interest  rate  sensitivity  by
computing  the "gap" between the assets and  liabilities  which were expected to
mature or reprice  within certain time periods,  based on assumptions  regarding
loan prepayment and deposit decay rates formerly  provided by the OTS.  However,
we now  compute  amounts  by which the net  present  value of our cash flow from
assets,  liabilities  and off balance  sheet items (our net  portfolio  value or
"NPV")  would  change  in the  event of a range of  assumed  changes  in  market
interest  rates.  These  computations  estimate  the  effect  on an our NPV from
instantaneous  and  permanent 1% to 4% (100 to 400 basis  points)  increases and
decreases in market interest rates.  Based upon OTS  assumptions,  the following
table presents our NPV at March 31, 1997.


                                     Percentage Change in Net Portfolio Value
                                     ----------------------------------------
          Changes                                           Change in NPV
         in Market                  NPV Ratio(1)               Ratio(2)
                                    ------------               --------
      Interest Rates
      --------------
      (basis points)
         + 400                          1.55%                    -696bp
         + 300                          3.37%                    -514bp
         + 200                          5.14%                    -337bp
         + 100                          6.86%                    -165bp
             0                          8.51%
         - 100                          9.93%                     142bp
         - 200                         11.15%                     264bp
         - 300                         12.86%                     435bp
         - 400                         14.62%                     611bp

- ------------------
(1)      Calculated  as  the  estimated  NPV  dividend by present value of total
         assets.
(2)      Calculated  as the excess  (deficiency)  of the NPV ratio  assuming the
         indicated  change  in  interest  rates  over the  estimated  NPV  ratio
         assuming no change in interest rates.

         Because  most  of our  loans  have a  fixed  rate,  these  calculations
indicate  that we would be deemed to have a more than  normal  level of interest
rate risk under applicable regulatory capital requirements.
See "Regulations."

         While we cannot predict  future  interest rates or their effects on our
NPV or net interest income,  we do not expect current  interest rates,  assuming
rates  remain  stable,  to  have a  material  adverse  effect  on our NPV or net
interest income.  Computations of prospective  effects of hypothetical  interest
rate changes are based on numerous  assumptions,  including  relative  levels of
market interest rates, prepayments and deposit run-offs and should not be relied
upon as indicative of actual results.  Certain shortcomings are inherent in such
computations.  Although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturity
or periods  of  repricing  they may react at  different  times and in  different
degrees to changes in the market interest  rates.  The interest rates on certain
types of assets and  liabilities  may  fluctuate in advance of changes in market
interest  rates,  while rates on other types of assets and  liabilities  may lag
behind changes in market  interest  rates.  In the event of a change in interest
rates,  prepayments and early withdrawal levels could deviate significantly from
those assumed in making calculations set forth above. Additionally, an increased
credit risk may result as the ability of many  borrowers  to service  their debt
may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.

                                       27

<PAGE>




         The board of directors  reviews our asset and liability  policies.  The
board of directors meets  quarterly to review interest rate risk and trends,  as
well as liquidity and capital ratios and  requirements.  Management  administers
the policies and  determinations  of the board of directors  with respect to our
asset and liability goals and strategies. We expect that our asset and liability
policies and strategies  will continue as described so long as  competitive  and
regulatory  conditions in the financial institution industry and market interest
rates continue as they have in recent years.

Financial Condition

         Total  consolidated  assets  increased  $2.5 million,  or 8.3% to $33.1
million at March 31, 1997 from $30.6  million at June 30, 1996.  The increase in
total assets reflects a $1.5 million increase in investment and  mortgage-backed
securities,  a $497,000  increase in loans and real estate,  net, and a $387,000
increase in cash and cash equivalents.

         Deposits  decreased $297,000 or 1.1% to $27.9 million at March 31, 1997
from $28.2 million at June 30, 1996,  whereas deposits increased $2.4 million or
9.2% to $28.2 million at June 30, 1997 from $25.8 million at June 30, 1995.  The
increase in fiscal 1996,  as well as the decrease in the nine months ended March
31, 1997 was a result of new  deposits  being  attracted  due to  promoting  the
opening of a new branch office and the subsequent  movement of such new deposits
once the  branch was  operating  for some time.  We believe  that the  aggregate
dollar amount of deposits will remain stable. In the future,  the relatively new
branch office is expected to attract  additional  deposits while the main office
might  continue to  experience  slight  declines in deposits.  Interest  bearing
liabilities  increased $2.7 million,  or 9.6% to $30.9 million at March 31, 1997
from $28.2 million at June 30, 1996.  The increase  reflects  borrowings of $3.0
million from the FHLB which funded the purchases of our investments.

Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended March 31, 1997 and 1996

         Net Income.  Net income  decreased  $106,000 or 345.0% from $31,000 for
the nine  months  ended  March 31,  1996 to a net loss of  $75,000  for the nine
months  ended March 31,  1997.  The  decrease  was  primarily  the result of the
recognition of the one-time SAIF special  insurance  assessment in the amount of
$108,000  (after  taxes) and the  increase in the  provision  for loan losses of
$114,000  partially  offset by an  increase in net  interest  income of $97,000.
Excluding the SAIF special  insurance  assessment,  we would have recognized net
income of $33,000,  an  increase  of 6.5% from the nine  months  ended March 31,
1996.

         Net  Interest  Income.  Net  interest  income  is the most  significant
component of our income from  operations.  Net interest income is the difference
between interest we receive on our  interest-earning  assets  (primarily  loans,
investment  and   mortgage-backed   securities)  and  interest  we  pay  on  our
interest-bearing  liabilities  (primarily  deposits  and  borrowed  funds).  Net
interest  income  depends on the volume of and rates earned on  interest-earning
assets and the volume of and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

         The following  tables set forth a summary of average balances of assets
and liabilities as well as average yield and cost information.  Average balances
are  derived  from  monthly  balances,  however,  we do not  believe  the use of
month-end  balances  has  caused any  material  differences  in the  information
presented. There has been no tax equivalent adjustments made to yields.

                                       28

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        For the Nine Months Ended March 31, (4)                   At March 31,
                                       --------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------------------
                                                     1997                                1996                        1997
                                       -----------------------------------  -------------------------------   ----------------------
                                                                 Average                            Average              Average
                                         Average                 Yield/       Average               Yield/               Yield/
                                         Balance   Interest       Cost        Balance   Interest     Cost     Balance     Cost
                                         -------   --------      --------   -------     --------    ------    --------    -----
Interest-earning assets:                 (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                      <C>         <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>  
  Loans receivable(1)..................  $14,015     $  861         8.19%    $13,068     $  832      8.49%     $14,326     8.59%
  Investment securities ...............   14,973        747         6.65      11,650        569      6.51       15,736     6.99
  Other interest-earning assets........    1,237         67         7.27       3,493        127      4.85        1,355     5.60
                                          ------     ------                   ------      -----                 ------
Total interest-earning assets..........  $30,225     $1,675         7.39%    $28,211     $1,528      7.22%     $31,417     7.66%
                                                      -----                               -----
Non-interest-earning assets............    1,628                               1,136                             1,710
                                          ------                              ------                            ------
Total assets...........................  $31,853                             $29,347                           $33,127
                                          ======                              ======                            ======
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  NOW accounts.........................  $ 1,467     $    -            -%    $ 1,336    $     -         -%     $ 1,493       -%
  Passbook and club accounts...........   10,064        240         3.18      10,032        249      3.31       10,130     3.19
  Certificates of deposit..............   16,477        695         5.63      15,575        691      5.92       16,237     5.68
    Other liabilities..................    1,500         55         4.89           -          -         -        3,000     5.80
                                          ------      -----                  -------    -------                 ------
Total interest-bearing 
  liabilities..........................  $29,508    $   990         4.47%    $26,943    $   940      4.65%     $30,860     4.60%
                                                     ------                              ------
  Non-interest-bearing
    liabilities........................      290                                 316                               247
                                          ------                              ------                            ------
    Total liabilities..................  $29,798                             $27,259                           $31,107
                                          ------                              ------                            ------

Retained earnings......................    2,055                               2,088                             2,020
                                          ------                              ------                            ------
Total liabilities and 
  retained earnings....................  $31,853                             $29,347                           $33,127
                                          ======                              ======                            ======
  Net interest income..................              $  685                              $  588
                                                      =====                               =====
  Interest rate spread(2)..............                             2.92%                            2.57%                 3.06%
Net yield on interest-
  earning assets(3)....................                             3.02%                            2.78%                    -%
Ratio of average interest-
  earning assets to average
  interest-bearing liabilities........                            102.43%                          104.71%               101.81%

</TABLE>

- ---------------------------------
(1)      Average balances include non-accrual loans.
(2)      Interest  rate spread  represents  the  difference  between the average
         yield   on   interest-earning   assets   and   the   average   cost  of
         interest-bearing liabilities.
(3)      Net yield on interest-earning  assets represents net interest income as
         a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
(4)      Annualized  (where  appropriate)  for  purposes of  comparability  with
         fiscal year date.


                                       29

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                              Year Ended June 30,
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1996                                         1995
                                                 -----------------------------------       -----------------------------------------
                                                                            Average                                         Average
                                                      Average               Yield/          Average                         Yield/
                                                      Balance   Interest     Cost           Balance          Interest        Cost
                                                      -------   --------     ----           -------          --------        ----
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>              <C>             <C>  
Interest-earning assets:                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
  Loans receivable(1).........................        $13,296     $1,123       8.44%         $12,821          $1,081           8.43%
  Investment securities ......................         12,276        781       6.36           11,152             642           5.76
  Other interest-earning assets...............          2,738        149       5.44            2,482              82           3.30
                                                       ------     ------                      ------           -----
Total interest-earning assets.................        $28,310     $2,053       7.25%         $26,455          $1,805           6.82%
                                                                   -----                                       -----
Non-interest-earning assets...................          1,121                                    620
                                                       ------                                 ------
Total assets..................................        $29,431                                $27,075
                                                       ======                                 ======
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  NOW accounts................................        $ 1,344   $      -          -%         $ 1,353        $      7           0.54%
  Passbook and club accounts..................         10,034        328       3.27           11,203             397           3.55
  Certificates of deposit.....................         15,590        928       5.95           12,122             635           5.23
  Other liabilities...........................              -          -          -                -               -              -
                                                       ------      -----                     -------           -----
  Total interest-bearing liabilities..........        $26,968     $1,256       4.66%         $24,678          $1,039           4.21%
  Non-interest-bearing liabilities............            367                                    373
                                                       ------                                 ------
  Total liabilities...........................        $27,335                                $25,051
                                                       ------                                 ------

  Retained earnings...........................          2,096                                  2,024
                                                       ------                                 ------
    Total liabilities and retained earnings...        $29,431                                $27,075
                                                       ======                                 ======
  Net interest income.........................                    $  797                                      $  766
                                                                   =====                                       =====
  Interest rate spread(2).....................                                 2.59%                                           2.61%
Net yield on interest-earning assets(3).......                                 2.82%                                           2.89%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to
  average interest-bearing liabilities........                               104.98%                                         107.20%

</TABLE>

- ---------------------------------
(1)      Average balances include non-accrual loans.
(2) Interest rate spread represents the difference  between the average yield on
interest-earning  assets and the average cost of  interest-bearing  liabilities.
(3) Net yield on  interest-earning  assets  represents net interest  income as a
percentage of average interest-earning assets.




                                       30

<PAGE>



         The  table  below  sets  forth  information  regarding  changes  in our
interest  income  and  interest  expense  for the  periods  indicated.  For each
category  of  our  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities,
information  is  provided  on  changes  attributable  to (i)  changes  in volume
(changes in volume  multiplied  by old rate);  (ii) changes in rate  (changes in
rate  multiplied by old volume);  (iii) changes in rate-volume  (changes in rate
multiplied by the change in volume).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Nine Months Ended                           Year Ended June 30,
                                       -------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
                                             1997     vs.     1996                             1996     vs.     1995
                                       -------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
                                              Increase (Decrease)                                          Increase (Decrease)
                                                    Due to                                                       Due to
                                       -------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
                                                                  Rate/                                         Rate/
                                          Volume       Rate      Volume         Net        Volume     Rate     Volume         Net
                                       ------------ ---------   --------   -------------  -------   -------   ------------   -------
                                                                            (Dollars in Thousands)                             
<S>                                            <C>       <C>      <C>            <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>          <C> 
Interest income:                                                                            
 Loans receivable...................           $ 60      $(29)    $  (2)         $ 29        $  40     $   2     $   -        $ 42
 Investment securities..............            162        12         4           178           65        67         7         139
 Other interest-earning assets......            (82)       63       (41)          (60)           8        53         6          67
                                               ----       ----       ---          ---          ---       ---       ---         ---
  Total interest-earning assets.....           $140      $ 46     $ (39)         $147        $ 113      $122     $  13        $248
                                                ===       ===       ===           ===          ===       ===       ===         ===
                                                                                            
Interest expense:                                                                           
  Non-interest-bearing                                                                      
    and NOW accounts................           $  -      $  -     $    -         $  -        $   -     $  (7)    $   -        $ (7)
  Passbook and club accounts........              1       (10)         -           (9)         (42)      (30)        3         (69)
  Certificates of deposit                        40       (34)        (2)          (4)         181        87        25         293
 Other liabilities..................             55         -          -           55            -         -         -           -
                                                ---      ----       ----         ----         ----      ----      ----        ----
   Total interest-bearing                      $ 96      $(44)    $   (2)        $ 50        $ 139     $  50     $  28        $217
                                                ===       ===        ===          ===          ===       ===      ====         ===
     liabilities....................                                                        
                                                                                            
Net change in interest income.......           $ 44      $ 90     $  (37)        $ 97        $ (26)    $  72     $ (15)       $ 31
                                               ====       ===       ====          ===         ====       ====     ====        ====
</TABLE>                                
                                                                 
                                                                     
                                                                  



                                       31

<PAGE>



         Our net interest income increased  $97,000 or 16.6% to $685,000 for the
nine months ended March 31, 1997  compared to $588,000 for the nine months ended
March 31,  1996.  The  increase  was due  primarily  to the  growth  of  average
interest-earning  assets from $28.2  million for the nine months ended March 31,
1996 to $30.2 million for the nine month ended March 31, 1997.

         The  increase in our average  interest-earning  assets of $2.0  million
reflects an increase of $947,000 in average  loans,  an increase of $3.3 million
in average  investment and  mortgage-backed  securities  offset by a decrease of
$2.3 million in average other interest-earning assets.

         Our interest rate spread and net interest margin increased for the nine
months  ended March 31, 1997  compared to the nine months  ended March 31, 1996.
This was due to the increase in the yield on interest-earning  assets from 7.22%
for the nine months  ended  March 31,  1996 to 7.39% for the nine  months  ended
March 31, 1997,  and by the decrease in the  interest  cost of average  interest
bearing  liabilities from 4.65% in the nine months ended March 31, 1996 to 4.47%
in the nine months ended March 31, 1997.

         The yield on our average  interest-earning assets increased in the nine
months  ended March 31, 1997 due to an increase in the average  balance of loans
and investment securities.

         The  decrease in the cost of our average  interest-bearing  liabilities
was due  primarily  to a decrease in the cost of  certificates  of deposit  from
5.92% in the nine months  ended March 31, 1996 to 5.63% in the nine months ended
March 31,  1997 and  interest-bearing  demand  deposits  from  3.31% in the nine
months  ended March 31, 1996 to 3.18% in the nine months  ended March 31,  1997,
offset   partially  by  an  increase  in  the  average  other   interest-bearing
liabilities.

         Provision  for Loan Losses.  Our  provision  for loan losses  increased
$115,000  or 856% to  $128,000  for the nine  months  ended  March 31, 1997 from
$13,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 1996.

         The increase in the provision for loan losses for the nine months ended
March 31, 1997 was  attributable to changes in one of our borrower's  ability to
repay. The borrower had outstanding,  16  non-performing  loans that ranged from
$30,000 to $100,000,  totalling $736,000,  secured by 1- to 4-family residences.
The  properties  are located in Mount  Washington,  a highly  desirable area for
development  in the city of Pittsburgh.  During the quarter,  we became aware of
circumstances  which might decrease the value of the collateral for these loans,
due to two properties  being torn down by the borrower and maintenance for other
properties being neglected by the borrower. Full payment of the loan is due June
30, 1997 and if not paid, foreclosure proceedings will occur on July 7, 1997.

         In the  beginning  of  June  1997  certain  circumstances  came  to our
attention that the borrower might have  difficulty in repaying the loans on June
30, 1997. If payment is not received on this date,  the loans will be classified
as other real estate owned.  We do not  anticipate  any  additional  loss on the
properties.


         Historically, we have emphasized our loss experience over other factors
in establishing the provision for loan losses.  We review the allowance for loan
losses in relation to (i) our past loan loss experience, (ii) known and inherent
risks in our portfolio,  (iii) adverse situations that may affect the borrower's
ability to repay, (iv) the estimated value of any underlying collateral, and (v)
current economic conditions. Because of the increased coverage of the allowances
for loan losses to total  loans,  management  believes  the  allowance  for loan
losses is at a level that is considered to be adequate to

                                       32

<PAGE>



provide for estimated  losses;  however,  there can be no assurance that further
additions will not be made to the allowance and that such losses will not exceed
the estimated amount.

         Noninterest  Expense.  Our noninterest expense increased by $171,000 or
28.3% from $603,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 1996 to $774,000 for the
nine months ended March 31, 1997. The increase was primarily attributable to the
one-time  special SAIF  assessment of $161,000.  Pursuant to the Economic Growth
and  Paperwork  Reduction  Act of 1996 (the  "Act"),  the FDIC imposed a special
assessment  on SAIF members to  capitalize  the SAIF at the  designated  reserve
level of 1.25% as of  October  1, 1996.  Based on our  deposits  as of March 31,
1995,  the date for measuring the amount of the special  assessment  pursuant to
the Act, our special assessment was $161,000. Due to the recapitalization of the
SAIF, we expect lower premiums for deposit insurance in future periods. The SAIF
insurance  assessment  rate paid by us before the  recapitalization  of SAIF was
23(cent)  per $100 of deposits and  decreased to 6.5(cent)  per $100 of deposits
after the recapitalization of SAIF.

         Pursuant to the Act,  we will pay,  in  addition to our normal  deposit
insurance  premium  as  a  member  of  the  SAIF,  an  annual  amount  equal  to
approximately   6.5  basis  points  of  outstanding  SAIF  deposits  toward  the
retirement  of the  Financing  Corporation  Bonds ("Fico  Bonds")  issued in the
1980's to assist in the  recovery of the savings and loan  industry.  Members of
the Bank  Insurance  Fund ("BIF"),  by contrast,  will pay, in addition to their
normal deposit insurance premium,  approximately 1.3 basis points.  Beginning no
later than January 1, 2000, the rate paid to retire the Fico Bonds will be equal
for members of the BIF and the SAIF.  The Act also  provides  for the merging of
the BIF and the  SAIF  by  January  1,  1999  provided  there  are no  financial
institutions  still chartered as savings  associations at that time.  Should the
insurance  funds be merged before  January 1, 2000, the rate paid by all members
of this new fund to retire the Fico Bonds would be equal.

         Income Tax  Benefit.  Our income tax benefit for the nine months  ended
March 31, 1997 was $76,000  compared to $6,000 expense for the nine months ended
March  31,  1996.  The $  82,000  decrease  was the  result  of  pre-tax  income
decreasing  by  $188,000,  which was  primarily  the result of the SAIF  special
insurance assessment.

Results of Operations for the Years Ending June 30, 1996 and 1995

         Net Income.  Net income  decreased  $115,000 or 76.9% from $150,000 for
fiscal 1995 to $35,000 for fiscal 1996. The decrease was primarily the result of
a  reduction  in gain on sale of  securities  available-for-sale  of $30,000 and
increases in noninterest  expenses associated with the opening of our new branch
office building in November, 1995.

         Net Interest Income.  Our net interest income increased $31,000 or 3.9%
to $797,000 in fiscal 1996 compared to $766,000 in fiscal 1995. The increase was
due  primarily  to the  growth of  average  interest-earning  assets  from $26.5
million in fiscal 1995 to $28.3 million in fiscal 1996.

         The  increase in our average  interest-earning  assets of $1.8  million
reflects an increase of $475,000 in average  loans,  an increase of $1.1 million
in average investment and mortgage-backed securities and an increase of $256,000
in average other interest-earning assets.

         Our interest  rate spread and net interest  margin  decreased in fiscal
1996  compared  to fiscal  1995.  This was due to the  increase  in the yield on
interest-earning  assets from 6.82% in fiscal 1995 to 7.25% in fiscal 1996 being
exceeded  by the  increase  in the  interest  cost of average  interest  bearing
liabilities from 4.21% in fiscal 1995 to 4.66% in fiscal 1996.

                                       33

<PAGE>




         The yield on our average  interest-earning  assets  increased in fiscal
1996 due to an increase in the yield on investment securities.  This increase in
yield on our  investment  securities  reflected  the  investment of the proceeds
received from maturities of tax-exempt securities into taxable securities.

         The  increase in the cost of our average  interest-bearing  liabilities
was due  primarily  to an increase in the cost of  certificates  of deposit from
5.23% in fiscal  1995 to 5.95% in fiscal  1996,  and an  increase in the average
balance  of  $3.5  million,  offset  partially  by a  decrease  in the  cost  of
interest-bearing  demand  deposits  from 3.55% in fiscal 1995 to 3.27% in fiscal
1996.

         Provision  for Loan Losses.  Our  provision  for loan losses for fiscal
1996 was $35,000 and for fiscal 1995 was $19,000.  The provision for loan losses
for both years was due to our assessment of market and economic conditions.  Our
loan portfolio consists  primarily of one- to four-family  mortgage loans and we
experienced little change in the composition of our loan portfolio. In addition,
we experienced minimal charge-offs in the past two years.

         NonInterest  Income.  Our non-interest  income decreased  approximately
$32,000 in fiscal 1996 as  compared to fiscal  1995.  This was  attributable  to
$39,000  higher gains on securities  and  foreclosed  real estate in fiscal 1995
offset by a $7,000 increase in service charges and fees in fiscal 1996.

         NonInterest  Expense.  Our non-interest expense increased by $99,000 or
14.1% from  $699,000 for fiscal 1995 to $798,000  for fiscal 1996.  The increase
was primarily  attributable to expenses associated with the opening of our newly
constructed branch office. Such expenses included advertising and promotion, ATM
expenses,  depreciation,  occupancy  and equipment  expenses,  printing and data
processing.

         Income Tax Expense. Our income tax expense remained relatively constant
at $10,000 for fiscal 1996 and $11,000 for fiscal 1995.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         We are required to maintain  minimum levels of liquid assets as defined
by OTS regulations.  This requirement,  which varies from time to time depending
upon economic  conditions and deposit  flows,  is based upon a percentage of our
deposits and short-term borrowings. The required ratio currently is 5.0% and our
liquidity  ratio  average  was 24.40%  and 21.72% at March 31,  1997 and June 30
1996, respectively.

         Our  primary  sources  of funds are  deposits,  repayment  of loans and
mortgage-backed  securities,  maturities  of  investments  and  interest-bearing
deposits,  funds  provided  from  operations  and  advances  from  the  FHLB  of
Pittsburgh.  While scheduled repayments of loans and mortgage-backed  securities
and maturities of investment securities are predicable sources of funds, deposit
flows,  and loan  prepayments  are greatly  influenced  by the general  level of
interest  rates,  economic  conditions  and  competition.  We use our  liquidity
resources  principally  to fund  existing and future loan  commitments,  to fund
maturing  certificates of deposit and demand deposit  withdrawals,  to invest in
other  interest-earning  assets,  to maintain  liquidity,  and to meet operating
expenses.



                                       34

<PAGE>



         Net cash  provided by our  operating  activities  (the cash  effects of
transactions that enter into our  determination of net income -- e.g.,  non-cash
items,  amortization and  depreciation,  provision for loan losses) for the year
ended June 30,  1996 was  $66,000 as compared to $94,000 for the year ended June
30, 1995 and  $40,000  for the nine  months  ended March 31, 1997 as compared to
$7,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 1996.

         Net  cash  used  in our  investing  activities  (i.e.,  cash  receipts,
primarily  from  our  investment   securities  and  mortgage-backed   securities
portfolios  and our loan  portfolio)  for the year ended June 30, 1996  totalled
$5.6 million,  an increase of $7.0 million from June 30, 1995.  The increase was
primarily  attributable  to our use of $1.0 million in cash to fund the increase
in loan  originations,  the use of $3.9 million in cash to fund the net increase
in  investment  and  mortgage-backed  securities  and  the  use of  $809,000  to
construct  and  equip the new  branch  office.  Net cash  used in our  investing
activities  for the nine months ended March 31, 1997 totalled  $2.2 million,  an
increase of $1.6 million from the nine months ended March 31, 1996. The increase
was  primarily  attributable  to the use of $1.5 million in cash to fund the net
increase in investment and mortgage-backed  securities,  and the use of $620,000
in cash to fund the increase in loan originations.

         Net cash  provided by our  financing  activities  (i.e.,  cash receipts
primarily  from net increases in deposits and net FHLB advances) for fiscal 1996
totalled  $2.3  million.  This is a result of a net increase in deposits of $2.4
million  offset by a decrease in advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance
of $62,000.  Net cash provided by our financing  activities  for the nine months
ended March 31, 1997 totalled $2.5 million. This is a result of a borrowing from
the FHLB of $3.0  million  offset by a decrease in  deposits  of $297,000  and a
decrease in advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance of $157,000.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

         FASB  Statement on Earnings  Per Share.  In March 1997,  the  Financial
Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB") issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards  ("SFAS") No. 128. The Statement  establishes  standards for computing
and  presenting  earnings per share and applies to entities  with  publicly held
common stock or potential common stock. This Statement  simplifies the standards
for computing earnings per share previously found in Accounting  Principal Board
("APB") Opinion No. 15, Earnings per Share ("EPS"), and makes them comparable to
international EPS standards.  It replaces the presentation of primary EPS with a
presentation  of basic EPS.  It also  requires  dual  presentation  of basic and
diluted  Earnings per Share on the face of the income statement for all entities
with complex capital  structures and requires a reconciliation  of the numerator
and  the  denominator  of  the  basic  EPS  computation  to  the  numerator  and
denominator of the diluted  Earnings per Share  computation.  Basic EPS excludes
dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common  stockholders by
the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted
EPS reflects the  potential  dilution  that could occur if  securities  or other
contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or
resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the
entity.  Diluted EPS is computed  similarly to fully diluted EPS pursuant to APB
Opinion  No. 15.  This  statement  supersedes  Opinion  15 and AICPA  Accounting
Interpretation  1-102 of Opinion 15. This  statement is effective  for financial
statements issued for periods ending after December 15, 1997,  including interim
periods. SFAS No. 128 will be adopted by us in the initial period after December
15, 1997. We do not believe the impact of adopting SFAS No. 128 will be material
to our financial statements.

         FASB Statement on Disclosure of Information about Capital Structure. In
February  1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 129. The  Statement  incorporates  the
disclosure  requirements  of APB Opinion No. 15,  Earnings per Share,  and makes
them applicable to all public and nonpublic entities that have

                                       35

<PAGE>



issued  securities  addressed  by the  Statement.  APB  Opinion  No. 15 requires
disclosure of descriptive  information  about securities that is not necessarily
related to the computation of earnings per share.  This statement  continues the
previous  requirements to disclose certain information about an entity's capital
structure  found in APB Opinions  No. 10,  Omnibus  Opinion - 1966,  and No. 15,
Earnings  per  Share,  and  FASB  Statement  No.  47,  Disclosure  of  Long-Term
Obligations,  for  entities  that  were  subject  to the  requirements  of those
standards.  This Statement  eliminates the exemption of nonpublic  entities from
certain disclosure  requirements of Opinion 15 as provided by FASB Statement No.
21, Suspension of the Reporting of Earnings per Share and Segment Information by
Nonpublic  Enterprises.   It  supersedes  specific  disclosure  requirements  of
Opinions 10 and 15 and Statement 47 and consolidates  them in this Statement for
ease  of  retrieval  and for  greater  visibility  to  nonpublic  entities.  The
Statement  is  effective  for  financial  statements  for periods  ending  after
December  15,  1997.  SFAS No. 129 will be adopted by us in the  initial  period
after December 15, 1997. We do not believe the impact of adopting SFAS No.
129 will be material to our financial statements.

         FASB  Statement  of on  Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation.  In
October  1995,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 123 defines a "fair value
based method" of accounting for an employee  stock option  whereby  compensation
cost is  measured  at the  grant  date  based on the  value of the  award and is
recognized  over the service  period.  FASB has encouraged all entities to adopt
the fair value based method, however, it will allow entities to continue the use
of the  "intrinsic  value based method"  prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25. Under
the intrinsic value based method,  compensation cost is the excess of the market
price of the stock at the grant  date over the  amount an  employee  must pay to
acquire the stock.  However,  most stock option plans have no intrinsic value at
the grant  date and,  as such,  no  compensation  cost is  recognized  under APB
Opinion No. 25. Entities electing to continue use of the accounting treatment of
APB Opinion No. 25 must make certain pro forma  disclosures as if the fair value
based method had been applied.  The accounting  requirements of SFAS No. 123 are
effective for transactions entered into in fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1995. Pro forma  disclosures  must include the effects of all awards granted
in fiscal years  beginnings after December 15, 1994. We will continue to use the
"intrinsic value based method" as prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25. Accordingly,
we do not believe  the impact of  adopting  SFAS No. 123 will be material to our
financial statements.

         In  November   1993,  the  American   Institute  of  Certified   Public
Accountants  ("AICPA") issued SOP 93-6 Employers'  Accounting for Employee Stock
Ownership  Plan.  SOP 93-6  addresses  accounting  for shares of stock issued to
employees  by an employee  stock  ownership  plan.  SOP 93-6  requires  that the
employer  record  compensation  expense in an amount  equal to the fair value of
shares  committed  to be  released  from  the  ESOP to  employees.  SOP  93-6 is
effective  for fiscal  years  beginning  after  December 15, 1993 and relates to
shares  purchased  by an ESOP after  December  31,  1992.  If the  common  stock
appreciates over time, SOP 93-6 will increase  compensation  expense relative to
the  ESOP,  as  compared  with  prior  guidance  that  required  recognition  of
compensation  expense based on the cost of the shares  acquired by the ESOP. The
amount of any such increase,  however, cannot be determined at this time because
the  expense  will be based on the fair  value  of the  shares  committed  to be
released to employees, which amount is not determinable. See "Pro Forma Data."

                         BUSINESS OF WSB HOLDING COMPANY

         WSB is not an operating  company and has not engaged in any significant
business  to  date.  It was  formed  in June  1997  as a  Pennsylvania-chartered
corporation to be the holding  company for  Workingmens  Savings Bank,  FSB. The
holding  company  structure  and  retention  of proceeds  will  facilitate:  (i)
diversification  into  non-banking   activities,   (ii)  acquisitions  of  other
financial institutions, such

                                       36

<PAGE>



as savings  institutions,  (iii)  expansion  within existing and into new market
areas and (iv) stock repurchases without adverse tax consequences.  There are no
present   plans   regarding   diversification,   acquisitions,   expansion,   or
repurchases.

         Since WSB will own only one savings association,  it generally will not
be  restricted  in the  types of  business  activities  in which it may  engage;
provided,  that we retain a  specified  amount of our assets in  housing-related
investments.  WSB  initially  will not conduct any active  business and does not
intend to employ any persons  other than  officers  but will utilize our support
staff from time to time.

         The  office  of the  WSB is  located  at 807  Middle  St.,  Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania. The telephone number is (412) 231-7297.

                    BUSINESS OF WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, FSB

         The  principal  sources  of  funds  for our  activities  are  deposits,
payments  on loans and  borrowings  from the FHLB of  Pittsburgh.  Our  deposits
totalled  $27.9 million at March 31, 1997.  Funds are used  principally  for the
origination  of  loans  secured  by  first  mortgages  on  one-  to  four-family
residences which are located in our market area and investment securities.  Such
loans totalled $10.6 million, or 73.91%, of our total loans receivable portfolio
at March 31, 1997. Our principal source of revenue is interest received on loans
and investments and our principal expense is interest paid on deposits.

Market Area

         Our main  office is  located in the North  Side of  Pittsburgh  and our
branch office is located in Baldwin, a suburb of Pittsburgh.  The communities of
North Side, Baldwin, and surrounding areas of Allegheny County are considered to
be our  primary  market  area.  Most of our  deposits  and  lending  activity is
generated from individuals who live in these areas. We are a  community-oriented
thrift and have served the local Allegheny County community since 1881. However,
our  main  office  is  located  in  an  area  where  there  is  limited   growth
opportunities  for loan originations and deposit needs and, our branch office is
located in a more affluent  area,  where a  significant  amount of our loans are
originated and deposit accounts are generated.

         The Greater  Pittsburgh  area has been in the process of  restructuring
over the past decade. Once centered on heavy manufacturing, primarily steel, its
economic base is now more  diverse,  including  technology,  health and business
services.  Several  "Fortune  500"  industrial  firms are  headquartered  in the
Greater  Pittsburgh area,  including USX Corporation and  Westinghouse  Electric
Corporation.  The  largest  employers  in  Pittsburgh,  by the  number  of local
employees,   include  the  United  States   Government,   the   Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania,  Westinghouse,  USAir,  and the  University of  Pittsburgh.  Seven
colleges and universities are located in the general Pittsburgh area.

Lending Activities

         Most of our loans are  mortgage  loans  which  are  secured  by one- to
four-family  residences.  We also make multi-family,  commercial real estate and
consumer  loans.  Loans  originated by us have rates of interest which are fixed
for the term of the loan ("fixed rate").


                                       37

<PAGE>



         The  following  table sets forth  information  concerning  the types of
loans held by us.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               At March 31,                                  At June 30,
                                          -------------------------   ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1997                          1996                           1995
                                          -------------------------   ---------------------------   ------------------------------
                                          Amount         Percent         Amount         Percent        Amount         Percent
                                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)
Type of Loans:
Real Estate Loans:
<S>                                          <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>   
  One- to four- family ...................   $10,596          73.91%       $10,022          73.06%       $ 9,708           75.76%
  Multi-family............................     1,608          11.22          1,811          13.20          1,220            9.52
  Commercial..............................       619           4.32            666           4.86            765            5.97
  Other...................................         4            .03              6            .04             26             .20
Consumer Loans:
  Home equity and second mortgage loans...     1,109           7.73            856           6.24            817            6.38
  Share loans.............................       154           1.07            172           1.25            151            1.18
  Other...................................       246           1.72            185           1.35            127            0.99
                                             -------         ------        -------         ------        -------          ------
      Total loans.........................    14,336         100.00%        13,718         100.00%        12,814          100.00%
                                                             ======                         ======                        ======
Less:
  Deferred loan origination fees and costs        10                            13                            28
  Allowance of loan losses ...............       201                            76                            89
                                             -------                      --------                       -------
     Total loans, net.....................   $14,125                       $13,629                       $12,798
                                              ======                        ======                        ======
</TABLE>



         The  following  table sets  forth the  estimated  maturity  of our loan
portfolio at March 31, 1997.  The table does not include the effects of possible
prepayments  or scheduled  repayments.  All mortgage loans are shown as maturing
based on the date of the last payment required by the loan agreement.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     

                                                                                            Home
                     One- to four-                                     Other          Equity and
                            Family               Multi-                 Real              Second             Other
                       Residential               Family               Estate           Mortgages          Consumer           Total
                       -----------               ------               ------           ---------          --------           -----
                                                                 (In Thousands)
<S>                        <C>                  <C>                <C>                   <C>                 <C>          <C>     
Amounts due:
Within 1 year........      $    93              $    15            $       -             $   255             $   5        $    368
Over 1 to 3 years....          234                   18                    4                  93                87             436
Over 3 to 5 years....          995                  221                    -                 252               154           1,622
Over 5 to 10 years...        2,006                  329                    -                 509                 -           2,844
Over 10 years........        7,268                1,644                    -                   -               154           9,066
                            ------                -----              -------             -------            ------          ------
Total amount due.....      $10,596               $2,227             $      4              $1,109           $   400         $14,336
                            ======                =====              =======               =====            ======          ======
</TABLE>



                                       38

<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans for which
final  payment is not due until after March 31,  1997.  The table also shows the
amount of loans which have fixed rates of interest.
At March 31, 1997, we had no loans with adjustable rates of interest.

                                                        Fixed rates
                                                        -----------
                                                      (In Thousands)
Real Estate Loans:
  One- to four-family residential.............               $10,503
  Multi-family................................                 2,212
  Other real estate...........................                     4
Home equity and second mortgages..............                   854
Other consumer................................                   395
                                                              ------
  Total.......................................               $13,968
                                                              ======


         The following  table  contains  information  concerning  changes in the
amount of loans held by us.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                For the Nine                For the Years Ended
                                                              Months Ended                       June 30,
                                                                  March 31,

                                                                    1997                 1996                1995
                                                              -----------------   ------------------   ----------

                                                                                    (In Thousands)

<S>                                                             <C>                  <C>                 <C>    
Total gross loans receivable at beginning of period........     $13,718              $12,915             $12,790
                                                                 ------               ------              ------

Loans originated:

  One- to four-family residential..........................       1,696                2,037               1,134

  Multi-family.............................................           -                  184                 200

  Other real estate........................................          40                   30                  68

  Home equity and second mortgages.........................         586                  477                 738

  Other consumer...........................................         163                  166                 129
                                                                -------             --------            --------

Total loans originated.....................................       2,485                2,894               2,269
                                                                 ------               ------              ------

Loans purchased:

  Participation loans, one- to four-family residential.....          36                    7                 100
                                                                -------              -------             -------

Total loans purchased......................................          36                    7                 100
                                                                -------              -------             -------

Loan principal repayments..................................      (1,913)              (2,098)             (2,244)
                                                                ------               ------              ------

Net loan activity..........................................         608                  803                 125
                                                                 ------               ------              ------

  Total gross loans receivable at end of period............     $14,326              $13,718             $12,915
                                                                 ======               ======              ======

</TABLE>



                                       39

<PAGE>



         One- to Four-Family  Residential  Loans.  Our primary lending  activity
consists  of the  origination  of one- to  four-family  fixed  rate  residential
mortgage  loans  secured by property  located in our  primary  market  area.  We
generally originate one- to four-family fixed rate residential mortgage loans in
amounts up to 90% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase  price,  with
private  mortgage  insurance  required  on loans with a  loan-to-value  ratio in
excess of 80%.  The maximum  loan-to-value  ratio on mortgage  loans  secured by
non-owner occupied properties  generally is limited to 80%. We retain all of our
mortgage loans and originate these loans with maturities of up to 20 years. On a
limited basis,  we originate and retain fixed rate balloon loans having terms of
up to 15 years,  with principal and interest  payments  calculated using up to a
30-year  amortization period. Loans originated at the main office consist almost
entirely of one- to four-family  investment  (non-owner occupied) mortgage loans
while the  remainder of our loans are  originated  from our branch  office,  and
include most of our one- to  four-family  owner  occupied  residential  mortgage
loans.

         Mortgage loans originated and held by us generally include  due-on-sale
clauses. This gives us the right to deem the loan immediately due and payable in
the event the borrower transfers ownership of the property securing the mortgage
loan without our consent.

         Home Equity Loans and Second Mortgages.  We originate home equity loans
and second mortgage loans which are secured by one to four-family residences. We
originate these loans on one- to four-family residences with fixed rate terms of
up to 10 years. The loans are generally subject to a 80% combined  loan-to-value
limitation, including any other outstanding mortgages or liens.

         Multi-Family and Commercial  Loans. Our multi-family  loans are secured
by apartment buildings. These loans generally have not exceeded $500,000 or have
terms greater than 20 years.  Commercial real estate loans are secured by office
buildings, and other commercial properties.

         Multi-family  and commercial  real estate lending  entails  significant
additional risks compared to residential property lending. These loans typically
involve large loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related  borrowers.
The repayment of these loans typically is dependent on the successful  operation
of the real estate project  securing the loan.  These risks can be significantly
affected  by supply  and demand  conditions  in the market for office and retail
space and may also be subject to adverse conditions in the economy.  To minimize
these risks,  we generally  limit this type of lending to our market area and to
borrowers who are otherwise well known to us.

         Loan  Approval  Authority  and  Underwriting.  We  established  various
lending limits for our officers and maintain a loan  committee.  Mr.  Neudorfer,
our President,  has loan authority to approve all loans.  Our Vice President and
Treasurer,  Mr. Moreschi,  has authority to approve all applications for secured
and  unsecured  consumer  loans.  The loan  committee  ratifies  all fixed  rate
residential  mortgage  loans of $200,000 or more and all other real estate loans
and consumer loans.

         Upon  receipt  of a  completed  loan  application  from  a  prospective
borrower,  a credit report is ordered.  Income and certain other  information is
verified. If necessary,  additional financial  information may be requested.  An
appraisal or other  estimate of value of the real estate  intended to be used as
security  for the  proposed  loan  is  obtained.  Appraisals  are  processed  by
independent fee appraisers.

         Title  insurance  is  generally  required on all real  estate  mortgage
loans.  We do not  require  title  insurance  on home  equity  loans and  second
mortgages, but we obtain a property report from our local state tax office which
indicates  whether  there  are any  liens  or  other  encumbrances  against  the
property.

                                       40

<PAGE>



Borrowers also must obtain fire and casualty insurance.  Flood insurance is also
required on loans secured by property that is located in a flood zone.

         Loan  Commitments.   Written   commitments  are  given  to  prospective
borrowers on all approved real estate loans. Generally,  the commitment requires
acceptance  within  60  days  of the  date  of  issuance.  At  March  31,  1997,
commitments  to cover  originations  of mortgage  loans  totalled  $154,000.  We
believe that virtually all of our commitments will be funded.

         Loans to One Borrower. The maximum amount of loans which we may make to
any one borrower may not exceed the greater of $500,000 or 15% of our unimpaired
capital and unimpaired  surplus. We may lend an additional 10% of our unimpaired
capital  and  unimpaired  surplus  if the  loan  is  fully  secured  by  readily
marketable  collateral.  Since 1989, our maximum  loan-to-one  borrower limit is
$500,000. At March 31, 1997, the aggregate loans outstanding of our five largest
borrowers have  outstanding  balances of between  $236,000 and $736,000.  Two of
these loans are in excess of our lending limit but were in  compliance  with OTS
regulations applicable at the time the loans were originated. One of these loans
is a non-performing loan. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Provision for Loan Losses".

Nonperforming and Problem Assets

         Loan  Delinquencies.  When a mortgage  loan becomes 30 days past due, a
notice of  nonpayment  is sent to the  borrower.  If, after 60 days,  payment is
still  delinquent,  a notice of right to cure  default  is sent to the  borrower
giving  30  additional  days to bring the loan  current  before  foreclosure  is
commenced. If the loan continues in a delinquent status for 90 days past due and
no repayment plan is in effect,  foreclosure proceedings will be initiated.  The
customer will be notified when foreclosure is commenced.

         Loans are reviewed on a monthly  basis and are placed on a  non-accrual
status  when the loan  becomes  more  than 90 days  delinquent  or when,  in our
opinion, the collection of additional interest is doubtful. Interest accrued and
unpaid at the time a loan is  placed on  nonaccrual  status is  charged  against
interest income. Subsequent interest payments, if any, are either applied to the
outstanding  principal balance or recorded as interest income,  depending on the
assessment of the ultimate collectibility of the loan.

         Nonperforming  Assets.  The  following  table  sets  forth  information
regarding nonaccrual loans and real estate owned, as of the dates indicated.  We
have no loans categorized as troubled debt restructurings  within the meaning of
SFAS 15 and no accruing loans that were delinquent  more than 90 days.  Interest
income that would have been  recorded  on loans  accounted  for on a  nonaccrual
basis  under the  original  terms of such loans was  $71,000 for the nine months
ended March 31, 1997.  Subsequent to March 31, 1997, certain  circumstances came
to our attention which indicated that $736,000 of our nonaccrual  loans might be
classified as other real estate owned. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations -- Results of Operations  for
the Nine Months Ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 - Provision for Loan Losses".

                                       41

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                      At March 31,               At June 30,
                                                                                    --------------      ----------------------------
                                                                                          1997              1996           1995
                                                                                    -----------------   ------------   -------------
                                                                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                                                         <C>            <C>             <C> 
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis:
Mortgage loans:
  One- to four-family residential real estate....................................           $769           $696            $701
  All other mortgage loans.......................................................              4              1               8
Non-mortgage loans:
  Home equity and second mortgages...............................................              -             30              13
  Other consumer.................................................................              3              -               -
                                                                                            ----          -----           -----
Total............................................................................           $776           $727            $722
                                                                                             ===            ===             ===
Total non-accrual loans..........................................................           $776           $727            $722
                                                                                             ===            ===             ===
Real estate owned................................................................           $  -           $  -            $101
                                                                                            ====           ====             ===
Total non-performing assets......................................................           $776           $727            $823
                                                                                             ===            ===             ===
Total non-accrual loans to net loans.............................................           5.46%          5.33%           6.43%
                                                                                            ====           ====            ====
Total non-accrual loans to total assets..........................................           2.34%          2.31%           2.38%
                                                                                            ====           ====            ====
Total non-performing assets to total assets......................................           2.34%          2.31%           2.38%
                                                                                            ====           ====            ====

</TABLE>



         Classified Assets. OTS regulations provide for a classification  system
for problem  assets of savings  associations  which  covers all problem  assets.
Under this classification system, problem assets of savings institutions such as
ours  are  classified  as  "substandard,"  "doubtful,"  or  "loss."  An asset is
considered  substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth
and paying  capacity  of the  borrower  or of the  collateral  pledged,  if any.
Substandard  assets include those  characterized  by the "distinct  possibility"
that the savings  institutions  will sustain "some loss" if the deficiencies are
not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent
in  those  classified  substandard,  with  the  added  characteristic  that  the
weaknesses  present make  "collection  or  liquidation in full," on the basis of
currently  existing facts,  conditions,  and values,  "highly  questionable  and
improbable." Assets classified as loss are those considered  "uncollectible" and
of such little value that their  continuance as assets without the establishment
of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.  Assets may be designated  "special
mention"   because  of  potential   weakness  that  do  not  currently   warrant
classification in one of the aforementioned categories.

         When  a  savings  association   classifies  problem  assets  as  either
substandard or doubtful,  it may establish general allowances for loan losses in
an amount  deemed  prudent by  management.  General  allowances  represent  loss
allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated
with lending activities,  but which, unlike specific  allowances,  have not been
allocated to particular problem assets.  When a savings  association  classifies
problem assets as loss, it is required either to establish a specific  allowance
for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge
off such amount. A savings association's  determination as to the classification
of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by
the OTS,  which may order the  establishment  of additional  general or specific
loss  allowances.  A portion of general  loss  allowances  established  to cover
possible  losses related to assets  classified as substandard or doubtful may be
included in determining a savings  association's  regulatory  capital.  Specific
valuation  allowances  for loan losses  generally  do not qualify as  regulatory
capital.


                                       42

<PAGE>



         At March 31, 1997, we had loans classified as doubtful, substandard and
special   mention  in  amounts  equal  to  $22,000,   $776,000,   and  $637,000,
respectively.  The substandard loans are classified as nonperforming  loans. See
"-- Nonperforming and Problem Assets." The special mention loan in the amount of
$637,000 is a 43-unit apartment  building located in the city of Pittsburgh.  In
1996, the building was severely damaged by fire and is now completely  restored.
The collateral value of this property is in excess of the loan balance.

         Allowances  for Loan Losses.  A provision for loan losses is charged to
operations based on management's  evaluation of the potential losses that may be
incurred in our loan portfolio. The evaluation,  including a review of all loans
on which full  collectibility  of interest and  principal  may not be reasonably
assured,  considers: (i) our past loan loss experience,  (ii) known and inherent
risks in our portfolio,  (iii) adverse situations that may affect the borrower's
ability to repay, (iv) the estimated value of any underlying collateral, and (v)
current economic conditions. See "Risk Factors--Asset Quality."

         We monitor  our  allowance  for loan losses and make  additions  to the
allowance as economic conditions dictate. Although we maintain our allowance for
loan losses at a level that we consider  adequate for the inherent  risk of loss
in our  loan  portfolio,  future  losses  could  exceed  estimated  amounts  and
additional  provisions  for loan losses  could be  required.  In  addition,  our
determination  as to the amount of its  allowance  for loan losses is subject to
review by the OTS,  as part of its  examination  process.  After a review of the
information available,  the OTS might require the establishment of an additional
allowance.

         The following  table  illustrates  the  allocation of the allowance for
loan losses for each category of loan.  The  allocation of the allowance to each
category is not necessarily indicative of future loss in any particular category
and does not  restrict our use of the  allowance to absorb  losses in other loan
categories.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 
                                     At March 31,                                        At June 30,
                                 --------------------------   --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1997                              1996                              1995
                                 --------------------------   -------------------------------   ----------------------------------
                                               Percent of                        Percent of                        Percent of
                                                Loans in                          Loans in                          Loans in
                                                  Each                              Each                              Each
                                              Category to                       Category to                       Category to
                                    Amount    Total Loans             Amount    Total Loans             Amount    Total Loans
                                    ------    -----------             ------    -----------             ------    -----------
                                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                               <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>             <C>               <C>   
At end of period allocated to:
  One- to four-family............  $   177         73.91%          $   46            73.06%          $   70            75.76%
  Multi-family...................        8         11.22                9            13.20                8             9.52
  Other real estate..............       14          4.35               18             4.90                8             6.17
  Consumer.......................        2         10.52                3             8.84                3             8.55
                                   -------        ------            -----           ------             ----           ------
    Total allowance..............  $   201        100.00%          $   76           100.00%          $   89           100.00%
                                    ======        =======           =====           ======            =====           ======


</TABLE>



                                       43

<PAGE>



         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect  to  our
allowance for loan losses at the dates and for the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  At March 31,            At June 30,
                                                                                  ------------            -----------
                                                                                      1997            1996         1995
                                                                                      ----            ----         ----
                                                                                            (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                                                                                  <C>          <C>           <C>    
Total loans outstanding..................................................            $14,336      $13,718       $12,915
                                                                                      ======       ======        ======
Average loans outstanding................................................            $14,027      $13,317       $12,853
                                                                                      ======       ======        ======

Allowance balances at beginning of period................................            $    76      $    89       $   114
Provision (credit):
  1-4 family residential.................................................                128           23             -
  Other real estate......................................................                               3             5
  Consumer...............................................................                               9            14
Net Charge-offs (recoveries):
  1-4 family residential.................................................                              46            25
  Other real estate......................................................                  3            2            19
                                                                                     -------      -------       -------
Allowance balance at end of period.......................................           $    201     $     76      $     89
                                                                                     =======      =======       =======
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans
  outstanding............................................................               1.40%        0.55%         0.69%
                                                                                        ====         ====          ====
Net loans charged off as a percent of average
  loans outstanding......................................................               0.02%        0.36%         0.35%
                                                                                        ====         ====          ====
</TABLE>



Investment Activities

         Investment  Securities.  We are required  under federal  regulations to
maintain a minimum  amount of liquid  assets  which may be invested in specified
short-term securities and certain other investments.  See "Regulation -- Savings
Institution  Regulation  -  Federal  Home Loan Bank  System"  and  "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  --
Liquidity and Capital  Resources."  The level of liquid assets varies  depending
upon several factors, including: (i) the yields on investment alternatives, (ii)
our judgment as to the  attractiveness  of the yields then available in relation
to other  opportunities,  (iii) expectation of future yield levels, and (iv) our
projections as to the short-term demand for funds to be used in loan origination
and other  activities.  We classify our investment  securities as "available for
sale" or "held to maturity" in accordance  with SFAS No. 115. At March 31, 1997,
our investment  portfolio policy allowed investments in instruments such as: (i)
U.S.  Treasury  obligations,  (ii) U.S.  federal  agency or federally  sponsored
agency  obligations,  (iii) local municipal  obligations,  (iv)  mortgage-backed
securities,  (v)  banker's  acceptances,  (vi)  certificates  of deposit,  (vii)
federal  funds,  including  FHLB overnight and term deposits (up to six months),
and (viii)  investment  grade  corporate  bonds,  commercial  paper and mortgage
derivative products. See "-- Mortgage-backed Securities." The board of directors
may authorize additional investments.

         Our investment  securities  "available for sale" and "held to maturity"
portfolios  at March 31, 1997 did not contain  securities  of any issuer with an
aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our equity,  excluding  those issued by
the United States Government or its agencies.

         Mortgage-backed  Securities.  To supplement lending activities, we have
invested in residential mortgage-backed  securities.  Mortgage-backed securities
can serve as collateral for borrowings and, through  repayments,  as a source of
liquidity. Mortgage-backed securities represent a participation interest

                                       44

<PAGE>



in a pool of  single-family  or other type of mortgages.  Principal and interest
payments  are  passed  from the  mortgage  originators,  through  intermediaries
(generally   quasi-governmental   agencies)   that   pool  and   repackage   the
participation interests in the form of securities,  to investors such as us. The
quasi-governmental  agencies  guarantee the payment of principal and interest to
investors  and  include  Federal  Home  Loan  Mortgage  Corporation   ("FHLMC"),
Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), and Federal National Mortgage
Association ("FNMA.")

         At March  31,  1997,  our  mortgaged-backed  securities  portfolio  was
classified as "available  for sale" and totalled  $2,152,000.  Each security was
issued by GNMA, FHLMC or FNMA.  Expected maturities will differ from contractual
maturities due to scheduled  repayments and because borrowers may have the right
to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

         Mortgage-backed  securities  typically are issued with stated principal
amounts.  The  securities  are backed by pools of mortgages that have loans with
interest  rates that are  within a set range and have  varying  maturities.  The
underlying  pool of mortgages can be composed of either fixed rate or adjustable
rate mortgage  loans.  Mortgage-backed  securities are generally  referred to as
mortgage participation certificates or pass-through  certificates.  The interest
rate risk  characteristics of the underlying pool of mortgages (i.e., fixed rate
or adjustable  rate) and the prepayment  risk, are passed on to the  certificate
holder. The life of a mortgage-backed pass-through security is equal to the life
of the underlying mortgages. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLMC and GNMA
make up a majority of the pass-through certificates market.

         Securities  Portfolio.  The  following  table sets  forth the  carrying
(i.e.,  amortized cost) value of our investment  securities held to maturity, at
the dates indicated.  Our securities  portfolio classified as available for sale
is  carried  at  market  value.  At March  31,  1997,  the  market  value of our
investment  securities,  held to maturity, was $12.8 million. At March 31, 1997,
our securities portfolio available for sale contained net unrealized losses, net
of tax, of $37,459.  See Notes B and C to our financial  statements elsewhere in
this document.


                                       45

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                 At                        At June 30,
                                              March 31,           --------------------------------
                                              ---------
                                                1997                1996              1995
                                               ------              ------            -----
                                                              (In Thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>                  <C>   
Securities Held to Maturity:
 U.S. Government and
   Agency Securities..................               $12,858          $10,745              $6,187
 Corporate Debt Instruments...........                     -                -                 398
 FHLMC................................                     -                -                 127
 GNMA.................................                     -                -               1,915
 CMOs.................................                   131              147                 314
                                                     -------          -------             -------
Total Securities Held to
  Maturity............................                12,989           10,892               8,941
                                                      ------           ------              ------

Securities Available for Sale:
FHLMC.................................                    96              235                 150
GNMA..................................                 1,425            1,589                   -
FNMA..................................                   465              480                   -
FHLMC Preferred Stock.................                   251              255                 263
Municipal Bonds.......................                     -              225                 891
Corporate Notes.......................                   482              480                  98
CMOs..................................                    39               54                   -
                                                     -------           ------            --------
Total Securities Available for
Sale..................................                 2,758            3,318               1,402
                                                      ------            -----              ------

   Total Investment and
     Mortgage-Backed Securities.......               $15,747          $14,210             $10,343
                                                      ======           ======              ======

</TABLE>


                                       46

<PAGE>



         The  following  table sets forth  information  regarding  the scheduled
maturities,  carrying  values,  approximate  fair values,  and weighted  average
yields for our investment  securities portfolio at March 31, 1997 by contractual
maturity.  The following table does not take into  consideration  the effects of
scheduled repayments or the effects of possible prepayments.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  As of March 31, 1997
                                 --------------------------------------------------------------
                                       One Year or Less                One to Five Years       
                                     ------------------              -------------------       

                                  Carrying         Average         Carrying        Average     
                                    Value           Yield           Value           Yield      
                                   -------         -------         -------         -------     
                                                                                               

<S>                                 <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>      

U.S. Government and Agency
Obligations....................     $     -               -%          $5,199           6.51%   
Corporate Notes and Bonds......           -               -              482           5.55    
FHLMC Preferred Stock..........           -               -                -              -    
Mortgage-Backed Securities.....           -               -                -              -    
                                     ------           -----          -------          -----    
  Total........................     $     -               -%          $5,681           6.43%   
                                     ======           =====            =====           ====    

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  As of March 31, 1997
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Five to Ten Years             More than Ten Years              Total Investment Securities
                                   -------------------           ---------------------         -------------------------------------

                                  Carrying       Average        Carrying        Average        Carrying     Average     Market
                                   Value          Yield           Value          Yield           Value       Yield       Value
                                  -------        -------         -------        -------         -------     -------     ------
                                      (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                                  <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>    

U.S. Government and Agency
Obligations....................      $5,937          7.26%         $1,722           7.78%        $12,858       7.03%     $12,701
Corporate Notes and Bonds......           -             -               -              -             482       5.55          482
FHLMC Preferred Stock..........           -             -             251           7.90             251       7.90          251
Mortgage-Backed Securities.....           -             -           2,156           7.04           2,156       7.04        2,152
                                    -------         -----           -----           ----          ------       ----       ------
  Total........................      $5,937          7.26%         $4,129           7.40%        $15,747       6.99%     $15,586
                                      =====          ====           =====           ====          ======       ====       ======

</TABLE>



                                       47

<PAGE>



Sources of Funds

         Deposits are our major  external  source of funds for lending and other
investment  purposes.  Funds are also  derived  from the  receipt of payments on
loans and  prepayment  of loans and,  maturities of  investment  securities  and
mortgage-backed  securities,  and,  to a  much  lesser  extent,  borrowings  and
operations.  Scheduled loan principal  repayments are a relatively stable source
of  funds,   while  deposit  inflows  and  outflows  and  loan  prepayments  are
significantly influenced by general interest rates and market conditions.

         Deposits.  Consumer and commercial  deposits are attracted  principally
from within our  primary  market area  through  the  offering of a selection  of
deposit instruments  including regular savings accounts,  money market accounts,
and term certificate  accounts.  IRA accounts are also offered.  Deposit account
terms vary according to the minimum balance required,  the time period the funds
must remain on deposit, and the interest rate.

         The  interest  rates  paid  by us on  deposits  are set  weekly  at the
direction of our senior  management.  Interest rates are determined based on our
liquidity requirements,  interest rates paid by our competitors,  and our growth
goals and applicable regulatory restrictions and requirements.

         Passbook  savings,  money  market and NOW  accounts  constituted  $11.6
million, or 41.72%, of our deposit portfolio at March 31, 1997.  Certificates of
deposit  constituted  $16.2 million or 58.28% of the deposit  portfolio of which
$1.6 million or 5.76% of the deposit portfolio were certificates of deposit with
balances of $100,000 or more. Such deposits are offered at negotiated  rates. As
of March 31, 1997, we had no brokered deposits.



                                       48

<PAGE>



         At March 31, 1997,  our deposits were  represented by the various types
of savings programs described below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  Minimum         Balance as of   Percentage of
Category                             Term              Interest Rate(1)       Balance Amount     March 31, 1997   Total Deposits
- --------                             ----              -------------          --------------     --------------   --------------
                                                                                                 (In Thousands)
<S>                                  <C>                    <C>                 <C>                   <C>             <C>  
Now Accounts                         None                       -%              $      -              $1,493             5.36%
Passbook and Club Accounts           None                    3.19%                    50              10,130            36.36%

Certificates of Deposit:

Fixed Term, Fixed rate               1-3 Months                 -%                     -                   0                -%
Fixed Term, Fixed rate               4-6 Months              5.00%                 2,500               2,146             7.70%
Fixed Term, Fixed rate               7-12 Months             5.25%                   500               3,119            10.84%
Fixed Term, Fixed rate               13-24 Months            5.40%                   500                 982             3.53%
Fixed Term, Fixed rate               25-36 Months            5.75%                   500               5,558            19.95%
Fixed Term, Fixed rate               36-48 Months               -%                     -                   -                 -
Fixed Term, Fixed rate               49-120 Months           6.00%                   500               2,616             9.39%
Variable Term                        No longer offered          -%                                       216             1.13%
Jumbo Certificates                                             (2)                                     1,600             5.74%
                                                                                                       -----           ------
                                                                                                     $27,860           100.00%
                                                                                                      ======           ======
</TABLE>

- ---------------
(1)  Interest rate offerings as of March 31, 1997.
(2)  Negotiated rates and terms.


         The following table sets forth our time deposits classified by interest
rate at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   At
                                                                March 31,                 As of June 30,
                                                                                 ------------------------------
                                                                  1997                1996             1995
                                                                  ----                ----             ----
                                                                         (In Thousands)
<C>                                                             <C>              <C>              <C>      
Interest Rate
4.00% or less.....................................              $       3        $       -        $      47
4.01-4.99%........................................                  2,108            2,151            2,466
5.00-5.99%........................................                  8,432           11,132            6,673
6.00-6.99%........................................                  4,527            2,665            4,052
7.00-7.99%........................................                  1,167              770              974
8.00-9.99%........................................                      -                -              251
                                                                   ------           ------           ------

  Total...........................................                $16,237          $16,718          $14,463
                                                                   ======           ======           ======

</TABLE>



                                       49

<PAGE>



         The  following  table sets forth the amount and  maturities of our time
deposits at March 31, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   Amount Due
                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  After
                         March 31,         March 31,           March 31,           March 31,       March 31,
Interest Rate              1998              1999                 2000               2001          2002                 Total
- -------------              ----              ----                 ----               ----          ----                 -----
                                                                 (In Thousands)
<S>                      <C>                <C>                      <C>            <C>               <C>               <C>   
4.00% or less..........  $       3          $      -                 $    -         $     -           $    -            $    3
4.01-4.99%.............      2,108                 -                      -               -                -             2,108
5.00-5.99%.............      5,099             2,190                    483             365              295             8,432
6.00-6.99%.............      2,817               606                    123             768              213             4,527
7.00-7.99%.............        743                 -                    329              95                -             1,167
                           -------           -------                    ---          ------            -----            ------

  Total                  $  10,770          $  2,796                 $  935         $ 1,228           $  508           $16,237
                            ======             =====                    ===           =====              ===            ======

</TABLE>


                  The  following  table sets forth our savings  activity for the
periods indicated:


                                Nine Months
                                   Ended              Year Ended June 30,
                                 March 31,      --------------------------------
                                 ---------
                                   1997             1996             1995
                               ---------------  -------------   ----------------
                                              (In Thousands)
Net increase (decrease)
  before interest credited.....       $(1,232)         $1,122           $1,166
Interest credited..............            935          1,256            1,035
                                       -------          -----            -----
Net increase (decrease) in
  savings deposits.............      $   (297)         $2,378           $2,201
                                      =======           =====            =====




         The following table indicates the amount of our certificates of deposit
of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of March 31, 1997.


                                                 Certificates
                                                  of Deposits
                                                 (In Thousands)

Maturity Period
Within three months...................                 $  300
Three through six months..............                    400
Six through twelve months.............                    400
Over twelve months....................                    500
                                                          ---
                                                       $1,600
                                                       ======




                                       50

<PAGE>



         Borrowings.  Advances  (borrowing)  may be  obtained  from  the FHLB of
Pittsburgh to supplement our supply of lendable funds. Advances from the FHLB of
Pittsburgh  are  typically  secured  by a  pledge  of our  stock  in the FHLB of
Pittsburgh,  a portion of our first mortgage  loans and other assets.  Each FHLB
credit program has its own interest rate, which may be fixed or adjustable,  and
range  of  maturities.  We may  borrow  up to  $15.2  million  from  the FHLB of
Pittsburgh.  If the need  arises,  we may also access the Federal  Reserve  Bank
discount  window to supplement  our supply of lendable funds and to meet deposit
withdrawal  requirements.  At  March  31,  1997,  borrowings  from  the  FHLB of
Pittsburgh totaled $3 million and ($2 million were short-term borrowings) and we
had no other borrowings outstanding.
We had no borrowings at June 30, 1995 and 1996.

         The  following  table  sets  forth  the  teams of our  short-term  FHLB
advances of March 31, 1997.


                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)

Average balance outstanding..........................           $   120
Maximum amount outstanding at any
  month-end during the period........................            $2,000
Weighted average interest rates during the period....             5.82%



Competition

         Competition   for   deposits   comes  from  other   insured   financial
institutions  such as commercial  banks,  thrift  institutions,  credit  unions,
finance  companies,   and  multi-state  regional  banks  in  our  market  areas.
Competition for funds also includes a number of insurance products sold by local
agents and investment products such as mutual funds and other securities sold by
local and  regional  brokers.  Loan  competition  varies  depending  upon market
conditions and comes from commercial banks, thrift  institutions,  credit unions
and mortgage bankers, most of whom have far greater resources than we have.

Subsidiary Activity

         We are  permitted to invest up to 2% of our assets in the capital stock
of or loans to subsidiary corporations. Additional investment of 1% of assets is
permitted when such  additional  investment is utilized  primarily for community
development  purposes.  At March 31,  1997,  we had a $1,050  investment  in our
subsidiary,  Workingmens  Service  Corporation.  Workingmens Service Corporation
receives  commissions  for referrals by the subsidiary to a third party investor
advisor.

                                       51

<PAGE>




Properties

         We  operate  from our main  office  and one  branch  office.  Our total
investment  in office  equipment  had a net book value of  $151,000 at March 31,
1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                               Year Leased    Net Book Value
Location                    Leased or Owned    or Acquired   Of Real Property
- --------                    ---------------    -----------   ----------------

<S>                              <C>              <C>            <C>     
MAIN OFFICE:
  807 Middle St.                 Owned            1974           $130,000
  Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
  15212

BRANCH OFFICE:
  5035 Curry Road                Owned            1995           $782,000
  Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
  15236

</TABLE>


Personnel

         At March 31, 1997 we had 9 full-time and four part-time employees. None
of our employees are  represented by a collective  bargaining  group. We believe
that our relationship with our employees is good.

Legal Proceedings

         We are, from time to time, a party to legal proceedings  arising in the
ordinary  course of our business,  including  legal  proceedings  to enforce our
rights against borrowers.  We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings
which  are  expected  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial
statements.



                                       52

<PAGE>



                                   REGULATION

         Set forth below is a brief  description of certain laws which relate to
us.  The  description  is not  complete  and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by
references to applicable laws and regulation.

Holding Company Regulation

         General. WSB will be required to register and file reports with the OTS
and will be subject to regulation and  examination by the OTS. In addition,  the
OTS will have  enforcement  authority over WSB and any  non-savings  institution
subsidiaries.  This will permit the OTS to restrict or prohibit  activities that
it determines to be a serious risk to us. This regulation is intended  primarily
for  the  protection  of our  depositors  and not for  the  benefit  of you,  as
stockholders of WSB.

         QTL Test. Since WSB will only own one savings  institution,  it will be
able to diversify its operations  into  activities  not related to banking,  but
only so long as we satisfy the QTL test.  If WSB controls  more than one savings
institution,  it  would  lose the  ability  to  diversify  its  operations  into
non-banking related activities, unless such other savings institutions each also
qualify as a QTL or were acquired in a supervised  acquisition.  See "-- Savings
Institution Regulation - Qualified Thrift Lender Test."

         Restrictions  on  Acquisitions.  WSB must obtain  approval from the OTS
before  acquiring  control of any other  SAIF-insured  savings  institution.  No
person may acquire control of a federally  insured savings  institution  without
providing  at least 60 days  written  notice  to the OTS and  giving  the OTS an
opportunity to disapprove the proposed acquisition.

Savings Institution Regulation

         General. As a federally chartered, SAIF-insured savings institution, we
are  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by the OTS and the  FDIC.  Our  lending
activities  and other  investments  must comply with  various  federal and state
statutory and regulatory  requirements.  We are also subject to certain  reserve
requirements promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
("Federal Reserve System").

         The OTS,  in  conjunction  with the  FDIC,  regularly  examines  us and
prepares  reports  for  the  consideration  of our  board  of  directors  on any
deficiencies  that the OTS finds in our operations.  Our  relationship  with our
depositors  and  borrowers  is also  regulated  to a great extent by federal and
state law,  especially in such matters as the ownership of savings  accounts and
the form and content of our mortgage documents.

         We  must  file  reports  with  the  OTS and  the  FDIC  concerning  our
activities  and  financial  condition,   in  addition  to  obtaining  regulatory
approvals  prior to entering into certain  transactions  such as mergers with or
acquisitions  of other financial  institutions.  This regulation and supervision
establishes a comprehensive  framework of activities in which an institution can
engage and is intended  primarily for the protection of the SAIF and depositors.
The  regulatory  structure  also  gives  the  regulatory  authorities  extensive
discretion in connection with their  supervisory and enforcement  activities and
examination  policies,  including policies with respect to the classification of
assets and the  establishment  of adequate  loan loss  reserves  for  regulatory
purposes.  Any change in regulations,  whether by the OTS, the FDIC or any other
government agency, could have a material adverse impact on our operations.


                                       53

<PAGE>



         Insurance  of Deposit  Accounts.  The FDIC is  authorized  to establish
separate annual  assessment  rates for deposit  insurance for members of the BIF
and the  SAIF.  The  FDIC may  increase  assessment  rates  for  either  fund if
necessary  to restore the fund's  ratio of  reserves to insured  deposits to its
target level within a reasonable time and may decrease such assessment  rates if
such target level has been met. The FDIC has established a risk-based assessment
system for both SAIF and BIF  members.  Under this system,  assessments  are set
within a range, based on the risk the institution poses to its deposit insurance
fund. This risk level is determined based on the institution's capital level and
the FDIC's level of supervisory concern about the institution.

         Because a significant  portion of the assessments paid into the SAIF by
savings  institutions  were  used to pay the cost of prior  savings  institution
failures, the reserves of the SAIF were below the level required by law. The BIF
had,  however,  met its required reserve level during the third calendar quarter
of 1995. As a result, deposit insurance premiums for deposits insured by the BIF
were  substantially  less than  premiums  for  deposits  such as ours  which are
insured by the SAIF.  Legislation  to  capitalize  the SAIF and to eliminate the
significant  premium  disparity  between the BIF and the SAIF  became  effective
September 30, 1996. The recapitalization  plan provided for a special assessment
equal to $.657 per $100 of SAIF  deposits  held at March 31,  1995,  in order to
increase SAIF reserves to the level  required by law.  Certain BIF  institutions
holding  SAIF-insured  deposits were required to pay a lower special assessment.
Based on our deposits at March 31, 1995, we paid a pre-tax special assessment of
$161,000.

         The recapitalization plan also provides that the cost of prior failures
which were funded  through the issuance of Fico Bonds (bonds  issued to fund the
cost of savings  institution  failures in prior years) will be shared by members
of both the SAIF and the BIF.  This will  increase BIF  assessments  for healthy
banks to approximately  $.013 per $100 of deposits in 1997. SAIF assessments for
healthy  savings  institutions in 1997 will be  approximately  $.064 per $100 in
deposits  and may be  reduced,  but not  below the  level  set for  healthy  BIF
institutions.

         The FDIC has  lowered  the  rates on  assessments  paid to the SAIF and
widened  the  spread  of those  rates.  The  FDIC's  action  established  a base
assessment  schedule for the SAIF with rates  ranging from 4 to 31 basis points,
and an adjusted  assessment schedule that reduces these rates by 4 basis points.
As a result,  the  effective  SAIF rates  range from 0 to 27 basis  points as of
October 1, 1996. In addition, the FDIC's final rule prescribed a special interim
schedule of rates  ranging  from 18 to 27 basis points for  SAIF-member  savings
institutions  for the last quarter of calendar 1996, to reflect the  assessments
paid to the Financing Corp. (Fico Bonds). Finally, the FDIC's action established
a procedure  for making  limited  adjustments  to the base  assessment  rates by
rulemaking without notice and comment, for both the SAIF and the BIF.

         The recapitalization  plan also provides for the merger of the SAIF and
BIF effective January 1, 1999, assuming there are no savings  institutions under
federal law. Under separate  proposed  legislation,  Congress is considering the
elimination  of the federal  thrift  charter  and  elimination  of the  separate
federal  regulation  of  thrifts.  As a result,  we might  have to  convert to a
different financial  institution charter and be regulated under federal law as a
bank,  including  being  subject to the more  restrictive  activity  limitations
imposed on national banks. We cannot predict the impact of our conversion to, or
regulation as, a bank until the legislation requiring such change is enacted.

         Regulatory  Capital  Requirements.   OTS  capital  regulations  require
savings institutions to meet three capital standards: (1) tangible capital equal
to 1.5% of total adjusted assets, (2) core capital equal to at least 3% of total
adjusted assets, and (3) risk-based  capital equal to 8% of total  risk-weighted
assets. Our capital ratios are set forth under "Historical and Pro Forma Capital
Compliance."

                                       54

<PAGE>




         Tangible capital is defined as core capital less all intangible  assets
(including  supervisory  goodwill),  less certain mortgage  servicing rights and
less certain investments. Core capital is defined as common stockholders' equity
(including  retained  earnings),  noncumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock and
minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries,  certain
nonwithdrawable accounts and pledged deposits of mutual savings associations and
qualifying supervisory goodwill,  less nonqualifying  intangible assets, certain
mortgage servicing rights and certain investments.

         The risk-based capital standard for savings  institutions  requires the
maintenance of total  risk-based  capital (which is defined as core capital plus
supplementary  capital)  of  8%  of  risk-weighted  assets.  The  components  of
supplementary capital include, among other items, cumulative perpetual preferred
stock,  perpetual  subordinated debt, mandatory  convertible  subordinated debt,
intermediate-term  preferred  stock,  and the portion of the  allowance for loan
losses not designated for specific loan losses. The portion of the allowance for
loan and lease  losses  includable  in  supplementary  capital  is  limited to a
maximum of 1.25% of  risk-weighted  assets.  Overall,  supplementary  capital is
limited  to 100% of core  capital.  A savings  association  must  calculate  its
risk-weighted  assets by multiplying  each asset and  off-balance  sheet item by
various risk factors as determined  by the OTS,  which range from 0% for cash to
100% for delinquent  loans,  property acquired through  foreclosure,  commercial
loans, and other assets.

         The risk-based  capital  standards of the OTS generally require savings
institutions  with more than a "normal"  level of interest rate risk to maintain
additional total capital.  An institution's  interest rate risk will be measured
in terms of the sensitivity of its "net portfolio  value" to changes in interest
rates.  Net  portfolio  value is defined,  generally,  as the  present  value of
expected cash inflows from existing assets and off-balance  sheet contracts less
the present value of expected cash outflows from existing liabilities. A savings
institution  will be considered  to have a "normal"  level of interest rate risk
exposure if the decline in its net portfolio  value after an immediate 200 basis
point increase or decrease in market  interest rates  (whichever  results in the
greater  decline)  is less than two percent of the  current  estimated  economic
value of its assets.  An  institution  with a greater than normal  interest rate
risk will be required to deduct from total capital,  for purposes of calculating
its  risk-based  capital  requirement,   an  amount  (the  "interest  rate  risk
component") equal to one-half the difference between the institution's  measured
interest rate risk and the normal level of interest rate risk, multiplied by the
economic value of its total assets.

         The OTS calculates the  sensitivity of an  institution's  net portfolio
value based on data submitted by the  institution in a schedule to its quarterly
Thrift  Financial  Report and using the  interest  rate risk  measurement  model
adopted by the OTS. The amount of the interest rate risk  component,  if any, to
be  deducted  from  an  institution's   total  capital  will  be  based  on  the
institution's  Thrift  Financial  Report  filed two  quarters  earlier.  Savings
institutions  with less than $300  million  in assets and a  risk-based  capital
ratio above 12% are generally exempt from filing the interest rate risk schedule
with their Thrift  Financial  Reports.  However,  the OTS may require any exempt
institution  that it  determines  may have a high  level of  interest  rate risk
exposure to file such  schedule  on a  quarterly  basis and may be subject to an
additional  capital  requirement  based upon its level of interest  rate risk as
compared  to its  peers.  However,  due to our net size and  risk-based  capital
level, we are exempt from the interest rate risk component.

         Dividend and Other Capital  Distribution  Limitations.  OTS regulations
require us to give the OTS 30 days advance notice of any proposed declaration of
dividends to WSB, and the OTS has the authority under its supervisory  powers to
prohibit the payment of dividends by us to WSB. In addition,  we may not declare
or pay a cash dividend on our capital stock if the effect would be to reduce our

                                       55

<PAGE>



regulatory  capital below the amount required for the liquidation  account to be
established  at the time of the  Conversion.  See "The  Conversion -- Effects of
Conversion to Stock Form on  Depositors  and  Borrowers of  Workingmens  Savings
Bank, FSB -- Liquidation Account."

         OTS regulations  impose  limitations upon all capital  distributions by
savings  institutions,  such  as  cash  dividends,  payments  to  repurchase  or
otherwise acquire its shares, payments to stockholders of another institution in
a cash-out merger,  and other  distributions  charged against capital.  The rule
establishes  three tiers of  institutions  based  primarily on an  institution's
capital  level.  An  institution  that  exceeds  all  fully  phased-in   capital
requirements  before  and  after  a  proposed  capital   distribution  ("Tier  1
institution")  and has not  been  advised  by the OTS that it is in need of more
than the normal  supervision can, after prior notice but without the approval of
the OTS, make capital  distributions during a calendar year equal to the greater
of (i) 100% of its net income to date during the  calendar  year plus the amount
that would reduce by one-half its "surplus  capital  ratio" (the excess  capital
over its fully phased-in capital  requirements) at the beginning of the calendar
year,  or (ii) 75% of its net income over the most recent four  quarter  period.
Any additional  capital  distributions  require prior regulatory  notice.  As of
December 31, 1996, we qualified as a Tier 1 institution.

         In the event our capital falls below our fully phased-in requirement or
the OTS  notifies  us that we are in need of more than  normal  supervision,  we
would become a Tier 2 or Tier 3 institution and as a result, our ability to make
capital  distributions  could be  restricted.  Tier 2  institutions,  which  are
institutions that before and after the proposed  distribution meet their current
minimum capital  requirements,  may only make capital distributions of up to 75%
of net income over the most recent four  quarter  period.  Tier 3  institutions,
which are institutions that do not meet current minimum capital requirements and
propose to make any capital  distribution,  and Tier 2 institutions that propose
to make a capital  distribution  in excess of the noted safe harbor level,  must
obtain OTS approval  prior to making such  distribution.  In  addition,  the OTS
could prohibit a proposed capital  distribution by any institution,  which would
otherwise  be  permitted  by the  regulation,  if the OTS  determines  that such
distribution  would  constitute  an  unsafe  or  unsound  practice.  The OTS has
proposed  rules  relaxing   certain   approval  and  notice   requirements   for
well-capitalized institutions.

         A savings institution is prohibited from making a capital  distribution
if,  after  making  the   distribution,   the  savings   institution   would  be
undercapitalized  (i.e.,  not meet  any one of its  minimum  regulatory  capital
requirements).  Further,  a savings  institution  cannot  distribute  regulatory
capital that is needed for its liquidation account.

         Qualified  Thrift  Lender  Test.  Savings   institutions  must  meet  a
qualified  thrift lender  ("QTL") test. If we maintain an  appropriate  level of
qualified  thrift  investments  ("QTIs")  (primarily  residential  mortgages and
related  investments,   including  certain   mortgage-related   securities)  and
otherwise qualify as a QTL, we will continue to enjoy full borrowing  privileges
from the FHLB of Pittsburgh. The required percentage of QTIs is 65% of portfolio
assets  (defined as all assets minus  intangible  assets,  property  used by the
institution  in conducting  its business and liquid assets equal to 10% of total
assets).  Certain  assets  are  subject  to a  percentage  limitation  of 20% of
portfolio assets. In addition,  savings institutions may include shares of stock
of the  FHLBs,  FNMA,  and  FHLMC  as  QTIs.  Compliance  with  the QTL  test is
determined  on a monthly  basis in nine out of every 12 months.  As of March 31,
1997, we were in compliance with our QTL requirement with  approximately  88.55%
of our assets invested in QTIs.

         Transactions With Affiliates.  Generally,  restrictions on transactions
with affiliates require that transactions  between a savings  institution or its
subsidiaries and its affiliates be on terms as favorable to

                                       56

<PAGE>



the savings  institution  as comparable  transactions  with  non-affiliates.  In
addition,   certain  of  these  transactions  are  restricted  to  an  aggregate
percentage of the savings institution's capital. Collateral in specified amounts
must  usually be  provided  by  affiliates  in order to  receive  loans from the
savings  institution.  Our affiliates include WSB and any company which would be
under common control with us. In addition,  a savings institution may not extend
credit to any affiliate engaged in activities not permissible for a bank holding
company or acquire the securities of any affiliate that is not a subsidiary. The
OTS  has  the  discretion  to  treat  subsidiaries  of  savings  institution  as
affiliates on a case-by-case basis.

         Liquidity  Requirements.  All  savings  institutions  are  required  to
maintain an average daily balance of liquid assets equal to a certain percentage
of the sum of its average daily balance of net withdrawable deposit accounts and
borrowings payable in one year or less. The liquidity  requirement may vary from
time to time (between 4% and 10%) depending upon economic conditions and savings
flows of all savings institutions.  At March 31, 1997, our required liquid asset
ratio  was 5.0% and our  actual  ratio was  25.40%.  Monetary  penalties  may be
imposed upon institutions for violations of liquidity requirements.

         Federal Home Loan  Savings Bank System.  We are a member of the FHLB of
Pittsburgh,  which is one of 12 regional FHLBs. Each FHLB serves as a reserve or
central bank for its members within its assigned region.  It is funded primarily
from funds deposited by savings  institutions and proceeds derived from the sale
of consolidated obligations of the FHLB System. It makes loans to members (i.e.,
advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established by the board of
directors of the FHLB.

         As a member, we are required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB
of  Pittsburgh  in an  amount  equal  to at  least  1% of our  aggregate  unpaid
residential  mortgage loans, home purchase  contracts or similar  obligations at
the beginning of each year. At March 31, 1997, we had $153,000 in FHLB stock, at
cost,  which was in compliance with this  requirement.  The FHLB imposes various
limitations  on advances  such as limiting  the amount of certain  types of real
estate  related  collateral  to 30% of a member's  capital  and  limiting  total
advances to a member.

         The FHLBs are required to provide funds for the  resolution of troubled
savings  institutions  and to contribute to affordable  housing programs through
direct loans or interest subsidies on advances targeted for community investment
and  low-  and  moderate-income  housing  projects.   These  contributions  have
adversely  affected the level of FHLB dividends paid and could continue to do so
in the future.

         Federal  Reserve  System.  The  Federal  Reserve  System  requires  all
depository  institutions to maintain  non-interest bearing reserves at specified
levels against their transaction accounts (primarily checking, NOW and Super NOW
checking  accounts) and non-personal time deposits.  The balances  maintained to
meet the reserve  requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System may be used
to satisfy the liquidity  requirements that are imposed by the OTS. At March 31,
1997, our reserve met the minimum level required by the Federal Reserve System.

         Savings  institutions have authority to borrow from the Federal Reserve
System "discount  window," but Federal Reserve System policy generally  requires
savings  institutions  to exhaust all other sources  before  borrowing  from the
Federal Reserve System.  We had no borrowings from the Federal Reserve System at
March 31, 1997.


                                       57

<PAGE>



                                    TAXATION

Federal Taxation

         We are subject to the provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended  (the  "Code"),  in the same  general  manner as other  corporations.
However,  prior to  August  1996,  savings  institutions  such as us,  which met
certain  definitional  tests and other  conditions  prescribed by the Code could
benefit  from certain  favorable  provisions  regarding  their  deductions  from
taxable income for annual additions to their bad debt reserve. The amount of the
bad debt  deduction  that a  qualifying  savings  institution  could  claim with
respect  to  additions  to its  reserve  for bad debts was  subject  to  certain
limitations.  We reviewed  the most  favorable  way to calculate  the  deduction
attributable to an addition to our bad debt reserve on an annual basis.

         In August  1996,  the Code was  revised to  equalize  the  taxation  of
thrifts  and banks.  Thrifts,  such as us, no longer  have a choice  between the
percentage of taxable  income method and the  experience  method in  determining
additions to bad debt reserves.  Thrifts with $500 million of assets or less may
still use the  experience  method,  which is generally  available to small banks
currently.  Larger thrifts must use the specific charge off method regarding bad
debts. Any reserve amounts added after 1987 will be taxed over a six year period
beginning  in 1996;  however,  bad debt  reserves  set  aside  through  1987 are
generally not taxed. A savings institution may delay recapturing into income its
post-1987  bad  debt  reserves  for  an  additional  two  years  if it  meets  a
residential-lending  test. This law is not expected to have a material impact on
us. At March 31, 1997, we had no post 1987 bad-debt reserves.

         Under the percentage of taxable  income method,  the bad debt deduction
attributable to "qualifying real property loans" could not exceed the greater of
(i) the amount deductible under the experience method, or (ii) the amount which,
when added to the bad debt  deduction  for  non-qualifying  loans,  equaled  the
amount by which 12% of the sum of the total deposits and the advance payments by
borrowers  for taxes and  insurance at the end of the taxable year  exceeded the
sum of the  surplus,  undivided  profits and  reserves at the  beginning  of the
taxable year.  The amount of the bad debt deduction  attributable  to qualifying
real property  loans  computed using the percentage of taxable income method was
permitted  only to the  extent  that the  institution's  reserve  for  losses on
qualifying  real property  loans at the close of the taxable year did not exceed
6% of such loans outstanding at such time.

         Under the experience method, the bad debt deduction may be based on (i)
a six-year  moving  average of actual  losses on qualifying  and  non-qualifying
loans, or (ii) a fill-up to the institution's base year reserve amount, which is
the tax bad debt reserve determined as of December 31, 1987.

         The  percentage of specially  computed  taxable income that was used to
compute a savings  institution's bad debt reserve deduction under the percentage
of taxable  income  method (the  "percentage  bad debt  deduction")  was 8%. The
percentage of taxable income bad debt deduction thus computed was reduced by the
amount  permitted as a deduction for  non-qualifying  loans under the experience
method.  The  availability of the percentage of taxable income method  permitted
qualifying savings  institutions to be taxed at a lower effective federal income
tax rate than that applicable to  corporations  generally  (approximately  31.3%
assuming the maximum percentage bad debt deduction).

         If a savings institution's qualifying assets (generally,  loans secured
by  residential  real estate or deposits,  educational  loans,  cash and certain
government  obligations)  constitute  less  than 60% of its  total  assets,  the
institution may not deduct any addition to a bad debt reserve and generally must
include  existing  reserves  in  income  over  a  four  year  period,  which  is
immediately accruable for financial

                                       58

<PAGE>



reporting  purposes.  As of March  31,  1997,  at least 60% of our  assets  were
qualifying assets as defined in the Code. No assurance can be given that we will
meet the 60% test for subsequent taxable years.

         Earnings  appropriated  to our bad debt  reserve  and  claimed as a tax
deduction  including our supplemental  reserves for losses will not be available
for the payment of cash dividends or for  distribution to you, our  stockholders
(including distributions made on dissolution or liquidation),  unless we include
the  amount  in  income,  along  with the  amount  deemed  necessary  to pay the
resulting  federal  income  tax.  As of  March  31,  1997,  we had  $419,000  of
accumulated earnings,  representing our base year tax reserve, for which federal
income  taxes have not been  provided.  If such  amount is used for any  purpose
other than bad debt losses,  including a dividend distribution or a distribution
in  liquidation,  it will be subject to federal  income tax at the then  current
rate.

         Generally,  for  taxable  years  beginning  after  1986,  the Code also
requires  most  corporations,  including  savings  institutions,  to utilize the
accrual method of accounting for tax purposes. Further, for taxable years ending
after 1986, the Code disallows 100% of a savings institution's  interest expense
deemed  allocated to certain  tax-exempt  obligations  acquired  after August 7,
1986.  Interest expense allocable to (i) tax-exempt  obligations  acquired after
August  7,  1986  which  are not  subject  to this  rule,  and  (ii)  tax-exempt
obligations issued after 1982 but before August 8, 1986, are subject to the rule
which  applied prior to the Code  disallowing  the  deductibility  of 20% of the
interest expense.

         The Code imposes a tax ("AMT") on  alternative  minimum  taxable income
("AMTI")  at a rate of 20%.  AMTI is  increased  by  certain  preference  items,
including the excess of the tax bad debt reserve  deduction using the percentage
of taxable income method over the deduction that would have been allowable under
the  experience  method.  Only 90% of AMTI can be offset by net  operating  loss
carryovers of which we currently have none. AMTI is also adjusted by determining
the tax  treatment  of certain  items in a manner that  negates the  deferral of
income  resulting from the regular tax treatment of those items.  Thus, our AMTI
is  increased  by an amount  equal to 75% of the  amount  by which our  adjusted
current earnings exceeds our AMTI (determined  without regard to this adjustment
and prior to reduction for net operating losses). In addition, for taxable years
beginning  after December 31, 1986 and before January 1, 1996, an  environmental
tax of 0.12% of the excess of AMTI (with certain  modifications) over $2 million
is imposed on  corporations,  including us, whether or not an AMT is paid. Under
pending  legislation,  the AMT rate would be reduced to zero for  taxable  years
beginning  after December 31, 1994,  but this rate reduction  would be suspended
for taxable years beginning in 1995 and 1996 and the suspended  amounts would be
refunded as tax credits in subsequent years.

         WSB may exclude from its income 100% of dividends received from us as a
member of the same affiliated  group of corporations.  A 70% dividends  received
deduction generally applies with respect to dividends received from corporations
that are not members of such  affiliated  group,  except  that an 80%  dividends
received  deduction  applies  if WSB  owns  more  than  20% of  the  stock  of a
corporation paying a dividend.  The above exclusion amounts,  with the exception
of the  affiliated  group  figure,  were  reduced  in years in which we  availed
ourself of the percentage of taxable income bad debt deduction method.

         Our federal  income tax returns  have not been audited by the IRS since
our fiscal  year  ended  1992.  There was no  material  effect to our  financial
statements, as a result of the audit.

State Taxation

         We  are  subject  to  the  Mutual  Thrift   Institutions   Tax  of  the
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  based on our financial net income  determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles with

                                       59

<PAGE>



certain  adjustments.  Our tax rate under the Mutual Thrift  Institutions Tax is
11.5%. Interest on state and federal obligations is excluded from net income. An
allocable  portion of net interest  expense incurred to carry the obligations is
disallowed as a deduction. Three year carryforwards of losses are allowed.

         Upon  consummation  of the  Conversion,  we will also be subject to the
Corporate  Net  Income  Tax and the  Capital  Stock Tax of the  Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania.


                        MANAGEMENT OF WSB HOLDING COMPANY

         Our board of directors  consists of the same  individuals  who serve as
directors of our  subsidiary,  Workingmens  Savings  Bank,  FSB. Our articles of
incorporation and bylaws require that directors be divided into four classes, as
nearly  equal in  number as  possible.  Each  class of  directors  serves  for a
four-year period,  with  approximately  one-fourth of the directors elected each
year.  Our  officers  will be  elected  annually  by the  board and serve at the
board's discretion. See "Management of Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB."


                   MANAGEMENT OF WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, FSB

Directors and Executive Officers

         Our board of  directors  is composed of six members each of whom serves
for a term of three years, with approximately one-third of the directors elected
each year. Our proposed stock articles of incorporation  and bylaws require that
directors be divided into four  classes,  as nearly equal in number as possible.
Our  officers  are  elected  annually  by our  board  and  serve at the  board's
discretion.

         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect  to  our
directors and executive officers, all of whom will continue to serve in the same
capacities after the Conversion.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       Age at                                                                     Current
                                     March 31,                                                Director             Term
                                        1997         Position                                  Since              Expires
                                        ----         --------                                 -------             -------
Directors
- ---------

<S>                                      <C>         <C>                                        <C>                <C> 
Joseph J. Manfred                        74          Chairman of the Board and                  1973               1998
                                                     Director
Robert Neudorfer                         60          President and Director                     1988               2000
Stanford H. Rosenberg                    63          Vice President                             1985               2000
                                                     and Director
Johanna C. Guehl                         43          Secretary and Director                     1990               1999
John P. Mueller                          59          Director                                   1994               1998
John T. Ringland                         69          Director                                   1978               1999
Ronald W. Moreschi                       54          Vice President and                          -                   -
                                                     Treasurer

</TABLE>



                                       60

<PAGE>



         The  business  experience  for  the  past  five  years  of  each of the
directors and executive officers is as follows:

         Joseph  J.  Manfred  has been a member of the  board of  directors  and
Chairman  of the Board  since 1973.  Mr.  Manfred is a choir  member of St. John
Fisher  Church and a  eucharistic  minister for Forbes  Regional  Hospital.  Mr.
Manfred is also a retired insurance agent who owned Manfred Insurance Agency.

         Robert  Neudorfer  has been  employed by us since 1975 and has been the
President and a member of the board of directors since 1988. Mr.  Neudorfer is a
member of the board of directors  and the  treasurer  of  Community  Development
Foundation  and is also a  member  of the  board  of  directors  of the  Western
Pennsylvania League of Savings Institutions.  Mr. Neudorfer is a choir member of
the Baldwin Community United Methodist Church.

         Stanford H. Rosenberg has been Director and Vice President  since 1985.
Since 1974, he has been a professor at La Roche College in Pittsburgh.

         Johanna C. Guehl has been a Director and  Secretary  since 1991.  Since
1991,  Ms.  Guehl has been a partner in the law firm of  Brabender & Guehl.  Ms.
Guehl is a member of the board of directors for Women's Leadership  Assembly and
she is the  treasurer  for Center For  Victims  of  Violent  Crimes and  Women's
Business Network.

         John P. Mueller has been a member of the board of directors since 1994.
Mr.  Mueller is President  and  majority  stockholder  of Mueller's  Hardware in
Pittsburgh.  He is also the President of East Allegheny  Business District and a
member of the board of directors of St.  Ambrose Manor and Northside  Chamber of
Commerce.

         John T.  Ringland  has been a member  of the board of  directors  since
1978. Mr. Ringland is a retired controller for Minsky Brothers.

         Ronald W. Moreschi has been vice president and treasurer since 1987.

Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors

         The board of directors  conducts its business  through  meetings of the
board and through  activities of its committees.  During the year ended June 30,
1996, the board of directors held 12 regular meetings and 8 special meetings. No
director attended fewer than 75% of the total meetings of the board of directors
and  committees  on which such  director  served  during the year ended June 30,
1996.

Director Compensation

         Each  non-salaried  director is paid monthly with two paid absences per
year.  Total aggregate fees paid to the current  non-salaried  directors for the
year ended June 30, 1996 were $31,500. Beginning July 1, 1997, each non-salaried
directors  will be paid a monthly fee of $700 and the Chairman of the Board will
be paid a monthly fee of $750.


                                       61

<PAGE>



Executive Compensation

         Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth the cash and
non-cash  compensation  awarded to or earned by our chief  executive  officer at
June 30, 1996. No employee  earned in excess of $100,000 for the year ended June
30, 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Annual Compensation
                                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   Other Annual
                                                                                   Compensation
Name and Principal Position                    Salary             Bonus                 (1)
- ---------------------------                    ------             -----                ----

<S>                                           <C>                <C>                 <C>
Robert Neudorfer, President                   $61,000            $2,750              

</TABLE>

- --------------------
(1)      Aggregate  value  does not  exceed  the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of Mr.
         Neudorfer's total salary and bonus.


         Employment Agreement. We have entered into an employment agreement with
our  President,   Robert  Neudorfer.  Mr.  Neudorfer's  base  salary  under  the
employment  agreement is $60,000. The agreement has a term of three years and is
terminable by us for "just cause".  If we terminate Mr.  Neudorfer  without just
cause, he will be entitled to a continuation of his base salary from the date of
termination through the remaining term of the agreement.

         Employee Stock  Ownership  Plan. We have  established an employee stock
ownership plan, the ESOP, for the exclusive benefit of participating employee of
ours, to be  implemented  upon the completion of the  Conversion.  Participating
employees are  employees  who have  completed one year of service with us or our
subsidiary  and have  attained  the age of 21.  An  application  for a letter of
determination  as to the  tax-qualified  status of the ESOP will be submitted to
the IRS.  Although  no  assurances  can be given,  we expect  that the ESOP will
receive a favorable letter of determination from the IRS.

         The ESOP is to be funded by contributions  made by us in cash or common
stock.  Benefits may be paid either in shares of the common stock or in cash. In
accordance  with the Plan, the ESOP may borrow funds with which to acquire up to
8% of the  common  stock to be issued in the  Conversion.  The ESOP  intends  to
borrow  funds from WSB. The loan is expected to be for a term of ten years at an
annual  interest  rate equal to the prime rate as  published  in The Wall Street
Journal. Presently it is anticipated that the ESOP will purchase up to 8% of the
common stock to be issued in the offering (i.e., $200,000, based on the midpoint
of the EVR).  The loan will be secured by the shares  purchased  and earnings of
ESOP assets. Shares purchased with such loan proceeds will be held in a suspense
account for allocation among  participants as the loan is repaid.  We anticipate
contributing  approximately  $20,000 annually (based on a $200,000  purchase) to
the ESOP to meet principal  obligations under the ESOP loan, as proposed.  It is
anticipated that all such  contributions  will be  tax-deductible.  This loan is
expected to be fully repaid in approximately 10 years.

         Shares  sold  above the  maximum of the EVR  (i.e.,  more than  287,500
shares) may be sold to the ESOP before satisfying  remaining  unfilled orders of
Eligible  Account  Holders  to fill  the  ESOP's  subscription  or the  ESOP may
purchase  some  or all of the  shares  covered  by its  subscription  after  the
Conversion in the open market.


                                       62

<PAGE>



         Contributions to the ESOP and shares released from the suspense account
will be allocated  among  participants on the basis of total  compensation.  All
participants  must be  employed  at least  1,000  hours in a plan year,  or have
terminated  employment  following death,  disability or retirement,  in order to
receive an allocation.  Participant  benefits  become vested in plan payments as
follows:  after 3 years - 20%, 4 years - 40%, 5 years - 60%, 6 years - 80% and 7
years -100%.  Employment prior to the adoption of the ESOP shall be credited for
the purposes of vesting.  Vesting will be accelerated  upon  retirement,  death,
disability,  change in control of WSB, or termination  of the ESOP.  Forfeitures
will be reallocated to participants on the same basis as other  contributions in
the  plan  year.  Benefits  may be  payable  in the  form  of a  lump  sum  upon
retirement,  death,  disability or separation from service. Our contributions to
the  ESOP  are  discretionary  and may  cause a  reduction  in  other  forms  of
compensation.
Therefore, benefits payable under the ESOP cannot be estimated.

         The board of directors has appointed non-employee directors to the ESOP
Committee to administer the ESOP and to serve as the initial ESOP Trustees.  The
board of  directors  or the  ESOP  Committee  may  instruct  the  ESOP  Trustees
regarding  investments of funds  contributed to the ESOP. The ESOP Trustees must
vote all allocated  shares held in the ESOP in accordance with the  instructions
of the  participating  employees.  Unallocated  shares and allocated  shares for
which no timely  direction  is  received  will be voted by the ESOP  Trustees as
directed  by the  board of  directors  or the  ESOP  Committee,  subject  to the
Trustees' fiduciary duties.

         Pension Plan. We sponsor a  tax-qualified  defined benefit pension plan
(the "Pension  Plan").  All our full-time  employees are eligible to participate
after six months of service and attainment of age 20 1/2. A qualifying  employee
becomes  fully  vested  in the  Pension  Plan  upon  completion  of six years of
qualifying  service.  The Pension  Plan is intended to comply with the  Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").

         Our Pension Plan  provides for monthly  payments to each  participating
employee at normal  retirement age (age 65). Upon termination at or after age 65
and  completion of 25 or more years of service,  the annual  retirement  benefit
would  be  determined  based  upon  42.8%  of  a  participant's   Final  Average
Compensation.  Retirement  benefits at age 65 with less than 25 years of service
are reduced proportionately.

         Benefits are paid for the life of the participant following retirement.
The Pension Plan also provides for payments in the event of death.  At March 31,
1997, Mr.  Neudorfer had 22 years of credited service under the Pension Plan and
the monthly benefit payable to Mr. Neudorfer at normal retirement age would have
been $1,567.

         Benefits  are  payable  in the form of  various  annuity  alternatives,
including a joint and survivor option. For the Pension Plan year ended March 31,
1997, the highest  permissible annual benefit under the Internal Revenue Code is
$120,000.  Benefits  under the Pension Plan are not subject to offset for Social
Security benefits.

Proposed Future Stock Benefit Plans

         Stock  Option  Plan.  The boards of  directors  intend to adopt a stock
option plan (the Option Plan) following the Conversion,  subject to approval and
WSB's  stockholders,  at a  stockholders  meeting to be held no sooner  than six
months after the Conversion. The Option Plan would be in compliance with the OTS
regulations  in effect.  See "--  Restrictions  on Stock Benefit  Plans." If the
Option Plan is implemented  within one year after the Conversion,  in accordance
with OTS regulations, a number of

                                       63

<PAGE>



shares equal to 10% of the aggregate  shares of common stock to be issued in the
Offering  (i.e.,  25,000  shares  based upon the sale of  250,000  shares at the
midpoint of the EVR) would be  reserved  for  issuance  by WSB upon  exercise of
stock options to be granted to our officers,  directors and employees  from time
to time  under the Option  Plan.  The  purpose  of the  Option  Plan would be to
provide  additional  performance and retention  incentives to certain  officers,
directors and employees by  facilitating  their  purchase of a stock interest in
WSB. Under the OTS regulations,  the Option Plan, would provide for a term of 10
years,  after which no awards could be made,  unless  earlier  terminated by the
board of directors pursuant to the Option Plan and the options would vest over a
five year  period  (i.e.,  20% per year),  beginning  one year after the date of
grant of the  option.  Options  would be  granted  based upon  several  factors,
including  seniority,  job duties and  responsibilities,  job  performance,  our
financial  performance  and a  comparison  of  awards  given  by  other  savings
institutions converting from mutual to stock form.

         WSB would receive no monetary  consideration  for the granting of stock
options  under the Option Plan. It would receive the option price for each share
issued to optionees upon the exercise of such options. Shares issued as a result
of the exercise of options  will be either  authorized  but  unissued  shares or
shares  purchased in the open market by WSB.  However,  no purchases in the open
market  will be made  that  would  violate  applicable  regulations  restricting
purchases by WSB.  The  exercise of options and payment for the shares  received
would contribute to the equity of WSB.

         If the  Option  Plan is  implemented  more  than  one  year  after  the
Conversion,  the Option Plan will comply with OTS  regulations and policies that
are applicable at such time.

         Restricted Stock Plan. The board of directors  intends to adopt the RSP
following  the  Conversion,  the  objective  of which is to  enable us to retain
personnel  and  directors  of  experience   and  ability  in  key  positions  of
responsibility.  WSB expects to hold a stockholders'  meeting no sooner than six
months after the  Conversion  in order for  stockholders  to vote to approve the
RSP.  If the RSP is  implemented  within  one  year  after  the  Conversion,  in
accordance  with  applicable OTS  regulations,  the shares granted under the RSP
will be in the form of  restricted  stock vesting over a five year period (i.e.,
20% per  year)  beginning  one  year  after  the  date of  grant  of the  award.
Compensation  expense in the amount of the fair market value of the common stock
granted will be  recognized  pro rata over the years during which the shares are
payable.  Until  they have  vested,  such  shares  may not be sold,  pledged  or
otherwise  disposed of and are required to be held in escrow.  Any shares not so
allocated  would be voted by the RSP Trustees.  The RSP will be  implemented  in
accordance  with  applicable  OTS  regulations.  See "--  Restrictions  on Stock
Benefit  Plans."  Awards  would  be  granted  based  upon a number  of  factors,
including  seniority,  job duties and  responsibilities,  job  performance,  our
performance  and a comparison of awards given by other  institutions  converting
from  mutual  to  stock  form.  The RSP  would  be  managed  by a  committee  of
non-employee  directors  (the "RSP  Trustees").  The RSP Trustees would have the
responsibility  to invest all funds  contributed  by us to the trust created for
the RSP (the "RSP Trust").

         We expect  to  contribute  sufficient  funds to the RSP so that the RSP
Trust can  purchase,  in the  aggregate,  up to 4% of the amount of common stock
that is  sold in the  Conversion.  The  shares  purchased  by the RSP  would  be
authorized but unissued shares or would be purchased in the open market.  In the
event the market price of the common stock is greater than $10.00 per share, our
contribution of funds will be increased. Likewise, in the event the market price
is  lower  than  $10.00  per  share,  our  contribution  will be  decreased.  In
recognition of their prior and expected  services to us and WSB, as the case may
be, the officers,  other employees and directors  responsible for implementation
of the policies  adopted by the board of directors and our profitable  operation
will, without cost to them, be

                                       64

<PAGE>



awarded  stock  under the RSP.  Based upon the sale of 250,000  shares of common
stock in the  offering at the  midpoint of the EVR, the RSP Trust is expected to
purchase up to 10,000 shares of common stock.

         If the RSP is implemented more than one year after the Conversion,  the
RSP will comply with such OTS  regulations  and policies that are  applicable at
such time.

         Restrictions on Stock Benefit Plans.  OTS  regulations  provide that in
the event stock option or  management  and/or  employee  stock benefit plans are
implemented within one year from the date of Conversion,  such plans must comply
with the following  restrictions:  (1) the plans must be fully  disclosed in the
prospectus,  (2) for stock  option  plans,  the total number of shares for which
options  may  be  granted  may  not  exceed  10%  of the  shares  issued  in the
Conversion,  (3) for restricted stock plans, the shares may not exceed 3% of the
shares  issued  in the  Conversion  (4% for  institutions  with  10% or  greater
tangible  capital),  (4) the aggregate  amount of stock purchased by the ESOP in
the  Conversion  may  not  exceed  10%  (8%  for  well-capitalized  institutions
utilizing a 4% restricted  stock plan),  (5) no individual  employee may receive
more than 25% of the  available  awards under the option plan or the  restricted
stock plans,  (6)  directors  who are not employees may not receive more than 5%
individually or 30% in the aggregate of the awards under any plan, (7) all plans
must be approved  by a majority  of the total  votes  eligible to be cast at any
duly  called  meeting  of WSB's  stockholders  held no  earlier  than six months
following the Conversion, (8) for stock option plans, the exercise price must be
at least  equal to the market  price of the stock at the time of grant,  (9) for
restricted  stock plans, no stock issued in a conversion may be used to fund the
plan,  (10) neither  stock option  awards nor  restricted  stock awards may vest
earlier than 20% as of one year after the date of  stockholder  approval and 20%
per  year  thereafter,  and  vesting  may be  accelerated  only  in the  case of
disability or death (or if not  inconsistent  with applicable OTS regulations in
effect  at such  time,  in the  event of a change  in  control),  (11) the proxy
material  must clearly  state that the OTS in no way endorses or approves of the
plans,  and (12) prior to implementing the plans, all plans must be submitted to
the  Regional  Director of the OTS within five days after  stockholder  approval
with a certification  that the plans approved by the  stockholders  are the same
plans that were filed with and disclosed in the proxy materials  relating to the
meeting at which stockholder approval was received.

               RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITIONS OF WSB HOLDING COMPANY

         While the board of  directors  is not aware of any effort that might be
made to obtain control of WSB after Conversion,  the board of directors believes
that it is appropriate to include  certain  provisions as part of WSB's articles
of  incorporation  to protect the  interests  of WSB and its  stockholders  from
hostile takeovers ("anti-takeover"provisions) which the board of directors might
conclude  are  not in  the  best  interests  of us or  our  stockholders.  These
provisions may have the effect of discouraging a future  takeover  attempt which
is not approved by the board of directors but which individual  stockholders may
deem to be in their  best  interests  or in which  stockholders  may  receive  a
substantial  premium  for their  shares  over the current  market  prices.  As a
result,  stockholders  who might desire to participate in such a transaction may
not have an opportunity to do so. Such  provisions  will also render the removal
of the current board of directors or management of WSB more difficult.

         The  following   discussion  is  a  general  summary  of  the  material
provisions  of  the  articles  of  incorporation,   bylaws,  and  certain  other
regulatory  provisions of WSB, which may be deemed to have such an anti-takeover
effect. The description of these provisions is necessarily general and reference
should be made in each case to the articles of  incorporation  and bylaws of WSB
which are incorporated  herein by reference.  See "Where You Can Find Additional
Information" as to how to obtain a copy of these documents.


                                       65

<PAGE>



Provisions of WSB Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

         Limitations  on Voting  Rights.  The articles of  incorporation  of WSB
provide that for a period of five years from completion of the Conversion, in no
event  shall  any  record  owner of any  outstanding  equity  security  which is
beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in
excess of 10% of any class of  equity  security  outstanding  (the  "Limit")  be
entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the
Limit.  The  number  of  votes  which  may be  cast  by  any  record  owner  who
beneficially  owned shares in excess of the Limit shall be a number equal to the
total  number of votes which a single  record owner of all common stock owned by
such person would be entitled to cast,  multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator
of which  is the  number  of  shares  of such  class or  series  which  are both
beneficially  owned by such person and owned of record by such record  owner and
the  denominator  of which  is the  total  number  of  shares  of  common  stock
beneficially  owned by such  person  owning  shares in excess of the  Limit.  In
addition,  for a period of five years from the completion of our Conversion,  no
person may  directly or  indirectly  offer to acquire or acquire the  beneficial
ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of WSB.

         The impact of these  provisions on the  submission of a proxy on behalf
of a beneficial  holder of more than 10% of the common stock is (1) to disregard
for  voting  purposes  and  require  divestiture  of the amount of stock held in
excess  of 10% (if  within  five  years of the  Conversion  more than 10% of the
common stock is beneficially owned by a person) and (2) limit the vote on common
stock held by the beneficial owner to 10% or possibly reduce the amount that may
be  voted  below  the 10%  level  (if  more  than  10% of the  common  stock  is
beneficially  owned by a person  more than  five  years  after the  Conversion).
Unless the grantor of a revocable  proxy is an affiliate or an associate of such
a 10% holder or there is an arrangement,  agreement or understanding with such a
10% holder, these provisions would not restrict the ability of such a 10% holder
of revocable  proxies to exercise  revocable proxies for which the 10% holder is
neither a  beneficial  nor record  owner.  A person is a  beneficial  owner of a
security  if he has the power to vote or direct the voting of all or part of the
voting  rights of the  security,  or has the power to  dispose  of or direct the
disposition  of the  security.  The  articles  of  incorporation  of WSB further
provide that this provision  limiting voting rights may only be amended upon the
vote of 80% of the outstanding shares of voting stock.

         Election  of  Directors.   Certain  provisions  of  WSB's  articles  of
incorporation and bylaws will impede changes in majority control of the board of
directors.  WSB's articles of incorporation  provide that the board of directors
of WSB will be divided into four staggered classes, with directors in each class
elected for  four-year  terms.  Thus,  it would take three  annual  elections to
replace a majority of WSB's board. WSB's articles of incorporation  provide that
the  size of the  board of  directors  may be  increased  or  decreased  only if
two-thirds of the directors  then in office concur in such action.  The articles
of  incorporation  also  provide  that any  vacancy  occurring  in the  board of
directors,  including  a  vacancy  created  by an  increase  in  the  number  of
directors, shall be filled for the remainder of the unexpired term by a majority
vote of the directors then in office. Finally, the articles of incorporation and
the bylaws impose certain notice and information requirements in connection with
the  nomination  by  stockholders  of  candidates  for  election to the board of
directors  or the  proposal by  stockholders  of business to be acted upon at an
annual meeting of stockholders.

         The  articles  of  incorporation  provide  that a director  may only be
removed for cause by the  affirmative  vote of at least 80% of the shares of WSB
entitled to vote  generally  in an election  of  directors  cast at a meeting of
stockholders called for that purpose.


                                       66

<PAGE>



         Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings. The articles of incorporation
of WSB  provide  that a special  meeting  of  stockholders  may be  called  only
pursuant to a resolution  adopted by a majority of the board of directors,  or a
Committee of the board.

         Absence of Cumulative Voting. WSB's articles of incorporation  provides
that stockholders may not cumulate their votes in the election of directors.

         Authorized  Shares.  The  articles  of  incorporation   authorizes  the
issuance of 4,000,000  shares of common stock and 1,000,000  shares of preferred
stock.  The shares of common stock and  preferred  stock were  authorized  in an
amount  greater than that to be issued in the Conversion to provide WSB board of
directors  with  as  much  flexibility  as  possible  to  effect,   among  other
transactions,  financings,  acquisitions,  stock dividends, stock splits and the
exercise of stock options.  However, these additional authorized shares may also
be used by the board of directors  consistent  with its fiduciary  duty to deter
future  attempts to gain control of WSB.  The board of  directors  also has sole
authority to determine  the terms of any one or more series of Preferred  Stock,
including voting rights,  conversion  rates, and liquidation  preferences.  As a
result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of Preferred  Stock, the
board has the power, to the extent  consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue
a series of  Preferred  Stock to  persons  friendly  to  management  in order to
attempt to block a  post-tender  offer  merger or other  transaction  by which a
third party seeks control, and thereby assist management to retain its position.
WSB's board currently has no plans for the issuance of additional shares,  other
than the issuance of additional shares upon exercise of stock options.

         Procedures  for  Certain   Business   Combinations.   The  articles  of
incorporation  require the  affirmative  vote of at least 80% of the outstanding
shares of WSB  entitled to vote in the election of directors in order for WSB to
engage in or enter into certain  "Business  Combinations,"  as defined  therein,
with any  Principal  Shareholder  (as defined  below) or any  affiliates  of the
Principal  Shareholder,  unless the proposed  transaction  has been  approved in
advance by WSB's  board of  directors,  excluding  those who were not  directors
prior to the time the Principal  Shareholder  became the Principal  Shareholder.
The term  "Principal  Shareholder"  is  defined  to  include  any person and the
affiliates and associates of the person (other than WSB or its  subsidiary)  who
beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding shares
of voting stock of WSB. Any amendment to this provision requires the affirmative
vote of at least  80% of the  shares of WSB  entitled  to vote  generally  in an
election of directors.

         Amendment to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.  Amendments to WSB's
articles of incorporation  must be approved by WSB's board of directors and also
by a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares  of WSB's  voting  stock,  provided,
however,  that  approval  by at least  80% of the  outstanding  voting  stock is
generally  required  for  certain  provisions  (i.e.,   provisions  relating  to
restrictions  on the  acquisition  and voting of greater  than 10% of the common
stock; number,  classification,  election and removal of directors; amendment of
Bylaws;  call of  special  stockholder  meetings;  director  liability;  certain
business  combinations;  power of indemnification;  and amendments to provisions
relating to the foregoing in the articles of incorporation).

         The bylaws may be amended by a majority  vote of the board of directors
or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares
of WSB entitled to vote in the election of  directors  cast at a meeting  called
for that purpose.

         Benefit  Plans.  In addition  to the  provisions  of WSB's  articles of
incorporation and bylaws described above,  certain benefit plans of ours adopted
in connection with the Conversion  contain  provisions which also may discourage
hostile takeover attempts which the boards of directors might

                                       67

<PAGE>



conclude  are  not in the  best  interests  for  us or our  stockholders.  For a
description  of the benefit plans and the  provisions of such plans  relating to
changes in control,  see "Management of Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB - Proposed
Future Stock Benefit Plans."

         Regulatory  Restrictions.  A federal  regulation  prohibits  any person
prior to the completion of a conversion from transferring,  or entering into any
agreement or understanding to transfer, the legal or beneficial ownership of the
subscription  rights issued under a plan of conversion or the stock to be issued
upon their  exercise.  This  regulation  also  prohibits any person prior to the
completion of a conversion from offering,  or making an announcement of an offer
or intent to make an offer, to purchase such  subscription  rights or stock. For
three years following conversion,  OTS regulations prohibit any person,  without
the prior approval of the OTS, from acquiring or making an offer to acquire more
than 10% of the stock of any converted savings institution if such person is, or
after  consummation of such  acquisition  would be, the beneficial owner of more
than 10% of such stock.  In the event that any person,  directly or  indirectly,
violates this regulation,  the securities  beneficially  owned by such person in
excess of 10% shall not be counted as shares  entitled  to vote and shall not be
voted by any person or counted as voting  shares in  connection  with any matter
submitted to a vote of stockholders.

         Federal  regulations  require  that,  prior to obtaining  control of an
insured institution, a person, other than a company, must give 60 days notice to
the OTS and have received no OTS objection to such acquisition of control, and a
company  must apply for and receive OTS  approval of the  acquisition.  Control,
involves a 25% voting  stock  test,  control in any manner of the  election of a
majority of the institution's  directors, or a determination by the OTS that the
acquiror  has the power to direct,  or  directly  or  indirectly  to  exercise a
controlling  influence  over,  the  management  or policies of the  institution.
Acquisition of more than 10% of an  institution's  voting stock, if the acquiror
also is subject to any one of either "control factors," constitutes a rebuttable
determination of control under the regulations. The determination of control may
be rebutted by submission to the OTS,  prior to the  acquisition of stock or the
occurrence of any other circumstances  giving rise to such  determination,  of a
statement  setting forth facts and  circumstances  which would support a finding
that no control relationship will exist and containing certain undertakings. The
regulations provide that persons or companies which acquire beneficial ownership
exceeding  10% or more of any class of a savings  association's  stock after the
effective date of the regulations  must file with the OTS a  certification  that
the holder is not in control of such institution, is not subject to a rebuttable
determination  of  control  and will  take no  action  which  would  result in a
determination or rebuttable  determination of control without prior notice to or
approval of the OTS, as applicable.


                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

         WSB is authorized to issue 4,000,000 shares of the common stock,  $0.10
par value per share, and 1,000,000  shares of serial  preferred stock,  $.10 par
value per share.  WSB currently  expects to issue up to 330,600 shares of common
stock in the  Conversion.  WSB does not  intend  to issue  any  shares of serial
preferred stock in the Conversion, nor are there any present plans to issue such
preferred stock following the Conversion.  The aggregate par value of the issued
shares will  constitute the capital  account of WSB. The balance of the purchase
price will be recorded for accounting  purposes as additional  paid-in  capital.
See  "Capitalization."  The capital stock of WSB will represent  nonwithdrawable
capital and will not be insured by us, the FDIC, or any other government agency.


                                       68

<PAGE>



Common Stock

         Voting  Rights.  Each  share of the  common  stock  will  have the same
relative  rights and will be identical in all respects with every other share of
the common stock. The holders of the common stock will possess  exclusive voting
rights in WSB, except to the extent that shares of serial preferred stock issued
in the future may have voting  rights,  if any.  Each holder of the common stock
will be  entitled  to only one vote for each share held of record on all matters
submitted  to a vote of holders of the common stock and will not be permitted to
cumulate their votes in the election of WSB's directors.

         Liquidation.  In the  unlikely  event of the  complete  liquidation  or
dissolution  of WSB, the holders of the common stock will be entitled to receive
all assets of WSB available for  distribution in cash or in kind,  after payment
or  provision  for  payment of (i) all debts and  liabilities  of WSB;  (ii) any
accrued  dividend  claims;  and  (iii)  liquidation  preferences  of any  serial
preferred stock which may be issued in the future.

         Restrictions   on  Acquisition  of  the  Common  Stock.   See  "Certain
Restrictions  on  Acquisition  of WSB" for a discussion  of the  limitations  on
acquisition of shares of the common stock.

         Other  Characteristics.  Holders  of the  common  stock  will  not have
preemptive  rights with  respect to any  additional  shares of the common  stock
which may be  issued.  Therefore,  the  board of  directors  may sell  shares of
capital stock of WSB without first offering such shares to existing stockholders
of WSB.  The  common  stock  is not  subject  to call  for  redemption,  and the
outstanding  shares of common  stock when issued and upon  receipt by WSB of the
full purchase price therefor will be fully paid and non-assessable.

         Issuance of Additional  Shares.  Except in the  Subscription and Public
Offerings  and  possibly  pursuant  to the RSP or  Option  Plan,  the WSB has no
present plans,  proposals,  arrangements or  understandings  to issue additional
authorized  shares of the  common  stock.  In the  future,  the  authorized  but
unissued and unreserved shares of the common stock will be available for general
corporate  purposes,  including,  but not limited to, possible issuance:  (i) as
stock dividends; (ii) in connection with mergers or acquisitions;  (iii) under a
cash dividend  reinvestment  or stock purchase plan; (iv) in a public or private
offering;  or (v) under employee  benefit  plans.  See "Risk Factors -- Possible
Dilutive  Effect of RSP and Stock Options and Effect of Purchases by the RSP and
ESOP" and "Pro Forma Data."  Normally no stockholder  approval would be required
for the issuance of these  shares,  except as  described  herein or as otherwise
required to approve a transaction in which additional  authorized  shares of the
common stock are to be issued.

         For  additional   information,   see   "Dividends,"   "Regulation"  and
"Taxation" with respect to  restrictions  on the payment of cash dividends;  "--
Restrictions on  Transferability  by Directors and Officers" relating to certain
restrictions  on the  transferability  of  shares  purchased  by  directors  and
officers;  and "Certain  Restrictions  on  Acquisition  of WSB" for  information
regarding restrictions on acquiring common stock of WSB.

Serial Preferred Stock

         None of the 1,000,000  authorized  shares of serial  preferred stock of
WSB will be issued in the  Conversion.  After the  Conversion is completed,  the
board of directors of WSB will be authorized to issue serial preferred stock and
to fix and state  voting  powers,  designations,  preferences  or other  special
rights of such  shares  and the  qualifications,  limitations  and  restrictions
thereof, subject to regulatory

                                       69

<PAGE>



approval  but  without  stockholder  approval.  If and when  issued,  the serial
preferred  stock is  likely to rank  prior to the  common  stock as to  dividend
rights,  liquidation  preferences,  or both, and may have full or limited voting
rights. The board of directors,  without stockholder approval,  can issue serial
preferred stock with voting and conversion  rights which could adversely  affect
the voting power of the holders of the common stock.  The board of directors has
no present intention to issue any of the serial preferred stock.

                              LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS

         The  legality  of the  common  stock  has  been  passed  upon for us by
Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C., Washington, D.C. Certain legal matters for
Trident  Securities,  Inc.  may be  passed  upon by  Brooks,  Pierce,  McLendon,
Humphrey & Leonard,  L.L.P.,  Greensboro,  North Carolina. The federal and state
income  tax  consequences  of the  Conversion  have been  passed  upon for us by
Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C., Washington, D.C.

                                     EXPERTS

           The consolidated  financial  statements of Workingmens  Savings Bank,
FSB as of and for the  years  ended  June 30,  1995 and 1996  appearing  in this
document have been audited by Hinds, Lind, Miller & Co.,  independent  certified
public accountants, as set forth in their report which appears elsewhere in this
document,  and is included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority
of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

         Ferguson has  consented to the  publication  herein of a summary of its
letters to  Workingmens  Savings  Bank,  FSB setting forth its opinion as to the
estimated  pro forma  market value of us in the  converted  form and its opinion
setting  forth the value of  subscription  rights and to the use of its name and
statements with respect to it appearing in this document.


                            REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

         The common stock of WSB will be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of
the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the  "Exchange  Act") prior to
completion  of the  Conversion.  WSB will be subject to the  information,  proxy
solicitation,   insider  trading  restrictions,  tender  offer  rules,  periodic
reporting and other  requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act. WSB may not
deregister  the common  stock  under the  Exchange  Act for a period of at least
three years following the Conversion.


                                       70

<PAGE>



                    WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         WSB and Workingmens  Savings Bank, FSB are not currently subject to the
informational requirements of the Exchange Act.

         WSB has filed with the SEC a registration  statement on Form SB-2 under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the common stock offered
in this  document.  As permitted by the rules and  regulations  of the SEC, this
document  does not contain  all the  information  set forth in the  registration
statement.  Such  information  can be  examined  without  charge  at the  public
reference facilities of the SEC located at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549,  and  copies  of such  material  can be  obtained  from  the SEC at
prescribed  rates.  The SEC also maintains an internet address ("Web site") that
contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  information
regarding registrants,  including the Company, that file electronically with the
SEC.  The  address  for this Web site is  "http://www.sec.gov."  The  statements
contained in this document as to the contents of any contract or other  document
filed as an exhibit to the Form SB-2 are, of necessity,  brief  descriptions and
are not necessarily  complete;  each such statement is qualified by reference to
such contract or document.

         Workingmens  Savings Bank, FSB has filed an Application  for Conversion
with  the  OTS  with  respect  to the  Conversion.  Pursuant  to the  rules  and
regulations  of the OTS, this document  omits certain  information  contained in
that Application. The Application may be examined at the principal office of the
OTS, 1700 G Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20552 and at the Central  Regional
Office  of the  OTS,  111  East  Wacker  Drive,  Suite  800,  Chicago,  Illinois
60601-4360 without charge.

         A copy of the  Articles  of  Incorporation  and the  Bylaws  of WSB are
available without charge from Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB.


                                       71

<PAGE>



                          WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, FSB
                                 and Subsidiary

                   Index to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

Independent Auditors' Report .............................................  F-1
                                                                
Consolidated Balance Sheets...............................................  F-2
                                                                
Consolidated Statements of Income ........................................  25
                                                                
Consolidated Statements of Retained Earnings .............................  F-3
                                                                
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ....................................  F-4
                                                                
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................  F-6
                                                      
All  schedules  are  omitted  because  the  required  information  is either not
applicable or is included in the  consolidated  financial  statements or related
notes.

Separate  financial  statements for WSB have not been included since it will not
engage in material transactions until after the Conversion.  WSB, which has been
inactive to date, has no significant assets, liabilities,  revenues, expenses or
contingent liabilities.




                                       72

<PAGE>

HINDS, LIND MILLER & CO.
A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

9401 McKnight Road                                         PHONE (412) 364-6070
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15237-6000                          FAX (412) 364-6176
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------






                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT



The Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, F.S.B. and Subsidiary


We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of  Workingmens
Savings Bank, F.S.B. and Subsidiary  ("Bank") at June 30, 1996 and 1995, and the
related  consolidated  statements of income,  changes in retained earnings,  and
cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are
the responsibility of the Bank's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects,  the financial position of Workingmens Savings
Bank,  F.S.B. and Subsidiary at June 30, 1996 and 1995, and the results of their
operations  and their cash flows for the years  then  ended in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

As  discussed  in Note O to the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Bank
changed its method of accounting for  investment  securities in fiscal year 1995
as permitted by the  provisions of Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
No. 115.




/s/Hinds, Lind Miller & Co.

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
August 21, 1996



                                       F-1

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                       MAR. 31,
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)                          JUNE 30,
                                                                     -----------          -------------------------------------
                                                                        1997                    1996                   1995
                                                                        ----                    ----                   ----
<S>                                                                 <C>                    <C>                      <C>        
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
Interest bearing                                                    $  1,201,875           $    984,667             $ 4,218,325
Non-interest bearing                                                     390,902                221,364                 208,551
Securities held-to-maturity (estimated fair value
  of $12,828,035, $10,782,060 and $8,823,833)                         12,988,802             10,892,081               8,941,199
Securities available-for-sale, at fair value                           2,757,816              3,317,811               1,401,555
Loans and real estate, net                                            14,125,458             13,628,724              12,798,315
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost                                    153,300                133,200                 139,600
Accrued interest receivable                                              301,088                235,434                 168,352
Premises and equipment, net                                            1,062,750              1,072,594                 305,404
Other assets                                                              69,520                 83,382                  66,819
Income taxes receivable                                                        -                  3,537                  34,020
Deferred income taxes                                                     75,693                  6,680                       -
                                                                     -----------            -----------             -----------
                                                                     $33,127,204            $30,579,474             $28,282,140
                                                                      ==========             ==========              ==========

LIABILITIES AND RETAINED EARNINGS

Deposits                                                             $27,859,505            $28,156,791             $25,778,885
Federal Home Loan Bank advances                                        3,000,000                      -                       -
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance                          121,650                278,488                 340,926
Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                   126,520                 53,229                  51,208
Deferred income taxes                                                          -                      -                   9,795
                                                                     -----------            -----------             -----------
                                                                      31,107,675             28,488,508              26,180,814
                                                                     -----------            -----------             -----------

Commitments and contingencies

Retained earnings                                                      2,056,988              2,132,259               2,097,608

Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities
  available-for-sale, net of applicable income taxes                     (37,459)               (41,293)                  3,718
                                                                     -----------            -----------             -----------
  of $(19,297), $(28,695), and $2,583
                                                                       2,019,529              2,090,966               2,101,326
                                                                     -----------            -----------             -----------

                                                                     $33,127,204            $30,579,474             $28,282,140
                                                                      ==========             ==========              ==========

</TABLE>


See accompanying notes.

                                       F-2

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN RETAINED EARNINGS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        NET UNREALIZED
                                                                                        GAIN (LOSS) ON
                                                                                          SECURITIES
                                                                    RETAINED            AVAILABLE-FOR-
                                                                    EARNINGS                 SALE                 TOTAL
                                                                    --------                 ----                 -----


<S>                                                                <C>                  <C>                   <C>        
BALANCE AT JULY 1, 1994                                            $ 1,947,395          $      -              $ 1,947,395

Adjustment to beginning balance for
   change in accounting principle,
   net of applicable income taxes
   of $9,343                                                             -                    13,446               13,446

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on
   securities available-for-sale,
   net of applicable income tax
   benefit of $(6,760)                                                    -                  (9,728)               (9,728)

Net income (loss)                                                      150,213                 -                  150,213
                                                                   -----------          -----------           -----------

BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 1995                                             2,097,608                3,718             2,101,326

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on
   securities available-for-sale,
   net of applicable income tax
   benefit of $(31,278)                                                   -                 (45,011)              (45,011)

Net income (loss)                                                       34,651                 -                   34,651
                                                                   -----------          -----------           -----------

BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 1996                                             2,132,259              (41,293)            2,090,966

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on
   securities available-for-sale, net
   of applicable income taxes of
   $9,398                                                                -                    3,834                 3,834

Net income (loss)                                                      (75,271)                -                  (75,271)
                                                                   -----------          -----------           -----------

BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1997                                          $ 2,056,988          $   (37,459)          $ 2,019,529
                                                                   ===========          ===========           ===========


</TABLE>


See accompanying notes.

                                       F-3

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           NINE MONTHS ENDED                                  YEARS ENDED
                                                                    MARCH 31,                                   JUNE 30,
                                                          ---------------------------------          -------------------------------
                                                              1997                 1996                                        

                                                           (UNAUDITED)          (UNAUDITED)               1996            1995
                                                          ------------         ------------          -------------    -----------
<S>                                                       <C>                  <C>                   <C>              <C>        
OPERATIONS
   Net income (loss)                                      $    (75,271)        $     30,726          $    34,651      $   150,213
   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
      net cash provided by operating activities:
        Amortization of:
           Deferred loan origination fees                       (3,608)             (12,418)             (13,367)          (8,237)
           Premiums and discounts on loans
              and investment securities                          3,445                5,000                5,808          (23,202)
        Provision for loan losses                              127,844               13,370               35,142           19,297
        (Gain) loss on sales of
           real estate owned                                      -                  (5,486)                (650)          (8,780)
        Net (gain) loss on sales of
            securities available-for-sale                        1,608            -                         (969)         (31,455)
        Depreciation of premises and equipment                  39,717               28,620               41,859           27,432
        (Increase) decrease in:
           Accrued interest receivable                         (65,654)             (75,809)             (67,082)          29,484
           Other assets                                         13,862              (20,110)             (16,563)         (22,580)
           Income taxes receivable                               3,537               34,020               30,483          (34,020)
           Deferred income taxes                               (78,411)              (6,076)              14,803            7,364
        Increase (decrease) in:
           Accrued expenses and other liabilities               73,291               21,453                2,021            3,675
           Income taxes payable                                   -                  (6,157)                -             (15,152)
                                                          ------------         ------------          -----------      -----------

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATIONS                                 40,360                7,133               66,136           94,039
                                                          ------------         ------------          -----------      -----------

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES
   Purchases of securities held-to-maturity                 (4,525,000)          (5,461,406)          (9,665,088)      (1,606,953)
   Proceeds from maturities of and
      principal repayments on
      securities held-to-maturity                            2,424,834            3,028,574            5,151,167          770,945
   Purchases of securities available-for-sale                     -                (503,594)            (503,594)        (100,000)
   Proceeds from maturities of and
      principal repayments on
      securities available-for-sale                            273,227              259,772              393,280          335,601
   Proceeds from sales of securities
       available-for-sale                                      298,392                 -                 675,969        2,280,188
   Net loan originations and
      principal repayments on loans                           (620,970)            (541,334)          (1,010,211)        (184,485)
   Proceeds from sales of real estate owned                       -                 160,827              160,827           58,480
   Capitalized improvements on real estate owned                  -                  (2,150)              (2,150)         (34,570)
   Net (purchase) sale of
      Federal Home Loan Bank stock                             (20,100)               6,400                6,400            9,400
   Purchases of premises and equipment                         (29,873)            (794,350)            (809,049)         (81,951)
                                                          ------------         ------------          -----------      -----------

NET CASH PROVIDED (USED)
   BY INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES                                 (2,199,490)          (3,847,261)          (5,602,449)       1,446,655
                                                          ------------         ------------          -----------      -----------
</TABLE>

                                       F-4

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED                                 YEARS ENDED
                                                                    MARCH 31,                                   JUNE 30,
                                                          ---------------------------------           ------------------------------
                                                              1997                 1996

                                                           (UNAUDITED)          (UNAUDITED)               1996           1995
                                                          ------------         ------------          -------------   -----------
<S>                                                       <C>                 <C>                  <C>             <C>      
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   Net increase (decrease) in deposits                        (297,286)           2,328,273            2,377,906       2,201,340
   Net proceeds from FHLB advances                           3,000,000                 -                    -               -
   Net increase (decrease) in advances from borrowers
      for taxes and insurance                                 (156,838)            (177,448)             (62,438)         61,072
                                                          ------------         ------------          -----------     -----------

NET CASH PROVIDED BY
   FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                      2,545,876            2,150,825            2,315,468       2,262,412
                                                          ------------         ------------          -----------     -----------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN
   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                   386,746           (1,689,303)          (3,220,845)    $ 3,803,106

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
   AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD                                     1,206,031           4,426,876            4,426,876         623,770
                                                          -------------        ------------          -----------     -----------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
   AT END OF PERIOD                                       $   1,592,777        $  2,737,573          $ 1,206,031     $ 4,426,876
                                                          =============        ============          ===========     ===========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES Cash paid during the period for:
   Interest on deposits, advances,
      and other borrowings                                $     979,012        $    927,296          $ 1,235,757     $ 1,034,984
   Income taxes                                           $        -           $       -             $      -        $    55,084

Noncash investing and financing activities:

      Transfer from loans to real estate owned            $        -           $    106,949          $   106,949     $    67,095

      Transfers from securities held to maturity
        to securities available-for-sale,
        at amortized cost                                 $        -           $  2,564,286          $ 2,564,286     $      -

      Total increase (decrease) in unrealized gain
        (loss) on securities available-for-sale           $      13,232        $    (57,033)         $   (76,289)    $     6,301
   Less: income tax expense (benefit)                            (9,398)             23,384               31,278          (2,583)
                                                          -------------        ------------          -----------     -----------

      Net increase (decrease) in unrealized gain
           (loss) on securities available-for-sale        $       3,834        $    (33,649)         $   (45,011)    $     3,718
                                                          =============        ============          ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

                                       F-5

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting and reporting policies of Workingmens Savings Bank and Subsidiary
(the "Bank") and the methods of applying those  policies  conform with generally
accepted  accounting  principles.  The accounting and reporting policies and the
methods of applying those policies which significantly  affect the determination
of financial  position,  results of  operations,  and cash flows are  summarized
below.

The consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 1997 and the related consolidated
statement  of income,  changes in retained  earnings and cash flows for the nine
months  ended March 31, 1997 and the related  statement of income and cash flows
for the nine months ended March 31, 1996 are unaudited and have been prepared in
accordance  with  the  requirements  for a  presentation  of  interim  financial
statements and are in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles.
In the opinion of management,  all  adjustments,  consisting of normal recurring
adjustments,  that are necessary for a fair  presentation of the interim periods
have been reflected.

Nature of Operations

Workingmens Savings Bank, F.S.B. is a federally  chartered,  Savings Association
Insurance Fund (SAIF)  insured mutual savings bank  conducting its business from
its two locations in the Northside  section of the City of Pittsburgh  and South
Hills suburb of Pittsburgh. The Bank's principal sources of revenue emanate from
its  portfolio  of  residential   real  estate  mortgage  loans  and  investment
securities.

The Bank is  subject  to  regulation  and  supervision  by the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Material  estimates that are  particularly  susceptible  to  significant  change
relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses. In connection with
the  determination  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,   management  obtains
independent appraisals for significant properties.

A majority of the Bank's loan portfolio  consists of  single-family  residential
loans in the  Pittsburgh  area.  The regional  economy is  currently  stable and
consists of various  types of  industry.  Real estate  prices in this market are
also stable,  however,  the ultimate  collectibility of a substantial portion of
the Bank's loan portfolio are susceptible to changes in local market conditions.

While  management  uses available  information to recognize  losses on loans and
foreclosed real estate,  further reductions in the carrying amounts of loans and
foreclosed   assets  may  be  necessary  based  on  changes  in  local  economic
conditions.  In  addition,  regulatory  agencies,  as an integral  part of their
examination  process,  periodically,  review the  estimated  losses on loans and
foreclosed  real  estate.  Such  agencies  may  require  the  Bank to  recognize
additional losses based on their judgments about  information  available to them
at the time of their  examination.  Because of these  factors,  it is reasonably
possible  that the  estimated  losses on loans and  foreclosed  real  estate may
change  materially in the near term.  However,  the amount of the change that is
reasonably possible cannot be estimated.

                                       F-6

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of the Bank and its
wholly-owned subsidiary, Workingmens Service Corporation.  Intercompany balances
and  transactions  have been  eliminated.  Workingmens  Service  Corporation  is
currently  inactive and its impact on the consolidated  financial  statements is
insignificant.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For  purposes of  reporting  cash  flows,  the Bank  considers  cash on hand and
deposits in other  financial  institutions  with an original  maturity of ninety
(90) days or less to be cash and cash equivalents.

Investment and Mortgage-Backed Securities

Effective  July 1, 1994,  the Bank adopted  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards  ("SFAS") No. 115,  "Accounting  for Certain  Investments  in Debt and
Equity  Securities".   Pursuant  to  Statement  115  management  determines  the
appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates
such  designation as of each balance sheet date.  Debt securities are classified
as  held-to-maturity  when the Bank has the positive  intent and ability to hold
the securities to maturity.  Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized
cost.

Debt   securities   not  classified  as   held-to-maturity   are  classified  as
available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value, with
the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a separate component of
retained earnings.

The  amortized  cost  of  debt  securities  classified  as  held-to-maturity  or
available-for-sale  is adjusted for  amortization  of premiums and  accretion of
discounts to maturity,  or in the case of mortgage-backed  securities,  over the
estimated life of the security. Such amortization is included in interest income
from  investments.  Interest and dividends are included in interest  income from
investments.  Realized  gains and losses,  and  declines  in value  judged to be
other-than-temporary  are  included in gain (loss) on sale of  investments.  The
cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

In October,  1994 the Financial  Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS
No. 119,  "Disclosure about Derivative  Financial  Instruments and Fair Value of
Financial  Instruments." SFAS No. 119 established  disclosures about derivatives
and other financial  instruments.  Derivatives are various  instruments  used to
construct a transaction  that is derived from and reflects the underlying  value
of  assets,  other  instruments  or  various  indices.  The  primary  purpose of
derivatives, which include such items as forward contracts, interest rate swaps,
options and futures,  is to transfer price risk associated with the fluctuations
in asset values rather than to borrow or lend funds.  At present,  the Bank does
not invest in such  derivative  instruments for trading,  investing,  hedging or
other purposes.




                                       F-7

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




Loans Receivable

Loans receivable are stated at unpaid principal balances, less the allowance for
loan losses and net deferred loan-origination fees.

Loan origination fees, as well as certain direct origination costs, are deferred
and  amortized as a yield  adjustment  over the lives of the related loans using
the interest method.

Uncollected  interest  on  loans  is  periodically  reviewed.  An  allowance  is
established  based on  management's  periodic  evaluation  for  interest  deemed
uncollectible. The allowance is established by a charge to interest income equal
to all interest previously accrued,  and income is subsequently  recognized only
to the extent cash payments are received until, in  management's  judgment,  the
borrower  is  able  to make  periodic  interest  and  principal  repayments,  as
scheduled, in which case the loan is returned to accrual status.

The allowance for loan losses is increased by charges to income and decreased by
charge-offs  (net  of  recoveries).  Management's  periodic  evaluation  of  the
adequacy  of the  allowance  is based on the Bank's  past loan loss  experience,
known and inherent risks in the portfolio,  adverse  situations  that may affect
the  borrower's  ability  to  repay,  the  estimated  value  of  any  underlying
collateral,  and current economic conditions.  Allowances for impaired loans are
generally  determined  based  on  collateral  values  or the  present  value  of
estimated cash flows.  While  management  believes it uses the best  information
available to make  evaluations,  future  adjustments  to the  allowances  may be
necessary if  circumstances  differ  substantially  from the assumptions used in
making the evaluations.

Real Estate Owned

Real estate  acquired by foreclosure or voluntary deed in lieu of foreclosure is
initially  carried at the lower of fair value minus estimated  disposal costs or
the  balance  of the  loan  on the  property  at the  date of  acquisition.  Any
write-downs  based on the asset's fair value at date of acquisition  are charged
to the  allowance  for loan losses.  Subsequent  costs  directly  related to the
development  or  improvement  of real  estate are  capitalized.  Other  costs of
maintaining  real estate ($0 and $7,542  (unaudited)  for the nine months  ended
March 31, 1997 and 1996,  and $8,014 and $13,771 in fiscal  years 1996 and 1995,
respectively)  are  charged to income as  incurred  and are  reported  in "Other
Noninterest Expense."

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

Investment  in stock of a Federal  Home Loan  Bank is  required  by law of every
federally insured savings and loan or savings bank. The investment is carried at
cost. No ready market exists for the stock, and it has no quoted market value.

Premises and Equipment

Land is carried  at cost.  Buildings,  leasehold  improvements,  and  furniture,
fixtures,  and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated  depreciation and
amortization.  Buildings,  leasehold improvements,  and furniture, fixtures, and
equipment  are  depreciated  using the  straight-line  method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets (ranging from 5 to 35 years).




                                       F-8

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




Income Taxes

The Bank and its subsidiary  follow the practice of filing federal  consolidated
income tax returns.  Income taxes are  allocated to the Bank as though  separate
returns are being filed.

Income taxes are provided  for the tax effects of the  transactions  reported in
the financial  statements and consist of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes
related  primarily  to  differences  between  the  basis  of  available-for-sale
securities,  allowance  for loan losses,  estimated  losses on  foreclosed  real
estate, and accumulated depreciation for financial and income tax reporting. The
deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences
of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets
and  liabilities  are recovered or settled.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities
are reflected at income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred
tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.  As changes in
tax laws or rates are enacted,  deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted
through the provision for income taxes.

Pension Plan

The Bank has a pension plan  covering  substantially  all  employees.  It is the
policy of the Bank to fund the maximum  amount that can be deducted  for federal
income tax purposes but in amounts not less than the minimum amounts required by
law.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 107,  "Disclosures  about Fair
Value of Financial  Instruments",  requires disclosure of fair value information
about  financial  instruments,  whether or not  recognized  in the  statement of
financial condition. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair
values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.
Those techniques are significantly  affected by the assumptions used,  including
the  discount  rate and  estimates  of future cash flows.  In that  regard,  the
derived  fair  value  estimates   cannot  be   substantiated  by  comparison  to
independent  markets  and,  in many cases,  could not be  realized in  immediate
settlement  of the  instruments.  Statement No. 107 excludes  certain  financial
instruments and all nonfinancial  instruments from its disclosure  requirements.
Accordingly,  the  aggregate  fair value  amounts  present do not  represent the
underlying value of the Bank.

The following  methods and  assumptions  were used by the Bank in estimating its
fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

Cash and cash  equivalents:  The carrying  amounts reported in the statements of
financial condition for cash and cash equivalents approximate those assets' fair
values.

Investment  and  mortgage-backed  securities:  Fair values for  investments  and
mortgage-backed  securities are based on quoted market prices,  where available.
If quoted  market  prices  are not  available,  fair  values are based on quoted
market prices of comparable instruments.



                                       F-9

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





Loans:  The fair  values  for loans are  estimated  using  discounted  cash flow
analysis, based on interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar
terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.  Loan fair value estimates include
judgments  regarding  future expected loss experience and risk  characteristics.
Fair values for impaired loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis
or  underlying  collateral  values,  where  applicable.  The carrying  amount of
accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value.

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)  Stock:  No ready market exists for this stock and
it  has  no  quoted  market  value.  However,   redemption  of  this  stock  has
historically been at par value. Accordingly, the carrying amount is deemed to be
a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Deposits:  The fair values  disclosed for demand  deposits  are, by  definition,
equal to the amount  payable  on demand at the  reporting  date (that is,  their
carrying  amounts).  Fair  values for fixed  rate  certificates  of deposit  are
estimated using a discounted cash flow  calculation  that applies interest rates
currently  offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated  expected monthly
maturities on time deposits.  The carrying  amount of accrued  interest  payable
approximates fair value.

Federal  Home Loan Bank  (FHLB)  advances:  Fair  values  of FHLB  advances  are
estimated  using  discounted  cash flow  analyses  based on the  Bank's  current
incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance: The carrying amount of advances
from borrowers for taxes and insurance approximate fair value.

Off-Balance sheet items: Fair value of these items approximate their contractual
amounts.


                                      F-10

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE B - SECURITIES HELD-TO-MATURITY

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities  held-to-maturity are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   MARCH 31, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   GROSS              GROSS
                                            AMORTIZED            UNREALIZED         UNREALIZED            FAIR
                                              COST                 GAINS              LOSSES              VALUE
                                              ----                 -----              ------              -----
<S>                                       <C>                    <C>                <C>               <C>         
U.S. Government and
   government agency
   obligations                            $ 12,857,931           $     177          $ (158,904)       $ 12,699,204

Collateralized mortgage
   obligations                                 130,871                 -                 (2,040)            128,831
                                          ------------            ---------          ----------        ------------

                                          $ 12,988,802            $     177          $ (160,944)       $ 12,828,035
                                          ============            =========          ==========        ============


                                                                               JUNE 30, 1996
                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    GROSS             GROSS
                                            AMORTIZED            UNREALIZED         UNREALIZED            FAIR
                                              COST                 GAINS              LOSSES              VALUE
                                              ----                 -----              ------              ------
U.S. Government and
   government agency
   obligations                             $ 10,744,807           $   9,138          $ (116,383)       $ 10,637,562

Collateralized mortgage
   obligations                                 147,274                 -                 (2,776)            144,498
                                          ------------            ---------          ----------        ------------

                                          $ 10,892,081            $   9,138          $ (119,159)       $ 10,782,060
                                          ============            =========          ==========        ============


                                                                                JUNE 30, 1995
                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      GROSS             GROSS
                                            AMORTIZED             UNREALIZED        UNREALIZED            FAIR
                                              COST                    GAINS            LOSSES             VALUE
                                              ----                    -----            ------             -----

U.S. Government and
   government agency
   obligations                             $ 6,186,558            $   13,667        $  (69,500)        $ 6,130,725

Mortgage-backed securities:
   Federal Home Loan Mortgage
     Corporation                               127,263                 1,432              -                128,695
   Government National
     Mortgage Association                    1,914,676                27,296            (3,457)          1,938,515

Collateralized mortgage
   obligations                                 314,175                  -              (69,777)            244,398

Corporate bonds                                398,527                  -              (17,027)            381,500
                                           -----------            ----------        ----------         -----------

                                           $ 8,941,199            $   42,395        $ (159,761)        $ 8,823,833
                                           ===========            ==========        ==========         ===========

</TABLE>


                                      F-11

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The amortized cost and approximate fair values of securities held-to-maturity at
March 31, 1997, by contractual maturity are shown below. Collateralized mortgage
obligations  are  not due at a  single  maturity  date;  periodic  payments  are
received on these  securities  based on the payment  patterns of the  underlying
collateral.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                    AMORTIZED              FAIR
                                                                                      COST                VALUE
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)          (UNAUDITED)

<S>                                                                               <C>                  <C>         
Due from one year to five years                                                   $  5,199,331         $  5,139,371
Due from five years to ten years                                                     5,936,510            5,848,575
Due after 10 years                                                                   1,852,961            1,840,089
                                                                                  ------------         ------------

                                                                                  $ 12,988,802         $ 12,828,035
                                                                                  ============         ============

</TABLE>

In November of 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board allowed financial
institutions to perform a one-time  reassessment of the  appropriateness  of the
classifications  of all  securities  held at that time.  Any transfers  from the
held-to- maturity classification as a result of this one-time reassessment would
not  question  the Bank's  intent and ability to hold other debt  securities  to
maturity  in  the  future.   Accordingly,   the  Bank   transferred   securities
held-to-maturity   with  an  amortized   cost  of   $2,564,286   to   securities
available-for-sale.


NOTE C - SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE

The amortized  cost and estimated  fair values of securities  available-for-sale
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       MARCH 31, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
                                           ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    GROSS             GROSS
                                               AMORTIZED          UNREALIZED        UNREALIZED
                                                 COST               GAINS             LOSSES            FAIR VALUE
                                                 ----               -----             ------            ----------

<S>                                           <C>                 <C>               <C>                <C>        
Mortgage-backed securities:
   Federal Home Loan Mortgage
     Corporation                              $    95,010         $      633        $     -            $    95,643

   Government National
      Mortgage Association                      1,414,959             15,240            (5,027)          1,425,172

   Federal National
      Mortgage Association                        488,790               -              (23,635)            465,155

FHLMC Preferred Stock                             256,750                500            (6,000)            251,250

Corporate notes                                   499,246               -              (17,530)            481,716

Collateralized mortgage
   obligations                                     59,817               -              (20,937)             38,880
                                              -----------         ----------        ----------         -----------

                                              $ 2,814,572         $   16,373        $  (73,129)        $ 2,757,816
                                              ===========         ==========        ==========         ===========
</TABLE>



                                      F-12

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                   JUNE 30, 1996
                                             --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                                    GROSS             GROSS
                                               AMORTIZED          UNREALIZED        UNREALIZED
                                                 COST               GAINS             LOSSES            FAIR VALUE
                                                 ----               -----             ------            ----------

<S>                                           <C>                 <C>               <C>                <C>        
Mortgage-backed securities:
   Federal Home Loan Mortgage
     Corporation                              $   235,181         $     -           $     (186)        $   234,995

   Government National
      Mortgage Association                      1,581,105             15,004            (6,849)          1,589,260

   Federal National
      Mortgage Association                        502,050               -              (22,559)            479,491

FHLMC Preferred Stock                             256,750              2,000            (3,750)            255,000

Municipal bonds                                   227,898               -               (2,683)            225,215

Corporate notes                                   499,181               -              (18,852)            480,329

Collateralized mortgage
   obligations                                     85,634               -              (32,113)             53,521
                                              -----------         ----------        ----------         -----------

                                              $ 3,387,799         $   17,004        $  (86,992)        $ 3,317,811
                                              ===========         ==========        ==========         ===========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                  JUNE 30, 1995
                                             --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    GROSS             GROSS
                                               AMORTIZED          UNREALIZED        UNREALIZED
                                                 COST               GAINS             LOSSES            FAIR VALUE
                                                 ----               -----             ------            ----------

<S>                                           <C>                 <C>               <C>                <C>        
Mortgage-backed securities:
   Federal Home Loan Mortgage
     Corporation                              $   149,257         $      572        $     -            $   149,829

FHLMC Preferred Stock                             255,283              7,217              -                262,500

Municipal bonds                                   890,714              7,013            (6,403)            891,324

Corporate bond                                    100,000               -               (2,098)             97,902
                                              -----------         ----------        ----------         -----------

                                              $ 1,395,254         $   14,802        $   (8,501)        $ 1,401,555
                                              ===========         ==========        ==========         ===========

</TABLE>



                                      F-13

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




At March 31,  1997,  securities  available-for-sale  with an  amortized  cost of
$499,246  (unaudited) and estimated fair values of $481,716  (unaudited)  mature
from one year to five years.  Mortgage-backed securities are not due at a single
maturity date;  periodic  payments are received on these securities based on the
payment patterns of the underlying  collateral.  FHLMC preferred stock shares do
not have a maturity date, however, these shares may be called at a future date.


NOTE D - LOANS AND REAL ESTATE

Loans and real estate are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                        MAR. 31, 1997               JUNE 30,
                                                                         ----------------------------------
                                                         (UNAUDITED)         1996              1995
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                        <C>              <C>                <C>        

First mortgage loans:
  Secured by 1- to 4-family residences                     $ 10,596,104     $  9,432,022       $ 9,083,389
  Secured by over 4 family units                              1,068,443        1,810,664         1,220,196
Commercial                                                      614,965          665,797           765,353
  Participation loans                                           543,081          590,399           624,509
Home equity and second mortgage loans                         1,109,512          855,454           816,694
Lease pools                                                       4,172            6,337            26,031
Share loans                                                     153,538          172,527           150,502
Consumer loans                                                  246,567          185,154           127,271
Real estate owned                                                  -                -              100,683
                                                           ------------     ------------           -------

                                                             14,336,382       13,718,354        12,914,628
Allowance for loan losses                                      (200,596)         (75,694)          (89,010)
Deferred loan origination fees                                  (10,328)         (13,936)          (27,303)
                                                           ------------     ------------      ------------

                                                           $14,125,458      $13,628,724        $12,798,315
                                                            ===========      ===========        ==========
</TABLE>



The Bank  conducts  its  business  through  two offices  located in  Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania.  As of March 31, 1997,  the majority of the Bank's loan  portfolio
was  secured by  properties  located in this  region.  The Bank  evaluates  each
customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case  basis.  Collateral held includes
mortgages on  residential  and  income-producing  properties.  The Bank does not
believe  it has  significant  concentration  of credit  risk to any one group of
borrowers given its underwriting and collateral requirements.

In accordance  with SFAS No. 114,  "Accounting  by Creditors for Impairment of a
Loan", no loans in non- homogenous groups were determined to be impaired for the
nine months ended or as of March 31, 1997. Commercial real estate,  multi-family
residential and participation loans are included in the non-homogenous group.

First mortgage loans which are contractually  past due ninety days or more total
approximately  $700,000 at March 31, 1997.  The amount the Bank will  ultimately
realize  from these loans could  differ  materially  from their  carrying  value
because of unanticipated future developments affecting the underlying collateral
or the  borrower's  ability  to repay  the  loans.  If  collection  efforts  are
unsuccessful,  these  loans will be subject to  foreclosure  proceedings  in the
ordinary  course of  business.  Management  believes  that the Bank has adequate
collateral on these loans and additional losses are not expected to occur in the
event of foreclosure.



                                      F-14

<PAGE>
                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Activity in the allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          MAR. 31, 1997                     JUNE 30,
                                                           (UNAUDITED)                1996                 1995
                                                          -------------           -----------------------------

<S>                                                       <C>                     <C>                  <C>         
      Beginning balance                                   $    75,694             $     89,010         $    114,382
      Provision for loan losses                               127,844                   35,142               19,297
      Charge-offs and recoveries, net                          (2,942)                 (48,458)             (44,669)
                                                          -----------             ------------         ------------

      Ending balance                                      $   200,596             $     75,694         $     89,010
                                                          ===========             ============         ============
</TABLE>

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has and expects to continue to have
transactions,  including  borrowings,  with its officers,  directors,  and their
affiliates  (totalling $68,741 at March 31, 1997). In the opinion of management,
such transactions were on substantially the same terms, including interest rates
and collateral,  as those prevailing at the time of comparable transactions with
other persons and did not involve more than a normal risk of  collectibility  or
present any other unfavorable features to the Bank.

NOTE E - ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE

Accrued interest receivable consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          MAR. 31, 1997                        JUNE 30,
                                                                                  ---------------------------------
                                                          (UNAUDITED)                 1996                 1995
                                                          ------------            ------------         ------------

<S>                                                       <C>                     <C>                  <C>         
Loans                                                     $      77,778           $     88,352         $     84,796
Investments                                                     294,666                187,073              107,300
                                                          -------------           ------------         ------------

                                                                372,444                275,425              192,096
Allowance for uncollectible
   interest                                                     (71,356)               (39,991)             (23,744)
                                                          -------------           ------------         ------------

                                                          $     301,088           $    235,434         $    168,352
                                                          =============           ============         ============
</TABLE>

NOTE F - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          MAR. 31, 1997                       JUNE 30,
                                                                                 ---------------------------------
                                                           (UNAUDITED)               1996                 1995
                                                          -------------          -----------          ------------
<S>                                                       <C>                    <C>                  <C>        
   Cost:
      Land                                                $   121,027            $   121,027          $   121,027
      Buildings and improvements                              991,989                977,976              229,044
      Furniture, fixtures, and
        equipment                                             386,319                370,459              228,391
      Construction in process                                    -                      -                  81,951
                                                          --------------         --------------       -----------

                                                            1,499,335              1,469,462              660,413
      Accumulated depreciation                               (436,585)              (396,868)            (355,009)
                                                          -----------            -----------          -----------

                                                          $ 1,062,750            $ 1,072,594          $   305,404
                                                          ===========            ===========          ===========
</TABLE>

In November of 1995,  the Bank opened the South Hills  branch  office at a total
cost including equipment of approximately $890,000.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE G - DEPOSITS

Deposits are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   MARCH 31, 1997
                                     (UNAUDITED                      JUNE 30, 1996                      JUNE 30, 1995
                            -----------------------------   -------------------------------   ----------------------------------
                             WEIGHTED                          WEIGHTED                          WEIGHTED
                              AVERAGE                           AVERAGE                           AVERAGE
                               RATE            AMOUNT            RATE            AMOUNT            RATE            AMOUNT
                               ----            ------            ----            ------            ----            ------
<S>                              <C>          <C>                  <C>          <C>                   <C>          <C>        
NOW accounts                           -%     $ 1,492,814                -%     $ 1,440,445                -%      $ 1,247,822

Passbook savings                    3.19       10,129,939             3.18        9,998,620             3.00        10,068,220
                                  ------       ----------           ------       ----------           ------        ----------

                                    2.78%      11,622,753             2.77%      11,439,065             2.67%       11,316,042
                                  ------       ----------           ------       ----------           ------        ----------

Certificates of deposit:

  Under 4.00%                       3.00            3,675                -                -             3.40            46,823

  4.01% to 5.00%                    4.94        2,107,810             4.62        2,150,893             4.56         2,466,229

  5.01% to 6.00%                    5.39        8,431,868             5.55       11,132,426             5.66         6,672,663

  6.01% to 7.00%                    6.21        4,526,760             6.63        2,664,629             6.56         4,052,186

  7.01% to 8.00%                    7.09        1,166,639             7.20          769,778             7.30           974,394

  8.01% to 9.00%                       -                -                -                -             8.21           250,548
                                   -----       ----------            -----       ----------           ------       -----------

                                    5.68       16,236,752             5.68       16,717,726             5.87        14,462,843
                                  ------       ----------           ------       ----------           ------        ----------

                                    4.47%     $27,859,505             4.50%     $28,156,791             4.47%      $25,778,885
                                  ======       ==========           ======       ==========           ======        ==========
</TABLE>
At March 31, 1997, the aggregate maturities of certificates of deposit in fiscal
years 1998 through 2002 is  $10,770,794,  $2,795,950,  $934,615,  $1,228,042 and
$507,351,  respectively  (unaudited).  The aggregate  amount of  certificates in
denominations of $100,000 or more totaled $1,600,018 (unaudited).

Deposits  in excess of  $100,000  are not  insured  by the  Savings  Association
Insurance Fund (SAIF).

Interest expense on deposits consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     NINE MONTHS ENDED                           YEARS ENDED
                                                         MARCH 31,                                 JUNE 30
                                          --------------------------------------   --------------------------------------
                                                 1997                1996
                                              (UNAUDITED)         (UNAUDITED)             1996                1995
                                          ------------------   -----------------   ------------------   -----------------
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>                <C>                 <C>       
NOW and passbook savings                            $239,818            $249,369           $  328,500          $  400,657

Certificate accounts                                 695,388             691,043              927,767             638,001
                                                     -------             -------            ---------           ---------

                                                     935,206             940,412            1,256,267           1,038,658

Penalties for early withdrawal                             -                   -                    -              (3,613)
                                                  ----------          ----------         ------------         -----------

  Total interest on deposits                        $935,206            $940,412           $1,256,267          $1,035,045
                                                     =======             =======            =========           =========
</TABLE>

NOTE H - ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK

At March 31, 1997, the Bank had outstanding  advances from the Federal Home Loan
Bank (FHLB) totalling $3,000,000 (unaudited) bearing interest at a weighted rate
of  5.80%  (unaudited).  Certain  mortgage  loans  are  pledged  to the  FHLB as
collateral  in the  event the Bank  requests  future  advances.  The Bank had no
outstanding advances from the FHLB at June 30, 1996 and 1995.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE I - PENSION PLAN

The  Bank has a  qualified,  noncontributory  defined  benefit  retirement  plan
covering  substantially  all of its  employees.  The  benefits are based on each
employee's  years of service up to a maximum of 25 years, and the average of the
highest  five  consecutive  annual  salaries  excluding  the four years prior to
retirement.  The benefits are reduced by a specified percentage for each year of
participation  less  than 25  years.  An  employee  becomes  fully  vested  upon
completion of six years of qualifying service.

The following table sets forth the plan's funded status as of November 30, 1994,
the latest date information is available:


Vested accumulated benefit obligation                                 $ 197,213
Nonvested accumulated benefit obligation                                  1,023
                                                                      ---------

Accumulated benefit obligation                                          198,236
Effect of projected salary increases                                     45,879
                                                                      ---------
Projected benefit obligation                                            244,115
Plan assets at market value                                             248,617

Plan assets in excess of project
   benefit obligation                                                     4,502
Unrecognized net gain                                                    (1,151)
Unrecognized net obligation                                               1,676
                                                                      ---------

Prepaid pension cost                                                  $   5,027
                                                                      =========


The  following  table  represents  certain   significant   assumptions  used  in
determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligations and
the net periodic pension costs at November 30, 1994:

Weighted average discount rate used to
   calculate benefit obligations                                           7.00%
Assumed rate of future compensation
   increases                                                               4.00%
Expected long-term rate of return of
   plan assets                                                             7.50%

Components of net pension cost are as follows for the fiscal year ended November
30, 1994:

Service cost                                                          $  18,620
Interest cost                                                            15,622
Actual return on plan assets                                             (7,237)
Net amortization on deferrals                                           (12,027)
                                                                      ---------

Net periodic pension cost                                             $  14,978
                                                                      =========




                                      F-17

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE J - INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense (benefit) is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED                             YEARS ENDED
                                                           MARCH 31,                                  JUNE 30,
                                            -----------------------------------          ------------------------------
                                                1997                   1996
                                            (UNAUDITED)            (UNAUDITED)               1996             1995
                                            ------------          -------------           ----------       ------------
<S>                                         <C>                   <C>                     <C>              <C>        
   Federal:
      Current (benefit)                     $     (1,935)         $      (1,012)          $   (1,838)      $   (3,350)
      Deferred                                   (74,477)                 6,726               12,220            9,947
                                            ------------          -------------           ----------       ----------

                                            $    (76,412)         $       5,714           $   10,382       $    6,597
                                            ============          =============           ==========       ==========

   State:
      Current                               $       -             $        -              $     -          $    4,779
                                            ============          =============           ==========       ==========

   Totals:
      Current (benefit)                     $     (1,935)         $      (1,012)          $   (1,838)      $    1,429
      Deferred                                   (74,477)                 6,726               12,220            9,947
                                            ------------          -------------           ----------       ----------

                                            $    (76,412)         $       5,714           $   10,382       $   11,376
                                            ============          =============           ==========       ==========

   Effective tax (benefit)
      rate                                         (50.4)%                15.7%                  23.1%            7.0%
                                              ==========             =========               ========         =======

</TABLE>

The  differences  between  actual  income tax expense  (benefit)  and the amount
computed by  applying  the  federal  statutory  income tax rate of 34% to income
before income taxes are reconciled as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 NINE MONTHS ENDED                                  YEARS ENDED
                                                         MARCH 31,                                    JUNE 30,
                                            --------------------------------------        ------------------------------
                                                1997                  1996
                                            (UNAUDITED)           (UNAUDITED)                1996             1995
                                            -----------           -----------             ----------       -------------

<S>                                         <C>                   <C>                     <C>              <C>      
Computed income tax
   expense (benefit)                        $   (51,572)          $    12,390             $  15,311        $  54,940
Increase (decrease)
   resulting in:
      State income tax,
        net of federal
        benefit                                    -                     -                     -               3,183
      Tax-exempt income                          (6,296)              (11,711)              (15,614)         (36,495)
      Other, net                                (18,544)                5,035                10,685          (10,252)
                                            -----------           -----------             --------------------------

Actual income tax
   expense (benefit)                        $   (76,412)          $     5,714             $  10,382        $  11,376
                                            ===========           ===========             ==========================
</TABLE>



                                      F-18

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



The components of net deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            MAR. 31, 1997                   JUNE 30,
                                                                -----------------------------------  
                                             (UNAUDITED)             1996               1995
                                            -------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                         <C>                   <C>                <C>      
Deferred tax assets:
   Loan origination fees, net               $       2,738         $   2,254          $   5,729
   Allowance for loan losses                       53,171            12,245             21,754
   Net operating loss
      carryforward                                 24,850              -                   -
   Unrealized loss on
      securities available-
      for-sale                                     19,297            28,695                -
                                            -------------         ---------          -------

                                                  100,056            43,194             27,483
                                            -------------         ---------          ---------


Deferred tax liabilities:
   Premises and equipment                          (9,476)           (3,218)            (3,057)
   Accrued interest
      receivable                                  (14,887)          (31,182)           (26,152)
   Unrealized gain on
      securities available-
      for-sale                                       -                 -                (2,583)
   Section 481(a) adjustment -
      loan fees                                      -               (2,114)            (5,486)
                                            -------------         ---------          ---------

                                                  (24,363)          (36,514)           (37,278)
                                            -------------         ---------          ---------

Net deferred asset
   (liability)                              $      75,693         $   6,680          $  (9,795)
                                            =============         =========          =========
</TABLE>


The Bank's  annual  addition  to its  reserve  for bad debts  allowed  under the
Internal  Revenue Code may differ  significantly  from the bad debt expense used
for  financial  statement  purposes.  Such bad debt  deductions  for  income tax
purposes  are  included  in taxable  income of later  years only if the bad debt
reserves are used for purposes  other than to absorb bad debt losses.  Since the
Bank does not  intend  to use the  reserve  for  purposes  other  than to absorb
losses,  no deferred  income taxes have been  provided on the amount of bad debt
reserves for tax purposes that arose in tax years beginning  before December 31,
1987, in accordance with SFAS No. 109. Therefore, retained earnings at March 31,
1997 and June 30, 1996 and 1995, includes approximately  $143,000,  representing
such bad debt deductions for which no deferred income taxes have been provided.

The use of the reserve  method of  accounting  for thrift bad debt  reserves has
been repealed for the tax year  beginning  after June 30, 1996. The law provides
that all thrifts must  recapture  into taxable  income  their  post-1987  excess
reserves over a six-year period. Since the Bank has no such excess reserves,  no
provision  for income tax was needed to be recorded  for the nine  months  ended
March 31, 1997.

The  Bank  has  available  Pennsylvania  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of
approximately  $380,000.  This carryforward can be utilized in fiscal years 1998
through 2000. The deferred tax benefit associated with this loss carryforward is
approximately $44,000. This benefit has been fully reserved.


                                      F-19

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE K - OTHER NONINTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE

Other noninterest income and expense amounts are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      NINE MONTHS ENDED                           YEARS ENDED
                                                          MARCH 31,                                 JUNE 30,
                                            --------------------------------------        ------------------
                                                 1997                 1996
                                             (UNAUDITED)           (UNAUDITED)               1996             1995
                                            -------------         -------------           ---------        -------

<S>                                          <C>                  <C>                     <C>              <C>      
   Service charges and other fees:
      Bank service charges and fees         $      52,462         $      40,933           $  55,344        $  47,129
      Loan late charges                            10,694                11,713              16,512           16,229
      Insurance commissions                           308                   392                 585              982
                                             ------------         -------------           ---------        ---------

                                            $      63,464         $      53,038           $  72,441        $  64,340
                                             ============         =============           =========        =========


   Other noninterest expense:
      Service bureau expense                $      43,684         $      44,255           $  58,972        $  43,808
      FHLB bank account expense                    32,463                30,344              41,235           38,361
      Advertising and promotion                     8,976                21,712              28,284           10,075
      Loan expenses                                12,270                10,842              17,266           14,410
      Real estate owned expense                         -                 7,542               8,014           13,771
      Dues and subscriptions                        5,162                 5,877               8,331            4,885
      ATM expense                                  12,907                 2,910               7,478                -
      Professional and supervisory fees            23,058                23,994              31,790           39,916
      Printing, stationery, and supplies           12,809                15,235              19,096           15,063
      Telephone and postage                        12,587                12,726              15,956           14,386
      Seminars and training                           987                 1,994               1,994            3,611
      Other insurance                              12,394                12,617              17,839           13,926
      Miscellaneous                                12,713                12,676              17,701            7,041
                                             ------------          ------------           ---------         --------

                                             $    190,010          $    202,724           $ 273,956         $219,253
                                             ============          ============           =========         ========
</TABLE>


NOTE L - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

In the normal course of business,  the Bank has various outstanding  commitments
and contingent  liabilities that are not reflected in the accompanying financial
statements. The financial commitments of the Bank are as follows:

The Bank has outstanding commitments to originate loans as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                            MAR. 31, 1997                        JUNE 30,
                                                                  --------------------------------------
                                             (UNAUDITED)             1996                    1995
                                            -------------         ---------               --------------

<S>                                         <C>                   <C>                     <C>      
First mortgage loans                        $   154,000           $ 158,000               $ 230,000
Secured consumer (unused
  lines of credit) loans                    $   380,000           $ 323,000               $ 288,000

</TABLE>


                                      F-20

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE M - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with  off-balance-sheet risk in the
normal course of business to meet the financing  needs of its  customers.  These
financial  instruments include  commitments to extend credit.  These instruments
involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess
of the amounts recognized in the statements of financial condition.

The Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of  nonperformance  by the other
party  to  the  financial  instruments  for  commitments  to  extend  credit  is
represented by the contractual  notional amount of those  instruments  (See Note
L). The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional
obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

Commitments  to extend  credit are  agreements  to lend to a customer as long as
there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments
generally  have fixed  expiration  dates or other  termination  clauses  and may
require  payment of a fee. Since many of the  commitments are expected to expire
without  being  drawn  upon,  the total  commitment  amounts do not  necessarily
represent  future  cash   requirements.   The  Bank  evaluates  each  customer's
creditworthiness  on a  case-by-case  basis.  The amount and type of  collateral
obtained,  upon extension of credit,  varies and is based on management's credit
evaluation of the counterparty.


NOTE N - DEPOSIT INSURANCE ASSESSMENT

The Bank  incurred an expense  for the nine months  ended March 31, 1997 for the
one-time  special  assessment  levied  by  the  omnibus  appropriation  bill  to
recapitalize  the SAIF  insurance  fund.  The  special  assessment  for  deposit
insurance  premiums  was  approximately  $161,000,  with an after tax  impact of
approximately $108,000. Effective January 1, 1997, the Bank began paying reduced
premium assessments in accordance with the new SAIF assessment rates.


NOTE O - ACCOUNTING CHANGE - INVESTMENT SECURITIES

In May 1993  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued  Statement  of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity  Securities." The Association  adopted the provisions of the new
standard  for  investments  held  as of or  acquired  after  July  1,  1994.  In
accordance with the Statement,  prior period financial  statements have not been
restated to reflect the change in accounting principle.

There was no cumulative effect as of July 1, 1994 of adopting Statement No. 115.
The opening balance of retained earnings was increased by $13,446 (net of $9,343
in income  taxes) to  reflect  the net  unrealized  holding  gain on  securities
classified as  available-for-sale  previously carried at amortized cost or lower
of cost or fair value.




                                      F-21

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE P - FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The estimated fair values of the Bank's financial instruments are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       MARCH 31, 1997 (UNAUDITED)                          JUNE 30, 1996
                                       ---------------------------                ---------------------------------
                                         CARRYING               FAIR                CARRYING               FAIR
                                          AMOUNT               VALUE                 AMOUNT               VALUE
                                          ------               -----                 ------               -----

<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                    <C>                 <C>         
Financial assets:
   Cash and cash
   equivalents                         $   1,592,777        $  1,592,777           $  1,206,031        $ 1,206,031
   Investment and mortgage-
      backed securities                   15,746,618          15,585,851            14,343,092          14,233,071
   Loans                                  14,125,458          14,172,062            13,628,724          14,333,010
   FHLB stock                                153,300             153,300               133,200             133,200
   Accrued interest
      receivable                             301,088             301,088               235,434             235,434

Financial liabilities:
   Deposits                               27,859,505          27,897,723            28,156,791          28,192,010
   FHLB advances                           3,000,000           3,000,000                  -                   -
   Advances from borrowers for
     taxes and insurance                     121,650             121,650               278,488             278,488

</TABLE>

NOTE Q - REGULATORY MATTERS

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital  requirements  administered by
its primary regulator,  The Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS).  Failure to meet
minimum  capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory,  and possibly
additional discretionary,  actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have
a direct  material  effect on the Bank's  financial  statements.  Under  capital
adequacy  guidelines and the regulatory  framework for prompt corrective action,
the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measure
of the  Bank's  assets,  liabilities,  and  certain  off-balance-sheet  items as
calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank's capital amounts and
classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about
components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulation to ensure  capital  adequacy
require  the Bank to  maintain  minimum  amounts  and  ratios  (set forth in the
following  table) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to
risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average
assets (as defined).  Management  believes,  as of March 31, 1997, that the Bank
meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

As of March 31, 1997, the most recent  notification from the OTS categorized the
Bank as "well  capitalized".  To be categorized as "well  capitalized"  the Bank
must maintain minimum total risk-based,  Tier I risk-based,  and Tier I leverage
ratios as set forth in the table.  There are no  conditions or events since that
notification that management believes have changed the institution's category.

                                      F-22

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     FOR CAPITAL                 TO BE WELL
                                              ACTUAL                             ADEQUACY PURPOSES:              CAPITALIZED
                                    --------------------------------   ---------------------------------   -------------------------
As of March 31, 1997 (unaudited)    AMOUNT               RATIO               AMOUNT            RATIO          AMOUNT        RATIO
                                    ------------   -----------------   ---------------   --------------    -----------   -----------
<S>                                   <C>                <C>              <C>                   <C>        <C>              <C>   
Total Risk-Based Capital
  (to Risk-Weighted Assets)           $2,228,688          16.23%          $1,098,880             8.00%     $1,373,600        10.00%

Tier I Capital
  (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            2,056,988          14.98              549,440             4.00         824,160         6.00

Tier I Capital
  (to Adjusted Total Assets)           2,056,988           6.21            1,325,088             4.00       1,656,360         5.00

Tangible Capital
  (to Adjusted Total Assets)           2,056,988           6.21              496,908             1.50         496,908         1.50

As of June 30, 1996

Total Risk-Based Capital
  (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            2,207,953          17.29            1,021,360             8.00       1,276,700        10.00

Tier I Capital
  (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            2,132,259          16.70              510,680             4.00         766,020         6.00

Tier I Capital
  (to Adjusted Total Assets)           2,132,259           6.97            1,223,179             4.00       1,528,974         5.00

Tangible Capital
  (to Adjusted Total Assets)           2,132,259           6.97              458,692             1.50         458,692         1.50

As of June 30, 1995

Total Risk-Based Capital
  (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            2,186,618          19.97              875,920             8.00       1,094,900         8.00

Tier I Capital 
  (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            2,097,608          19.16              437,960             4.00         656,940         4.00

Tier I Capital
  (to Adjusted Total Assets)           2,097,608           7.42            1,131,286             4.00       1,414,107         4.00

Tangible Capital
  (to Adjusted Total Assets)           2,097,608           7.42              424,232             1.50         424,232         1.50

</TABLE>


Under the framework,  the Association's  capital levels do not allow the Bank to
accept brokered deposits without prior approval from regulators.

                                      F-23

<PAGE>



                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE R - PLAN OF CONVERSION (UNAUDITED)

On May 19, 1997, the Bank's Board of Directors formally approved a plan ("Plan")
to   convert   from   a   federally-chartered   mutual   savings   bank   to   a
federally-chartered stock savings bank subject to approval by the Bank's members
as of a  still-to-be  determined  future  voting  record date.  The Plan,  which
includes formation of a holding company, is subject to approval by the Office of
Thrift  Supervision  (OTS) and includes the filing of a  registration  statement
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  As of March 31, 1997, the Bank had
incurred  conversion  costs  of  approximately  $7,000.  If  the  conversion  is
ultimately  successful,  actual  conversion  costs  will be  accounted  for as a
reduction in gross proceeds.  If the conversion is unsuccessful,  the conversion
costs will be expensed.

The Plan calls for the common  stock of the Bank to be  purchased by the holding
company and for the common stock of the holding company to be offered to various
parties in a subscription offering at a price based on an independent appraisal.
It is  anticipated  that any shares not purchased in the  subscription  offering
will be offered to the general public in a solicited offering.

The  stockholders  of the  holding  company  will be asked to approve a proposed
stock  option  plan and a  proposed  restricted  stock  plan at a meeting of the
stockholders  after the  conversion.  Shares  issued to directors  and employees
under these plans may be from  authorized but unissued shares of common stock or
they may be purchased  in the open  market.  In the event that options or shares
are issued under these plans,  such  issuances  will be included in the earnings
per share  calculation;  thus, the interests of existing  stockholders  would be
diluted.

The Bank may not  declare or pay a cash  dividend  if the effect  thereof  would
cause its net worth to be reduced  below  either the  amounts  required  for the
liquidation  account  discussed  below or the  regulatory  capital  requirements
imposed by federal regulations.

At the time of conversion,  the Bank will establish a liquidation account, which
will be a memorandum  account that does not appear on the balance  sheet,  in an
amount  equal to its retained  earnings as reflected in the latest  consolidated
balance sheet used in the final conversion  prospectus.  The liquidation account
will be maintained for the benefit of eligible  account  holders who continue to
maintain their deposit accounts in the Bank after conversion.  In the event of a
complete  liquidation  of the  Bank  (and  only  in  such  an  event),  eligible
depositors  who  continue  to maintain  accounts  shall be entitled to receive a
distribution  from the  liquidation  account before any  liquidation may be made
with respect to common stock.












                                      F-24

<PAGE>




No dealer,  salesman or other person has been authorized to give any information
or to make any representations not contained in this document in connection with
the  offering  made  hereby,   and,  if  given  or  made,  such  information  or
representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Workingmens
Savings Bank, FSB, WSB Holding Company or Trident Securities, Inc. This document
does not  constitute an offer to sell, or the  solicitation  of an offer to buy,
any of the securities  offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which
such offer or  solicitation  would be  unlawful.  Neither  the  delivery of this
document by  Workingmens  Savings  Bank,  FSB,  WSB  Holding  Company or Trident
Securities,  Inc. nor any sale made hereunder shall in any circumstances  create
an  implication  that  there has been no change in the  affairs  of  Workingmens
Savings  Bank,  FSB or WSB  Holding  Company  since any of the dates as of which
information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.


                               WSB Holding Company




                              Up to 287,500 Shares
                              (Anticipated Maximum)
                                  Common Stock





                                   PROSPECTUS






                            TRIDENT SECURITIES, INC.




                  Dated __________ ____ 1997




                  THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR ACCOUNTS
                  AND ARE NOT FEDERALLY INSURED OR GUARANTEED.

   Until the later of __________  ____,  1997, or 90 days after  commencement of
the  offering  of  common  stock,  all  dealers  that buy,  sell or trade  these
securities,  whether or not participating in this distribution,  may be required
to deliver a  prospectus.  This is in addition to the  obligation  of dealers to
deliver a  prospectus  when  acting as  underwriters  and with  respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.



<PAGE>



                 PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24.              Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

        Sections 1741 through 1747 of the Pennsylvania  Business Corporation Act
sets forth circumstances under which directors,  officers,  employees and agents
may be insured or indemnified  against  liability  which they may incur in their
capacities as such.

        The Articles of  Incorporation  of WSB Holding Company (the  "Articles")
attached as Exhibit 3(i) hereto, requires indemnification of directors, officers
and employees to the fullest extent permitted by Pennsylvania law.

        WSB Holding  Company  ("WSB") may  purchase  and  maintain  insurance on
behalf of any person who is or was a director,  officer,  employee,  or agent of
WSB or is or was serving at the request of WSB as a director,  officer, employee
or agent of another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other
enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any
such  capacity  or arising  out of his status as such,  whether or not WSB would
have the power to indemnify him against such  liability  under the provisions of
the Articles.




Item 25.   Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

*       Special counsel and local counsel legal fees......           $ 50,000
*       Printing and postage..............................             45,000
*       Appraisal/Business Plan...........................             22,000
*       Accounting fees...................................             25,000
*       Data processing/Conversion agent..................              7,000
*       SEC Registration Fee..............................              1,000
*       OTS Filing Fees...................................              8,400
*       NASD Fairness Filing..............................                800
*       Blue Sky legal and filing fees....................             10,000
*       Underwriting fees.................................             60,000
*       Underwriter's expenses, including legal fees......             25,000
*       Stock Certificates................................              1,000
*       Transfer Agent....................................              4,000
*       Miscellaneous expenses............................             20,800
                                                                       ------
*       TOTAL.............................................           $280,000
                                                                      =======

- -----------------
*       Estimated.


<PAGE>

Item 26.       Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

               Not Applicable

Item 27.       Exhibits:

               The exhibits filed as part of this Registration  Statement are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>             <C>          <C>
                1.1          Form of Sales Agency Agreement with Trident Securities, Inc.
                2            Plan of Conversion of Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
                3(i)         Articles of Incorporation of WSB Holding Company
                3(ii)        Bylaws of WSB Holding Company
                4            Specimen Stock Certificate of WSB Holding Company
                5.1          Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. regarding legality of securities registered
                5.2          Opinion of Ferguson & Company as to the value of subscription rights
                8.1          Federal Tax Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
                8.2          State Tax Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
               10            Form of Employment Agreement with Robert Neudorfer
               23.1          Consent of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. (contained in its opinions filed as Exhibits 5.1,
                             8.1 and 8.2)
               23.2          Consent of Hinds, Lind, Miller & Co.
               23.3          Consent of Ferguson & Company
               24            Power of Attorney (reference is made to the signature page)
               27            Financial Data Schedule**
               99.1          Stock Order Form
               99.2          Appraisal Report of Ferguson & Company*
               99.3          Marketing Materials
</TABLE>

               ---------------
               *   To be filed by amendment
               **  Electronic filing only


Item 28. Undertakings

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

        (1) To file, during any period in which it offers or sells securities, a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

                 (i)  Include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933 ("Securities Act");

                (ii)  Reflect  in the  prospectus  any  facts  or  events  which
individually or together,  represent a fundamental  change in the information in
the  registration  statement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any increase or
decrease  in  volume  of  securities  offered  (if the  total  dollar  value  of
securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation
from  the  low or  high  end of the  estimated  maximum  offering  range  may be
reflected in the form of prospectus  filed with the Commission  pursuant to Rule
424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and


<PAGE>



price  represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum  offering price
set  forth in the  "Calculation  of  Registration  Fee"  table in the  effective
registration statement.

               (iii)  Include any additional or changed material information  on
the plan of distribution.

        (2) For  determining  liability  under the  Securities  Act,  treat each
post-effective  amendment  as a new  registration  statement  of the  securities
offered,  and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial bona
fide offering.

        (3) File a post-effective amendment to remove from  registration  any of
the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

        (4) The  undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide to the
underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates
in  such  denominations  and  registered  in  such  names  as  required  by  the
underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        (5) Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under   the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons
of the small business issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the small business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event
that a claim  for  indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than the
payment by the small business issuer of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or  controlling  person of the small  business  issuer in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer
or controlling  person in connection with the securities being  registered,  the
small business issuer will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to a  court  of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and will be  governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.




<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

        In accordance  with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized  this  registration
statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  in  Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania, on June 17, 1997.

                           WSB HOLDING COMPANY



                           By:   /s/Robert Neudorfer
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                 Robert Neudorfer
                                 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
                                 (Duly Authorized Representative)

        We the  undersigned  directors  and  officers of WSB Holding  Company do
hereby  severally  constitute and appoint  Robert  Neudorfer our true and lawful
attorney  and  agent,  to do any and all  things  and  acts in our  names in the
capacities  indicated  below and to execute  all  instruments  for us and in our
names in the  capacities  indicated  below which said Robert  Neudorfer may deem
necessary  or  advisable  to enable  WSB  Holding  Company  to  comply  with the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules,  regulations and requirements
of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  in connection with the registration
statement on Form SB-2 relating to the offering of WSB Holding  Company's common
stock,  including  specifically  but not limited to, power and authority to sign
for us or any  of us,  in our  names  in the  capacities  indicated  below,  the
registration  statement  and any and all  amendments  (including  post-effective
amendments)  thereto; and we hereby ratify and confirm all that Robert Neudorfer
shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
registration  statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities indicated as of June 17, 1997.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                             <C>
/s/Joseph J. Manfred                            /s/Robert Neudorfer
- -------------------------------------------     -----------------------------------------------
Joseph J. Manfred                               Robert Neudorfer
Chairman of the Board and Director              President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive and Financial Officer)

/s/Robert W. Moreschi                           
- -------------------------------------------     -----------------------------------------------
Robert W. Moreschi                              Stanford H. Rosenberg
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer           Vice President and Director
(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/John P. Mueller                              /s/Johanna C. Guehl
- -------------------------------------------     -----------------------------------------------
John P. Mueller                                 Johanna C. Guehl
Director                                        Director

/s/John T. Ringland
- -------------------------------------------   
John T. Ringland
Director

</TABLE>



<PAGE>








                                                 EXHIBIT 1.1


<PAGE>
                               WSB Holding Company
                            212,500 to 287,500 Shares

                                  Common Stock
                           (Par Value $.10 Per Share)

                                $10.00 Per Share

                             SALES AGENCY AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------


Trident Securities, Inc.
4601 Six Forks Road, Suite 400
Raleigh, North Carolina 27609

Dear Sirs:

        WSB  Holding   Company,   a   Pennsylvania-chartered   corporation  (the
"Company"),  and Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB a federally chartered and insured
mutual savings bank (the "Bank"), hereby confirm, as of ________________,  1997,
their  respective  agreements  with  Trident  Securities,  Inc.  ("Trident"),  a
broker-dealer   registered   with  the   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission
("Commission") and a member of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,
Inc. ("NASD"), as follows:

        1. Introductory.  The Bank intends to convert from a federally chartered
mutual savings bank association to a federally  chartered stock savings bank (to
be  known as  Workingmens  Bank) as a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the  Company
(together with the Offerings, as defined below, the issuance of shares of common
stock of the Bank to the  Company  and the  incorporation  of the  Company,  the
"Conversion")  pursuant  to a plan of  conversion  adopted  on May 19,  1997 (as
amended,  if amended,  the "Plan").  In accordance with the Plan, the Company is
offering shares of its common stock,  par value $.10 per share (the "Shares" and
the  "Common  Stock"),  pursuant  to  nontransferable  subscription  rights in a
subscription  offering (the  "Subscription  Offering") to certain depositors and
borrowers  of the Bank and to the  Bank's  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan (the
"ESOP"). Shares of the Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering may be
offered to the general public in a community offering,  with preference given to
natural  persons  residing  in  _______________,  Pennsylvania  (the  "Community
Offering"),  subject to the right of the Company and the Bank, in their absolute
discretion,  to reject  orders in the  Community  Offering  in whole or in part.
Shares not sold in the  Subscription  Offering  or  otherwise  in the  Community
Offering may be offered to certain  members of the general public as part of the
Community  Offering  by a group of  broker-dealers  (the  "Syndicated  Community
Offering") (the Subscription  Offering and, if any, the Community and Syndicated
Community  Offerings are sometimes referred to collectively as the "Offerings").
In the Offerings,  the Company is offering  between  212,500 and 287,500 Shares,
with the  possibility of offering up to 330,600 Shares without a  resolicitation
of subscribers,  as contemplated by Part 563b of Title 12 of the Code of Federal
Regulations.  With the  exception  of the ESOP,  no person may  purchase  in the
Offerings more than 7,500 Shares; no person or 


<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 2



persons  purchasing  through a single  account,  together with associates of and
persons acting in concert with such persons,  may purchase in the Offerings more
than12,500 Shares.

        The  Company  and the Bank have been  advised  by  Trident  that it will
utilize its best efforts in assisting  the Company and the Bank with the sale of
the Shares in the Offerings,  including any Syndicated Community Offering. Prior
to the  execution  of this  Agreement,  the Company has  delivered  to Trident a
prospectus dated as of the date hereof and all supplements thereto to be used in
the Offerings. Such prospectus contains information with respect to the Company,
the Bank and the Shares.

        2.     Representations and Warranties.

               (a)    The Company and the Bank jointly and  severally  represent
        and warrant to Trident that:

                      (i)  The   Company  has  filed  with  the   Commission   a
               registration  statement,  including  exhibits and an amendment or
               amendments thereto, on Form SB-2 (No. 333- __________), including
               a prospectus  relating to the Offerings,  for the registration of
               the Shares  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the
               "Act");  and such  registration  statement  has become  effective
               under the Act and no stop  order  has been  issued  with  respect
               thereto and no  proceedings  therefor have been  initiated or, to
               the  Company's and the Bank's best  knowledge,  threatened by the
               Commission.  Except as the context may  otherwise  require,  such
               registration statement, as amended or supplemented,  on file with
               the  Commission  at the time the  registration  statement  became
               effective,   including  the  prospectus,   financial  statements,
               schedules,  exhibits  and  all  other  documents  filed  as  part
               thereof,  as  amended  and  supplemented,  is herein  called  the
               "Registration  Statement,"  and the  prospectus,  as  amended  or
               supplemented,  on  file  with  the  Commission  at the  time  the
               Registration  Statement  became  effective  is herein  called the
               "Prospectus,"  except that if the prospectus filed by the Company
               with the Commission  pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the general rules
               and  regulations of the  Commission  under the Act (together with
               the enforceable  published policies and actions of the Commission
               thereunder,  the  "SEC  Regulations")  differs  from  the form of
               prospectus on file at the time the Registration  Statement became
               effective,  the term "Prospectus"  shall refer to the Rule 424(b)
               prospectus from and after the time it is filed with or mailed for
               filing to the  Commission  and shall  include any  amendments  or
               supplements  thereto from and after their dates of  effectiveness
               or use, respectively.

                      (ii)   The Bank has filed an  Application  for Approval of
               Conversion on


<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 3



               Form AC,  including  exhibits  (as amended or  supplemented,  the
               "Form AC," and together with the Form H-(e)1-S referred to below,
               the   "Conversion   Application")   with  the  Office  of  Thrift
               Supervision  (the  "Office")  under the Home Owners' Loan Act, as
               amended (the "HOLA") and the enforceable  rules and  regulations,
               including   published   policies  and  actions,   of  the  Office
               thereunder  (the "OTS  Regulations"),  which has been approved by
               the Office;  and the Prospectus  and the proxy  statement for the
               solicitation  of proxies from members for the special  meeting to
               approve the Plan (the "Proxy Statement")  included as part of the
               Form AC have been  approved  for use by the Office.  No order has
               been issued by the Office preventing or suspending the use of the
               Prospectus or the Proxy Statement; and no action by or before the
               Office  revoking such approvals is pending or, to the Bank's best
               knowledge,  threatened. The Company has filed with the Office the
               Company's  application  on Form  H-(e)1-S  promulgated  under the
               savings and loan holding  company  provisions of the HOLA and the
               OTS Regulations  and has received  approval of its acquisition of
               the Bank from the  Office.  No action  by or  before  the  Office
               revoking  such  approval is  pending,  or to the  Company's  best
               knowledge, threatened.

                      (iii)  At the  date  of the  Prospectus  and at all  times
               subsequent thereto through and including the Closing Date (i) the
               Registration   Statement  and  the   Prospectus  (as  amended  or
               supplemented,  if  amended  or  supplemented)  complied  and will
               comply with the Act and the  Regulations,  (ii) the  Registration
               Statement   (as   amended   or   supplemented,   if   amended  or
               supplemented) did not and will not contain an untrue statement of
               a material  fact or omit to state a material  fact required to be
               stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not
               misleading, and (iii) the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented,
               if  amended or  supplemented)  did not and will not  contain  any
               untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material
               fact  required  to be stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the
               statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under which
               they were made, not misleading.  Representations or warranties in
               this  subsection  shall not apply to statements or omissions made
               in  reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information
               furnished to the Company or the Bank relating to Trident by or on
               behalf of Trident expressly for use in the Registration Statement
               or Prospectus.

                      (iv) The Company has been duly organized as a Pennsylvania
               corporation,  and the Bank has been  duly  organized  as a mutual
               savings  bank  under the laws of the United  States,  and each of
               them is validly  existing and in good standing  under the laws of
               the  jurisdiction  of  its  organization   with  full  power  and
               authority  to own  its  property  and  conduct  its  business  as
               described in the


<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 4


               Registration  Statement and  Prospectus;  the Bank is a member in
               good  standing of the Federal Home Loan Bank of  Pittsburgh;  and
               the  deposit  accounts  of the Bank are  insured  by the  Savings
               Association  Insurance Fund ("SAIF")  administered by the Federal
               Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") up to the applicable legal
               limits.  Each of the Company  and the Bank is not  required to be
               qualified  to  do  business  as  a  foreign  corporation  in  any
               jurisdiction  where   non-qualification  would  have  a  material
               adverse  effect  on  the  condition   (financial  or  otherwise),
               operations,  business, assets, earnings or properties of Company,
               the Bank and the Subsidiary,  taken as a whole ("Material Adverse
               Effect"). The Bank does not own equity securities of or an equity
               interest  in  any  business  enterprise  except  for  all  of the
               outstanding capital stock of Workingmens Service  Corporation,  a
               Pennsylvania   corporation  (the   "Subsidiary")  and  except  as
               described in the Prospectus. Upon amendment of the Bank's charter
               and bylaws as provided in the rules and regulations of the Office
               and  completion  of the  sale by the  Company  of the  Shares  as
               contemplated  by the  Prospectus,  (i) the Bank will be converted
               pursuant  to the  Plan to a  federally  chartered  capital  stock
               savings  bank with full power and  authority  to own its property
               and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, (ii) all
               of the authorized and outstanding  capital stock of the Bank will
               be owned of record and beneficially by the Company, and (iii) the
               Company will have no direct subsidiaries other than the Bank.

                      (v) The Bank and the Subsidiary have good,  marketable and
               insurable  title to all assets  material to their business and to
               those assets  described in the Prospectus as owned by them,  free
               and  clear  of  all  material  liens,  charges,  encumbrances  or
               restrictions,  except for liens for taxes not yet due,  except as
               described  in the  Prospectus  and  except  as  could  not in the
               aggregate have a Material  Adverse Effect;  and all of the leases
               and subleases  material to the operations or financial  condition
               of the Bank and the  Subsidiary,  taken as a whole,  under  which
               either the Bank or Subsidiary holds  properties,  including those
               described  in the  Prospectus,  are in full  force and  effect as
               described therein.

                      (vi) The execution and delivery of this  Agreement and the
               consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby have been
               duly and validly  authorized by all necessary actions on the part
               of each of the  Company  and the Bank,  and this  Agreement  is a
               valid and binding obligation with valid execution and delivery of
               each of the Company and the Bank,  enforceable in accordance with
               its terms (except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by
               bankruptcy,  insolvency,  moratorium,  reorganization  or similar
               laws  relating to or  affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'
               


<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 5


               rights  generally  or the rights of creditors of savings and loan
               holding companies the accounts of whose  subsidiaries are insured
               by the  FDIC  or by  general  equity  principles,  regardless  of
               whether such  enforceability  is  considered  in a proceeding  in
               equity or at law, and except to the extent that the provisions of
               Sections 8 and 9 hereof may be  unenforceable  as against  public
               policy or pursuant to Section 23A of the Federal  Reserve Act, 12
               U.S.C. Section 371c ("Section 23A")).

                      (vii) There is no  litigation or  governmental  proceeding
               pending  or, to the best  knowledge  of the  Company or the Bank,
               threatened  against  or  involving  the  Company,  the Bank,  the
               Subsidiary or any of their respective  assets which  individually
               or in the  aggregate  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  have a
               Material Adverse Effect.

                      (viii) The Company and the Bank have received the opinions
               of Malizia,  Spidi,  Sloane & Fisch, P.C. with respect to federal
               tax consequences of the Conversion,  and of _______________  with
               respect to Pennsylvania  tax  consequences of the Conversion,  to
               the  effect  that  the  Conversion  will  constitute  a  tax-free
               reorganization  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
               amended,  and will not be a taxable  transaction  for the Bank or
               the Company under the laws of Pennsylvania,  and the facts relied
               upon in such opinions are accurate and complete.

                      (ix)  Each of the  Company  and  the  Bank  has  all  such
               corporate power, authority, authorizations,  approvals and orders
               as may be required to enter into this  Agreement and to carry out
               the provisions and conditions hereof,  subject to the limitations
               set forth  herein  and  subject  to the  satisfaction  of certain
               conditions imposed by the Office in connection with its approvals
               of the Form AC and the Application H-(e)1-S, and except as may be
               required under the securities laws of various jurisdictions,  and
               in the case of the  Company,  as of the Closing  Date,  will have
               such approvals and orders to issue and sell the Shares to be sold
               by the Company as provided  herein,  and in the case of the Bank,
               as of the Closing  Date,  will have such  approvals and orders to
               issue and sell the Shares of its  Common  Stock to be sold to the
               Company  as  provided  in the Plan,  subject to the  issuance  of
               amended  charter in the form  required  for  federally  chartered
               stock savings  associations  (the "Stock  Charter"),  the form of
               which Stock Charter has been approved by the Office.

                      (x) Neither the Company, the Bank nor the Subsidiary is in
               violation  of any rule or  regulation  of the  Office or the FDIC
               that could  reasonably  be expected to result in any  enforcement
               action  against the Company,  the Bank,  the  Subsidiary or their
               officers or directors that might have a Material Adverse Effect.




<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 6

                      (xi) The consolidated financial statements and any related
               notes  or  schedules  which  are  included  in  the  Registration
               Statement  and the  Prospectus  fairly  present the  consolidated
               financial condition,  income, retained earnings and cash flows of
               the Bank at the  respective  dates thereof and for the respective
               periods covered thereby and comply as to form with the applicable
               accounting  requirements  of the SEC and  OTS  Regulations.  Such
               financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with
               generally accepted  accounting  principles  consistently  applied
               throughout the periods involved, except as set forth therein, and
               such  financial   statements   are   consistent   with  financial
               statements  and other reports filed by the Bank with  supervisory
               and  regulatory  authorities  except as such  generally  accepted
               accounting  principles may otherwise  require.  The tables in the
               Prospectus  accurately  present the  information  purported to be
               shown  thereby  at the  respective  dates  thereof  and  for  the
               respective periods therein.

                      (xii) There has been no material  change in the  condition
               (financial  or  otherwise),  results of  operations  or business,
               including assets and properties, of the Company, the Bank and the
               Subsidiary,  taken as a whole,  since the latest date as of which
               such  condition  is set  forth in the  Prospectus,  except as set
               forth therein;  and the  capitalization,  assets,  properties and
               business  of each of the  Company,  the Bank  and the  Subsidiary
               conform to the descriptions  thereof contained in the Prospectus.
               None of the Company,  the Bank or the Subsidiary has any material
               liabilities of any kind,  contingent or otherwise,  except as set
               forth in the Prospectus.

                      (xiii)  There  has  been  no  breach  or  default  (or the
               occurrence  of any event  which,  with notice or lapse of time or
               both,   would   constitute  a  default)  under,  or  creation  or
               imposition of any lien,  charge or other  encumbrance upon any of
               the  properties  or  assets  of  the  Company,  the  Bank  or the
               Subsidiary pursuant to any of the terms, provisions or conditions
               of any agreement,  contract,  indenture,  bond, debenture,  note,
               instrument or  obligation  to which the Company,  the Bank or the
               Subsidiary  is a party  or by  which  any of them or any of their
               respective  assets or properties  may be bound or is subject,  or
               violation   of  any   governmental   license  or  permit  or  any
               enforceable published law, administrative  regulation or order or
               court order, writ,  injunction or decree, which breach,  default,
               encumbrance or violation  would have a Material  Adverse  Effect;
               all agreements which are material to the condition  (financial or
               otherwise), results of operations or business of the Company, the
               Bank and the Subsidiary,  taken as a whole, are in full force and
               effect,  and no party to any such agreement has instituted or, to
               the best  knowledge of the Company and the Bank,  threatened  any
               action  or  proceeding  wherein  the  Company,  the  Bank  or the
               Subsidiary would be alleged to be in default thereunder.



<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 7

                      (xiv) None of the Company,  the Bank or the  Subsidiary is
               in violation of its respective  charter or bylaws.  The execution
               and  delivery  hereof and the  consummation  of the  transactions
               contemplated  hereby by the Company and the Bank do not  conflict
               with or  result  in a breach  of the  charter  or  bylaws  of the
               Company,  the  Bank  (in  either  mutual  or  stock  form) or the
               Subsidiary or  constitute a material  breach of or default (or an
               event  which,  with  notice  or  lapse  of  time or  both,  would
               constitute  a  default)   under,   give  rise  to  any  right  of
               termination, cancellation or acceleration contained in, or result
               in the  creation  or  imposition  of any  lien,  charge  or other
               encumbrance  upon any of the properties or assets of the Company,
               the  Bank  or the  Subsidiary  pursuant  to  any  of  the  terms,
               provisions or conditions  of, any material  agreement,  contract,
               indenture,  bond,  debenture,  note,  instrument or obligation to
               which  the  Company,  the  Bank or the  Subsidiary  is a party or
               violate  any  governmental  license or permit or any  enforceable
               published law, administrative regulation or order or court order,
               writ,  injunction  or  decree  (subject  to the  satisfaction  of
               certain  conditions  imposed by the Office in connection with its
               approval of the Conversion  Application),  which breach, default,
               encumbrance or violation would have a Material Adverse Effect.

                      (xv)  Subsequent  to  the  respective  dates  as of  which
               information is given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus
               and prior to the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), except as
               otherwise may be indicated or contemplated  therein,  none of the
               Company,  the Bank or the  Subsidiary  has issued any  securities
               which will  remain  issued at the Closing  Date or  incurred  any
               liability or obligation, direct or contingent, or borrowed money,
               except borrowings in the ordinary course of business,  or entered
               into any other transaction not in the ordinary course of business
               and consistent with prior  practices,  which is material in light
               of the  business  of the  Company,  the Bank and the  Subsidiary,
               taken as a whole.

                      (xvi) Upon consummation of the Conversion, the authorized,
               issued and  outstanding  equity  capital of the Company  shall be
               within the range as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption
               "Capitalization,"  and no Common  Stock of the  Company  shall be
               outstanding  immediately  prior to the Closing Date; the issuance
               and  the  sale  of the  Shares  of the  Company  have  been  duly
               authorized by all necessary action of the Company and approved by
               the Office and, when issued in  accordance  with the terms of the
               Plan and  paid  for,  shall be  validly  issued,  fully  paid and
               nonassessable  and  shall  conform  to  the  description  thereof
               contained  in the  Prospectus;  the issuance of the Shares is not
               subject  to  preemptive  rights,  except  as  set  forth  in  the
               Prospectus;  and good title to the Shares will be  transferred by
               the Company upon issuance thereof against payment therefor,  free
               and clear of all claims,  encumbrances,  security  interests  and
               liens   against  the   Company   whatsoever.  


<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 8

               The  certificates  representing  the Shares  will  conform in all
               material  respects with the  requirements  of applicable laws and
               regulations.  The issuance  and sale of the capital  stock of the
               Bank to the Company  has been duly  authorized  by all  necessary
               action of the Bank and the  Company  and  appropriate  regulatory
               authorities  (subject to the  satisfaction of various  conditions
               imposed  by the Office in  connection  with its  approval  of the
               Conversion  Application),  and such capital stock, when issued in
               accordance  with the  terms of the Plan,  will be fully  paid and
               nonassessable  and will conform in all  material  respects to the
               description thereof contained in the Prospectus.

                      (xvii) No approval of any  regulatory  or  supervisory  or
               other  public  authority  is  required  in  connection  with  the
               execution  and delivery of this  Agreement or the issuance of the
               Shares,  except  for  the  declaration  of  effectiveness  of any
               required  post-effective  amendment of the Registration Statement
               by the  Commission  and the issuance of the Stock  Charter by the
               Office.

                      (xviii) All contracts and other  documents  required to be
               filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or the Conversion
               Application  have  been  filed  with the  Commission  and/or  the
               Office, as the case may be.

                      (xix)  Hinds,  Lind,  Miller & Co.,  which has audited the
               financial  statements  of the Bank at June 30,  1996 and 1995 and
               for the  years  ended  June 30,  1996 and  1995  included  in the
               Prospectus,  is  an  independent  public  accountant  within  the
               meaning  of the  Code  of  Professional  Ethics  of the  American
               Institute of  Certified  Public  Accountants  and Title 12 of the
               Code of Federal Regulations, Section 571.2(c)(3).

                      (xx) For the past five  years,  the  Company  and the Bank
               have  timely  filed  all  required  federal,  state and local tax
               returns, and no deficiency has been asserted with respect to such
               returns by any taxing  authorities,  and the Company and the Bank
               have paid all  taxes  that have  become  due and,  to the best of
               their knowledge,  have made adequate  reserves for similar future
               tax  liabilities,  except where any failure to make such filings,
               payments and  reserves,  or the  assertion of such a  deficiency,
               would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

                      (xxi) All of the loans  represented  as assets of the Bank
               on the most recent  financial  statements of the Bank included in
               the  Prospectus  meet or are  exempt  from  all  requirements  of
               federal,  state or local law  pertaining to lending and interest,
               including,  without  limitation,  truth in lending (including the
               requirements of Regulation Z and 12 C.F.R. Part 226), real estate
               settlement procedures,  consumer


<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 9


               credit  protection,  equal credit  opportunity and all disclosure
               laws  applicable to such loans,  except for violations  which, if
               asserted, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

                      (xxii)  The  records  of  account   holders,   depositors,
               borrowers and other  members of the Bank  delivered to Trident by
               the Bank or its agent for use  during  the  Conversion  have been
               prepared or reviewed  by the Bank and, to the best  knowledge  of
               the Company and the Bank, are reliable and accurate.

                      (xxiii) None of the Company,  the Bank,  the Subsidiary or
               the employees of the Company, the Bank or the Subsidiary has made
               any payment of funds of the Company,  the Bank or the  Subsidiary
               prohibited  by law, and no funds of the Company,  the Bank or the
               Subsidiary  have  been  set  aside  to be used  for  any  payment
               prohibited by law.

                      (xxiv) To the best  knowledge of the Company and the Bank,
               the Company,  the Bank and the Subsidiary are in compliance  with
               all  laws,  rules  and  regulations  relating  to the  discharge,
               storage,  handling and disposal of hazardous or toxic substances,
               pollutants or contaminants and neither the Company,  the Bank nor
               the  Subsidiary  believes  that  the  Company,  the  Bank  or the
               Subsidiary  is  subject  to  liability  under  the  Comprehensive
               Environmental  Response,  Compensation and Liability Act of 1980,
               as amended,  or any similar law, except for violations  which, if
               asserted,  would not have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no
               actions,  suits,  regulatory  investigations or other proceedings
               pending  or, to the best  knowledge  of the  Company or the Bank,
               threatened  against  the  Company,  the  Bank  or the  Subsidiary
               relating to the  discharge,  storage,  handling  and  disposal of
               hazardous or toxic substances, pollutants or contaminants. To the
               best knowledge of the Company and the Bank, no disposal,  release
               or  discharge of hazardous  or toxic  substances,  pollutants  or
               contaminants,  including  petroleum and gas  products,  as any of
               such terms may be defined under federal,  state or local law, has
               been caused by the Company, the Bank or the Subsidiary or, to the
               best knowledge of the Company or the Bank, has occurred on, in or
               at any of the  facilities or properties of the Company,  the Bank
               or the  Subsidiary,  except such  disposal,  release or discharge
               which would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

                      (xxv) At the Closing  Date,  the Company and the Bank will
               have  completed  the  conditions  precedent  to,  and shall  have
               conducted the  Conversion in all material  respects in accordance
               with,  the Plan,  the  HOLA,  the OTS  Regulations  and all other
               applicable  laws,  regulations,  published  decisions and orders,
               including  all terms,  conditions,  requirements  and  provisions
               precedent to the Conversion imposed by the 


<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 10

               Office.

                      (xxvi) Ferguson & Company ("Ferguson"), which prepared the
               Conversion appraisal dated as of ______________,  1997, described
               in the Prospectus, is independent with respect to the Company and
               the Bank within the meaning of the OTS  Regulations,  is believed
               by the  Company  and the Bank to be  experienced  and  expert  in
               rendering corporate  appraisals of thrift  institutions,  and the
               Company and the Bank  believe  that  Ferguson  has  prepared  the
               pricing  information  set forth in the  Prospectus  in accordance
               with the requirements of the OTS Regulation.

                      (xxvii)  The  Company,  the Bank and the  Subsidiary  have
               obtained   all   licenses,   permits   and   other   governmental
               authorizations  currently  required  for  the  conduct  of  their
               respective  businesses  except  where the  failure to obtain such
               licenses, permits and governmental  authorizations would not have
               a Material  AdverseEffect;  all such licenses,  permits and other
               governmental authorizations are in full force and effect, and the
               Company,  the Bank and the Subsidiary are complying  therewith in
               all material respects.

               (b)   Trident represents and warrants to the Company and the Bank
         that:

                      (i)  Trident is  registered  as a  broker-dealer  with the
               Commission,  and is in good standing with the  Commission and the
               NASD.

                      (ii) Trident is validly  existing as a corporation in good
               standing  under the laws of its  jurisdiction  of  incorporation,
               with full  corporate  power and authority to provide the services
               to be furnished to the Company and the Bank hereunder.

                      (iii) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
               consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby have been
               duly and validly  authorized by all necessary  action on the part
               of  Trident,  and this  Agreement  is a legal,  valid and binding
               obligation of Trident,  enforceable in accordance  with its terms
               (except  as  the   enforceability   thereof  may  be  limited  by
               bankruptcy,  insolvency,  moratorium,  reorganization  or similar
               laws  relating to or  affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'
               rights  generally  or  the  rights  of  creditors  of  registered
               broker-dealers  the  accounts  of which may be  protected  by the
               Securities Investor  Protection  Corporation or by general equity
               principles,   regardless  of  whether  such   enforceability   is
               considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and except to the
               extent  that the  provisions  of  Sections  8 and 9 hereof may be
               unenforceable  as against  public  policy or  pursuant to Section
               23A).



<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 11

                      (iv) Each of Trident  and,  to  Trident's  knowledge,  its
               employees,  agents and  representatives  who shall perform any of
               the services required  hereunder to be performed by Trident shall
               be duly  authorized  and shall have all  licenses,  approvals and
               permits  necessary  to perform  such  services,  and Trident is a
               registered selling agent in the jurisdictions listed in Exhibit A
               hereto and will remain registered in such  jurisdictions in which
               the Company is relying on such  registration  for the sale of the
               Shares, until the Conversion is consummated or terminated.

                      (v)  The  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  by
               Trident,  the  fulfillment  of the terms set forth herein and the
               consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby shall not
               violate  or  conflict  with the  corporate  charter  or bylaws of
               Trident or violate,  conflict  with or constitute a breach of, or
               default  (or an event  which,  with  notice or lapse of time,  or
               both, would constitute a default) under, any material  agreement,
               indenture or other  instrument by which Trident is bound or under
               any  governmental  license  or permit or any law,  administrative
               regulation,  authorization,  approval  or order or court  decree,
               injunction  or order,  which breach,  default or violation  would
               have  Material  Adverse  Effect on the  condition  (financial  or
               otherwise),  operations business,  assets, earnings or properties
               of Trident.

                      (vi) Any funds  received  by  Trident to  purchase  Common
               Stock will be handled in  accordance  with Rule 15c2-4  under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").

                      (vii) There is not now pending or, to Trident's knowledge,
               threatened  against  Trident any action or proceeding  before the
               Commission,  the NASD,  any state  securities  commission  or any
               state or  federal  court  concerning  Trident's  activities  as a
               broker-dealer.

        3. Employment of Trident;  Sale and Delivery of the Shares. On the basis
of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms
and conditions  herein set forth, the Company and the Bank hereby employ Trident
as their agent to utilize its best  efforts in  assisting  the Company  with the
Company's  sale of the Shares in the  Subscription  Offering  and,  if any,  the
Community  Offering.  The employment of Trident  hereunder  shall  terminate (a)
forty-five (45) days after the Subscription  Offering closes, unless the Company
and the Bank,  with the  approval of the Office,  are  permitted  to extend such
period of time, or (b) upon consummation of the Conversion, whichever date shall
first occur.

        In the event the  Company is unable to sell a minimum of 212,500  Shares
(or such  lesser  amount as the Office  may  permit)  within  the period  herein
provided,  this Agreement  shall  terminate, 

<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 12

and the  Company  and the Bank shall  refund  promptly  to any  persons who have
subscribed  for any of the Shares,  the full amount  which it may have  received
from them, together with interest as provided in the Prospectus, and no party to
this Agreement shall have any obligation to the other party hereunder, except as
set forth below and in Sections 6, 8(a) and 9 hereof.  Appropriate  arrangements
for  placing  the funds  received  from  subscriptions  for  Shares  in  special
interest-bearing  accounts  with the Bank until all Shares are sold and paid for
were made prior to the commencement of the Offerings,  with provision for prompt
refund to the  purchasers as set forth above,  or for delivery to the Company if
the required number of Shares is sold.

        If all conditions  precedent to the  consummation  of the Conversion are
satisfied, including the sale of all Shares required by the Plan to be sold, the
Company  agrees to issue or have issued such Shares and to release for  delivery
certificates to subscribers  thereof for such Shares on the Closing Date against
payment to the Company by any means  authorized  pursuant to the Prospectus,  at
the  principal  office  of  the  Company  at  807  Middle  Street,   Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania  15212,  or at such other place as shall be agreed upon between the
parties  hereto.  The date  upon  which  Trident  is paid the  compensation  due
hereunder is herein called the "Closing Date."

        Trident  agrees  either (a) upon receipt of an executed  order form of a
subscriber  to forward  the  offering  price of the Common  Stock  ordered on or
before twelve noon on the next business day following receipt or execution of an
order form by Trident to the Bank for deposit in a segregated  account or (b) to
solicit  indications  of interest in which event (i) Trident  will  subsequently
contact any potential subscriber indicating interest to confirm the interest and
give   instructions   to  execute  and  return  an  order  form  or  to  receive
authorization to execute the order form on the subscriber's behalf, (ii) Trident
will mail  acknowledgments  of receipt of orders to each  subscriber  confirming
interest on the business day  following  such  confirmation,  (iii) Trident will
debit  accounts of such  subscribers  on the third  business day ("debit  date")
following receipt of the confirmation  referred to in (i), and (iv) Trident will
forward  completed order forms together with such funds to the Bank on or before
twelve noon on the next  business day  following the debit date for deposit in a
segregated  account.  Trident  acknowledges  that  if  the  procedure  in (b) is
adopted,  subscribers'  funds are not required to be in their accounts until the
debit date.

        In addition to the expenses specified in Section 6 hereof, Trident shall
receive for its services hereunder a management fee of $85,000.  Full payment of
such  amount  shall be made in  same-day  funds on the  Closing  Date or, if the
Conversion is not  completed  and is  terminated  for any reason full payment of
Trident's  out-of-pocket  expenses,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  travel,
communications  and postage and legal fees and expenses,  shall be reimbursed to
Trident  within ten (10)  business  days of receipt by the  Company of a written
request from Trident for  reimbursement  of its expenses.  Trident  acknowledges
receipt of $10,000 advance payment from the Bank which shall be credited against
the total  reimbursement due Trident hereunder.  The Company shall pay any stock
issue and  transfer  taxes which may be payable  with respect to the sale

<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 13

of the  Shares.  The  Company  and the Bank shall also pay all  expenses  of the
Conversion incurred by them or on their prior approval including but not limited
to their  attorneys' fees, NASD filing fees, and attorneys' fees relating to any
required state  securities  laws research and filings,  telephone  charges,  air
freight,  rental equipment,  supplies,  transfer agent charges, fees relating to
auditing  and  accounting  and costs of  printing  all  documents  necessary  in
connection with the Conversion.

        4. Offering.  Subject to the provisions of Section 7 hereof,  Trident is
assisting  the Company on a best efforts  basis in offering a minimum of 212,500
and a maximum of 287,500 Shares,  with the possibility of offering up to 330,600
Shares  (except as the Office may permit to be  decreased or  increased)  in the
Offerings.  The Shares are to be offered to the public at the price set forth on
the cover page of the Prospectus and the first page of this Agreement.

        5.   Further Agreements.  The Company and the Bank jointly and severally
covenant and agree that:

               (a) The Company shall deliver to Trident, from time to time, such
        number of copies of the  Prospectus as Trident  reasonably  may request.
        The  Company  authorizes  Trident  to use the  Prospectus  in any lawful
        manner in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

               (b) The Company will notify Trident  immediately  upon discovery,
        and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment
        to the Registration Statement becomes effective or any supplement to the
        Prospectus has been filed, (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any
        stop order relating to the  Registration  Statement or of the initiation
        or the threat of any proceedings for that purpose,  (iii) of the receipt
        of any notice with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the
        Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction,  (iv) of the receipt of
        any  comments  from  the  staff  of  the  Commission   relating  to  the
        Registration Statement and (v) of the issuance by the Office of any stop
        order  relating to the  Conversion or the use of the Prospectus or Proxy
        Statement  or the threat of any  proceedings  for that  purpose.  If the
        Commission enters a stop order relating to the Registration Statement at
        any time,  the Company will make every  reasonable  effort to obtain the
        lifting of such order at the earliest possible moment.

               (c) During the time when a prospectus is required to be delivered
        under the Act,  the  Company  will  comply so far as it is able with all
        requirements  imposed upon it by the Act, as now in effect and hereafter
        amended,  and by the Regulations,  as from time to time in force, so far
        as  necessary  to  permit  the  continuance  of  offers  and sales of or
        dealings in the Shares in accordance with the provisions  hereof and the
        Prospectus.  If during the period when the  Prospectus is required to be
        delivered in connection  with the offer and sale of the Shares any event
        relating to or  affecting  the  Company and the Bank,  taken as a whole,
        shall 

<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 14


        occur as a result of which it is  necessary,  in the  opinion of counsel
        for Trident, with the concurrence of counsel to the Company, to amend or
        supplement  the  Prospectus in order to make the Prospectus not false or
        misleading  in light  of the  circumstances  existing  at the time it is
        delivered  to a purchaser  of the Shares,  the Company  forthwith  shall
        prepare  and  furnish  to  Trident a  reasonable  number of copies of an
        amendment  or  amendments  or of a  supplement  or  supplements  to  the
        Prospectus (in form and substance  satisfactory  to counsel for Trident)
        which shall amend or  supplement  the  Prospectus so that, as amended or
        supplemented,  the Prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a
        material  fact or omit to state a material  fact  necessary  in order to
        make the statements therein,  in light of the circumstances  existing at
        the time the  Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser of the Shares,  not
        misleading. The Company will not file or use any amendment or supplement
        to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus of which Trident has not
        first been furnished a copy or to which Trident shall reasonably  object
        after  having  been  furnished  such  copy.  For  the  purposes  of this
        subsection the Company and the Bank shall furnish such  information with
        respect  to  themselves  as  Trident  from  time to time may  reasonably
        request.

               (d) The  Company  and the  Bank  have  taken  or  will  take  all
        reasonably  necessary  action as may be  required to qualify or register
        the Shares for offer and sale by the Company under the  securities  laws
        of such  jurisdictions  as Trident and either the Company or its counsel
        may  agree  upon;  provided,  however,  that the  Company  shall  not be
        obligated to qualify as a foreign  corporation  to do business under the
        laws  of  any  such  jurisdiction.   In  each  jurisdiction  where  such
        qualification  or registration  shall be effected,  the Company,  unless
        Trident  agrees  that  such  action is not  necessary  or  advisable  in
        connection with the distribution of the Shares, shall file and make such
        statements or reports as are, or reasonably may be, required by the laws
        of such jurisdiction.

               (e) Appropriate  entries will be made in the financial records of
        the Bank  sufficient to establish a liquidation  account for the benefit
        of eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders in
        accordance with the requirements of the Office.

               (f) The Company will file a registration statement for the Common
        Stock under Section  12(g) of the Exchange  Act,  prior to completion of
        the stock  offering  pursuant  to the Plan and shall  request  that such
        registration  statement be effective  upon or before  completion  of the
        Conversion.  The  Company  shall  maintain  the  effectiveness  of  such
        registration  for a minimum  period of three  years or for such  shorter
        period as may be required by applicable law.

               (g) The Company  will make  generally  available  to its security
        holders  as soon as  practicable,  but not later  than 90 days after the
        close of the period  covered  thereby,  an earnings  statement  (in form
        complying with the provisions of Rule 158 of the regulations 

<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 15

        promulgated under the Act) covering a twelve-month  period beginning not
        later than the first day of the Company's  fiscal quarter next following
        the  effective  date (as  defined in said Rule 158) of the  Registration
        Statement.

                 (h) For  a  period  of three  (3)  years  from the date of this
        Agreement  (unless the Common Stock shall have been  deregistered  under
        the  Exchange  Act),  the Company  will  furnish to Trident,  as soon as
        publicly  available  after the end of each  fiscal  year,  a copy of its
        annual  report to  shareholders  for such  year;  and the  Company  will
        furnish to Trident  (i) as soon as  publicly  available,  a copy of each
        report or  definitive  proxy  statement  of the  Company  filed with the
        Commission  under the Exchange Act or mailed to  shareholders,  and (ii)
        from time to time, such other public information  concerning the Company
        as Trident may reasonably request.

               (i) The Company  shall use the net proceeds  from the sale of the
        Shares consistently with the manner set forth in the Prospectus.

               (j) The Company shall not deliver the Shares until each and every
        condition set forth in Section 7 hereof has been satisfied,  unless such
        condition is waived in writing by Trident.

               (k) The Company shall advise  Trident,  if  necessary,  as to the
        allocation  of  deposits,  in the case of eligible  account  holders and
        supplemental  eligible  account  holders  (as  defined n the Plan),  and
        votes,  in the case of other members,  and of the Shares in the event of
        an oversubscription and shall, after consultation with Trident,  provide
        Trident  final   instructions   as  to  the  allocation  of  the  Shares
        ("Allocation  Instructions") in such event and such information shall be
        accurate  and  reliable.  Trident  shall  be  entitled  to  rely on such
        instructions  and shall have no  liability  in  respect of its  reliance
        thereon,  including without  limitation,  no liability for or related to
        any denial or grant of a subscription in whole or in part.

               (l) The Company  and the Bank will take such  actions and furnish
        such  information  as are  reasonably  requested by Trident in order for
        Trident to ensure compliance with the NASD's "Interpretation Relating to
        Free-Riding and Withholding."

               (m) If any Shares remain unsubscribed following completion of the
        Subscription  Offering and, if any, the Community Offering,  the Company
        (i) will promptly file with the Commission a post-effective amendment to
        the Registration  Statement  relating to the results of the Subscription
        Offering and, if any, the Community Offering, any additional information
        with  respect  to the  proposed  plan of  distribution  and any  revised
        pricing  information  or  (ii) if no such  post-effective 


<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 16

        amendment  is  required,  will file  with,  or mail for  filing  to, the
        Commission a prospectus or prospectus supplement containing  information
        relating to the results of the  Subscription  Offering  and, if any, the
        Community  Offering and pricing  information  pursuant to Rule 424(c) of
        the Regulations,  in either case in a form reasonably  acceptable to the
        Company and Trident.

             (n) The Company and the Bank will maintain appropriate arrangements
        for depositing all funds received from persons mailing subscriptions for
        or orders to purchase  Common  Stock in the  Subscription  Offering  and
        Community Offering on an interest bearing basis at the rate described in
        the Prospectus until the Closing Date and satisfaction of all conditions
        precedent to  consummation  of the  Conversion  or until refunds of such
        funds have been made to the persons  entitled thereto in accordance with
        the Plan and as described in the Prospectus.

               (o) The  Company  and the Bank will  conduct  the  Conversion  in
        accordance with the Plan, the OTS  Regulations and all other  applicable
        laws,   regulations,   decisions   and  orders,   including  all  terms,
        conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Conversion.

        6. Payment of Expenses.  Whether or not the  Conversion is  consummated,
the Company and the Bank shall pay or reimburse  Trident for (a) all filing fees
paid or incurred by Trident in  connection  with all filings  with the NASD with
respect to the Offerings and, (b) in addition,  if the Company is unable to sell
a minimum of 212,500  Shares or such  lesser  amount as the Office may permit or
the Conversion is otherwise terminated, the Company and the Bank shall reimburse
Trident for allocable  expenses  incurred by Trident relating to the offering of
the Shares as provided in Section 3 hereof; provided,  however, that neither the
Company nor the Bank shall pay or  reimburse  Trident  for any of the  foregoing
expenses  accrued  after  Trident shall have notified the Company or the Bank of
its election to terminate this Agreement  pursuant to Section 11 hereof or after
such time as the Company or the Bank shall have given notice in accordance  with
Section 12 hereof that Trident is in breach of this Agreement.

        7.  Conditions  of  Trident's  Obligations.  Except  as may be waived in
writing by  Trident,  the  obligations  of Trident as provided  herein  shall be
subject to the  accuracy of the  representations  and  warranties  contained  in
Section  2 hereof  as of the date  hereof  and as of the  Closing  Date,  to the
performance  by the Company and the Bank of their  obligations  hereunder and to
the following conditions:

               (a) At the Closing  Date,  Trident  shall  receive the  favorable
        opinions of Malizia,  Spidi,  Sloane & Fisch,  P.C., special counsel for
        the Company and the Bank, and Hirshberg,  Gustine & Straka,  counsel for
        the Company and the Bank, dated the Closing

<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 17


        Date,   addressed  to  Trident,   in  form  and   substance   reasonably
        satisfactory  to  counsel  for  Trident,  substantially  as set forth in
        Exhibits B and C, respectively, hereto.

               (b) At the  Closing  Date,  Trident  shall  receive the letter of
        Malizia,  Spidi,  Sloane & Fisch,  P.C., special counsel for the Company
        and the Bank, dated the Closing Date,  addressed to Trident, in form and
        substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for Trident,  substantially
        as set forth in Exhibit D hereto.

               (c) Counsel for Trident shall have been  furnished such documents
        as they  reasonably  may require  for the  purpose of  enabling  them to
        review or pass upon the matters required by Trident, and for the purpose
        of evidencing the accuracy,  completeness  or satisfaction of any of the
        representations,  warranties or conditions herein  contained,  including
        but not limited to, resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company
        and the Bank  regarding  the  authorization  of this  Agreement  and the
        transactions contemplated hereby.

               (d) Prior to and at the Closing Date, in the  reasonable  opinion
        of  Trident,  (i)  there  shall  have  been no  material  change  in the
        condition,  financial or otherwise, business or results of operations of
        the Company and the Bank, taken as a whole,  since the latest date as of
        which such condition is set forth in the Prospectus,  except as referred
        to therein;  (ii) there shall have been no  transaction  entered into by
        the Company or the Bank after the latest date as of which the  financial
        condition  of the  Company  or the Bank is set  forth in the  Prospectus
        other  than   transactions   referred   to  or   contemplated   therein,
        transactions in the ordinary course of business,  and transactions which
        are not  material to the Company and the Bank,  taken as a whole;  (iii)
        none of the Company or the Bank shall have  received  from the Office or
        Commission  any  direction  (oral or  written) to make any change in the
        method of conducting  their  respective  businesses which is material to
        the business of the Company and the Bank,  taken as a whole,  with which
        they have not complied; (iv) no action, suit or proceeding, at law or in
        equity or before or by any federal or state  commission,  board or other
        administrative  agency,  shall be  pending  or  threatened  against  the
        Company, the Bank or the Subsidiary or affecting any of their respective
        assets, wherein an unfavorable decision,  ruling or finding would have a
        Material Adverse Effect; and (v) the Shares shall have been qualified or
        registered  for  offering and sale by the Company  under the  securities
        laws of such  jurisdictions as Trident and the Company shall have agreed
        upon.

               (e) At the Closing Date,  Trident shall receive a certificate  of
        the principal executive,  financial and accounting officer(s) of each of
        the Company and the Bank,  dated the Closing  Date,  to the effect that:
        (i) they have examined the  Prospectus  and, at the time the  Prospectus
        became authorized by the Company for use, the Prospectus did not contain
        an untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
        necessary  in  order  to
<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 18

        make the statements  therein,  in light of the circumstances under which
        they were made, not misleading  with respect to the Company or the Bank;
        (ii) since the date the Prospectus  became authorized by the Company for
        use,  no event  has  occurred  which  should  have  been set forth in an
        amendment  or  supplement  to the  Prospectus  which has not been so set
        forth,  including  specifically,  but without  limitation,  any material
        change in the business, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of
        operations of the Company or the Bank and, the  conditions  set forth in
        clauses (i) through (v)  inclusive of  subsection  (d) of this Section 7
        have been  satisfied;  (iii) to the best knowledge of such officers,  no
        order has been  issued by the  Commission  or the Office to suspend  the
        Offerings or the effectiveness of the Prospectus, and no action for such
        purposes has been  instituted  or  threatened  by the  Commission or the
        Office;  (iv) to the best  knowledge  of such  officers,  no person  has
        sought to obtain review of the final actions of the Office approving the
        Plan; and (v) all of the  representations  and  warranties  contained in
        Section 2 of this  Agreement  are true and correct,  with the same force
        and effect as though expressly made on the Closing Date.

               (f) At the  Closing  Date,  Trident  shall  receive,  among other
        documents, (i) copies of the letters from the Office authorizing the use
        of the Prospectus and the Proxy  Statement,  (ii) a copy of the order of
        the Commission  declaring the Registration  Statement  effective;  (iii)
        copies of the letters from the Office evidencing the corporate existence
        of the Bank; (iv) a copy of the letter from the appropriate Pennsylvania
        authority evidencing the incorporation (and, if generally available from
        such  authority,  good  standing)  of the  Company;  (v) a  copy  of the
        Company's charter certified by the appropriate Pennsylvania governmental
        authority;  and, (vi) if available, a copy of the letter from the Office
        approving the Bank's Stock Charter.

               (g) As soon as available  after the Closing  Date,  Trident shall
        receive a copy of the Bank's  Certified  Stock  Charter  executed by the
        appropriate federal governmental authority.

               (h)  Concurrently  with the execution of this Agreement,  Trident
        shall have received a letter from Hinds, Lind, Miller & Co., independent
        certified public  accountants,  addressed to Trident and the Company, in
        substance and form satisfactory to counsel for Trident,  with respect to
        the financial statements and certain financial  information contained in
        the Prospectus.

               (i) At the Closing  Date,  Trident shall receive a letter in form
        and  substance  satisfactory  to counsel for Trident  from Hinds,  Lind,
        Miller  & Co.,  independent  certified  public  accountants,  dated  the
        Closing Date and  addressed to Trident and the Company,  confirming  the
        statements made by them in the letter  delivered by them pursuant to the
        preceding  subsection as of a specified date not more than five (5) days
        prior to the Closing


<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 19

        Date.

        All such  opinions,  certificates,  letters  and  documents  shall be in
        compliance  with  the  provisions  hereof  only  if  they  are,  in  the
        reasonable  opinion of Trident and its counsel,  satisfactory to Trident
        and its counsel.  Any  certificates  signed by an officer or director of
        the Company or the Bank prepared for Trident's reliance and delivered to
        Trident or to counsel for Trident shall be deemed a  representation  and
        warranty  by the  Company  and the Bank to Trident as to the  statements
        made therein. If any condition to Trident's  obligations hereunder to be
        fulfilled  prior to or at the Closing Date is not so fulfilled,  Trident
        may terminate this Agreement or, if Trident so elects, Trident may waive
        in writing any such  conditions  which have not been  fulfilled,  or may
        extend  the  time of  their  fulfillment.  If  Trident  terminates  this
        Agreement as aforesaid, the Company and the Bank shall reimburse Trident
        for its expenses as provided in Section 3 hereof.

        8.     Indemnification.

               (a) The  Company  and the Bank  jointly  and  severally  agree to
        indemnify  and  hold  harmless  Trident,  its  officers,  directors  and
        employees  and each  person,  if any, who  controls  Trident  within the
        meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section  20(a) of the Exchange  Act,
        against  any  and  all  loss,  liability,   claim,  damage  and  expense
        whatsoever  and shall further  promptly  reimburse  such persons for any
        legal or other  expenses  reasonably  incurred by each or any of them in
        investigating, preparing to defend or defending against any such action,
        proceeding or claim (whether commenced or threatened)  arising out of or
        based upon (A) any  misrepresentation by the Company or the Bank in this
        Agreement  or any  breach of  warranty  by the  Company or the Bank with
        respect to this  Agreement or arising out of or based upon any untrue or
        alleged  untrue  statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged
        omission of a material  fact  required to be stated or necessary to make
        not  misleading  any  statements   contained  in  (i)  the  Registration
        Statement or the Prospectus or (ii) any application  (including the Form
        AC and the Form  H-(e)1-S) or other document or  communication  (in this
        Section 8 collectively called "Application")  prepared or executed by or
        on behalf of the Company or the Bank or based upon  written  information
        furnished  by or on behalf of the  Company  or the Bank,  whether or not
        filed in any  jurisdiction,  to effect the  Conversion  or  qualify  the
        Shares  under the  securities  laws  thereof or filed with the Office or
        Commission,  unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon
        and in conformity with written  information  furnished to the Company or
        the Bank with  respect to  Trident by or on behalf of Trident  expressly
        for use in the  Prospectus or any amendment or supplement  thereof or in
        any Application, as the case may be, or (B) the participation by Trident
        in the Conversion.  This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability
        the Company and the Bank may have to Trident otherwise.



<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 20

               (b) The Company shall indemnify and hold Trident harmless for any
        liability  whatsoever arising out of (i) the Allocation  Instructions or
        (ii) any records of account  holders,  depositors,  borrowers  and other
        members of the Bank  delivered  to Trident by the Bank or its agents for
        use during the Conversion.

               (c) Trident agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and
        the Bank,  their officers,  directors and employees and each person,  if
        any,  who controls the Company or the Bank within the meaning of Section
        15 of the Act or Section  20(a) of the Exchange  Act, to the same extent
        as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Bank to Trident, but
        only with respect to (A)  statements or  omissions,  if any, made in the
        Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereof, in any Application or
        to a purchaser of the Shares in reliance upon,  and in conformity  with,
        written information furnished to the Company or the Bank with respect to
        Trident by or on behalf of Trident  expressly for use in the  Prospectus
        or in any Application;  (B) any  misrepresentation by Trident in Section
        2(b) of this Agreement;  or (C) any liability of the Company or the Bank
        which is found in a final judgment by a court of competent  jurisdiction
        (not  subject  to  further  appeal)  to have  principally  and  directly
        resulted from gross negligence or willful misconduct of Trident.

               (d) Promptly  after  receipt by an  indemnified  party under this
        Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action,  such indemnified
        party  will,  if a claim in respect  thereof is to be made  against  the
        indemnifying  party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying  party
        of  the  commencement  thereof;  but  the  omission  so  to  notify  the
        indemnifying  party will not relieve it from any liability  which it may
        have to any  indemnified  party  otherwise than under this Section 8. In
        case any such action is brought  against any indemnified  party,  and it
        notifies  the  indemnifying  party  of  the  commencement  thereof,  the
        indemnifying  party will be entitled to participate  therein and, to the
        extent  that it may  wish,  jointly  with any other  indemnifying  party
        similarly  notified,   to  assume  the  defense  thereof,  with  counsel
        satisfactory  to such  indemnified  party,  and  after  notice  from the
        indemnifying  party  to such  indemnified  party of its  election  so to
        assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to
        such  indemnified  party  under  this  Section  8 for any legal or other
        expenses  subsequently  incurred by such indemnified party in connection
        with the defense thereof other than the reasonable cost of investigation
        except as otherwise provided herein. In the event the indemnifying party
        elects to assume  the  defense of any such  action  and  retain  counsel
        acceptable to the indemnified  party,  the indemnified  party may retain
        additional counsel, but shall bear the fees and expenses of such counsel
        unless (i) the indemnifying party shall have specifically authorized the
        indemnified  party to retain  such  counsel or (ii) the  parties to such
        suit include such indemnifying party and the indemnified party, and such
        indemnified  party shall have been  advised by counsel  that one or more
        material legal defenses may be available to the indemnified  party which
        may not be  available  to the  indemnifying  party,  in  which  case the
        indemnifying  party  shall not be entitled to assume the

<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 21

        defense of such suit notwithstanding the indemnifying party's obligation
        to bear the fees and expenses of such  counsel.  An  indemnifying  party
        against whom indemnity may be sought shall not be liable to indemnify an
        indemnified  party under this  Section 8 if any  settlement  of any such
        action is effected without such  indemnifying  party's  consent.  To the
        extent  required by law, this Section 8 is subject to and limited by the
        provisions of Section 23A.

        9. Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution
in  circumstances  in which the  indemnity  agreement  provided for in Section 8
above is for any reason held to be  unavailable  to Trident,  the Company and/or
the Bank other than in  accordance  with its terms,  the Company or the Bank and
Trident shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities,  claims, damages,
and expenses of the nature  contemplated by said indemnity agreement incurred by
the Company or the Bank and Trident (i) in such  proportion as is appropriate to
reflect the  relative  benefits  received by the Company and the Bank on the one
hand and  Trident  on the other from the  offering  of the Shares or (ii) if the
allocation  provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable  law, in
such  proportion  as is  appropriate  to reflect not only the relative  benefits
referred to in clause (i) above,  but also the relative  fault of the Company or
the Bank on the one hand and  Trident on the other hand in  connection  with the
statements  or  omissions  which  resulted  in  such  losses,  claims,  damages,
liabilities   or   judgments,   as  well  as  any   other   relevant   equitable
considerations.  The relative  benefits  received by the Company and the Bank on
the one  hand  and  Trident  on the  other  shall  be  deemed  to be in the same
proportions  as the total  net  proceeds  from the  Conversion  received  by the
Company and the Bank bear to the total  compensation  received by Trident  under
this  Agreement.  The relative  fault of the Company or the Bank on the one hand
and  Trident on the other  shall be  determined  by  reference  to,  among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged  omission to state a material  fact  relates to  information
supplied  by the  Company or the Bank or by Trident  and the  parties'  relative
intent,  knowledge,  access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such statement or omission.

        The Company and the Bank and Trident agree that it would not be just and
equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata
allocation or by any other method of  allocation  which does not take account of
the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.
The amount  paid or payable by an  indemnified  party as a result of the losses,
claims,  damages,  liabilities  or  judgments  referred  to in  the  immediately
preceding  paragraph shall be deemed to include,  subject to the limitations set
forth above, any legal or other expenses  reasonably incurred by the indemnified
party in connection  with  investigating  or defending any such action or claim.
Notwithstanding  the provisions of this Section 9, Trident shall not be required
to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the compensation  owed
Trident  pursuant to this  Agreement  exceeds  the amount of any  damages  which
Trident has  otherwise  been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation  (within  the  meaning of  Section  11(f) of


<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 22


the Act) shall be entitled to contribution  from any person who is not guilty of
such fraudulent misrepresentation. To the extent required by law, this Section 8
is subject to and limited by the provisions of Section 23A.

        10.  Survival  of  Agreements,   Representations  and  Indemnities.  The
respective  indemnities  of the  Company  and  the  Bank  and  Trident  and  the
representation  and  warranties  of the  Company and the Bank and of Trident set
forth in or made  pursuant  to this  Agreement  shall  remain in full  force and
effect,  regardless of any  termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any
investigation  made by or on behalf of Trident or the Company or the Bank or any
controlling person or indemnified
party  referred to in Section 8 hereof,  and shall  survive any  termination  or
consummation of this Agreement and/or the issuance of the Shares,  and any legal
representative  of  Trident,  the  Company,  the Bank  and any such  controlling
persons  shall  be  entitled  to  the  benefit  of  the  respective  agreements,
indemnities, warranties and representations.

        11.  Termination.  Trident may terminate this Agreement  by  giving  the
notice indicated below in this Section at any time after this Agreement  becomes
effective as follows:

               (a) If any domestic or  international  event or act or occurrence
        has materially disrupted the United States securities markets such as to
        make it, in Trident's reasonable opinion,  impracticable to proceed with
        the offering of the Shares; or if trading on the New York Stock Exchange
        shall have suspended; or if the United States shall have become involved
        in a war or major  hostilities;  or if a general banking  moratorium has
        been declared by a state or federal  authority which has material effect
        on the Bank or the  Conversion;  or if a moratorium in foreign  exchange
        trading by major international banks or persons has been declared; or if
        there shall have been a material change in the capitalization, condition
        or business of the Company,  the Bank or the Subsidiary,  or if the Bank
        shall have  sustained a material  or  substantial  loss by fire,  flood,
        accident,  hurricane,  earthquake,  theft, sabotage or other calamity or
        malicious act,  whether or not said loss shall have been insured;  or if
        there  shall have been a material  adverse  change in the  condition  or
        prospects of the Company, the Bank or the Subsidiary.

               (b) If Trident  elects to terminate this Agreement as provided in
        this  Section,  the Company  and the Bank shall be notified  promptly by
        Trident by telephone or telegram, confirmed by letter.

               (c) If this  Agreement  is  terminated  by Trident for any of the
        reasons  set  forth  in  subsection  (a)  above,   and  to  fulfill  its
        obligations,  if any,  pursuant  to  Sections  3, 6,  8(a) and 9 of this
        Agreement  and upon  demand,  the Company and the Bank shall pay Trident
        the full amount so owing thereunder.



<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 23

               (d) The Bank may terminate the Conversion in accordance  with the
        terms of the Plan. Such  termination  shall be without  liability to any
        party, except that the Company and the Bank shall be required to fulfill
        their  obligations  pursuant  to  Sections  3,  6,  8(a)  and 9 of  this
        Agreement.

        12. Notices.  All communications  hereunder,  except as herein otherwise
specifically  provided,  shall be in  writing  and if sent to  Trident  shall be
mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to Trident Securities, Inc., 4601
Six Forks Road, Suite 400, Raleigh, North Carolina 27609, Attention:  Timothy E.
Lavelle (with a copy to Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P., P.
O. Box 26000, Greensboro,  NC 27402, Attention:  Randall A. Underwood,  Esquire)
and  if  sent  to the  Company  or the  Bank,  shall  be  mailed,  delivered  or
telegraphed and confirmed to WSB Holding  Company and Workingmens  Savings Bank,
FSB (or  Workingmens  Bank,  as  applicable),  807  Middle  Street,  Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania 15212, Attention:  Mr. Robert Neudorfer,  President (with a copy to
Malizia,  Spidi,  Sloane & Fisch,  P.C.,  1301 K Street,  N.W.,  Suite 700 East,
Washington, D.C. 20005, Attention: Samuel J. Malizia, Esquire).

        13.  Parties.  This Agreement  shall inure solely to the benefit of, and
shall be binding upon,  Trident,  the Company,  the Bank and the controlling and
other persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and their respective  successors,
legal  representatives  and  assigns,  and no  other  person  shall  have  or be
construed  to have any legal or  equitable  right,  remedy or claim  under or in
respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.

        14.  Construction.  Unless  governed by  preemptive  federal  law,  this
Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive
laws of North Carolina.

        15.   Counterparts.   This   Agreement   may  be  executed  in  separate
counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original,
but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

        Please  acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing below and
returning to the Company one copy of this letter.

WSB HOLDING COMPANY                 WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, FSB


By:                                 By:
        -------------------------      -------------------------
        Robert Neudorfer               Robert Neudorfer
        President and Chief            President and Chief
         Executive Officer              Executive Officer


Date:                , 1997         Date:                 , 1997
      ---------------                     ---------------


<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
Sales Agency Agreement
Page 24




Agreed to and accepted:

TRIDENT SECURITIES, INC.


By:
    ----------------------------

Date:                 , 1997
       ---------------




<PAGE>

                                    Exhibit A


Trident  Securities,  Inc. is a registered  selling  agent in the  jurisdictions
listed below:

        Alabama                     Missouri
        Arizona                     Nebraska
        Arkansas                    Nevada
        California                  New Hampshire
        Colorado                    New Jersey
        Connecticut                 New Mexico
        Delaware                    New York
        District of Columbia        North Carolina
        Florida                     North Dakota
                                      Trident Securities, Inc. only, no agents)
        Georgia                     Ohio
        Idaho                       Oklahoma
        Illinois                    Oregon
        Indiana                     Pennsylvania
        Iowa                        Rhode Island
        Kansas                      South Carolina
        Kentucky                    Tennessee
        Louisiana                   Texas
        Maine                       Vermont
        Maryland                    Virginia
        Massachusetts               Washington
        Michigan                    Tennessee
        Minnesota                   Wisconsin
        Mississippi                 Wyoming
                             
Trident Securities,  Inc. is not a registered selling agent in the jurisdictions
listed below:

        Alaska
        Hawaii
        Montana
        South Dakota
        Utah


<PAGE>



                                    Exhibit B








               , 1997
- ---------------


Trident Securities, Inc.
4601 Six Forks Road
Suite 400
Raleigh, North Carolina  27609

        Re:    Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
               WSB Holding Company

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        We are rendering this opinion to Trident Securities,  Inc. ("Trident" or
"you") as special counsel for Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB (the "Bank") and WSB
Holding  Company (the  "Company"),  pursuant to Section 7(a) of the Sales Agency
Agreement dated  _______________ (the "Agency Agreement") by and among the Bank,
the  Company  and you,  as agent for the sale of up to 330,600  shares of common
stock,  par value $0.10 per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock") issued in
connection  with the  conversion of the Bank from a federally  chartered  mutual
savings  bank to a  federally  chartered  capital  stock  savings  bank  and the
simultaneous  issuance  of  all of  the  issued  and  outstanding  stock  of the
converted  Bank to the Company in accordance  with the Bank's Plan of Conversion
(the "Plan"). The sale of the Common Stock by the Company, the conversion of the
Bank from a federally  chartered  mutual  savings bank to a federally  chartered
capital stock savings bank and the issuance of the  outstanding  common stock of
the converted Bank to the Company are  hereinafter  collectively  referred to as
the  "Conversion."  All  references  in this  opinion to  instruments  and other
defined  terms  shall  mean the  instruments  and other  terms as defined in the
Agency Agreement,  except to the extent they are otherwise defined herein or the
context otherwise requires.

        As special  counsel for the Bank and the Company,  we have reviewed such
corporate records, certificates, and other documents, and such questions of law,
as we have considered necessary or appropriate for the purpose of rendering this
opinion.  In the course of our review,  we have assumed the  genuineness  of all
signatures  on original  documents,  and the due  execution  and delivery of all
documents  requiring due execution and delivery for the  effectiveness  thereof,
except the execution and delivery of the Agency Agreement by the Company and the
Bank as to which we have relied upon representations of officers of the Bank and
the Company.  With  respect to  questions  of good  

<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
____________, 1997
Page 2


standing of the Bank and the  Company,  we have relied  solely upon the official
letters of appropriate  governmental authorities and representations of officers
of the Bank and the Company.

        As to questions of fact material to the opinions hereinafter  expressed,
we have relied upon the  representations  and  warranties of the Company and the
Bank made in the Agency Agreement and the certificates of officers  delivered at
the closing.  We have made no examination or investigation for purposes of these
opinions to verify the accuracy or  completeness  of any financial,  accounting,
pro forma,  valuation, or statistical information or information with respect to
Trident set forth in the  Registration  Statement,  the  Prospectus,  the Agency
Agreement,  or any of the documents referred to herein or otherwise furnished to
Trident or with respect to any other accounting or financial matters and express
no opinion  with respect  thereto.  We have also assumed for the purposes of the
opinions  expressed  herein  that the Agency  Agreement  is a valid and  binding
obligation of Trident.

        Anything to the contrary, expressly stated or implied,  notwithstanding,
each of the opinions  hereinafter  expressed is subject to the following further
qualifications whether or not such opinions refer to such qualifications:

        (1)  We  offer  no  opinion  and  do  not  purport  to  opine  as to the
enforceability  of  provisions  contained  in  any  documents  relating  to  the
Conversion or contemplated by the Agency  Agreement or documents as to which the
Bank  or  the  Company  is  a  party  (a)  relating  to  disclaimers,  liability
limitations  with  respect  to third  parties,  releases  of legal or  equitable
rights,  or  discharges  of  defenses  and  remedies,  (b)  fixing the amount of
liquidated damages,  (c) requiring the payment of interest on interest,  and (d)
relating to the payment of attorney's fees.

        (2) Our opinions below are limited to the matters expressly set forth in
this  opinion  letter,  and no opinion is to be implied or  inferred  beyond the
matters stated. Without limiting the foregoing,  we express no opinion as to the
anti-fraud provisions of federal and state securities laws.

        (3) We have made no  independent  investigation  for  purposes  of these
opinions as to the accuracy or  completeness  of any  representation,  warranty,
date,  or other  information,  written or oral,  made or furnished in connection
with the Agency Agreement, and we have relied on the certificates of officers of
the  Company  and the Bank that none of such  information  contains  any  untrue
statement  of a material  fact or omits a material  fact  necessary  to make the
statements made not misleading.

        (4)  We  are  not  required  to be  licensed  to  practice  law  in  any
jurisdiction other than the District of Columbia.  The opinions expressed herein
are limited solely to the federal  banking and securities  laws and  regulations
and  Pennsylvania  corporate  law  applicable  to the Agency  Agreement  and the
transactions  contemplated thereby, and we do not opine on any other federal law
or the laws of any other applicable jurisdiction.



<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
____________, 1997
Page 3

        (5) We have acted as special  counsel in connection with the application
of federal securities and banking law and regulations and Pennsylvania corporate
law  applicable to the Agency  Agreement and the Conversion  and,  consequently,
there may exist  matters of a legal nature  concerning  the  Company,  the Bank,
Workingmens Service Corporation,  a Pennsylvania corporation (the "Subsidiary"),
or affiliated  parties in connection  with which we have not been  consulted and
have not represented the Company, the Bank, or the Subsidiary.

        (6) Except as set forth in Sections  (iv),  (v), (xi) and (xiv),  below,
this opinion  should in no way be construed as an opinion as to the  materiality
of the contents of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or the Conversion
Application.

        (7) Except as otherwise expressly stated, this opinion shall be governed
and  interpreted in accordance with the Legal Opinion Accord of the American Bar
Association Section of Business Law (1991).

        Based upon and subject to the  foregoing  and in reliance  thereon,  and
subject to the assumptions,  exceptions and  qualifications set forth herein, it
is our opinion that:

               (i)  the  Company  has  been  duly  incorporated  and is  validly
        existing as a corporation  under the laws of the State of  Pennsylvania,
        and the Bank is validly  existing as a savings bank in mutual form under
        the laws of the  United  States,  each  with  full  corporate  power and
        authority  to own  its  properties  and  conduct  its  business  as such
        properties and business are described in the Prospectus;

               (ii)  the Bank is a  member  of the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank of
        Pittsburgh, and the deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the SAIF
        up to the applicable legal limits;

               (iii) to our actual  knowledge,  the  activities  of the Bank, as
        such  activities are described in the  Prospectus,  are permitted  under
        federal and Pennsylvania law to subsidiaries of a Pennsylvania  business
        corporation,  and to our  actual  knowledge  the Bank  does not have any
        subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary;

               (iv) the Plan  complies  with,  and to our actual  knowledge  the
        Conversion  has been  effected in all  material  respects in  accordance
        with, the HOLA and the OTS regulations;  to our actual knowledge, all of
        the terms,  conditions,  requirements and provisions with respect to the
        Plan and the  Conversion  imposed by the Office,  except with respect to
        the filing or submission of certain required  post-Conversion reports or
        other  materials by the Company or the Bank,  have been complied with by
        the Company and the Bank;  and, to our actual  knowledge,  no person has
        sought to obtain  regulatory  or judicial  review of the final action of
        the Office in approving the Plan;



<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
____________, 1997
Page 4


               (v) the Company has  authorized  Common Stock as set forth in the
        Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,  and the description of such
        Common  Stock  in the  Registration  Statement  and  the  Prospectus  is
        accurate in all material respects;

               (vi) the  issuance  and sale of the  Shares  have  been  duly and
        validly authorized by all necessary  corporate action on the part of the
        Company;  the Shares, upon receipt of payment and issuance in accordance
        with the terms of the Plan and the  Agreement,  will be validly  issued,
        fully paid,  nonassessable and free of preemptive rights, and purchasers
        of the Shares from the Company,  upon issuance  thereof  against payment
        therefor,  will  acquire  such  Shares  free and  clear  of all  claims,
        encumbrances, security interests and liens created by the Company;

               (vii) the form of  certificate  used to evidence the Shares is in
        proper  form and  complies  in all  material  respects  with  applicable
        Tennessee law;

               (viii) the issuance and sale of the capital  stock of the Bank to
        the Company have been duly authorized by all necessary  corporate action
        of the Bank  and the  Company  and have  received  the  approval  of the
        Office,  and such capital stock, upon receipt of payment and issuance in
        accordance  with the terms of the Plan,  will be validly  issued,  fully
        paid and nonassessable and owned of record and, to our actual knowledge,
        beneficially by the Company;

               (ix)  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  conditions  of the
        Office's  approval of the Conversion  Application,  no further approval,
        authorization,  consent or other order of any federal governmental board
        or body is required in connection with the execution and delivery of the
        Agency  Agreement and the  consummation of the  Conversion,  except with
        respect to the  issuance to the Bank of the Stock  Charter by the Office
        and as may be required under the  securities  laws of various states and
        except  for the  approval  by the NASD of the  compensation  payable  to
        Trident under the rules and regulations of the NASD;

               (x)  the   execution  and  delivery  of  the  Agreement  and  the
        consummation of the Conversion have been duly and validly  authorized by
        all  necessary  corporate  action on the part of each of the Company and
        the Bank;

               (xi)  the  statements  in  the  Prospectus  and  incorporated  by
        reference  in the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions  "Regulation,"
        "Taxation,"  "Dividends,"  "Certain  Restrictions  on Acquisition of the
        Holding  Company," and  "Description  of Capital Stock," insofar as they
        are,  or refer to,  statements  of law or legal  conclusions  (excluding
        financial data included  therein,  as to which no opinion is expressed),
        have been prepared or reviewed by us and are
        correct in all material respects;


<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
____________, 1997
Page 5


               (xii) the Conversion Application has been approved by the Office,
        and the Prospectus and the Proxy  Statement have been authorized for use
        by  the  Office;  the  Registration  Statement  and  any  post-effective
        amendment thereto has been declared effective by the Commission;  and to
        our  actual  knowledge,  no  proceedings  are  pending  by or before the
        Commission  or the  Office  seeking  to revoke  or  rescind  the  orders
        declaring  the  Registration   Statement   effective  or  approving  the
        Conversion Application or, to our actual knowledge,  are contemplated or
        threatened;

               (xiii)  the  execution  and  delivery  of the  Agreement  and the
        consummation  of the  Conversion  by the  Company  and  the  Bank do not
        conflict  with or  result in a breach  of the  charter  or bylaws of the
        Company or the Bank (in either mutual or stock form); and

               (xiv) the Conversion Application, the Registration Statement, the
        Prospectus and the Proxy Statement,  in each case as amended,  comply as
        to form in all material  respects with the  requirements of the Act, the
        HOLA, the SEC  Regulations and the OTS  Regulations,  as the case may be
        (except as to information  with respect to Trident  included therein and
        financial statements,  notes to financial  statements,  financial tables
        and other financial and statistical data,  included therein, as to which
        no opinion is  expressed);  to our actual  knowledge,  all documents and
        exhibits  required to be filed with the Conversion  Application  and the
        Registration  Statement have been so filed and the  descriptions  in the
        Conversion Application and the Registration Statement of these documents
        and exhibits are accurate in all material respects.

        This opinion is being  rendered  solely for the benefit of the addressee
hereof and may not be relied upon by, nor may copies be delivered  to, any other
person without our prior written  consent.  The opinion may be delivered to your
counsel. This opinion is given as of the date hereof and we assume no obligation
to advise you of changes that may hereafter be brought to our attention.

                                Very truly yours,




                                Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.


<PAGE>






                                    Exhibit C









                    , 1997
- --------------------


Trident Securities, Inc.
4601 Six Forks Road
Suite 400
Raleigh, North Carolina  27609

        Re:    Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
               WSB Holding Company

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        We are rendering this opinion to Trident Securities,  Inc. ("Trident" or
"you") as general counsel to Workingmens  Savings Bank, FSB (the "Bank") and WSB
Holding Company (the "Company") at the time of the conversion of the Bank from a
federally  chartered mutual savings bank to a federally  chartered capital stock
savings bank,  the  simultaneous  issuance of all of the issued and  outstanding
stock of the  converted  Bank to the  Company  and the sale and  issuance by the
Company of up to 330,600  shares of its Common Stock,  par value $0.10 per share
(collectively,   the  "Conversion")  in  accordance  with  the  Bank's  Plan  of
Conversion adopted on May 19, 1997 as amended (the "Plan"). Except to the extent
they are  otherwise  defined  herein  or the  context  otherwise  requires,  all
references in this opinion to instruments and other defined terms shall mean the
instruments  and other  terms as defined  in the Sales  Agency  Agreement  dated
_____________, 1997 (the "Agency Agreement") by and among the Bank, the Company,
and Trident.  Our  representation  was limited solely to matters of Pennsylvania
law and this  opinion is delivered to you pursuant to Section 7(a) of the Agency
Agreement.

        As general counsel to the Company and the Bank, with respect to the Bank
and the Company,  we have examined such  corporate  records,  certificates,  and
other documents,  and such questions of law, as we have considered  necessary or
appropriate  for the purpose of  rendering  this  opinion.  In the course of our
examination,  we have  assumed the  genuineness  of all  signatures  on original
documents,  and the due execution  and delivery of all  documents  requiring due
execution and


<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
__________, 1997
Page 2


delivery for the  effectiveness  thereof.  As to matters of fact  relating to my
opinion,  we have relied on certificates  and written  statements of officers of
the Bank and the Company.

        Based upon and subject to the  foregoing  and in reliance  thereon,  and
subject to the assumptions,  exceptions, and qualifications set forth herein, it
is my opinion that:

        (i) to our actual knowledge, the Bank has obtained all licenses, permits
and other governmental  authorizations currently required for the conduct of its
business as such  business is described in the  Prospectus,  all such  licenses,
permits and other governmental  authorizations are in full force and effect, and
the Bank is in all  material  respects  complying  therewith,  except  where the
failure to obtain and hold such licenses, permits or governmental authorizations
or the failure to so comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

        (ii) there are no material legal or governmental proceedings pending or,
to our  actual  knowledge,  threatened  against or  involving  the assets of the
Company  or the Bank  (provided  that  for this  purpose  we do not  regard  any
litigation or  governmental  procedure to be  "threatened"  unless the potential
litigant or government authority has manifested to the management of the Company
or the Bank,  or to us, a present  intention  to  initiate  such  litigation  or
proceeding);

        (iii) to our actual knowledge,  the execution and delivery of the Agency
Agreement and the  consummation of the Conversion by the Company and the Bank do
not constitute a material  breach of or default (or an event which,  with notice
or lapse of time or both,  would  constitute a default) under,  give rise to any
right of termination,  cancellation  or acceleration  contained in, or result in
the creation or imposition of any lien,  charge or other encumbrance upon any of
the  properties  or assets of the  Company  or the Bank  pursuant  to any of the
terms, provisions or conditions of, any material agreement, contract, indenture,
bond, debenture, note, instrument or obligation to which the Company or the Bank
is a party or violate  any  governmental  license  or permit or any  enforceable
published  law,  administrative  regulation  or  order  or  court  order,  writ,
injunction or decree (subject to the satisfaction of certain  conditions imposed
by the Office in connection  with its approval of the  Conversion  Application),
which breach,  default,  encumbrance or violation would have a Material  Adverse
Effect;

        (iv) to our actual  knowledge,  there has been no material breach of any
provision of the Company's or the Bank's  charter or bylaws or breach or default
(or the  occurrence  of any event  which,  with notice or lapse of time or both,
would  constitute a default) under any  agreement,  contract,  indenture,  bond,
debenture,  note, instrument or obligation to which the Company or the Bank is a
party or by which any of them or any of their  respective  assets or  properties
may be bound,  or any  governmental  license or permit,  or a  violation  of any
enforceable published law,  administrative  regulation or order, or court order,
writ, injunction or decree which breach, default, encumbrance or violation would
have a Material Adverse Effect;


<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
__________, 1997
Page 3


        (v) the Agency  Agreement is a legal,  valid and binding  obligation  of
each of the  Company  and the Bank,  enforceable  in  accordance  with its terms
(except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,  insolvency,
moratorium,  reorganization,   receivership,  conservatorship  or  similar  laws
relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors'  rights  generally or the
rights of creditors of depository institutions whose accounts are insured by the
FDIC or savings and loan holding  companies  the accounts of whose  subsidiaries
are insured by the FDIC or by general equity  principles,  regardless of whether
such  enforceability  is  considered  in a  proceeding  in equity or at law, and
except to the extent  that the  provisions  of  Sections 8 and 9 thereof  may be
unenforceable as against public policy or pursuant to Section 23A of the Federal
Reserve Act, as to which no opinion is rendered);

        (vi) to our  actual  knowledge,  the  activities  of the  Bank,  as such
activities are described in the Prospectus, are permitted under Pennsylvania law
to subsidiaries of a Pennsylvania business corporation;

        (vii) each of the Company and the Bank has been duly qualified and is in
good standing to do business in Pennsylvania,  to our actual knowledge, the only
state in which the Company or the Bank is doing business; and

        (viii)  subject to the  satisfaction  of the  conditions of the Office's
approval of the  Conversion  Application,  no further  approval,  authorization,
consent  or  other  order  of any  governmental  board  or body is  required  in
connection  with the  execution  and  delivery of the Agency  Agreement  and the
consummation of the Conversion,  except with respect to the issuance to the Bank
of the Stock Charter by the Office and as may be required  under the  securities
laws  of  various  states  and  except  for  the  approval  by the  NASD  of the
compensation payable to Trident under the rules and regulations of the NASD.

        This opinion is being  rendered  solely for the benefit of the addressee
hereof and that of the addressee's and the Company's special counsel and may not
be relied upon by, nor may copies be delivered to, any other person  without our
prior written consent. We hereby consent to the delivery of this opinion to your
counsel named in the Agency  Agreement and to the Company's  special  counsel in
connection with the consummation of the Conversion.  This opinion is given as of
the date hereof and we assume no  obligation  to advise you of changes  that may
hereafter be brought to our attention.


                                       Very truly yours,


<PAGE>




                                    Exhibit D









               , 1997
- ---------------


Trident Securities, Inc.
4601 Six Forks Road
Suite 400
Raleigh, North Carolina  27609

        Re:    Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
               WSB Holding Company

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        We have acted as special counsel for WSB Holding Company (the "Company")
and  Workingmens   Savings  Bank,  FSB  (the  "Bank")  in  connection  with  the
preparation  and  filing  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended (the  "Securities
Act"), of the Company's Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (No. 333-______), as
amended,  and the Bank's  Application  for  Conversion  on Form AC, as  amended,
relating to the offering of the Company's common stock (the "Common Stock") in a
subscription  offering  in  connection  with the  conversion  of the Bank from a
federally  chartered mutual savings bank to a federally  chartered stock savings
bank (the  "Conversion")  and the  issuance of the Bank's  capital  stock to the
Company  pursuant to the Bank's plan of  conversion,  originally  adopted by the
Bank's  Board of  Directors on May 19, 1997.  Such  registration  statement,  as
amended, when it became effective is herein called the "Registration Statement,"
and  the  related   Prospectus  dated   ______________   is  herein  called  the
"Prospectus."  Such  application  for conversion,  as amended,  when it received
approval is herein called the "Conversion Application." This letter is furnished
pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Agency  Agreement  dated  ________________  (the
"Agency Agreement") among the Company,  the Bank, and Trident  Securities,  Inc.
("Trident" or "you").

        Because the primary  purpose of our  professional  engagement was not to
establish or confirm  factual matters or financial,  accounting,  or statistical
matters and because of the wholly or  partially  non-legal  character of many of
the  statements  contained  in  the  Conversion  Application,  the  Registration
Statement,  and the Prospectus,  for purposes of this letter, we are not passing
upon and do not assume any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or


<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
_____________, 1997
Page 2



fairness  of  the  statements  contained  in  the  Conversion  Application,  the
Registration  Statement, or the Prospectus and we make no representation that we
have  independently  verified the  accuracy,  completeness,  or fairness of such
statements.  Without  limiting the  foregoing,  for purposes of this letter,  we
assume no responsibility for, and have not independently verified, the accuracy,
completeness,  or fairness of the financial  statements  and schedules and other
financial and statistical data and stock valuation  information,  or information
regarding  you  included  in  the  Conversion   Application,   the  Registration
Statement,  and  the  Prospectus,  and we  have  not  examined  the  accounting,
financial,   or  statistical  records  from  which  such  financial  statements,
schedules,  and data are derived. We note that, although certain portions of the
Conversion  Application,   the  Registration   Statement,   and  the  Prospectus
(including financial  statements and schedules and stock valuation  information)
have been included  therein on the authority of "experts"  within the meaning of
the  Securities  Act, we are not such experts with respect to any portion of the
Conversion  Application  or  the  Registration   Statement,   including  without
limitation  such  financial  statements  or schedules or the other  financial or
statistical data included therein.

        However,  in the course of our acting as special  counsel to the Company
and the Bank in connection with its  preparation of the Conversion  Application,
the Registration Statement, and the Prospectus:

        (i) We  participated  in  conferences  with  certain  officers  of,  the
independent  public and internal  accountants for, and other  representatives of
the Company and the Bank, at which  conferences  the contents of the  Conversion
Application,  the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus and related matters
were discussed and,  while,  for purposes of this letter,  we have not confirmed
the accuracy or completeness of or otherwise verified the information  contained
in the Conversion Application, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and
do  not  assume  any  responsibility  for  such  information,  based  upon  such
conferences  and a review  of  documents  deemed  relevant  for the  purpose  of
rendering our opinion (relying as to factual matters on certificates of officers
and other factual representations by the Company and the Bank), nothing has come
to our attention that would lead us to believe that the Conversion  Application,
the  Registration  Statement,  the  Prospectus,  or any  amendment or supplement
thereto  (except as to information in respect of Trident  contained  therein and
except as to the financial statements, the notes thereto,  statements concerning
recent accounting pronouncements,  and other tabular, financial, statistical and
appraisal data included  therein as to which no view is made)  contained,  as of
the date of  approval  or  effectiveness,  as the case may be, or as of the date
hereof,  an untrue  statement of a material  fact or omitted to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,
in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.




<PAGE>


Trident Securities, Inc.
_____________, 1997
Page 3


        (ii)   Since   _________________,   we  have   not   participated   with
representatives  of the  Bank  or  Company,  representatives  of  the  Company's
accountants,  you or  representatives  of your  counsel  in any  conferences  or
telephone conversations during which the contents of the Conversion Application,
the  Registration  Statement,  or  the  Prospectus  were  discussed,  and  since
_________________,   we  have  not,  for  purposes  of  this  letter,  otherwise
undertaken  any  additional  procedures  for your benefit that were  intended or
likely to elicit information concerning the accuracy,  completeness, or fairness
of the statements made in the Conversion Application, the Registration Statement
or the Prospectus.

        We are  furnishing  this  letter to you  solely for your  benefit.  This
letter is not to be used,  circulated,  quoted, or otherwise referred to for any
other purpose, except that a copy may be provided to your counsel.


                                     Very truly yours,



                                     Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.













                                                  EXHIBIT 2
<PAGE>



                               PLAN OF CONVERSION




                                   Adopted on


                                  May 19, 1997


                            and Subsequently Amended


                          By the Board of Directors of


                          WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, FSB


                            Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                       Page


1.      Introduction................................................    1
2.      Definitions.................................................    2
3.      Procedure for Conversion....................................    5
4.      Holding Company Applications and Approvals..................    5
5.      Sale of Conversion Stock....................................    6
6.      Number of Shares and Purchase Price of
             Conversion Stock.......................................    6
7.      Purchase by the Holding Company of the Stock
             of the Institution.....................................    7
8.      Subscription Rights of Eligible Account
             Holders (First Priority)...............................    7
9.      Subscription Rights of Employee Plans (Second Priority).....    8
10.     Subscription Rights of Supplemental Eligible
             Account Holders (Third Priority).......................    8
11.     Subscription Rights of Other Members
             (Fourth Priority)......................................    9
12.     Community Offering..........................................    10
13.     Public Offering and Syndicated Public Offering..............    11
14.     Limitation on Purchases.....................................    12
15.     Payment for Conversion Stock................................    13
16.     Manner of Exercising Subscription Rights
             Through Order Forms....................................    14
17.     Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Forms or
             Insufficient Payment...................................    15
18.     Restrictions on Resale or Subsequent Disposition............    16
19.     Voting Rights of Stockholders...............................    16
20.     Establishment of Liquidation Account........................    16
21.     Transfer of Savings Accounts................................    17
22.     Restrictions on Acquisition of the Institution
             and Holding Company....................................    18
23.     Payment of Dividends and Repurchases of Stock...............    19
24.     Amendment of Plan...........................................    19
25.     Charter and Bylaws..........................................    19
26.     Consummation of Conversion..................................    19
27.     Registration and Marketing..................................    19
28.     Residents of Foreign Countries and Certain States...........    20
29.     Expenses of Conversion......................................    20
30.     Conditions to Conversion....................................    20
31.     Interpretation..............................................    20




<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                               PLAN OF CONVERSION

                                       FOR

                          WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, FSB
                            PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA


1.      INTRODUCTION

        This  Plan  of  Conversion  ("Plan")  provides  for  the  conversion  of
Workingmens  Savings  Bank,  FSB  ("INSTITUTION")  into a federal  capital stock
savings  institution,  to be known as "Workingmens Bank." The Board of Directors
of  the  INSTITUTION  currently  contemplates  that  all  of  the  stock  of the
INSTITUTION shall be held by another  corporation (the "Holding  Company").  The
purpose of this  conversion is to enable the INSTITUTION to be in the stock form
of  organization,  like  commercial  banks  and  most  other  corporations.  The
conversion will result in an increase in the INSTITUTION's  capital available to
support  growth and for expansion of its  facilities,  possible  diversification
into other  related  financial  services  activities  and  further  enhance  the
INSTITUTION's  ability to render  services to the public and compete  with other
financial  institutions.  The use of the  Holding  Company  would  also  provide
greater organizational  flexibility.  Shares of capital stock of the INSTITUTION
will be sold to the  Holding  Company  and the  Holding  Company  will offer the
Conversion  Stock upon the terms and  conditions  set forth  herein to  Eligible
Account Holders,  the tax-qualified  employee stock benefit plans (the "Employee
Plans")  established  by the  INSTITUTION or the Holding  Company,  which may be
funded by the Holding Company,  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Other
Members  in the  respective  priorities  set forth in this  Plan.  Any shares of
Conversion  Stock not subscribed for by the foregoing  classes of persons may be
offered  for sale to  certain  members  of the  public  either  directly  by the
INSTITUTION and the Holding  Company  through a Community  Offering or through a
Public Offering or Syndicated Public Offering. In the event that the INSTITUTION
decides not to utilize the Holding Company in the conversion,  Conversion  Stock
of the INSTITUTION,  in lieu of the Holding  Company,  will be sold as set forth
above and in the  respective  priorities  set forth in this Plan. In addition to
the foregoing, the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company intend to implement stock
option plans and other stock  benefit  plans at the time of or subsequent to the
conversion  and may  provide  employment  or  severance  agreements  to  certain
management  employees and certain other benefits to the directors,  officers and
employees of the  INSTITUTION  as described in the prospectus for the Conversion
Stock.

        This Plan, which has been unanimously approved by the Board of Directors
of the INSTITUTION,  must also be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the  total  number of votes  entitled  to be cast by  Voting  Members  of the
INSTITUTION  at a special  meeting to be called for that  purpose.  Prior to the
submission of this Plan to the Voting Members for  consideration,  the Plan must
be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS").

        Upon  conversion,  each Account  Holder having a Savings  Account at the
INSTITUTION prior to conversion will continue to have a Savings Account, without
payment  therefor,  in the  same  amount  and  subject  to the  same  terms  and
conditions (except for voting and liquidation  rights) as in effect prior to the
conversion.  After  conversion,  the INSTITUTION will succeed to all the rights,
interests,   duties  and  obligations  of  the  INSTITUTION  before  conversion,
including but not limited to all rights and

                                       A-1

<PAGE>



interests of the INSTITUTION in and to its assets and properties,  whether real,
personal or mixed.  The INSTITUTION  will continue to be a member of the Federal
Home Loan Bank System and all its insured  savings  deposits will continue to be
insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation (the "FDIC") to the extent
provided by applicable law.

2.      DEFINITIONS

        For the purposes of this Plan,  the  following  terms have the following
meanings:

        Account  Holder - The term  Account  Holder  means any Person  holding a
Savings Account in the INSTITUTION.

        Acting in  Concert - The Term  "Acting  in  Concert"  means (i)  knowing
participation in a joint activity or  interdependent  conscious  parallel action
towards a common goal  whether or not pursuant to an express  agreement;  (ii) a
combination  or pooling of voting or other  interests  in the  securities  of an
issuer  for  a  common   purpose   pursuant  to  any  contract,   understanding,
relationship,  agreement or other arrangement,  whether written or otherwise; or
(iii) a person or company  which acts in concert with another  person or company
("other  party") shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or
company who is also  acting in concert  with that other  party,  except that any
tax-qualified  employee  stock  benefit  plan will not be deemed to be acting in
concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for
the purpose of  determining  whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by
the plan will be aggregated.

        Associate - The term Associate when used to indicate a relationship with
any  person,   means  (i)  any  corporation  or  organization  (other  than  the
INSTITUTION or a  majority-owned  subsidiary of the  INSTITUTION)  of which such
person is an officer or partner or is,  directly or  indirectly,  the beneficial
owner of 10 percent or more of any class of equity securities, (ii) any trust or
other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to
which such person serves as trustee or in a similar  fiduciary  capacity  except
that for the purposes of Sections 8 and 14 hereof, the term "Associate" does not
include any  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit  Plan or any  Tax-Qualified
Employee  Stock  Benefit  Plan in which a person  has a  substantial  beneficial
interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary  capacity,  and except
that, for purposes of aggregating  total shares that may be held by Officers and
Directors the term "Associate" does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock
Benefit Plan,  and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person,  or any relative
of such  spouse,  who has the same home as such  person or who is a Director  or
Officer of the  INSTITUTION  or the  Holding  Company,  or any of its parents or
subsidiaries.

        Community  Offering - The term Community Offering means the offering for
sale to certain members of the general public  directly by the Holding  Company,
of shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering.

        Conversion  Stock - The term  Conversion  Stock means the $.10 par value
common stock offered and issued by the Holding Company upon conversion.

        Director - The term Director means a member of the Board of Directors of
the INSTITUTION and, where applicable, a member of the Board of Directors of the
Holding Company.


                                       A-2

<PAGE>



        Eligible  Account  Holder - The term Eligible  Account  Holder means any
person holding a Qualifying  Deposit in a Savings  Account at the INSTITUTION on
the  Eligibility  Record Date.  Only the name(s) of the Person(s)  listed on the
account as of the Eligibility  Record Date (or a successor  entity or estate) is
an Eligible  Account Holder.  Any Person(s) added to a Savings Account after the
Eligibility Record Date is not an Eligible Account Holder.

        Eligibility  Record  Date - The term  Eligibility  Record Date means the
date for  determining  Eligible  Account  Holders in the  INSTITUTION and is the
close of business on March 31, 1996.

        Employees - The term Employees means all Persons who are employed by the
INSTITUTION.

        Employee  Plans  - The  term  Employee  Plans  means  the  Tax-Qualified
Employee  Stock Benefit  Plans,  including the Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan,
approved by the Board of Directors of the INSTITUTION.

        Estimated  Valuation Range. The term Estimated Valuation Range means the
range  of the  estimated  pro  forma  market  value of the  Conversion  Stock as
determined by the Independent  Appraiser prior to the Subscription  Offering and
as it may be amended from time to time thereafter.

        FDIC - The term FDIC means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

        Holding Company - The term Holding Company means the corporation  formed
for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  all of the  shares  of  capital  stock  of the
INSTITUTION  to be issued upon its  conversion  to stock form unless the Holding
Company  form of  organization  is not  utilized.  Shares of common stock of the
Holding Company will be issued in the Conversion to Participants and others in a
Subscription,  Community,  Public or Syndicated  Public  Offering,  or through a
combination thereof.

        Independent   Appraiser  -  The  term  Independent  Appraiser  means  an
appraiser  retained by the  INSTITUTION to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma
market value of the Conversion Stock.

        Institution - The term INSTITUTION means Workingmens  Savings Bank, FSB,
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

        Local Community - The term local community means the incorporated cities
and counties in which the INSTITUTION has offices.

        Member - The term Member  means any Person or entity who  qualifies as a
member of the INSTITUTION pursuant to its charter and bylaws.

        OTS - The term OTS means Office of Thrift  Supervision of the Department
of the Treasury.

        Officer - The term Officer means an executive officer of the INSTITUTION
and may include the Chairman of the Board, President,  Vice Presidents in charge
of principal  business  functions,  Secretary and  Treasurer and any  individual
performing functions similar to those performed by the foregoing persons.


                                       A-3

<PAGE>



        Order Form - The term Order Form means any form  together  with attached
cover  letter,  sent by the  INSTITUTION  to any Person  containing  among other
things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under the Plan
and by which any such  Person may make  elections  regarding  subscriptions  for
Conversion Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings.

        Other Member - The term Other  Member means any person,  who is a Member
of the INSTITUTION (other than Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible
Account Holders) at the close of business on the voting record date.

        Participants - The term Participants means the Eligible Account Holders,
Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members.

        Person  -  The  term  Person  means  an  individual,  a  corporation,  a
partnership,   an  association,   a  joint-stock  company,  a  trust  (including
Individual   Retirement   Accounts  and  KEOGH  Accounts),   any  unincorporated
organization, a government or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

        Plan - The term Plan means this Plan of Conversion of the INSTITUTION as
it exists on the date hereof and as it may  hereafter  be amended in  accordance
with its terms.

        Public  Offering - The term Public  Offering means the offering for sale
through the Underwriter to the general public of any shares of Conversion  Stock
not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering.

        Purchase  Order - The term  Purchase  Order means any form together with
attached cover letter,  sent by the Underwriter to any Person  containing  among
other things a description  of the  alternatives  available to such Person under
the Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions
for Conversion Stock in the Public Offering.

        Purchase  Price - The term  Purchase  Price means the per share price at
which the Conversion Stock will be sold in accordance with the terms hereof.

        Qualifying  Deposit - The term  Qualifying  Deposit means the balance of
each Savings  Account of $50 or more in the INSTITUTION at the close of business
on the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date. Savings
Accounts  with total  deposit  balances of less than $50 shall not  constitute a
Qualifying Deposit.

        SEC - The term SEC refers to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        Savings Account - The term Savings Account  includes savings accounts as
defined in Section  561.42 of the Rules and  Regulations of the OTS and includes
certificates of deposit.

        Special  Meeting of Members - The term Special  Meeting of Members means
the special meeting and any adjournments  thereof held to consider and vote upon
this Plan.

        Subscription  Offering  -  The  term  Subscription  Offering  means  the
offering of Conversion Stock for purchase through Order Forms to Participants.

        Supplemental Eligibility Record Date - The term Supplemental Eligibility
Record Date means the close of business on the last day of the calendar  quarter
preceding the approval of the Plan by the OTS.

                                       A-4

<PAGE>




        Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder - The term  Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holder means a holder of a Qualifying  Deposit in the INSTITUTION (other
than an officer or trustee or their  Associates) at the close of business on the
Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

        Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit  Plan - The  term  Tax-Qualified
Employee  Stock  Benefit  Plan  means  any  defined   benefit  plan  or  defined
contribution  plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan,  stock bonus plan,
profit-sharing  plan or other plan,  which,  with its related  trust,  meets the
requirements to be "qualified" under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

        Syndicated  Public Offering - The term Syndicated  Public Offering means
the offering of  Conversion  Stock  following  the  Subscription,  Community (if
applicable) or Public Offerings through a syndicate of broker-dealers.

        Underwriter - The term Underwriter means the investment  banking firm or
firms through which the Conversion  Stock will be offered and sold in the Public
Offering.

        Voting Members - The term Voting Members means those Persons  qualifying
as voting members of the INSTITUTION pursuant to its charter and bylaws.

        Voting Record Date - The term Voting Record Date means the date fixed by
the Directors in accordance with OTS regulations for determining  eligibility to
vote at the Special Meeting of Members.

3.      PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION

        After approval of the Plan by the Board of Directors of the INSTITUTION,
the Plan shall be submitted  together with all other  requisite  material to the
OTS for its  approval.  Notice  of the  adoption  of the  Plan by the  Board  of
Directors of the  INSTITUTION  will be published in a newspaper  having  general
circulation in each  community in which an office of the  INSTITUTION is located
and copies of the Plan will be made available at each office of the  INSTITUTION
for  inspection by the Members.  Upon filing the  application  with the OTS, the
INSTITUTION  also will cause to be published a notice of the filing with the OTS
of an  application  to convert in  accordance  with the  provisions of the Plan.
Following  approval  by the OTS,  the Plan  will be  submitted  to a vote of the
Voting  Members at a Special  Meeting of Members  called for that purpose.  Upon
approval of the Plan by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by the
Voting Members,  the INSTITUTION will take all other necessary steps pursuant to
applicable  laws and  regulations to convert the  INSTITUTION to stock form. The
conversion must be completed within 24 months of the approval of the Plan by the
Voting  Members,  unless a longer time period is permitted by governing laws and
regulations.

        The Board of Directors of the INSTITUTION  intends to take all necessary
steps to form the Holding Company including the filing of an Application on Form
H-(e)1 or  H-(e)1-S,  if available to the Holding  Company,  with the OTS.  Upon
conversion,  the INSTITUTION will issue its capital stock to the Holding Company
and the Holding  Company will issue and sell the Conversion  Stock in accordance
with this Plan.

        The Board of Directors of the  INSTITUTION  may determine for any reason
at any time  prior to the  issuance  of the  Conversion  Stock not to  utilize a
holding  company form of  organization  in the  Conversion,  in which case,  the
Holding  Company's  registration  statement  on Form  S-1 or Form  SB-2  will be
withdrawn  from the SEC,  the  INSTITUTION  will  take all  steps  necessary  to
complete the

                                       A-5

<PAGE>



conversion from the mutual to the stock form of  organization,  including filing
any  necessary  documents  with the OTS and will  issue and sell the  Conversion
Stock in accordance with this Plan. In such event,  any  subscriptions or orders
received  for  Conversion  Stock of the  Holding  Company  shall be deemed to be
subscriptions  or orders for  Conversion  Stock of the  INSTITUTION  without any
further action by the INSTITUTION or the  subscribers for the Conversion  Stock.
Any references to the Holding Company in this Plan shall mean the INSTITUTION in
the event the Holding Company is eliminated in the Conversion.

        The Conversion  Stock will not be insured by the FDIC.  The  INSTITUTION
will not  knowingly  lend  funds or  otherwise  extend  credit to any  Person to
purchase shares of the Conversion Stock.

4.      HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS

        The Holding  Company  shall make timely  applications  for any requisite
regulatory approvals, including an Application on Form H-(e)1 or an H-(e)1-S, if
available to the Holding  Company,  to be filed with the OTS and a  Registration
Statement  on Form S-1 or Form SB-2 to be filed  with the SEC.  The  INSTITUTION
shall be a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.

5.      SALE OF CONVERSION STOCK

        The Conversion Stock will be offered  simultaneously in the Subscription
Offering to the Eligible Account Holders,  Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible
Account  Holders and Other  Members in the  respective  priorities  set forth in
Sections 8 through 11 of this Plan. The  Subscription  Offering may be commenced
as early as the  mailing  of the Proxy  Statement  for the  Special  Meeting  of
Members and must be commenced in time to complete the conversion within the time
period specified in Section 3.

        Any shares of Conversion  Stock not subscribed  for in the  Subscription
Offering may be offered for sale in the Community Offering,  if any, as provided
in Section 12 of this Plan or offered in a Public Offering or Syndicated  Public
Offering, as provided in Section 13, if necessary and feasible. The Subscription
Offering may be commenced  prior to the Special  Meeting of Members and, in that
event, the Community  Offering or Public Offering may also be commenced prior to
the Special Meeting of Members. The offer and sale of Conversion Stock, prior to
the Special Meeting of Members shall,  however,  be conditioned upon approval of
the Plan by the Voting Members.

        Shares of Conversion  Stock may be sold in a Syndicated  Public Offering
or in a Public Offering, as provided in Section 13 of this Plan in a manner that
will achieve the widest  distribution  of the Conversion  Stock as determined by
the  INSTITUTION.  In the  event  of a  Syndicated  Public  Offering  or  Public
Offering,  the sale of all Conversion  Stock  subscribed for in the Subscription
Offering will be consummated  simultaneously  on the date the sale of Conversion
Stock in the Syndicated  Public  Offering or Public  Offering is consummated and
only if all unsubscribed for Conversion Stock is sold.

        The  INSTITUTION  may  elect  to pay  fees  on  either  a  fixed  fee or
commission  basis or  combination  thereof to an  investment  banking firm which
assists it in the sale of the Conversion Stock in the offerings.

        The INSTITUTION may also elect to offer to pay fees on a per share basis
to  brokers  who  assist  Persons  in  determining  to  purchase  shares  in the
Syndicated  Public Offering and whose broker's name appears on the Order Form of
the Person.

                                       A-6

<PAGE>




6.      NUMBER OF SHARES AND PURCHASE PRICE OF CONVERSION STOCK

        The total number of shares (or a range  thereof) of Conversion  Stock to
be issued and offered for sale will be  determined by the Boards of Directors of
the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company,  immediately  prior to the commencement
of the Offerings,  subject to adjustment  thereafter if necessitated by a change
in the  appraisal  due to changes in market or  financial  conditions,  with the
approval of the OTS, if necessary.

        All shares sold in the  Conversion  will be sold at a uniform  price per
share  referred to in this Plan as the Purchase  Price.  The aggregate  Purchase
Price for all  shares of  Conversion  Stock  will not be  inconsistent  with the
estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the INSTITUTION.  The estimated
consolidated  pro forma market value of the  INSTITUTION  will be determined for
such purpose by the  Independent  Appraiser.  Prior to the  commencement  of the
Subscription  and  Community  Offerings,  an Estimated  Valuation  Range will be
established, which range will vary within 15% above to 15% below the midpoint of
such range.  The number of shares of  Conversion  Stock to be issued  and/or the
Purchase  Price may be increased or decreased by the  INSTITUTION.  In the event
that the aggregate  Purchase Price of the Conversion  Stock is below the minimum
of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range,  or  materially  above the  maximum  of the
Estimated  Valuation  Range,  resolicitation  of  purchasers  may  be  required,
provided that up to a 15% increase above the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation
Range will not be deemed  material so as to require a  resolicitation.  Any such
resolicitation  shall be  effected  in such  manner and within  such time as the
INSTITUTION shall establish,  with the approval of the OTS, if required. Up to a
15%  increase  in the  number of shares to be issued  which is  supported  by an
appropriate change in the estimated pro forma market value of the INSTITUTION or
in order to fill  the  order by the  Employee  Plans  will not be  deemed  to be
material so as to require a resolicitation of subscriptions.

        Based  upon  the  independent   valuation,   as  updated  prior  to  the
consummation  of  the  Subscription  and  Community  Offerings,  the  Boards  of
Directors  of the  INSTITUTION  and the Holding  Company  will fix the  Purchase
Price.

        Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no sale  of  Conversion  Stock  may be
consummated  unless,  prior  to such  consummation,  the  Independent  Appraiser
confirms to the INSTITUTION and Holding Company and to the OTS that, to the best
knowledge  of the  Independent  Appraiser,  nothing  of a  material  nature  has
occurred  which,  taking into  account  all  relevant  factors,  would cause the
Independent  Appraiser to conclude  that the aggregate  value of the  Conversion
Stock  sold at the  Purchase  Price is  incompatible  with its  estimate  of the
aggregate  consolidated  pro  forma  market  value of the  INSTITUTION.  If such
confirmation  is not  received,  the  INSTITUTION  may cancel  the  Subscription
Offering,  Community  Offering and/or the Public Offering and Syndicated  Public
Offering,  reopen or hold new Offerings to take such other action as the OTS may
permit.

        The Conversion  Stock to be issued in the Conversion shall be fully paid
and nonassessable.

7.      PURCHASE BY THE HOLDING COMPANY OF THE STOCK OF THE INSTITUTION

        Upon the  consummation of the sale of all of the Conversion  Stock,  the
Holding  Company will purchase from the  INSTITUTION all of the capital stock of
the  INSTITUTION  to be issued by the  INSTITUTION in the conversion in exchange
for the Conversion proceeds that are not permitted to be retained by the Holding
Company.


                                       A-7

<PAGE>



        The  Holding  Company  will  apply to the OTS to retain up to 50% of the
proceeds of the Conversion.  Assuming the Holding  Company is not eliminated,  a
lesser percentage may be acceptable.

8.      SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

        A.  Each  Eligible  Account  Holder  shall  receive,   without  payment,
nontransferable  subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Conversion Stock
equal to the greater of: (i) the maximum established for the Community Offering;
(ii) one-tenth of one percent of the Conversion Stock offered; or (iii) 15 times
the product  (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the
total number of shares of  Conversion  Stock  offered by a fraction of which the
numerator  is the  amount of the  Qualifying  Deposit of such  Eligible  Account
Holder and the  denominator  is the total amount of  Qualifying  Deposits of all
Eligible  Account  Holders but in no event  greater  than the  maximum  purchase
limitation specified in Section 14 hereof. All such purchases are subject to the
maximum  and  minimum  purchase  limitations  specified  in  Section  14 and are
exclusive of an increase in the total number of shares issued due to an increase
in the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation  Range of up to 15%. Only a Person(s)
with a  Qualifying  Deposit as of the  Eligibility  Record  Date (or a successor
entity or estate) shall receive  subscription  rights.  Any Person(s) added to a
Savings  Account after the  Eligibility  Record Date is not an Eligible  Account
Holder.

        B. In the event that  Eligible  Account  Holders  exercise  Subscription
Rights for a number of shares of Conversion  Stock in excess of the total number
of such shares eligible for  subscription,  the shares of Conversion Stock shall
be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each
subscribing  Eligible  Account  Holder,  to the extent  possible,  to purchase a
number of shares  sufficient  to make his or her total  allocation of Conversion
Stock equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares  subscribed  for
by the Eligible Account Holder.  Any shares remaining after that allocation will
be allocated among the subscribing  Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions
remain  unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying  Deposit
of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription  remains unsatisfied bears to
the total  amount of the  Qualifying  Deposits of all Eligible  Account  Holders
whose subscriptions  remain unsatisfied.  If the amount so allocated exceeds the
amount  subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account  Holders,  the excess
shall be  reallocated  (one or more times as  necessary)  among  those  Eligible
Account  Holders whose  subscriptions  are still not fully satisfied on the same
principle  until all available  shares have been allocated or all  subscriptions
satisfied.

        C. Subscription rights as Eligible Account Holders received by Directors
and  Officers  and their  Associates  which are based on  deposits  made by such
persons  during the twelve (12) months  preceding  the  Eligibility  Record Date
shall be subordinated to the  Subscription  Rights of all other Eligible Account
Holders.

9.      SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

        Subject  to  the   availability  of  sufficient   shares  after  filling
subscription  orders of Eligible  Account  Holders under Section 8, the Employee
Plans shall  receive  without  payment  nontransferable  subscription  rights to
purchase in the  Subscription  Offering the number of shares of Conversion Stock
requested  by such  Plans,  subject  to the  purchase  limitations  set forth in
Section 14.

        The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be associates or affiliates of
or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Holding Company
or the INSTITUTION.


                                       A-8

<PAGE>



10.     SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

        A. In the event that the Eligibility  Record Date is more than 15 months
prior to the date of the latest amendment to the Application  filed prior to OTS
approval,  then,  and only in that event,  each  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder shall  receive,  without  payment,  nontransferable  subscription  rights
entitling such  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder to purchase that number of
shares of  Conversion  Stock  which is equal to the  greater of: (i) the maximum
purchase limitation established for the Community Offering; (ii) one-tenth of 1%
of the Conversion Stock Offered; and (iii) or 15 times the product (rounded down
to the next whole number)  obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of
Conversion Stock to be issued by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount
of the Qualifying  Deposit of the  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder and the
denominator is the total amount of the Qualifying  Deposits of all  Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holders.  All such  purchases  are subject to the maximum and
minimum  purchase  limitations in Section 14 and are exclusive of an increase in
the total  number of shares  issued  due to an  increase  in the  maximum of the
Estimated Valuation Range of up to 15%.

        B.  Subscription  rights  received  pursuant to this  Category  shall be
subordinated to the subscription rights received by Eligible Account Holders and
by the Employee Plans.

        C. Any  subscription  rights  to  purchase  shares of  Conversion  Stock
received by an Eligible Account Holder in accordance with Section 8 shall reduce
to the extent thereof the subscription rights to be distributed pursuant to this
Section.

        D. In the event of an  oversubscription  for shares of Conversion  Stock
pursuant to this Section,  shares of Conversion  Stock shall be allocated  among
the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as follows:

                             (1) Shares of  Conversion  Stock shall be allocated
                      so as to permit each such  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
                      Holder,  to the extent  possible,  to purchase a number of
                      shares of  Conversion  Stock  sufficient to make his total
                      allocation  (including  the number of shares of Conversion
                      Stock,  if any,  allocated in  accordance  with Section 8)
                      equal to 100  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  or the  total
                      amount of his subscription, whichever is less.

                             (2) Any shares of Conversion Stock not allocated in
                      accordance with  subparagraph (1) above shall be allocated
                      among  the  subscribing   Supplemental   Eligible  Account
                      Holders on an equitable  basis,  related to the amounts of
                      their  respective  Qualifying  Deposits as compared to the
                      total Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing  Supplemental
                      Eligible Account Holders.

11.     SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

        A. Each Other Member shall  receive,  without  payment,  nontransferable
subscription  rights to subscribe  for shares of  Conversion  Stock in an amount
equal to the  greater of the maximum  purchase  limitation  established  for the
Community  Offering or one-tenth of one percent of the Conversion Stock offered,
subject to the maximum and minimum purchase limitations  specified in Section 14
and  exclusive  of an  increase in the total  number of shares  issued due to an
increase in the maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range of up to 15%,  which
will be allocated only after first allocating to Eligible Account

                                       A-9

<PAGE>



Holders, the Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders all shares
of Conversion Stock subscribed for pursuant to Sections 8, 9 and 10 above.

        B. In the event that such Other Members subscribe for a number of shares
of  Conversion  Stock  which,  when  added to the  shares  of  Conversion  Stock
subscribed  for by the Eligible  Account  Holders,  the  Employee  Plans and the
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders is in excess of the total number of shares
of Conversion Stock being issued,  the  subscriptions of such Other Members will
be  allocated  among  the  subscribing  Other  Members  so  as  to  permit  each
subscribing Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares
sufficient to make his total  allocation of Conversion Stock equal to the lesser
of 100 shares or the number of shares  subscribed  for by the Other Member.  Any
shares  remaining will be allocated  among the  subscribing  Other Members whose
subscriptions  remain  unsatisfied on a 100 shares (or whatever lesser amount is
available)  per order basis  until all orders have been filled or the  remaining
shares have been allocated.

12.     COMMUNITY OFFERING

        If less than the  total  number  of  shares  of  Conversion  Stock to be
subscribed for in the Conversion are sold in the Subscription  Offering,  shares
remaining  unsubscribed  may be made  available  for  purchase in the  Community
Offering to certain members of the general public,  which may subscribe together
with any  Associate or group of persons  Acting in Concert for up to that number
of shares of Conversion  Stock as shall equal  $125,000  divided by the Purchase
Price,  subject to the maximum and minimum  purchase  limitations  specified  in
Section 14 and exclusive of an increase in the total number of shares issued due
to an increase in the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range of up to 15%. The
shares  may be  made  available  in the  Community  Offering  through  a  direct
community  marketing  program  which may  provide for  utilization  of a broker,
dealer,  consultant or investment  banking firm,  experienced  and expert in the
sale of savings  institution  securities.  In the  Community  Offering,  if any,
shares will be  available  for  purchase by the general  public with  preference
given first to natural persons  residing in the Local  Community and second,  to
natural persons residing in the  Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.  Subject to these
preferences,  the INSTITUTION shall make distribution of the Conversion Stock to
be sold in the  Community  Offering  in such a manner as to  promote  the widest
distribution of Conversion Stock.

        If the  Community  Purchasers in the  Community  Offering,  whose orders
would  otherwise be accepted,  subscribe  for more shares than are available for
purchase,  the  shares  available  to  them  will  be  allocated  among  persons
submitting orders in the Community Offering in an equitable manner as determined
by the  Board  of  Directors.  The  INSTITUTION  may  establish  all  terms  and
conditions of such offer.

        The Community Offering, if any, may commence simultaneously with, during
or subsequent to the  completion of the  Subscription  Offering and if commenced
simultaneously  with or during the Subscription  Offering the Community Offering
may be limited to Community Purchases.  The Community Offering must be completed
within  45  days  after  the  completion  of the  Subscription  Offering  unless
otherwise extended by the OTS.

        The INSTITUTION and the Holding Company,  in their absolute  discretion,
reserve  the right to  reject  any or all  orders in whole or in part  which are
received  in the  Community  Offering,  at the  time  of  receipt  or as soon as
practicable following the completion of the Community Offering.



                                      A-10

<PAGE>



13.     PUBLIC OFFERING AND SYNDICATED PUBLIC OFFERING

        Any shares of Conversion Stock not sold in the Subscription  Offering or
in the Community  Offering,  if any, may then be sold through the Underwriter to
the general public at the Purchase Price in the Public Offering, subject to such
terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Boards of Directors
of the  INSTITUTION and the Holding  Company,  in a manner that will achieve the
widest  distribution  of the  Conversion  Stock and  subject to the right of the
INSTITUTION and the Holding Company, in their absolute discretion,  to accept or
reject in whole or in part all  subscriptions  in the  Public  Offering.  In the
Public  Offering,  if any, any person  together  with any  Associate or group of
persons  Acting in Concert may  purchase up to the maximum  purchase  limitation
established  for the  Community  Offering,  subject to the  maximum  and minimum
purchase limitations specified in Section 14 and exclusive of an increase in the
total number of shares issued due to an increase in the maximum of the Estimated
Valuation Range of up to 15%.  Shares  purchased by any Person together with any
Associate or group of persons Acting in Concert  pursuant to Section 12 shall be
counted  toward  meeting  the maximum  purchase  limitation  specified  for this
Section.  Provided that the Subscription Offering has commenced, the INSTITUTION
may commence the Public Offering at any time after the mailing to the Members of
the  Proxy  Statement  to be used in  connection  with the  Special  Meeting  of
Members,  provided that the  completion of the offer and sale of the  Conversion
Stock shall be conditioned upon the approval of this Plan by the Voting Members.
It is expected that the Public Offering, if any, will commence just prior to, or
as soon as practicable after, the termination of the Subscription  Offering. The
Public  Offering shall be completed  within 45 days after the termination of the
Subscription Offering,  unless such period is extended as provided in Section 3,
above.

        Shares  of  Conversion  Stock  not  subscribed  for in the  Subscription
Offering,  Community  Offering,  if any,  and Public  Offering  may be sold in a
Syndicated Public Offering,  subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as
may be determined by the Boards of Directors of the  INSTITUTION and the Holding
Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the Conversion
Stock subject to the right of the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company,  in their
absolute  discretion,  to accept or reject in whole or in part all subscriptions
in the Syndicated Public Offering. In the Syndicated Public Offering, any person
together with any  Associate or group of persons  Acting in Concert may purchase
up to the  maximum  purchase  limitation  established  for the Public  Offering,
subject to the maximum and minimum purchase limitations  specified in Section 14
and  exclusive  of an  increase in the total  number of shares  issued due to an
increase in the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation  Range of up to 15%.  Shares
purchased by any Person  together with any Associate or group of persons  Acting
in Concert  pursuant to Section 12 shall be counted  toward  meeting the maximum
purchase limitation  specified for this Section.  Provided that the Subscription
Offering has  commenced,  the  INSTITUTION  may commence the  Syndicated  Public
Offering at any time after the mailing to the Members of the Proxy  Statement to
be used in  connection  with the Special  Meeting of Members,  provided that the
completion of the offer and sale of the  Conversion  Stock shall be  conditioned
upon the approval of this Plan by the Voting Members.  If the Syndicated  Public
Offering is not sooner  commenced  pursuant to the  provisions  of the preceding
sentence,   the  Syndicated  Public  Offering  will  be  commenced  as  soon  as
practicable  following  the  date  upon  which  the  Subscription  Offering  and
Community Offering, if any, terminate.

        If for any reason a Public  Offering or  Syndicated  Public  Offering of
shares of Conversion Stock not sold in the Subscription and Community  Offerings
can not be effected,  other purchase  arrangements  will be made for the sale of
unsubscribed  shares  by the  INSTITUTION,  if  possible.  Such  other  purchase
arrangements will be subject to the approval of the OTS.


                                      A-11

<PAGE>



14.     LIMITATION ON PURCHASES

        The  following  limitations  shall apply to all  purchases  of shares of
Conversion Stock:

        A. The  maximum  number  of  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  which may be
purchased  in the  Subscription  Offering  by any person in the First  Priority,
Third  Priority  and Fourth  Priority  shall not exceed such number of shares as
shall equal $75,000 divided by the Purchase Price.

        B. The  maximum  number  of  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  which may be
subscribed  for or purchased in all  categories in the  Conversion by any Person
(or persons through a single account) or Participant together with any Associate
or group of persons  Acting in Concert shall not exceed such number of shares as
shall equal $125,000  divided by the Purchase Price,  except for Employee Plans,
which in the  aggregate  may  subscribe  for up to 10% of the  Conversion  Stock
issued.

        C. The  maximum  number  of  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  which may be
purchased in all  categories in the  conversion by Officers and Directors of the
INSTITUTION  and their  Associates in the aggregate  shall not exceed 35% of the
total number of shares of Conversion Stock issued.

        D. A minimum of 25 shares of Conversion  Stock must be purchased by each
Person  purchasing  shares in the  conversion  to the  extent  those  shares are
available; provided, however, that the minimum number of shares requirement will
not apply if the number of shares of Conversion  Stock purchased times the price
per share exceeds $500.

        If the number of shares of Conversion Stock otherwise allocable pursuant
to Sections 8 through 13, inclusive,  to any Person or that Person's  Associates
would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted as set forth above,
the number of shares of Conversion  Stock allocated to each such person shall be
reduced to the lowest limitation  applicable to that Person, and then the number
of shares  allocated  to each group  consisting  of a Person  and that  Person's
Associates shall be reduced so that the aggregate  allocation to that Person and
his  Associates  complies with the above  maximums,  and such maximum  number of
shares shall be  reallocated  among that Person and his  Associates  as they may
agree, or in the absence of an agreement, in proportion to the shares subscribed
by  each  (after  first  applying  the  maximums   applicable  to  each  Person,
separately).

        Depending upon market or financial conditions, the Board of Directors of
the  INSTITUTION  and the  Holding  Company,  without  further  approval  of the
Members,  may  decrease  or  increase  the  purchase  limitations  in this Plan,
provided  that  the  maximum  purchase  limitations  may not be  increased  to a
percentage in excess of 5%. Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the maximum purchase
limitation  may be increased  up to 9.99%  provided  that orders for  Conversion
Stock  exceeding  5% of the  shares  being  offered  shall  not  exceed,  in the
aggregate, 10% of the total offering. If the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company
increase  the maximum  purchase  limitations,  the  INSTITUTION  and the Holding
Company are only required to resolicit  Persons who  subscribed  for the maximum
purchase  amount and may,  in the sole  discretion  of the  INSTITUTION  and the
Holding Company, resolicit certain other large subscribers. For purposes of this
Section 14, the Directors of the  INSTITUTION  and the Holding Company shall not
be deemed to be  Associates or a group  affiliated  with each other or otherwise
Acting in Concert solely as a result of their being Directors of the INSTITUTION
or the Holding Company.

        In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in the
conversion due to an increase in the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range of
up to 15% (the  "Adjusted  Maximum") the  additional  shares will be used in the
following order of priority: (i) to fill the Employees Plan's subscription to up
to  10%  of  the  Adjusted  Maximum;   (ii)  in  the  event  that  there  is  an
oversubscription

                                      A-12

<PAGE>



at the Eligible Account Holder level, to fill unfilled subscriptions of Eligible
Account Holders  exclusive of the Adjusted Maximum  according to Section 8, with
preference  given to Community  Purchasers;  (iii) in the event that there is an
oversubscription  at the  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder level,  to fill
unfilled subscriptions of Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exclusive of the
Adjusted  Maximum  according to Section 10, with  preference  given to Community
Purchasers;  (iv) in the event  that there is an  oversubscription  at the Other
Member level, to fill unfilled  subscriptions of Other Members  exclusive of the
Adjusted  Maximum in  accordance  with  Section  11,  with  preference  given to
Community  Purchasers;  and (v) to fill unfilled  Subscriptions in the Community
Offering  exclusive of the Adjusted Maximum,  with preference given to Community
Purchasers.

        Each  Person  purchasing  Conversion  Stock in the  Conversion  shall be
deemed to confirm that such purchase  does not conflict with the above  purchase
limitations contained in this Plan.

        For a period  of three  years  following  the  conversion,  no  Officer,
Director or their Associates shall purchase,  without the prior written approval
of the OTS,  any  outstanding  shares of common  stock of the  Holding  Company,
except from a  broker-dealer  registered  with the SEC. This provision shall not
apply  to  negotiated  transactions  involving  more  than  one  percent  of the
outstanding  shares of common stock of the Holding Company,  the exercise of any
options  pursuant to a stock  option plan or  purchases  of common  stock of the
Holding  Company,  made by or held by any  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit
Plan or Non-Tax Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the INSTITUTION or the
Holding Company  (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any
Officer or Director.  As used herein, the term "negotiated  transaction" means a
transaction in which the  securities are offered and the terms and  arrangements
relating to any sale are arrived at through  direct  communications  between the
seller or any person  acting on its behalf and the  purchaser or his  investment
representative.  The term "investment  representative" shall mean a professional
investment  advisor  acting as agent for the  purchaser and  independent  of the
seller  and  not  acting  on  behalf  of  the  seller  in  connection  with  the
transaction.

15.     PAYMENT FOR CONVERSION STOCK

        All payments for Conversion  Stock  subscribed for in the  Subscription,
Community,  Public and Syndicated  Public Offerings must be delivered in full to
the INSTITUTION,  together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, or
Purchase Order in the case of the Public or Syndicated  Public  Offering,  on or
prior to the expiration  date specified on the Order Form or Purchase  Order, as
the case may be,  unless  such date is extended  by the  INSTITUTION;  provided,
however,   that  if  the  Employee  Plans   subscribes  for  shares  during  the
Subscription  Offering,  the  Employee  Plan will not be required to pay for the
shares  at the  time  they  subscribe  but  rather  may pay for such  shares  of
Conversion Stock upon  consummation of the Conversion.  The INSTITUTION may make
scheduled  discretionary   contributions  to  an  Employee  Plan  provided  such
contributions  do not  cause  the  INSTITUTION  to fail to meet  its  regulatory
capital requirement.

        Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company
shall  have the  right,  in  their  sole  discretion,  to  permit  institutional
investors to submit contractually  irrevocable orders in the Community Offering,
Public Offering or Syndicated  Public Offering and to thereafter  submit payment
for the  Conversion  Stock  for  which  they are  subscribing  in the  Community
Offering, Public Offering or Syndicated Public Offering at any time prior to the
completion of the Conversion.

        Payment for Conversion Stock subscribed for shall be made either in cash
(if delivered in person),  check or money order.  Alternatively,  subscribers in
the Offerings may pay for the shares subscribed for

                                      A-13

<PAGE>



by  authorizing  the  INSTITUTION  on the Order Form or Purchase Order to make a
withdrawal from the subscriber's Savings Account at the INSTITUTION in an amount
equal to the purchase price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal,  whether
from a savings passbook or certificate  account,  shall be without penalty as to
premature  withdrawal.  If the  authorized  withdrawal  is  from  a  certificate
account,  and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance
requirement,  the  certificate  shall be  canceled  at the  time of  withdrawal,
without  penalty,  and the remaining  balance will earn interest at the passbook
rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscriber's
Savings Account but may not be used by the subscriber until the Conversion Stock
has been sold or the 45-day  period (or such longer period as may be approved by
the OTS)  following  the  Subscription  Offering has expired,  whichever  occurs
first.  Thereafter,  the  withdrawal  will be given  effect  only to the  extent
necessary  to satisfy the  subscription  (to the extent it can be filled) at the
Purchase  Price per share.  Interest  will  continue to be earned on any amounts
authorized for withdrawal  until such withdrawal is given effect.  Interest will
be paid by the INSTITUTION at not less than the passbook annual rate on payments
for Conversion Stock received in cash or by money order or check.  Such interest
will be paid  from  the  date  payment  is  received  by the  INSTITUTION  until
consummation or termination of the conversion.  If for any reason the Conversion
is not  consummated,  all payments made by  subscribers in the Offerings will be
refunded to them with  interest.  In case of amounts  authorized  for withdrawal
from Savings  Accounts,  refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for
withdrawal.

16.     MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

        As soon as  practicable  after the  Prospectus  prepared  by the Holding
Company and  INSTITUTION  has been  declared  effective  by the OTS and the SEC,
Order  Forms  will be  distributed  to the  Participants  at  their  last  known
addresses  appearing  on the  records  of the  INSTITUTION  for the  purpose  of
subscribing to shares of Conversion Stock in the Subscription  Offering and will
be  made  available  for  use in the  Community  Offering.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the  INSTITUTION may elect to send Order Forms only to those Persons
who request  them after such notice as is approved by the OTS and is adequate to
apprise the Participants of the pendency of the  Subscription  Offering has been
given.  Such notice may be  included  with the proxy  statement  for the Special
Meeting of Members and may also be  included in a notice of the  pendency of the
conversion  and the  Special  Meeting of Members  sent to all  Eligible  Account
Holders in accordance with regulations of the OTS.

        Each Order Form or Purchase Order will be preceded or accompanied by the
Prospectus  (if a holding  company  form of  organization  is  utilized)  or the
Offering  Circular (if the holding company form of organization is not utilized)
describing the Holding Company (if utilized),  the  INSTITUTION,  the Conversion
Stock and the Offerings.  Each Order Form or Purchase Order will contain,  among
other things, the following:

        A. A specified date by which all Order Forms and Purchase Orders must be
received by the INSTITUTION,  which date shall be not less than twenty (20), nor
more than forty-five (45) days,  following the date on which the Order Forms are
mailed by the INSTITUTION, and which date will constitute the termination of the
Subscription Offering;

        B. The  purchase  price per share for shares of  Conversion  Stock to be
sold in the Offerings;

        C. A  description  of the  minimum  and  maximum  number  of  shares  of
Conversion  Stock  which may be  subscribed  for  pursuant  to the  exercise  of
Subscription  Rights or otherwise  purchased in the Community  Offering,  Public
Offering or Syndicated Public Offering;

                                      A-14

<PAGE>




        D.  Instructions  as to how the  recipient of the Order Form or Purchase
Order is to indicate  thereon the number of shares of Conversion Stock for which
such person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment
therefor;

        E. An  acknowledgment  that the  recipient of the Order Form or Purchase
Order has received a final copy of the Prospectus or Offering  Circular,  as the
case may be, prior to execution of the Order Form or Purchase Order.

        F.  A  statement  to  the  effect  that  all  subscription   rights  are
nontransferable,  will be void at the end of the Subscription  Offering, and can
only be exercised by  delivering  within the  subscription  period such properly
completed and executed Order Form,  together with cash (if delivered in person),
check or money order in the full amount of the  purchase  price as  specified in
the Order Form for the shares of Conversion Stock for which the recipient elects
to subscribe in the  Subscription  Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form
that the INSTITUTION  withdraw said amount from the subscriber's Savings Account
at the INSTITUTION) to the INSTITUTION; and

        G. A statement  to the effect that the  executed  Order Form or Purchase
Order,  once received by the INSTITUTION,  may not be modified or amended by the
subscriber without the consent of the INSTITUTION.

        Notwithstanding  the above,  the  INSTITUTION  and the  Holding  Company
reserve the right in their sole  discretion to accept or reject orders  received
on photocopied or facsimiled  order forms or whose payment is to be made by wire
transfer.

17.     UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORMS: INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

        In the event Order Forms (a) are not  delivered  and are returned to the
INSTITUTION by the United States Postal Service or the  INSTITUTION is unable to
locate  the  addressee,  (b) are not  received  back by the  INSTITUTION  or are
received by the INSTITUTION after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are
defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required
payment,  or, in the case of institutional  investors in the Community Offering,
Public Offering or Syndicated Public Offering, by delivering  irrevocable orders
together with a legally binding commitment to pay in cash, check, money order or
wire transfer the full amount of the purchase price prior to 48 hours before the
completion of the conversion for the shares of Conversion  Stock  subscribed for
(including cases in which savings accounts from which withdrawals are authorized
are  insufficient to cover the amount of the required  payment),  or (e) are not
mailed pursuant to a "no mail" order placed in effect by the account holder, the
subscription  rights of the person to whom such  rights have been  granted  will
lapse as though such person failed to return the completed Order Form within the
time period specified thereon; provided,  however, that the INSTITUTION may, but
will not be required to, waive any immaterial  irregularity on any Order Form or
Purchase  Order or require the  submission of corrected  Order Forms or Purchase
Orders or the remittance of full payment for  subscribed  shares by such date as
the INSTITUTION may specify.  The interpretation of the INSTITUTION of terms and
conditions of the Plan and of the Order Forms or Purchase  Orders will be final,
subject to the authority of the OTS.


                                      A-15

<PAGE>



18.     RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

        A. All shares of Conversion  Stock purchased by Directors or Officers of
the INSTITUTION or the Holding Company in the conversion shall be subject to the
restriction  that,  except as  provided  in  Section  18B,  below,  or as may be
approved  by the  OTS,  no  interest  in such  shares  may be sold or  otherwise
disposed  of for  value  for a  period  of one (1)  year  following  the date of
purchase.

        B. The  restriction  on  disposition  of shares of Conversion  Stock set
forth in Section 18A above shall not apply to the following:

               (i) Any  exchange of such shares in  connection  with a merger or
acquisition  involving the  INSTITUTION or the Holding  Company,  which has been
approved by the OTS; and

               (ii) Any  disposition  of such shares  following the death of the
person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of the Plan.

        C.  With  respect  to  all  shares  of   Conversion   Stock  subject  to
restrictions  on  resale  or  subsequent  disposition,  each  of  the  following
provisions shall apply;

               (i) Each certificate  representing  shares  restricted within the
meaning of Section 18A, above,  shall bear a legend  prominently  stamped on its
face giving notice of the restriction;

               (ii) Instructions shall be issued to the stock transfer agent for
the Holding  Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any  certificate
or record of ownership of any such shares in  violation  of the  restriction  on
transfer; and

               (iii) Any shares of capital stock of the Holding  Company  issued
with  respect to a stock  dividend,  stock split,  or otherwise  with respect to
ownership of outstanding  shares of Conversion  Stock subject to the restriction
on transfer  hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is applicable
to such Conversion Stock.

19.     VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

        Upon  conversion,  the holders of the capital  stock of the  INSTITUTION
shall have the  exclusive  voting  rights  with  respect to the  INSTITUTION  as
specified in its charter. The holders of the common stock of the Holding Company
shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company.

20.     ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT

        The INSTITUTION  shall establish at the time of conversion a liquidation
account in an amount  equal to its net worth as of the latest  practicable  date
prior  to  conversion.  The  liquidation  account  will  be  maintained  by  the
INSTITUTION  for the benefit of the Eligible  Account  Holders and  Supplemental
Eligible  Account Holders who continue to maintain their Savings Accounts at the
INSTITUTION.  Each Eligible  Account Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder  shall,  with  respect to his Savings  Account,  hold a related  inchoate
interest in a portion of the  liquidation  account  balance,  in relation to his
Savings  Account  balance  at  the  Eligibility  Record  Date  and  Supplemental
Eligibility Record Date or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as
hereinafter provided.

                                      A-16

<PAGE>




        In the unlikely event of a complete  liquidation of the INSTITUTION (and
only in such event),  following all liquidation payments to creditors (including
those to Account Holders to the extent of their Savings  Accounts) each Eligible
Account  Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder shall be entitled to
receive a liquidating  distribution from the liquidation  account, in the amount
of the then  adjusted  subaccount  balance  for his Savings  Account  then held,
before  any  liquidation  distribution  may  be  made  to  any  holders  of  the
INSTITUTION's capital stock. No merger,  consolidation,  purchase of bulk assets
with  assumption  of  Savings  Accounts  and  other   liabilities,   or  similar
transactions  with an FDIC  institution,  in which  the  INSTITUTION  is not the
surviving  institution,  shall be deemed to be a complete  liquidation  for this
purpose.  In such transactions,  the liquidation account shall be assumed by the
surviving institution.

        The initial subaccount balance for a Savings Account held by an Eligible
Account Holder or  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder shall be determined by
multiplying the opening balance in the  liquidation  account by a fraction,  the
numerator  of  which  is the  amount  of  such  Eligible  Account  Holder's  and
Supplemental Eligible Account Holder's Qualifying Deposit and the denominator of
which is the total amount of all  Qualifying  Deposits of all  Eligible  Account
Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders in the  INSTITUTION.  Such
initial  subaccount  balance  shall not be  increased,  but shall be  subject to
downward adjustment as described below.

        If, at the close of business on any annual  closing date,  commencing on
or after the effective  date of conversion,  the deposit  balance in the Savings
Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is
less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the  Savings  Account at the close of
business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the  Eligibility  Record
Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as applicable,  or (ii) the amount
of the Qualifying  Deposit in such Savings  Account,  the subaccount  balance of
such Savings Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an
amount  proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance.  In the event of
such downward  adjustment,  the  subaccount  balance  shall not be  subsequently
increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the
related  Savings  Account.  If any such Savings  Account is closed,  the related
subaccount shall be reduced to zero.

        The  creation  and  maintenance  of the  liquidation  account  shall not
operate to restrict the use or  application  of any of the net worth accounts of
the INSTITUTION.

21.     TRANSFER OF SAVINGS ACCOUNTS

        Each person holding a Savings  Account at the INSTITUTION at the time of
conversion  shall  retain  an  identical  Savings  Account  at  the  INSTITUTION
following  conversion  in the same  amount  and  subject  to the same  terms and
conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights).

22.     RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF THE INSTITUTION AND HOLDING COMPANY

        A. In accordance with OTS regulations,  for a period of three years from
the date of  consummation  of  conversion,  no Person,  other  than the  Holding
Company, shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial
ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of the INSTITUTION
without the prior written consent of the OTS.



                                      A-17

<PAGE>



        B.1.  The charter of the  INSTITUTION  contains a provision  stipulating
that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of five years following
the date of conversion  shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire
the beneficial  ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of
the  INSTITUTION,  without the prior  written  approval of the OTS. In addition,
such  charter may also  provide  that for a period of five years  following  the
conversion,  shares  beneficially  owned  in  violation  of the  above-described
charter  provision  shall not be  entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any
person or counted as voting  stock in  connection  with any matter  submitted to
stockholders  for a vote.  In  addition,  special  meetings of the  stockholders
relating to changes in control or amendment of the charter may only be called by
the Board of  Directors,  and  shareholders  shall not be  permitted to cumulate
their votes for the election of directors.

        B.2.  The  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the Holding  Company  will
contain a provision  stipulating  that in no event shall any record owner of any
outstanding  shares of the Holding  Company's common stock who beneficially owns
in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares be entitled or permitted to any vote
in respect to any shares held in excess of 10%. In addition,  the Certificate of
Incorporation  and Bylaws of the Holding  Company provide for staggered terms of
the directors, noncumulative voting for directors, limitations on the calling of
special meetings,  a fair price provision for certain business  combinations and
certain notice requirements.

        C.     For the purposes of this Section 22, B.1.:

               (i) The term "person"  includes an individual,  a group acting in
concert, a corporation, a partnership,  an association, a joint stock company, a
trust, an  unincorporated  organization or similar  company,  a syndicate or any
other  group  formed for the  purpose of  acquiring,  holding  or  disposing  of
securities of an insured institution;

               (ii) The term  "offer"  includes  every  offer to buy or acquire,
solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for
tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;

               (iii) The term  "acquire"  includes  every  type of  acquisition,
whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and

               (iv)   The term "security" includes non-transferable subscription
rights  issued  pursuant  to  a  plan  of  conversion as well  as  a  "security"
as defined in 15 U.S.C. ss.78c(a)(10).

23.     PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASES OF STOCK

        The  INSTITUTION  shall  not  declare  or pay a  cash  dividend  on,  or
repurchase  any of, its  capital  stock if the effect  thereof  would  cause its
regulatory  capital  to be  reduced  below  (i)  the  amount  required  for  the
Liquidation  Account  or (ii) the  federal  regulatory  capital  requirement  in
Section  567.2  of  the  Rules  and  Regulations  of  the  OTS.  Otherwise,  the
INSTITUTION may declare  dividends or make capital  distributions  in accordance
with applicable law and regulations.


                                      A-18

<PAGE>



24.     AMENDMENT OF PLAN

        If deemed necessary or desirable,  the Plan may be substantively amended
at any time prior to solicitation of proxies from Members to vote on the Plan by
a  two-thirds  vote of the  INSTITUTION's  Board of  Directors,  and at any time
thereafter by such vote of such Board of Directors  with the  concurrence of the
OTS.  Any  amendment  to the Plan made after  approval by the  Members  with the
approval of the OTS shall not necessitate further approval by the Members unless
otherwise  required by the OTS. The Plan may be  terminated  by majority vote of
the INSTITUTION's Board of Directors at any time prior to the Special Meeting of
Members to vote on the Plan, and at any time  thereafter with the concurrence of
the OTS.

        By adoption of the Plan,  the Members of the  INSTITUTION  authorize the
Board of Directors to amend or terminate  the Plan under the  circumstances  set
forth in this Section.

25.     CHARTER AND BYLAWS

        By voting to adopt the Plan,  members of the INSTITUTION  will be voting
to adopt a charter  and bylaws to read in the form of  charter  and bylaws for a
federally  chartered stock institution.  The effective date of the INSTITUTION's
amended  charter  and  bylaws  shall  be the  date of  issuance  and sale of the
Conversion Stock as specified by the OTS.

26.     CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION

        The conversion of the  INSTITUTION  shall be deemed to take place and be
effective  upon the  completion of all requisite  organizational  procedures for
obtaining  the  federal  stock  charter  for  the  INSTITUTION  and  sale of all
Conversion Stock.

27.     REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

        Within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations,  the
Holding  Company will  register the  securities  issued in  connection  with the
conversion  pursuant  to the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934  and  will  not
deregister  such  securities  for a period of at least three  years  thereafter,
except that the maintenance of registration  for three years  requirement may be
fulfilled by any  successor  to the Holding  Company.  In addition,  the Holding
Company  will use its best  efforts to encourage  and assist a  market-maker  to
establish  and  maintain  a market  for the  Conversion  Stock and to list those
securities on a national or regional securities exchange or the NASDAQ System.

28.     RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

        The  INSTITUTION  will  make  reasonable  efforts  to  comply  with  the
securities laws of all States in the United States in which Persons  entitled to
subscribe for shares of Conversion  Stock pursuant to the Plan reside.  However,
no such Person will be issued  subscription  rights or be  permitted to purchase
shares of Conversion Stock in the  Subscription  Offering if such Person resides
in a foreign  country or in a state of the United  States with  respect to which
any of the following apply: (i) a small number of Persons otherwise  eligible to
subscribe  for shares under the Plan reside in such state;  (ii) the issuance of
subscription  rights or the offer or sale of shares of Conversion  Stock to such
Persons would require the  INSTITUTION or the Holding  Company,  as the case may
be, under the securities  laws of such state,  to register as a broker,  dealer,
salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale

                                      A-19

<PAGE>


in  such  state;  or  (iii)  such   registration  or   qualification   would  be
impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

29.     EXPENSES OF CONVERSION

        The  INSTITUTION  shall use its best  efforts  to assure  that  expenses
incurred by it in connection with the conversion shall be reasonable.

30.     CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

        The  conversion  of the  INSTITUTION  pursuant to this Plan is expressly
conditioned upon the following:

        (a) Prior  receipt by the  INSTITUTION  of rulings of the United  States
Internal   Revenue  Service  and  the   Commonwealth   of  Pennsylvania   taxing
authorities,  or  opinions  of  counsel,  substantially  to the effect  that the
conversion will not result in any adverse  federal or state tax  consequences to
Eligible  Account  Holders or the  INSTITUTION and the Holding Company before or
after the conversion;

        (b) The sale of all of the Conversion  Stock offered in the  conversion;
and

        (c) The completion of the conversion within the time period specified in
Section 3 of this Plan.

31.     INTERPRETATION

        All  interpretations  of this Plan and  application of its provisions to
particular  circumstances  by a  majority  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of the
INSTITUTION shall be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.





                                      A-20








                                  EXHIBIT 3.(i)
<PAGE>



                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                               WSB HOLDING COMPANY


        Article 1. Name.  The name of the  corporation  is WSB  Holding  Company
(hereinafter, the "Company").

        Article 2.  Registered  Office.  The address of the  initial  registered
office of the Company in the  Commonwealth of Pennsylvania is 807 Middle Street,
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15212.

        Article  3.  Nature of  Business.  The  Company is  organized  under the
Business   Corporation  Law  of  1988,  as  amended,   of  the  Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania  (the  "BCL")  for the  purpose  of  engaging  in any lawful act or
activity  for  which  a  corporation  may be  organized  under  the  laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

        Article 4.  Duration.  The term of the existence of the Company shall be
perpetual.

        Article 5. Capital Stock.

        A. Authorized  Amount.  The total number of shares of capital stock that
the Company has  authority  to issue is 5,000,000  of which  1,000,000  shall be
serial preferred stock, no par value  (hereinafter,  the "Preferred  Stock") and
4,000,000  shall be common stock,  par value $0.10 per share  (hereinafter,  the
"Common  Stock").  Except to the extent  required by  governing  law,  rule,  or
regulation,  the shares of capital  stock may be issued from time to time by the
board of  directors  of the  Company  (hereinafter,  the  "Board of  Directors")
without further approval of  stockholders.  The Company shall have the authority
to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor.

        B.  Common  Stock.  Except  as  provided  in this  Article  5 (or in any
resolution or resolutions  adopted by the Board of Directors  pursuant  hereto),
the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock, with each holder
thereof being  entitled to one vote for each share of such Common Stock standing
in the  holder's  name on the books of the  Company.  Subject  to any rights and
preferences  of any class of stock  having  preference  over the  Common  Stock,
holders of Common  Stock shall be entitled to such  dividends as may be declared
by the Board of Directors out of funds  lawfully  available  therefor.  Upon any
liquidation,  dissolution,  or winding up of the affairs of the Company, whether
voluntary or  involuntary,  holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive
pro rata the  remaining  assets of the Company after the holders of any class of
stock having preference over the Common Stock have been paid in full any sums to
which they may be entitled.



<PAGE>




        C. Authority of Board to Fix Terms of Preferred  Stock. A description of
each  class of  shares  and a  statement  of the  voting  rights,  designations,
preferences,   qualifications,   privileges,  limitations,  options,  conversion
rights,  and other special  rights granted to or imposed upon the shares of each
class and of the authority  vested in the Board of Directors to establish series
of Preferred  Stock or to  determine  that  Preferred  Stock will be issued as a
class without series and to fix and determine the voting  rights,  designations,
preferences,  and other special  rights of the Preferred  Stock as a class or of
the series thereof are as follows:

        Preferred  Stock  may be  issued  from  time to time as a class  without
series  or  in  one  or  more  series.   Each  series  shall  be  designated  in
supplementary  sections or amendments to these Articles of  Incorporation by the
Board of Directors so as to  distinguish  the shares  thereof from the shares of
all other  series and  classes.  The Board of Directors  may by  resolution  and
amendment to these Articles of Incorporation  from time to time divide shares of
Preferred  Stock into series,  or determine  that the  Preferred  Stock shall be
issued as a class  without  series,  fix and determine the number of shares in a
series and the terms and  conditions of the issuance of the class or the series,
and,  subject to the provisions of this Article 5, fix and determine the rights,
preferences, qualifications,  privileges, limitations, and other special rights,
if any, of the class (if none of such  shares of the class have been  issued) or
of any series so established, including but not limited to, voting rights (which
may be  limited,  multiple,  fractional,  or  non-voting  rights),  the  rate of
dividend, if any, and whether or to what extent, if any, such dividends shall be
cumulative  (including the date from which  dividends  shall be  cumulative,  if
any), the price at and the terms and conditions on which shares may be redeemed,
if any,  the  preference  and the  amounts  payable  on  shares  in the event of
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, sinking fund provisions for the redemption
or  purchase  of shares in the event  shares of the class or of any  series  are
issued with sinking fund  provisions,  and the terms and conditions on which the
shares of the class or of any series may be converted in the event the shares of
the class or of any series are issued with the privilege of conversion.

        The Board of Directors may, in its discretion,  at any time or from time
to  time,  issue or cause to be  issued  all or any part of the  authorized  and
unissued shares of Preferred Stock for consideration of such character and value
as the Board of Directors shall from time to time fix or determine.

        D. Repurchase of Shares. The Company may, from time to time, pursuant to
authorization by the Board of Directors and without action by the  stockholders,
purchase or otherwise  acquire shares of any class,  bonds,  debentures,  notes,
scrip, warrants, obligations,  evidences of indebtedness, or other securities of
the Company in such manner, upon such terms, and in such amounts as the Board of
Directors  shall   determine;   subject,   however,   to  such   limitations  or
restrictions,  if any, as are  contained  in the  express  terms of any class of
shares of the Company  outstanding at the time of the purchase or acquisition in
question or as are imposed by law or regulation.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>



        Article  6.  Incorporator.  The name and  business  address  of the sole
incorporator is as follows:


              Name                               Address
        ----------------                    -------------------------------
        Robert Neudorfer                    807 Middle Street
                                            Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania  15212

        Article 7.  Directors.  The business and affairs of the Company shall be
managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

        A. Number.  The number of directors of the Company shall be such number,
not less than 5 nor more than 15 (exclusive of directors,  if any, to be elected
by  holders of  Preferred  Stock,  voting  separately  as a class),  as shall be
provided  from time to time in  accordance  with the  bylaws,  provided  that no
decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term
of any incumbent director, and provided further that no action shall be taken to
decrease or increase the number of  directors  from time to time unless at least
eighty  percent  (80%) of the  directors  then in  office  shall  concur in said
action.

        B. Classified  Board.  The Board of Directors shall be divided into four
classes of directors  that shall be designated  Class I, Class II, Class III and
Class IV. The  members of each class  shall be elected  for a term of four years
and until their  successors are elected and qualified.  Such classes shall be as
nearly equal in number as the then total number of  directors  constituting  the
entire Board of Directors  shall  permit,  with the term of office of Class I to
expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders,  the term of office of Class
II to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter, the term
of office of Class III to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years
thereafter  and the  term  of  Class  IV to  expire  at the  annual  meeting  of
stockholders  three years  thereafter.  At each annual  meeting of  stockholders
following such initial classification and election, directors elected to succeed
those  directors  whose  terms  expire  shall be elected for a term of office to
expire  at the four  succeeding  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  after  their
election.

        Should  the  number  of  directors  of  the  Company  be  reduced,   the
directorship(s)  eliminated  shall be  allocated  among the  classes so that the
number of directors in each class is as specified in the  immediately  preceding
paragraph.  The  Board  of  Directors  shall  designate,  by  the  name  of  the
incumbent(s), the position(s) to be abolished. Should the number of directors of
the Company be increased,  the additional directorships shall be allocated among
such  classes so that the number of  directors  in each class is as specified in
the immediately preceding paragraph.

        Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock of the
Company shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more
directors of the Company, the Board of Directors shall consist of said directors
so elected in addition  to the number of  directors  fixed as provided  above in
this Article 7.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  and except as otherwise may be
required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



Stock of the Company  shall have the right,  voting  separately  as a class,  to
elect  one or more  directors  of the  Company,  the  terms of the  director  or
directors  elected by such holders  shall expire at the next  succeeding  annual
meeting of stockholders.

        C. No  Cumulative  Voting.  Stockholders  of the  Company  shall  not be
permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.

        D.  Vacancies.  Subject  to the  rights of the  holders of any series of
Preferred  Stock  then  outstanding,  any  vacancy  occurring  on the  Board  of
Directors,  including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number
of  directors,  shall be  filled by a  majority  vote of the  directors  then in
office, whether or not a quorum is present, or by a sole remaining director, and
any  director  so chosen  shall  serve until the term of the class to which such
director  was  appointed  shall  expire and until a  successor  is  elected  and
qualified. When the number of directors is changed, the Board of Directors shall
determine  the class or classes to which the  increased or  decreased  number of
directors shall be appointed.

        E.  Removal.  Unless  otherwise  required by law, a director  (including
persons elected by directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be
removed  from  office only for cause by an  affirmative  vote of not less than a
majority  of the total  votes  eligible  to be cast by  stockholders.  Cause for
removal by  stockholders  shall  exist  only if the  director  whose  removal is
proposed  has been  either  declared  of unsound  mind by an order of a court of
competent  jurisdiction,  convicted of a felony or of an offense  punishable  by
imprisonment  for a  term  of  more  than  one  year  by a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction,  or deemed liable by a court of competent  jurisdiction  for gross
negligence or misconduct in the  performance  of such  director's  duties to the
Company. At least 30 days prior to such meeting of stockholders,  written notice
shall be sent to the director  whose  removal will be considered at the meeting.
Directors  may also be removed  from  office in the manner  provided in Sections
1726(b) and 1726(c) of the BCL, or any successors to such sections.

        F.  Nominations of Directors.  Nominations of candidates for election as
directors at any annual  meeting of  stockholders  may be made (a) by, or at the
direction  of, a majority of the Board of  Directors  or (b) by any  stockholder
entitled to vote at such annual  meeting.  Only persons  nominated in accordance
with the procedures set forth in this Article 7.F shall be eligible for election
as directors at an annual meeting.  Ballots bearing the names of all the persons
who have been  nominated  for  election  as  directors  at an annual  meeting in
accordance  with the  procedures set forth in this Article 7.F shall be provided
for use at the annual meeting.

        Nominations,  other than those made by or at the  direction of the Board
of  Directors,  shall be made  pursuant  to  timely  notice  in  writing  to the
Secretary  of the  Company as set forth in this  Article  7.F.  To be timely,  a
stockholder's  notice  shall be  delivered  to, or mailed and  received  at, the
principal  executive  offices of the  Company not less than 60 days prior to the
anniversary date of the immediately  preceding annual meeting of stockholders of
the Company; provided,  however, that with respect to the first scheduled annual
meeting,  notice by the  stockholder  must be so  delivered or received no later
than the close of business on the tenth day following the day

                                       -4-

<PAGE>



on which  notice of the date of the  scheduled  meeting  was  mailed and must be
delivered  or  received  no later  than the close of  business  on the fifth day
preceding the date of the meeting. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (a)
as to each person whom the  stockholder  proposes  to nominate  for  election or
re-election  as a director and as to the  stockholder  giving the notice (i) the
name, age,  business  address,  and residence  address of such person,  (ii) the
principal occupation or employment of such person, (iii) the class and number of
shares of Company stock that are Beneficially Owned (as determined by Rule 13d-3
promulgated  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended) by such
person on the date of such stockholder  notice,  and (iv) any other  information
relating to such person that is required to be  disclosed  in  solicitations  of
proxies  with respect to nominees  for  election as  directors,  pursuant to the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act")  or any
successor thereto;  and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the name
and address,  as they appear on the Company's books, of such stockholder and any
other  stockholders known by such stockholder to be supporting such nominees and
(ii) the class and number of shares of Company stock that are Beneficially Owned
by such  stockholder on the date of such  stockholder  notice and, to the extent
known, by any other stockholders known by such stockholder to be supporting such
nominees on the date of such stockholder  notice. At the request of the Board of
Directors,  any  person  nominated  by,  or at the  direction  of,  the Board of
Directors  for election as a director at an annual  meeting shall furnish to the
Secretary  of the  Company  the same  information  required to be set forth in a
stockholder's notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee.

        The Board of Directors may reject any  nomination  by a stockholder  not
timely made in  accordance  with the  requirements  of this  Article 7.F. If the
Board of  Directors,  or a designated  committee  thereof,  determines  that the
information   provided   in  a   stockholder's   notice  does  not  satisfy  the
informational  requirements  of this  Article 7.F in any material  respect,  the
Secretary of the Company shall notify such  stockholder of the deficiency in the
notice.  The  stockholder  shall have an  opportunity  to cure the deficiency by
providing  additional  information to the Secretary  within such period of time,
not to exceed  five days  from the date such  deficiency  notice is given to the
stockholder,  as the  Board of  Directors  or such  committee  shall  reasonably
determine. If the deficiency is not cured within such period, or if the Board of
Directors  or  such  committee   reasonably   determines   that  the  additional
information  provided by the stockholder,  together with information  previously
provided,  does not satisfy the requirements of this Article 7.F in any material
respect,  then the Board of Directors may reject such stockholder's  nomination.
The Secretary of the Company shall notify a stockholder in writing  whether such
person's  nomination has been made in accordance with the time and informational
requirements  of this Article 7.F.  Notwithstanding  the procedures set forth in
this  paragraph,  if neither the Board of Directors nor such  committee  makes a
determination  as to the  validity  of any  nominations  by a  stockholder,  the
presiding  officer of the annual  meeting  shall  determine  and  declare at the
annual meeting  whether the nomination was made in accordance  with the terms of
this Article 7.F. If the presiding officer determines that a nomination was made
in  accordance  with the terms of this Article 7.F, such person shall so declare
at the annual  meeting and ballots shall be provided for use at the meeting with
respect to such nominee.  If the presiding officer  determines that a nomination
was not made in accordance with the terms of this

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



Article  7.F,  such  person  shall so  declare  at the  annual  meeting  and the
defective nomination shall be disregarded.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing,  and except as otherwise required by law,
whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the
right,  voting  separately  as a class,  to elect one or more  directors  of the
Company,  the provisions of this Article 7.F shall not apply with respect to the
director or directors elected by such holders of Preferred Stock.

        Article  8.  Preemptive  Rights.  No holder of any of the  shares of any
class or series of stock or of options,  warrants,  or other  rights to purchase
shares of any class or series or of other  securities  of the Company shall have
any  preemptive  right to purchase or subscribe  for any  unissued  stock of any
class or series, any unissued bonds,  certificates of indebtedness,  debentures,
or other  securities  convertible into or exchangeable for stock of any class or
series or carrying  any right to purchase  stock of any class or series,  or any
shares of any class, bonds,  debentures,  notes, scrip,  warrants,  obligations,
evidences of indebtedness,  or other securities of the Company  purchased by the
Company  pursuant  to  Article  5.D;  but any such  unissued,  or issued but not
outstanding,  stock, bonds,  certificates of indebtedness,  debentures, or other
securities  convertible  into or exchangeable for stock or carrying any right to
purchase stock may be issued pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors to
such  persons,  firms,  corporations,  or  associations,  whether or not holders
thereof,  and  upon  such  terms  as may be  deemed  advisable  by the  Board of
Directors in the exercise of its sole discretion.

        Article 9.  Elimination  of  Directors'  Liability.  A  director  of the
Company shall not be personally  liable,  as such, for monetary  damages for any
action  taken  unless:  (i) the  director has breached or failed to perform such
director's  fiduciary  duties, or other duties under Chapter 17, Subchapter B of
the BCL, of such  director's  office,  and (ii) the breach or failure to perform
constitutes  self-dealing,   willful  misconduct,  or  recklessness;   provided,
however,  that  the  foregoing  shall  not  apply to (i) the  responsibility  or
liability of a director pursuant to any criminal statute;  or (ii) the liability
of a director for the payment of taxes pursuant to federal, state, or local law.
If the laws of the  Commonwealth of Pennsylvania are amended after the effective
date of these  Articles  of  Incorporation  to  eliminate  further  or limit the
personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company
shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by law.

        Any  repeal  or   modification   of  the  foregoing   paragraph  by  the
stockholders  of the Company shall not adversely  affect any right or protection
of  a  director  of  the  Company  existing  at  the  time  of  such  repeal  or
modification.

        Article 10. Indemnification, etc. of Officers, Directors, Employees, and
Agents.

        A. Persons. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a party
or is threatened  to be made a party to any  threatened,  pending,  or completed
action,  suit,  or  proceeding,  including  actions  by or in the  right  of the
Company, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of
the fact that such person is or was a director,

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



officer,  employee,  fiduciary,  trustee,  or agent of the Company, or is or was
serving  at the  request  of  the  Company  as a  director,  officer,  employee,
fiduciary, trustee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, or other enterprise.

        B. Extent -- Derivative Actions.  In the case of a threatened,  pending,
or completed  action or suit by or in the right of the Company  against a person
named in  paragraph  A by reason of such  person  holding  a  position  named in
paragraph A, the Company shall  indemnify  such person if such person  satisfies
the standard in paragraph C, for expenses  (including  attorneys' fees) actually
and  reasonably  incurred  by such  person in  connection  with the  defense  or
settlement of the action or suit.

        C. Standard -- Derivative  Suits. In the case of a threatened,  pending,
or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company, a person named in
paragraph A shall be indemnified only if:

               1.     such person is successful on the merits or otherwise; or

               2. such person acted in good faith in the transaction that is the
        subject of the suit or action, and in a manner reasonably believed to be
        in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, including, but
        not limited to, the taking of any and all actions in connection with the
        Company's  response  to any  tender  offer or any offer or  proposal  of
        another party to engage in a Business Combination (as defined in Article
        13 of these  Articles) not approved by the Board of Directors.  However,
        such person shall not be indemnified in respect of any claim,  issue, or
        matter as to which such person has been  adjudged  liable to the Company
        unless  (and only to the extent  that) the court of common  pleas or the
        court in which the suit was brought shall determine,  upon  application,
        that  despite  the  adjudication  of  liability  but in  view of all the
        circumstances,   such  person  is  fairly  and  reasonably  entitled  to
        indemnity for such expenses as the court shall deem proper.

        D. Extent -- Nonderivative  Suits. In case of a threatened,  pending, or
completed suit, action, or proceeding (whether civil, criminal,  administrative,
or investigative), other than a suit by or in the right of the Company, together
hereafter  referred  to as a  nonderivative  suit,  against  a  person  named in
paragraph A by reason of such person  holding a position  named in  paragraph A,
the Company shall indemnify such person if such person satisfies the standard in
paragraph  E, for amounts  actually  and  reasonably  incurred by such person in
connection with the defense or settlement of the nonderivative suit,  including,
but not limited to (i) expenses  (including  attorneys' fees), (ii) amounts paid
in settlement, (iii) judgments, and (iv) fines.

        E. Standard -- Nonderivative  Suits. In case of a nonderivative  suit, a
person named in paragraph A shall be indemnified only if:

               1. such person is successful on the merits or otherwise; or


                                       -7-

<PAGE>



               2. such person acted in good faith in the transaction that is the
        subject of the nonderivative suit and in a manner such person reasonably
        believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company,
        including,  but not  limited  to, the  taking of any and all  actions in
        connection with the Company's  response to any tender offer or any offer
        or proposal  of another  party to engage in a Business  Combination  (as
        defined in Article 13 of these  Articles)  not  approved by the Board of
        Directors and, with respect to any criminal  action or proceeding,  such
        person had no  reasonable  cause to believe  such  person's  conduct was
        unlawful.  The termination of a nonderivative  suit by judgment,  order,
        settlement,  conviction,  or  upon  a plea  of  nolo  contendere  or its
        equivalent  shall not, in itself,  create a presumption  that the person
        failed to satisfy the standard of this paragraph E.2.

        F.  Determination  That Standard Has Been Met. A determination  that the
standard of  paragraph  C or E has been  satisfied  may be made by a court,  or,
except as stated in paragraph C.2 (second  sentence),  the  determination may be
made by:

                1.  the  Board  of  Directors  by a  majority  vote of a  quorum
        consisting  of  directors  of the  Company  who were not  parties to the
        action, suit, or proceeding;

                2. if such a quorum is not  obtainable  or if  obtainable  and a
        majority  of  a  quorum  of  disinterested   directors  so  directs,  by
        independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or

                3. the stockholders of the Company.

        G.  Proration.  Anyone  making a  determination  under  paragraph  F may
determine  that a person has met the  standard as to some  matters but not as to
others, and may reasonably prorate amounts to be indemnified.

        H. Advancement of Expenses.  Reasonable expenses incurred by a director,
officer,  employee,  or agent of the  Company in  defending  a civil or criminal
action, suit, or proceeding described in Article 10.A may be paid by the Company
in advance of the final  disposition  of such action,  suit, or proceeding  upon
receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if
it  shall  ultimately  be  determined  that the  person  is not  entitled  to be
indemnified by the Company.

        I.  Other  Rights.  The  indemnification  and  advancement  of  expenses
provided by or pursuant to this Article 10 shall not be deemed  exclusive of any
other rights to which those seeking  indemnification  or advancement of expenses
may be entitled under any insurance or other agreement,  vote of stockholders or
directors, or otherwise, both as to actions in their official capacity and as to
actions in another capacity while holding an office,  and shall continue as to a
person who has ceased to be a director,  officer,  employee,  or agent and shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person.


                                       -8-

<PAGE>



        J. Insurance.  The Company shall have the power to purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director,  officer,  employee,
or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a
director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust, or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such
person and incurred by such person in any such capacity,  or arising out of such
person's  status as such,  whether  or not the  Company  would have the power to
indemnify  such person  against  such  liability  under the  provisions  of this
Article 10.

        K.  Security  Fund;  Indemnity  Agreements.  By  action  of the Board of
Directors  (notwithstanding their interest in the transaction),  the Company may
create  and  fund a  trust  fund  or fund of any  nature,  and  may  enter  into
agreements with its officers,  directors,  employees, and agents for the purpose
of securing or insuring in any manner its  obligation  to  indemnify  or advance
expenses provided for in this Article 10.

        L.  Modification.  The duties of the Company to indemnify and to advance
expenses to any person as provided in this  Article 10 shall be in the nature of
a contract between the Company and each such person,  and no amendment or repeal
of any  provision of this Article 10, and no  amendment  or  termination  of any
trust or other fund created pursuant to Article 10.K hereof,  shall alter to the
detriment of such person the right of such person to the advancement of expenses
or  indemnification  related to a claim  based on an act or failure to act which
took place prior to such amendment, repeal, or termination.

        M. Proceedings  Initiated by Indemnified  Persons.  Notwithstanding  any
other  provision in this Article 10, the Company shall not indemnify a director,
officer,  employee,  or agent for any liability incurred in an action,  suit, or
proceeding initiated by (which shall not be deemed to include  counter-claims or
affirmative  defenses) or  participated  in as an intervenor or amicus curiae by
the person seeking indemnification unless such initiation of or participation in
the action,  suit,  or  proceeding  is  authorized,  either  before or after its
commencement,  by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the directors  then in
office.

        N. Savings  Clause.  If this  Article 10 or any portion  hereof shall be
invalidated  on any  ground by any  court of  competent  jurisdiction,  then the
Company shall nevertheless indemnify each director, officer, employee, and agent
of the Company as to costs,  charges, and expenses (including  attorneys' fees),
judgments,  fines,  and amounts paid in  settlement  with respect to any action,
suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,  administrative, or investigative,
including  an action by or in the right of the  Company  to the  fullest  extent
permitted by any applicable  portion of this Article 10 that shall not have been
invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

        If the laws of the  Commonwealth of  Pennsylvania  are amended to permit
further indemnification of the directors, officers, employees, and agents of the
Company,  then the Company shall  indemnify  such persons to the fullest  extent
permitted by law. Any repeal or modification of this Article by the stockholders
of the Company shall not adversely affect any

                                       -9-

<PAGE>



right or protection of a director,  officer,  employee, or agent existing at the
time of such repeal or modification.

        Article 11.   Meetings of Stockholders and Stockholder Proposals.

        A.  Special   Meetings  of   Stockholders.   Special   meetings  of  the
stockholders  of the  Company  may be  called  only by the  Board  of  Directors
pursuant to a resolution  approved by the affirmative  vote of a majority of the
directors then in office.

        B. Action  Without a Meeting.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of
these Articles or the Bylaws of the Company,  no action  required to be taken or
which may be taken at any annual or special  meeting of the  stockholders of the
Company may be taken without a meeting, and the power of stockholders to consent
in  writing,  without a meeting,  to the  taking of any  action is  specifically
denied.

        C. Stockholder  Proposals.  At an annual meeting of  stockholders,  only
such new business  shall be conducted,  and only such  proposals  shall be acted
upon,  as shall  have been  brought  before  the  annual  meeting  by, or at the
direction of, (1) the Board of Directors or (2) any  stockholder  of the Company
who complies with all the requirements set forth in this Article 11.C.

        Proposals,  other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors,  shall be made  pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary
of the Company as set forth in this Article 11.C. For  stockholder  proposals to
be considered at the annual meeting of stockholders,  the  stockholder's  notice
shall be  delivered  to, or mailed  and  received  at, the  principal  executive
offices of the  Company not less than 60 days prior to the  anniversary  date of
the immediately  preceding  annual meeting of stockholders of the Company.  Such
stockholder's  notice shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes
to bring  before the annual  meeting  (a) a brief  description  of the  proposal
desired to be brought  before the annual  meeting and the reasons for conducting
such business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear on
the Company's  books,  of the  stockholder  proposing  such business and, to the
extent known, any other  stockholders known by such stockholder to be supporting
such proposal,  (c) the class and number of shares of the Company stock that are
Beneficially  Owned by the  stockholder on the date of such  stockholder  notice
and, to the extent known, by any other stockholders known by such stockholder to
be supporting such proposal on the date of such stockholder  notice, and (d) any
financial  interest of the  stockholder  in such proposal  (other than interests
which all stockholders would have).


                                      -10-

<PAGE>



        The Board of Directors  may reject any  stockholder  proposal not timely
made in  accordance  with  the  terms  of this  Article  11.C.  If the  Board of
Directors,  or a designated  committee thereof,  determines that the information
provided  in  a  stockholder's   notice  does  not  satisfy  the   informational
requirements of this Article 11.C in any material respect,  the Secretary of the
Company shall promptly notify such  stockholder of the deficiency in the notice.
The  stockholder  shall have an  opportunity to cure the deficiency by providing
additional  information  to the  Secretary  within such  period of time,  not to
exceed  five  days  from  the  date  such  deficiency  notice  is  given  to the
stockholder,  as the  Board of  Directors  or such  committee  shall  reasonably
determine. If the deficiency is not cured within such period, or if the Board of
Directors or such committee determines that the additional  information provided
by the stockholder,  together with  information  previously  provided,  does not
satisfy the requirements of this Article 11.C in any material respect,  then the
Board of Directors may reject such stockholder's  proposal. The Secretary of the
Company  shall  notify a  stockholder  in  writing  whether  such  stockholder's
proposal  has  been  made  in  accordance   with  the  time  and   informational
requirements of this Article 11.C.  Notwithstanding  the procedures set forth in
this  paragraph,  if neither the Board of Directors nor such  committee  makes a
determination  as to the validity of any  stockholder  proposal,  the  presiding
officer of the annual meeting shall  determine and declare at the annual meeting
whether the  stockholder  proposal was made in accordance with the terms of this
Article 11.C. If the presiding  officer  determines that a stockholder  proposal
was made in accordance with the terms of this Article 11.C, such person shall so
declare at the annual  meeting  and  ballots  shall be  provided  for use at the
meeting with respect to any such proposal.  If the presiding officer  determines
that a stockholder  proposal was not made in  accordance  with the terms of this
Article  11.C,  such person shall so declare at the annual  meeting and any such
proposal shall not be acted upon at the annual meeting.

        This  provision  shall not prevent  the  consideration  and  approval or
disapproval  at the  annual  meeting  of  report  of  officers,  directors,  and
committees of the Board of Directors,  but in connection  with such reports,  no
new business shall be acted upon at such annual  meeting  unless stated,  filed,
and received as herein provided.

        Article 12.   Certain Limitations on Voting Rights

        A. Limitations.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of these Articles,
in no event  shall any record  owner of any  outstanding  Common  Stock which is
beneficially  owned,  directly or indirectly,  by a person who, as of any record
date for the  determination  of  stockholders  entitled  to vote on any  matter,
beneficially  owns in  excess  of 10% of the  then-outstanding  shares of Common
Stock (the  "Limit"),  be  entitled,  or permitted to any vote in respect of the
shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes which may be cast by any
record  owner by virtue of the  provisions  hereof in  respect  of Common  Stock
beneficially  owned by such person owning shares in excess of the Limit shall be
a number equal to the total  number of votes which a single  record owner of all
Common  Stock owned by such person  would be entitled to cast,  multiplied  by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series
which are both  beneficially  owned by such  person  and owned of record by such
record owner and the

                                      -11-

<PAGE>



denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock  beneficially
owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit.

        Further,  for a  period  of  five  years  from  the  completion  of  the
conversion of Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB from mutual to stock form, no Person
shall  directly  or  indirectly  Offer to  acquire  or  acquire  the  beneficial
ownership of more than 10% of any class of any equity security of the Company.

        B.  Definitions.  The following  definitions shall apply to this Article
12.

                1.  "Affiliate"  shall have the  meaning  ascribed to it in Rule
        12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange
        Act of 1934, as in effect on the date of filing of this Certificate.

                2. "Beneficial Ownership" (including "Beneficially Owned") shall
        be  determined   pursuant  to  Rule  13d-3  of  the  General  Rules  and
        Regulations under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor
        rule or statutory provision),  or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded
        and there shall be no successor rule or provision  thereto,  pursuant to
        said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on the date of filing of this  Certificate;
        provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the
        "beneficial owner" of any Common Stock:

                        (a) which  such  Person or any of its  Affiliates  owns,
                directly or indirectly; or

                        (b) which such Person or any of its  Affiliates  has (i)
                the  right  to  acquire   (whether  such  right  is  exercisable
                immediately or only after the passage of time),  pursuant to any
                agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed
                to be the Beneficial Owner of any voting shares solely by reason
                of an  agreement,  contract,  or  other  arrangement  with  this
                Company to effect any transaction  which is described in Section
                A of Article  13) or upon the  exercise  of  conversion  rights,
                exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole
                or shared  voting  or  investment  power  with  respect  thereto
                pursuant   to   any   agreement,   arrangement,   understanding,
                relationship  or  otherwise  (but  shall not be deemed to be the
                Beneficial  Owner of any  voting  shares  solely  by reason of a
                revocable   proxy   granted   for  a   particular   meeting   of
                stockholders,  pursuant to a public  solicitation of proxies for
                such  meeting,  with  respect  to shares of which  neither  such
                Person nor any such Affiliate is otherwise deemed the Beneficial
                Owner); or

                        (c) which are owned directly or indirectly, by any other
                Person  with  which such  first  mentioned  Person or any of its
                Affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate
                or other group pursuant to any agreement,

                                      -12-

<PAGE>



                arrangement  or  understanding  for the  purpose  of  acquiring,
                holding,  voting or disposing of any shares of capital  stock of
                this Company;

and provided further,  however,  that (1) no director or officer of this Company
(or any  Affiliate of any such director or officer)  shall,  solely by reason of
any or all of such directors or officers acting in their  capacities as such, be
deemed,   for  any  purposes  hereof,  to  Beneficially  Own  any  Common  Stock
Beneficially  Owned by any other  such  director  or officer  (or any  Affiliate
thereof),  and (2) neither any employee stock  ownership or similar plan of this
Company or any subsidiary of this Company,  nor any trustee with respect thereto
or any  Affiliate  of such  trustee  (solely by reason of such  capacity of such
trustee),  shall be deemed,  for any purposes  hereof,  to Beneficially  Own any
Common Stock held under any such plan.  For purposes of computing the percentage
Beneficial  Ownership of Common Stock of a Person,  the outstanding Common Stock
shall include  shares deemed owned by such Person  through  application  of this
subsection but shall not include any other Common Stock which may be issuable by
this Company pursuant to any agreement,  or upon exercise of conversion  rights,
warrants or options,  or  otherwise.  For all other  purposes,  the  outstanding
Common  Stock shall  include only Common  Stock then  outstanding  and shall not
include any Common Stock which may be issuable by this  Company  pursuant to any
agreement,  or upon the exercise of conversion rights,  warrants or options,  or
otherwise.

               3. The term  "Offer"  shall  mean every  written  offer to buy or
acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer or request or invitation
for tender of, a security or interest in a security for value; provided that the
term "Offer" shall not include (i) inquiries  directed  solely to the management
of the Company and not intended to be  communicated  to  stockholders  which are
designed  to elicit  an  indication  of  management's  receptivity  to the basic
structure of a potential  acquisition  with respect to the amount of cash and or
securities,  manner of acquisition  and formula for  determining  price, or (ii)
non-binding   expressions  of  understanding  or  letters  of  intent  with  the
management  of  the  Company  regarding  the  basic  structure  of  a  potential
acquisition  with  respect to the amount of cash  and/or  securities,  manner of
acquisition and formula for determining price.

               4. A "Person" shall mean any individual,  firm,  corporation,  or
other entity.

        C. The board of directors shall have the power to construe and apply the
provisions  of this  Article  12 and to make  all  determinations  necessary  or
desirable to implement  such  provisions,  including  but not limited to matters
with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock  Beneficially  Owned by
any Person,  (ii) whether a Person is an Affiliate of another,  (iii)  whether a
Person has an agreement,  arrangement,  or understanding  with another as to the
matters  referred  to in  the  definition  of  Beneficial  Ownership,  (iv)  the
application of any other definition or operative provision of the section to the
given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the  applicability or effect of
this Article 12.

        D. The board of directors shall have the right to demand that any Person
who is  reasonably  believed to  Beneficially  Own Common Stock in excess of the
Limit (or holders of

                                      -13-

<PAGE>



record of Common Stock  Beneficially Owned by any Person in excess of the Limit)
supply the Company with complete  information  as to (i) the record  owner(s) of
all shares  Beneficially Owned by such Person who is reasonably  believed to own
shares in excess of the Limit and (ii) any other factual matter  relating to the
applicability  or effect of this  Article 12 as may  reasonably  be requested of
such Person.

        E. Except as  otherwise  provided by law or  expressly  provided in this
Article  12,  the  presence  in person or by proxy of the  holders  of record of
shares of capital stock of the Company  entitling the holders  thereof to cast a
majority of the votes (after giving  effect,  if required,  to the provisions of
this Article 12)  entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital  stock
of the Company entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
stockholders,  and every  reference  in these  Articles  to a majority  or other
proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining
any quorum  requirement or any requirement  for stockholder  consent or approval
shall be deemed to refer to such  majority or other  proportion of the votes (or
the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

        F. The  provisions  of this  Article 12 shall not be  applicable  to any
tax-qualified  defined benefit plan or defined  contribution plan of the Company
or its  subsidiaries  or to the  acquisition  of more  than 10% of any  class of
equity  security  of the  Company  if such  acquisition  has  been  approved  by
two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors,  as described in Article 13 of this
Article;  provided,  however, that such approval shall only be effective if such
Directors  shall have the power to  construe  and apply the  provisions  of this
Article 12 and to make all  determinations  necessary  or desirable to implement
such  provisions,  including  but not limited to matters with respect to (a) the
number of shares  Beneficially  Owned by any Person, (b) whether a Person has an
agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred
to in the definition of Beneficial  Ownership,  (c) the application of any other
material  fact relating to the  applicability  or effect of this Article 12. Any
constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Directors pursuant to
this  Article  12 in  good  faith  and on the  basis  of  such  information  and
assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose shall be conclusive
and binding upon the Company and its stockholders.

        G. In the event any  provision  (or portion  thereof) of this Article 12
shall be found to be invalid,  prohibited or unenforceable  for any reason,  the
remaining  provisions  (or portions  thereof) of this Article 12 shall remain in
full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid,  prohibited or
unenforceable  provision  had  been  stricken  herefrom  or  otherwise  rendered
inapplicable, it being the intent of this Company and its stockholders that each
such remaining  provision (or portion thereof) of this Article 12 remain, to the
fullest  extent  permitted  by  law,   applicable  and  enforceable  as  to  all
stockholders,  including  stockholders owning an amount of stock over the Limit,
notwithstanding any such finding.



                                      -14-

<PAGE>



        Article 13.  Stockholder Approval of Business Combinations

        A. General  Requirement.  The definitions and other provisions set forth
in Article 12 are also  applicable to this Article 13. The  affirmative  vote of
the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the  outstanding  shares of
"Voting  Shares"  shall be required  for the  approval or  authorization  of any
"Business Combination" as defined and set forth below:

               1. Any merger,  consolidation,  share exchange or division of the
Company  or any  Subsidiary  of the  Company  with  or into  (i) any  Interested
Shareholder (as hereinafter  defined),  or (ii) with,  involving or resulting in
any other  corporation  (whether or not itself an Interested  Shareholder of the
Company)  which  is, or after  the  merger,  consolidation,  share  exchange  or
division would be, an Affiliate or Associate of the Interested Shareholder;

               2. A sale, lease, exchange,  mortgage,  pledge, transfer or other
disposition  (in one  transaction  or  series  of  transactions)  to or with the
Interested  Shareholders  or any  Affiliate  or  Associate  or  such  Interested
Shareholder of assets of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (i) Having
an aggregate  Market Value (as hereinafter  defined) equal to 10% or more of the
aggregate Market Value of all the assets, determined on a consolidated bases, of
such Company;  (ii) having an aggregate Market Value equal to 10% or more of the
aggregate  Market  Value of all  outstanding  shares of such  Company;  or (iii)
representing  10% or more of the earning  power or net income,  determined  on a
consolidated basis, of such Company.

               3. The issuance or transfer by the Company or any  Subsidiary  of
the Company (in one or a series of  transactions)  of any shares of such Company
or any  Subsidiary of such Company which has an aggregate  Market Value equal to
5% or more of the aggregate  Market Value of all the  outstanding  shares of the
Company to the  Interested  Shareholder  or any  Affiliate  or Associate of such
Interested  Shareholder  except  pursuant to the  exercise  of option  rights to
purchase shares,  or pursuant to the conversion of securities  having conversion
rights,  offered,  or a dividend or  distribution  paid or made, pro rata to all
shareholders of the Company.

               4.  The  adoption  at any time of any  plan or  proposal  for the
liquidation  or  dissolution  of the  Company  proposed  by, or  pursuant to any
agreement,  arrangement or understanding with the Interested  Shareholder or any
Affiliate or Associate of such Interested Shareholder.

               5.  A   reclassification   of  securities   (including,   without
limitation,  any split of shares,  dividend of shares, or other  distribution of
shares  in  respect  of  shares,   or  any   reverse   split  of   shares),   or
recapitalization  of the Company,  or any merger or consolidation of the Company
with any  Subsidiary of the Company,  or any other  transaction  (whether or not
with or into or otherwise involving the Interested Shareholder), proposed by, or
pursuant  to any  agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  (whether or not in
writing) with,  the Interested  Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of the
Interested  Shareholder,  which  has the  effect,  directly  or  indirectly,  of
increasing the  proportionate  share of the  outstanding  shares of any class or
series of Voting  Shares or  securities  convertible  into Voting  Shares of the
Company or any

                                      -15-

<PAGE>



Subsidiary  of the  Company  which  is,  directly  or  indirectly,  owned by the
Interested   Shareholder  or  any  Affiliate  or  Associate  of  the  Interested
Shareholder,  except as a result of immaterial  changes due to fractional  share
adjustments.

               6. The receipt by the Interested  Shareholder or any Affiliate or
Associate of the Interested  Shareholder of the benefit,  directly or indirectly
(except  proportionately  as a  shareholder  of  the  Company),  of  any  loans,
advances,  guarantees,  pledges or other financial  assistance or tax credits or
other tax advantages provided by or through the Company.

        The affirmative vote required by this Article 13 shall be in addition to
the vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company otherwise
required by law, by any other Article of these Articles of Incorporation, as the
same  may be  amended  from  time to time,  by any  resolution  of the  Board of
Directors  providing  for the issuance of a class or series of stock,  or by any
agreement between the Company and any national securities exchange.

        B.     Certain Definitions.

               1. "Share Acquisition Date" means with respect to any  Person and
the Company, the date that such person first became  an  Interested  Shareholder
of the Company.

               2. The "Market Value" of the common stock of the Company shall be
the highest  closing sale price during the 30-day period  immediately  preceding
the date in  question  of the  share of the  composite  tape for New York  Stock
Exchange-listed  shares,  or, if the shares are not quoted on the composite tape
or if the shares are not listed on the exchange,  on the principal United States
securities  exchange registered under the exchange act, on which such shares are
listed,  or, if the  shares  are not listed on any such  exchange,  the  highest
closing  bid  quotation  with  respect to the share  during  the  30-day  period
preceding  the  date in  question  on the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers,  Inc.  Automated  Quotations System or any system then in use, or if no
quotations are  available,  the fair market value on the date in question of the
share as determined  by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.  In
the case of property  other than cash or shares,  the fair  market  value of the
property on the date in question as  determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company in good faith.

               3.     The term "Interested Shareholder," means any Person (other
than the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) that:

               (i) Is the Beneficial  Owner,  directly or indirectly,  of shares
entitling  that  Person to cast at least 20% of the votes that all  shareholders
would be entitled to cast in an election of directors of the Company; or

               (ii) Is an Affiliate or Associate of such Company and at any time
within the five-year  period  immediately  prior to the date in question was the
Beneficial  Owner,  directly or indirectly,  of shares  entitling that Person to
cast at least 20% of the votes that all  shareholders  would be entitled to cast
in an election of directors of the Company.

                                      -16-

<PAGE>




        Exception  - For the  purpose  of  determining  whether  a Person  is an
Interested Shareholder:

               (1) The number of votes that would be  entitled  to be cast in an
election of directors of the Company  shall be  calculated  by including  shares
deemed  to be  beneficially  owned  by the  Person  through  application  of the
definition  of  "Beneficial  Owner" in section  12.B,  but  excluding  any other
unissued shares of such Company which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement,
arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion or option rights or
otherwise; and

               (2) There shall be excluded from the Beneficial  Ownership of the
Interested Shareholder any:

               (i) Shares which were acquired  pursuant to a stock split,  stock
dividend,  reclassification or similar  recapitalization  with respect to shares
described  under this  paragraph  that have been held  continuously  since their
issuance by the Company by the natural  Person or entity that acquired them from
the Company.

        For the purpose only of determining  the  percentage of the  outstanding
shares of Voting  Stock which any  corporation,  partnership,  person,  or other
entity  beneficially  owns,  directly or indirectly,  the outstanding  shares of
Voting  Stock will be deemed to include  any shares of Voting  Stock  which such
corporation,  partnership,  person or other entity beneficially owns pursuant to
the  foregoing  provisions  of this  subsection  (whether  or not such shares of
Voting Stock are in fact issued or outstanding), but shall not include any other
shares of Voting  Stock  which may be  issuable  either  immediately  or at some
future date pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement,  or  understanding  or upon
exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, options, or otherwise.

        C.  Exceptions.  The  provisions of this Article 13 shall not apply to a
Business  Combination  which is approved by  two-thirds  of those members of the
Board of  Directors  who were  directors  prior to the time when the  Interested
Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (the "Continuing  Directors").  The
provisions of this Article 13 also shall not apply to a Business Combination:

               (1)  Approved  by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of shares
entitling  such  holders to cast a majority  of the votes that all  shareholders
would be  entitled  to cast in an  election of  directors  of the  Company,  not
including any Voting Shares beneficially owned by the Interested  Shareholder or
any Affiliate or Associate of such Interested  Shareholder,  at a meeting called
for such purpose no earlier than three months after the  Interested  Shareholder
became,  and if at the time of the meeting the  Interested  Shareholder  is, the
Beneficial  Owner,  directly or indirectly,  of shares  entitling the Interested
Shareholder  to cast at least 80% of the votes  that all  shareholders  would be
entitled to cast in an election of directors of the Company; or


                                      -17-

<PAGE>



               (2)    Approved by the affirmative vote of all of the holders  of
all of the outstanding common shares.

               (3)  Approved  by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of shares
entitling  such  holders to cast a majority  of the votes that all  shareholders
would be  entitled  to cast in an  election of  directors  of the  Company,  not
including any Voting Shares beneficially owned by the Interested  Shareholder or
any Affiliate or Associate of the  Interested  Shareholder,  at a meeting called
for such purpose no earlier than five years after the  Interested  Shareholder's
Share Acquisition Date.

               (4) Approved at a  shareholders'  meeting called for such purpose
no earlier than five years after the Interested  Shareholder's Share Acquisition
Date.

        D. Additional Provisions. Nothing contained in this Article 13, shall be
construed to relieve an Interested  Shareholder  from any  fiduciary  obligation
imposed by law. In addition,  nothing contained in this Article 13 shall prevent
any  shareholder of the Company from objecting to any Business  Combination  and
from demanding any appraisal rights which may be available to such shareholder.

        E.  Amendments.  Notwithstanding  any  provisions  of these  Articles of
Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (and  notwithstanding the fact that a
lesser  percentage may be specified by laws,  these Articles of Incorporation or
the Bylaws of the Company),  the affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80
percent of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon (and, if any class or
series is entitled  to vote  thereon  separately,  the  affirmative  vote of the
holders of at least 80 percent of the  outstanding  shares of each such class or
series)  shall be  required  to amend or  repeal  this  Article  13 or adopt any
provisions inconsistent with this Article.

        Article 14. Evaluation of Offers. The Board of Directors of the Company,
when  evaluating any offer to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity
security of the  Company,  (B) merge or  consolidate  the Company  with  another
corporation or entity or (C) purchase or otherwise  acquire all or substantially
all of the  properties  and assets of the Company,  may, in connection  with the
exercise of its  judgment  in  determining  what is in the best  interest of the
Company and its  stockholders,  give due  consideration to all relevant factors,
including,  without limitation,  the social and economic effect of acceptance of
such offer:  on the  Company's  present and future  customers  and employees and
those of its  subsidiaries;  on the  communities  in which the  Company  and its
subsidiaries  operate or are  located;  on the ability of the Company to fulfill
its corporate  objectives as a financial  institution holding company and on the
ability of its subsidiary  financial  institution to fulfill the objectives of a
federally   insured  financial   institution   under  applicable   statutes  and
regulations.

        Article 15.  Stockholder Approval of Business Combinations

        A.  Stockholder  Vote.  Any  merger,   consolidation,   liquidation,  or
dissolution  of the Company or any action that would result in the sale or other
disposition of all or substantially

                                      -18-

<PAGE>



all of the assets of the  Company  ("Business  Combination")  shall  require the
affirmative  vote  of the  holders  of at  least  eighty  percent  (80%)  of the
outstanding  shares of capital stock of the Company  eligible to vote at a legal
meeting.

        B. Board  Approval.  The provisions of Article 15.A shall not apply to a
particular  Business  Combination,  and such Business  Combination shall require
only such stockholder vote, if any, as would be required by Pennsylvania law, if
such  Business  Combination  is approved by  two-thirds  of the entire  Board of
Directors of the Company.

        Article 16.   Amendment of Articles and Bylaws.

        A. Articles.  The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change, or
repeal any provision contained in these Articles of Incorporation, in the manner
now or hereafter  prescribed by law, and all rights conferred upon  stockholders
herein  are  granted  subject  to  this  reservation.  No  amendment,  addition,
alteration,  change, or repeal of these Articles of Incorporation  shall be made
unless such amendment addition,  alteration, change, or repeal is first proposed
and  approved by the Board of Directors  pursuant to a  resolution  proposed and
adopted by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the directors then in office,
and  thereafter  is approved  by the  holders of a majority  (except as provided
below) of the shares of the Company entitled to vote generally in an election of
directors, voting together as a single class, as well as such additional vote of
the Preferred  Stock as may be required by the provisions of any series thereof.
Notwithstanding  anything  contained in these Articles of  Incorporation  to the
contrary,  the affirmative  vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%)
of the shares of the  Company  entitled  to vote  generally  in an  election  of
directors, voting together as a single class, as well as such additional vote of
the Preferred  Stock as may be required by the provisions of any series thereof,
shall be  required  to amend,  adopt,  alter,  change,  or repeal any  provision
inconsistent with Articles 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16.

        B.  Bylaws.  The Board of Directors or  stockholders  may adopt,  alter,
amend,  or  repeal  the  Bylaws  of the  Company.  Such  action  by the Board of
Directors shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then
in office at any  regular or special  meeting  of the Board of  Directors.  Such
action by the stockholders  shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of
at least  eighty  percent  (80%) of the shares of the  Company  entitled to vote
generally in an election of directors,  voting  together as a single  class,  as
well as such  additional  vote of the Preferred  Stock as may be required by the
provisions of any series thereof.



                                      -19-










                                  EXHIBIT 3.(ii)
<PAGE>

                                                         
                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                               WSB HOLDING COMPANY



                               ARTICLE I. OFFICES

        1.1 Registered Office and Registered Agent. The registered office of WSB
Holding  Company  (the  "Company")  shall  be  located  in the  Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania  at such  place as may be fixed  from  time to time by the board of
directors of the Company (the  "Board" or "Board of  Directors")  upon filing of
such  notices as may be required by law, and the  registered  agent shall have a
business office identical with such registered office.

        1.2 Other Offices.  The Company may have other offices within or outside
the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  at such  place or  places  as the  Board of
Directors may from time to time determine.

                        ARTICLE II. STOCKHOLDERS' MEETING

        2.1 Meeting Place. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the
principal  place of business of the  Company,  or at such other place  within or
without the  Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as shall be determined by the Board of
Directors and stated in the notice of such meeting.

        2.2 Annual Meeting Time. The annual meeting of the  stockholders for the
election of  directors  and for the  transaction  of such other  business as may
properly  come before the meeting  shall be held each year on such date and time
as may be  determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of such
meeting.

        2.3 Organization and Conduct.  Each meeting of the stockholders shall be
presided over by the Chairman of the Board, or in the Chairman's  absence by the
President,  or if neither the Chairman nor the President is present, by any Vice
President.  The Secretary,  or in the Secretary's absence a temporary Secretary,
shall act as secretary of each  meeting of the  stockholders.  In the absence of
the  Secretary  and any  temporary  Secretary,  the  chairman of the meeting may
appoint any person  present to act as secretary of the meeting.  The chairman of
any meeting of the  stockholders,  unless  prescribed  by law or  regulation  or
unless the Board of Directors  has  otherwise  determined,  shall  determine the
order  of the  business  and  the  procedure  at  the  meeting,  including  such
regulation  of the manner of voting and the conduct of  discussions  as shall be
deemed appropriate by such chairman in the chairman's sole discretion.

        2.4  Notice.

               (a)  Notice of the date,  time,  and  place of,  and the  general
business to be conducted at, an annual or special meeting of stockholders  shall
be given by delivering personally,  by facsimile  transmission,  or by mailing a
written  or  printed  notice  of the same,  at least ten (10) days  prior to the
meeting,  to each  stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.  When
any  stockholders'  meeting,  either  annual or special,  is adjourned and a new
record date is fixed for an  adjourned  meeting of  stockholders,  notice of the
adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. It shall
not be  necessary  to give  any  notice  of the time  and  place of any  meeting
adjourned unless new business


<PAGE>



is to be transacted  thereat or a new record date is fixed therefor,  other than
an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

        2.5 Voting  Lists.  The officer or agent  having  charge of the transfer
books for shares of the Company shall make a complete  list of the  shareholders
entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders, arranged in alphabetical order,
with the  address  of and the number of shares  held by each.  The list shall be
produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject
to  inspection of any  shareholder  during the whole time of the meeting for the
purposes thereof.

        2.6  Quorum.  Except as otherwise required by law:

               (a) A quorum at any  annual or special  meeting  of  stockholders
shall  consist of  stockholders  representing,  either in person or by proxy,  a
majority of the  outstanding  capital  stock of the Company  entitled to vote at
such  meeting  without  regard to any shares for which a broker  indicates  on a
proxy that it does not have discretionary authority as to such shares to vote on
such matter ("Broker Non-votes").

               (b) The votes of a majority of those  present,  without regard to
Broker  Non-votes  or votes of  abstention,  at any properly  called  meeting or
adjourned  meeting  of  stockholders,  at which a  quorum  as  defined  above is
present,  shall be sufficient to transact business,  unless such greater vote is
required by these  Bylaws,  the  Articles of  Incorporation,  or the laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

        2.7  Voting of Shares.

               (a) Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or to the extent
that  voting  rights of the shares of any class or classes are limited or denied
by the Articles of Incorporation,  each stockholder, on each matter submitted to
a vote at a  meeting  of  stockholders,  shall  have one vote for each  share of
capital stock registered in such person's name on the books of the Company.

               (b)  Directors  are to be elected by a plurality of votes cast by
the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors at a meeting at which a
quorum is present.  Stockholders  shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes
for the election of directors. If, at any meeting of the stockholders,  due to a
vacancy or vacancies or otherwise, directors of more than one class of the Board
of  Directors  are to be elected,  each class of  directors to be elected at the
meeting shall be elected in a separate election by a plurality vote.

        2.8 Fixing  Record Date.  The Board of Directors may fix a time prior to
the date of any meeting of shareholders  as a record date for the  determination
of the  shareholders  entitled to notice of, or to vote at, the  meeting,  which
time, except in the case of an adjourned meeting, shall be not more than 90 days
prior to the date of the meeting of shareholders. Only shareholders of record on
the date fixed shall be so entitled  notwithstanding  any  transfer of shares on
the books of the  Company  after  any  record  date  fixed as  provided  in this
subsection.  The Board of  Directors  may  similarly  fix a record  date for the
determination  of  shareholders  of  record  for  any  other  purpose.   When  a
determination  of  shareholders  of  record  has been made as  provided  in this
section  for  purposes  of a  meeting,  the  determination  shall  apply  to any
adjournment  thereof  unless the Board fixes a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.

        2.9  Proxies.  A  stockholder  may vote  either  in  person  or by proxy
executed  in  writing  by the  stockholder,  or such  person's  duly  authorized
attorney-in-fact.   A  telegram,   telex,   cablegram,   datagram,   or  similar
transmission  from  a  shareholder  or  attorney-in-fact,   or  a  photographic,
facsimile,  or similar  reproduction  of a writing  executed by a shareholder or
attorney-in-fact may be treated as properly

                                        2

<PAGE>



executed for purposes of this section and shall be so treated if it sets forth a
confidential  and unique  identification  number or other mark  furnished by the
Company  to  the  shareholder  for  the  purposes  of a  particular  meeting  or
transaction.  No proxy  shall be valid  after  three  years from the date of its
execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

        2.10 Voting of Shares in the Name of Two or More  Persons.  Where shares
are held jointly or as tenants in common by two or more  persons as  fiduciaries
or  otherwise,  if only one or more of such  persons  is present in person or by
proxy,  all of the shares  standing in the names of such persons shall be deemed
to be represented  for the purpose of determining a quorum and the Company shall
accept  as the  vote of all such  shares  the  votes  cast by such  person  or a
majority of them and if in any case such  persons are equally  divided  upon the
manner of voting  the  shares  held by them,  the vote of such  shares  shall be
divided  equally  among such  persons,  without  prejudice to the rights of such
joint owners or the beneficial owners thereof among themselves,  except that, if
there shall have been filed with the Secretary of the Company a copy,  certified
by an attorney-at-law to be correct,  of the relevant portions of the agreements
under which such shares are held or the  instrument by which the trust or estate
was  created or the  decree of court  appointing  them,  or of a decree of court
directing the voting of such shares, the persons specified as having such voting
power in the latest such  document  so filed,  and only such  persons,  shall be
entitled to vote such shares but only in accordance therewith.

        2.11 Voting of Shares by Certain Holders. Shares standing in the name of
another corporation may be voted by an officer, agent, or proxy as the bylaws of
such  corporation may prescribe,  or, in the absence of such  provision,  as the
board  of  directors  of  such  corporation  may  determine.  Shares  held by an
administrator,  executor,  guardian, or conservator may be voted by such person,
either in  person or by proxy,  without  a  transfer  of such  shares  into such
person's  name.  Shares  standing  in the name of a trustee  may be voted by the
trustee, either in person or by proxy. Shares standing in the name of a receiver
may be voted by such receiver  without the transfer  thereof into the receiver's
name if authority to do so is contained in an appropriate  order of the court or
other public authority by which such receiver was appointed. A stockholder whose
shares are pledged  shall be entitled to vote such shares  until the shares have
been  transferred  into the name of the pledgee or nominee,  and  thereafter the
pledgee or nominee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

        2.12 Judges of Election. For each meeting of stockholders,  the Board of
Directors  may  appoint  the  judges  of  election.   If  for  any  meeting  the
inspector(s)  appointed by the Board of Directors  shall be unable to act or the
Board of Directors  shall fail to appoint any inspector,  one or more inspectors
may be  appointed  at the  meeting  by  the  chairman  thereof.  The  number  of
inspectors shall be one or three. Except for such duties as may be designated in
the Articles of Incorporation to another person,  such inspectors  determine the
number  of  shares  outstanding  and  the  voting  power  of  each,  the  shares
represented  at the  meeting,  the  existence  of a  quorum,  the  authenticity,
validity,  and effect of proxies,  receive votes or ballots,  hear and determine
all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection  with the right to
vote, count and tabulate all votes, determine the result and do such acts as may
be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.  If
there are three  inspectors,  the decision,  act, or  certificate  of a majority
shall be effective in all respects as the decision,  act, or certificate of all.
Inspectors need not be stockholders.

        2.13 Action By  Shareholders  Without a Meeting.  Action  required to be
taken or which may be taken at any annual or special  meeting of stockholders of
the  Company  may be taken  without a meeting  as set forth in the  Articles  of
Incorporation,  which provisions are incorporated herein with the same effect as
if they were set forth herein.



                                        3

<PAGE>



                           ARTICLE III. CAPITAL STOCK

        3.1  Certificates.  Certificates  of stock shall be issued in  numerical
order,  and each  stockholder  shall be entitled to a certificate  signed by the
President or a Vice  President,  and the Secretary or the Treasurer,  and may be
sealed with the seal of the Company or a facsimile  thereof.  The  signatures of
such officers may be facsimiles if the  certificate is manually signed on behalf
of a transfer agent, or registered by a registrar, other than the Company itself
or an employee of the Company.  If an officer who has signed or whose  facsimile
signature has been placed upon such  certificate  ceases to be an officer of the
Company before the  certificate is issued,  it may be issued by the Company with
the same  effect as if the person  were an  officer  on the date of issue.  Each
certificate of stock shall state:

                (a) that  the  Company  is  incorporated  under  the laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania;

                (b) the name of the person to whom issued;

                (c) the number and class of shares  and the  designation  of the
series, if any, which such certificate represents;

                (d) the par value of each share represented by such certificate,
or a statement that such shares are without par value; and

                (e)  that the  Company  will  furnish  to any  shareholder  upon
request and without charge, a full statement of the  designations,  preferences,
limitations, and relative rights of each class authorized to be issued.

        3.2  Transfers.

               (a) Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the stock transfer
books of the  Company,  kept at the  registered  office of the Company or at its
principal  place  of  business,  or at the  office  of  its  transfer  agent  or
registrar,  and before a new certificate is issued the old certificate  shall be
surrendered for cancellation.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution, open a
share  register  in any state of the United  States,  and may employ an agent or
agents to keep such register, and to record transfers of shares therein.

               (b)  Shares of stock  shall be  transferred  by  delivery  of the
certificates  therefor,  accompanied  either by an  assignment in writing on the
back of the certificate or an assignment separate from the certificate,  or by a
written power of attorney to sell,  assign, and transfer the same, signed by the
holder of said certificate. No shares of stock shall be transferred on the books
of the Company until the outstanding certificates therefor have been surrendered
to the Company.

        3.3 Registered Owner.  Registered  stockholders  shall be treated by the
Company as the holders in fact of the stock standing in their  respective  names
and the Company  shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to
or  interest  in any share on the part of any other  person,  whether  or not it
shall have express or other notice thereof,  except as expressly  provided below
or by the laws of the Commonwealth of  Pennsylvania.  The Board of Directors may
adopt by resolution a procedure whereby a stockholder of the Company may certify
in writing to the Company that all or a portion of the shares  registered in the
name of such  stockholder  are held for the  account  of a  specified  person or
persons. The resolution shall set forth:


                                        4

<PAGE>



                (a) The classification of stockholders who may certify;

                (b) The purpose or purposes for which the  certification  may be
made;

                (c) The form of  certification  and  information to be contained
therein;

                (d) If the  certification  is with  respect to a record  date or
closing of the stock  transfer  books,  the date within which the  certification
must be received by the Company; and

                (e) Such other  provisions  with respect to the procedure as are
deemed necessary or desirable.

        Upon  receipt  by  the  Company  of a  certification  complying  with  a
resolution  meeting  the  above  requirements,  the  persons  specified  in  the
certification  shall be deemed,  for the  purpose or  purposes  set forth in the
certification,  to be the holders of record of the number of shares specified in
place of the stockholder making the certification.

        3.4  Mutilated,  Lost,  or  Destroyed  Certificates.   In  case  of  any
mutilation,  loss, or  destruction of any  certificate of stock,  another may be
issued  in its  place  upon  receipt  of  proof  of such  mutilation,  loss,  or
destruction.  The Board of Directors may impose  conditions on such issuance and
may require the giving of a  satisfactory  bond or  indemnity  to the Company in
such sum as the Board might  determine,  or the Board may  establish  such other
procedures as it deems necessary.

        3.5 Fractional Shares or Scrip. The Company may (a) issue fractions of a
share which shall entitle the holder a proportional  interest to exercise voting
rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of
the Company in the event of  liquidation;  (b) arrange  for the  disposition  of
fractional  interests by those entitled thereto;  (c) pay in cash the fair value
of  fractions  of a share as of the time when those  entitled  to  receive  such
shares are  determined;  or (d) issue scrip in  registered  or bearer form which
shall  entitle  to holder to  receive a  certificate  for a full  share upon the
surrender of such scrip aggregating a full share.

        3.6 Shares of Another  Company.  Shares  owned by the Company in another
corporation,  domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent, or proxy
as  the  Board  of  Directors   may   determine  or,  in  the  absence  of  such
determination, by the President of the Company.


                         ARTICLE IV. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        4.1 Number and Powers. The management of all the affairs,  property, and
interest of the Company  shall be vested in a Board of  Directors.  The Board of
Directors  shall be  divided  into three  classes  as nearly  equal in number as
possible.  The initial Board of Directors shall consist of five (5) persons. The
classification  and term of the directors  shall be as set forth in the Articles
of Incorporation,  which provisions are incorporated herein with the same effect
as if they were set forth  herein.  Directors  must own no less than twelve (12)
shares of the voting stock of the Company.  Such shares shall be kept on deposit
in the vault of the  Company.  Any  director  shall  cease to act when no longer
holding such shares, which fact shall be reported to the Board by the Secretary,
whereupon the Board shall declare the seat of such  director  vacant.  Directors
need not be residents of the  Commonwealth of  Pennsylvania.  In addition to the
powers, authorities,  and duties expressly conferred upon it by these Bylaws and
the  Articles of  Incorporation,  the Board of  Directors  may exercise all such
powers of the Company and do

                                        5

<PAGE>



all such  lawful  acts and things as are not by statute  or by the  Articles  of
Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by
the stockholders.

        In discharging the powers and duties of their respective positions,  the
Board of  Directors,  committees  of the  Board  of  Directors,  and  individual
directors may, in considering the best interests of the Company, consider to the
extent they deem  appropriate  the effects of any action upon any and all groups
affected  by  such  action,   including  stockholders,   employees,   suppliers,
customers,  and  creditor  of the  Company,  and upon the  communities  in which
offices or other  establishments of the Company are located;  the short-term and
long-term  interests of the Company;  the resources,  intent, and conduct (past,
stated,  and potential) of any person seeking to acquire control of the Company;
and any and all  other  factors,  provided  however,  the  Board  of  Directors,
committees of the Board of Directors,  or any  individual  director shall not be
required, in considering the best interests of the Company or the effects of any
action,  to regard any interest or interests of any particular group affected by
the action as a dominant or controlling interest or factor.

        4.2  Change  of  Number.  The  number  of  directors  may at any time be
increased  or  decreased  by a vote of  two-thirds  of the  Board of  Directors,
provided that no decrease  shall have the effect of  shortening  the term of any
incumbent  director  except  as  provided  in  Sections  4.4 and 4.5  hereunder.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained  within these  Bylaws,  the
number of directors may neither be less than five nor more than 15.

        4.3  Resignation.  Any  director  may  resign  at any time by  sending a
written notice of such  resignation to the home office of the Company  addressed
to the Chairman or the  President.  Unless  otherwise  specified  therein,  such
resignation  shall take  effect  upon  receipt  thereof by the  Chairman  or the
President.

        4.4 Vacancies.  All vacancies in the Board of Directors  shall be filled
in the manner provided in the Articles of  Incorporation,  which  provisions are
incorporated herein with the same effect as if they were set forth herein.

        4.5  Removal  of  Directors.  Directors  may be  removed  in the  manner
provided in the Articles of  Incorporation,  which  provisions are  incorporated
herein with the same effect as if they were set forth herein.

        4.6 Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors or any
committee  thereof may be held without notice at the principal place of business
of the  Company or at such other place or places,  either  within or without the
Commonwealth of  Pennsylvania,  as the Board of Directors or such committee,  as
the case may be,  may from time to time  designate.  The  annual  meeting of the
Board  of  Directors  shall  be  held  without  notice   immediately  after  the
adjournment of the annual meeting of stockholders.

        4.7  Special Meetings.

               (a) Special  meetings of the Board of Directors  may be called at
any time by the Chairman,  President,  or by a majority of the authorized number
of directors, to be held at the principal place of business of the Company or at
such other  place or places as the Board of  Directors  or the person or persons
calling  such  meeting  may from time to time  designate.  Notice of all special
meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director at least five
(5)  days  prior  to  such  meeting  by  telegram,  telex,  cablegram,  courier,
facsimile, or other similar communication, by letter, or personally. Such notice
need neither  specify the business to be transacted  at, nor the purpose of, the
meeting.

                                        6

<PAGE>




               (b) Special  meetings of any  committee may be called at any time
by such person or persons and with such  notice as shall be  specified  for such
committee by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such specification, in
the manner and with the notice  required  for  special  meetings of the Board of
Directors.

        4.8 Quorum.  A majority of the Board of Directors  shall be necessary at
all meetings to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

        4.9  Waiver of  Notice.  Attendance  of a  director  at a meeting  shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,  except where a director  attends
for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business  because
the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. A waiver of notice signed by the
director or directors,  whether before, during, or after the time stated for the
meeting, shall be equivalent to the giving of notice.

        4.10 Registering  Dissent. A director who is present at a meeting of the
Board of  Directors  at which  action on a  corporate  matter is taken  shall be
presumed  to have  assented to such action  unless  such  director's  dissent is
entered in the minutes of the meeting,  or unless the  director  files a written
dissent to such action with the person  acting as the  secretary  of the meeting
before the  adjournment  thereof,  or unless the director  delivers a dissent in
writing to the Secretary of the Company immediately after the adjournment of the
meeting.  Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor
of such action.

        4.11  Executive,  Audit,  and  Other  Committees.  Standing  or  special
committees  may be appointed by the Board of Directors  from its own number from
time to time,  and the  Board of  Directors  may from time to time  invest  such
committees with such powers as it may see fit, subject to such conditions as may
be  prescribed  by  the  Board.  An  Executive  Committee  may be  appointed  by
resolution  passed by a majority of the full Board of  Directors.  It shall have
and exercise all of the authority of the Board of Directors, except in reference
to the  submission  of any action  requiring the approval of  stockholders,  the
creation  or filling  of  vacancies  on the Board of  Directors,  the  adoption,
amendment,  or repeal of these Bylaws, the amendment or repeal of any resolution
of the Board which,  by its terms, is only amendable or repealable by the entire
Board,  or any action on matters  committed by these Bylaws or resolution of the
Board to another  committee of the Board.  An Audit Committee shall be appointed
by resolution passed by a majority of the full Board of Directors,  and at least
a majority of the members of the Audit  Committee shall be directors who are not
also officers of the Company.  The Audit  Committee shall review the records and
affairs of the Company to determine  its financial  condition,  shall review the
Company's  systems  of  internal  control  with  management  and  the  Company's
independent  auditors,  and shall monitor the Company's  adherence in accounting
and financial reporting to generally accepted accounting principles,  as well as
such  other  duties  as may be  assigned  to it by the Board of  Directors.  All
committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall keep regular minutes of the
transactions of their meetings and shall cause them to be recorded in books kept
for that  purpose  in the office of the  Company.  The  designation  of any such
committee,  and the delegation of authority thereto, shall not relieve the Board
of Directors, or any member thereof, of any responsibility imposed by law.

        4.12 Remuneration.  The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the  directors  then in office,  and  irrespective  of any  personal
interest of any of its members, shall have the authority to establish reasonable
fee for all  directors for services to the Company as  directors,  officers,  or
otherwise, or to delegate such authority to any appropriate committee; provided,
that nothing herein  contained  shall be construed to preclude any director from
serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving  compensation  therefor.
Members of standing or special  committees may be allowed like  compensation for
attending committee meetings.

                                        7

<PAGE>




        4.13  Action by  Directors  Without a Meeting.  Any action  which may be
taken at a meeting of the  directors,  or of a committee  thereof,  may be taken
without a meeting if a consent in writing,  setting forth the action so taken or
to be taken,  shall be signed by all of the directors,  or all of the members of
the committee,  as the case may be. Such consent shall have the same effect as a
unanimous vote.

        4.14 Action of Directors by Communications  Equipment.  Any action which
may be taken at a meeting of directors,  or of a committee thereof, may be taken
by means of a conference telephone or similar communications  equipment by means
of which  persons  participating  in the meeting can hear each other at the same
time.  Participation  in a meeting  pursuant to this  section  shall  constitute
presence in person at the meeting

                               ARTICLE V. OFFICERS

        5.1  Designations.  The officers of the Company may include the Chairman
of the Board, a President,  a Secretary,  and a Treasurer,  as well as such Vice
Presidents   (including   Executive  and  Senior  Vice  Presidents),   Assistant
Secretaries,  and Assistant Treasurers as the Board may designate,  who shall be
elected for one year by the  directors at their first  meeting  after the annual
meeting of  stockholders,  and who shall hold office until their  successors are
elected and  qualify.  Any two or more  offices may be held by the same  person,
except that the offices of President  and  Secretary and President and Treasurer
may not be held by the same  person.  The  President  and  Chairman of the Board
shall be members of the Board.

        5.2 Powers and  Duties.  The  officers  of the  Company  shall have such
authority  and perform  such duties as the Board of  Directors  may from time to
time authorize or determine. In the absence of action by the Board of Directors,
the  officers  shall have such powers and duties as  generally  pertain to their
respective offices.

        5.3  Delegation.  In the  case of  absence  or  inability  to act of any
officer  of the  Company  and of any  person  herein  authorized  to act in such
officer's  place,  the Board of  Directors  may from time to time  delegate  the
powers or duties of such  officer to any other  officer or any director or other
person whom it may select.

        5.4  Vacancies.  Vacancies  in any office  arising from any cause may be
filled by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board.

        5.5 Other Officers. The Board may appoint such other officers and agents
as it shall deem  necessary or expedient,  who shall hold their offices for such
terms and  shall  exercise  such  powers  and  perform  such  duties as shall be
determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

        5.7 Term - Removal.  The officers of the Company shall hold office until
their  successors  are chosen and  qualified.  Any  officer or agent  elected or
appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time,  with or without
cause,  by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors,
but such removal shall be without  prejudice to the contractual  rights, if any,
of the person so removed.  The  election or  appointment  of an officer or agent
shall not in itself create contractual rights.



                                        8

<PAGE>



                      ARTICLE VI. FISCAL YEAR; ANNUAL AUDIT

        The fiscal year of the Company shall end on the 30th day of June of each
year.  The  Company  shall be  subject  to an annual  audit as of the end of its
fiscal year by independent  public  accountants  appointed by and responsible to
the Board of Directors.  The appointment of such accountants shall be subject to
annual ratification by the stockholders.


                       ARTICLE VII. DIVIDENDS AND FINANCE

        7.1  Dividends.  Dividends may be declared by the Board of Directors and
paid by the  Company out of  retained  earnings  of the  Company  subject to the
conditions  and  limitations   imposed  by  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania.

        7.2. Reserves.  Before making any distribution of earned surplus,  there
may be set aside out of the earned  surplus of the  Company  such sum or sums as
the directors from time to time in their absolute discretion deem expedient as a
reserve  fund  to  meet  contingencies,  or  for  equalizing  dividends,  or for
maintaining  any property of the Company,  or for any other purpose.  Any earned
surplus of any year not  distributed  as dividends  shall be deemed to have thus
been set apart until otherwise disposed of by the Board of Directors.

        7.3  Depositories.  The monies of the Company  shall be deposited in the
name of the Company in such bank or banks or trust company or trust companies as
the Board of Directors shall designate,  and shall be drawn out only by check or
other  order for payment of money  signed by such  persons and in such manner as
may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.


                              ARTICLE VIII. NOTICES

        Except  as  may  otherwise  be  required  by  law,  any  notice  to  any
stockholder  or director  may be  delivered  personally,  by mail,  by telegram,
telex,  or TWX (with  answerback  received),  or by courier service or facsimile
transmission.  If sent by mail, telegraph,  or courier service, the notice shall
be deemed to have been given to the person when  deposited in the United  States
mail or with a telegraph  or courier  service for delivery to that person or, in
the case of telex or TWX,  when  dispatched  to the address of the  addressee at
such persons last known  address (or to such  persons  telex,  TWX, or facsimile
number) in the records of the Company,  with postage or courier or other charges
thereon prepaid.


                                ARTICLE IX. SEAL

        The  corporate  seal of the Company  shall be in such form and bear such
inscription  as may be adopted by resolution  of the Board of  Directors,  or by
usage of the officers on behalf of the Company.



                                        9

<PAGE>


                          ARTICLE X. BOOKS AND RECORDS

        The Company shall keep correct and complete books and records of account
and shall keep minutes and proceedings of meetings of its stockholders and Board
of Directors;  and it shall keep at its registered  office or principal place of
business,  or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar,  a record of its
stockholders,  giving the names and addresses of all stockholders and the number
and class of the shares held by each. Any books,  records, and minutes may be in
written  form or any other form  capable of being  converted  into  written form
within a reasonable time.


                             ARTICLE XI. AMENDMENTS

        These  Bylaws may be altered,  amended or repealed  only as set forth in
the Articles of Incorporation, which provisions are incorporated herein with the
same effect as if they were set forth herein.


                                       10








                                    EXHIBIT 4
<PAGE>


================================================================================
COMMON STOCK                  WSB HOLDING COMPANY             CUSIP
CERTIFICATE NO.                                                     ------------
                             INCORPORATED UNDER THE
                   LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA      SEE REVERSE FOR
                                                             CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

        THIS CERTIFIES THAT:

        IS THE OWNER OF:

              FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK,
                          $0.10 PAR VALUE PER SHARE OF

                               WSB Holding Company

        The shares  represented by this certificate are transferable only on the
stock  transfer  books of the  corporation  by the  holder of  record  hereof in
person,  or by his duly authorized  attorney or legal  representative,  upon the
surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate and the shares
represented  hereby are issued and shall be held  subject to all the  provisions
contained  in  the  corporation's  official  corporate  papers  filed  with  the
Secretary of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania  (copies of which are on file with
the Transfer Agent),  to all of the provisions the holder by acceptance  hereof,
assents.

        This certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the
Transfer Agent and Registrar.

              THIS SECURITY IS NOT A DEPOSIT OR ACCOUNT AND IS NOT
                        FEDERALLY INSURED OR GUARANTEED.

        In Witness  Whereof,  WSB Holding Company has caused this certificate to
be executed by the facsimile  signatures of its duly authorized officers and has
caused a facsimile of its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed.

DATED:

- ------------------------------------         -----------------------------------
PRESIDENT                                                              SECRETARY

                                      SEAL
                                Incorporated 1997



================================================================================



<PAGE>
                               WSB HOLDING COMPANY

        The shares  represented by this  certificate are subject to a limitation
contained in the articles of  incorporation  (the "Articles") to the effect that
in no event  shall any record  owner of any  outstanding  common  stock which is
beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in
excess  of 10% of the  outstanding  shares  of common  stock ( the  "Limit")  be
entitled  or  permitted  to any vote in respect of shares  held in excess of the
Limit.  In addition,  for five years from the completion of the  conversion,  no
person  or  entity  may  offer  to  acquire  or  acquire  over  10% of the  then
outstanding shares of any class of equity securities of the corporation.

        The  Board  of   Directors  of  the   corporation   is   authorized   by
resolution(s),  from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of serial
preferred stock in series and to fix and state the voting powers,  designations,
preferences, and relative,  participating,  optional, or other special rights of
the  shares  of each  such  series  and  the  qualifications,  limitations,  and
restrictions  thereof.  The  corporation  will furnish to any  shareholder  upon
request and  without  charge a full  description  of each class of stock and any
series thereof.

        The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted
in the election of directors of the  corporation.  The Articles  also includes a
provision the effect of which is to require the approval of not less than 80% of
the  corporation's  voting  stock prior to the  corporation  engaging in certain
business  combinations  (as  defined in the  Articles)  with a person who is the
beneficial owner of 10% or more of the corporation's  outstanding  voting stock,
or  with  an  affiliate  or  associate   of  the   corporation   (a   "Principal
Stockholder"). This restriction does not apply if certain approvals are obtained
from the Board of  Directors.  The  affirmative  vote of  holders  of 80% of the
outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of the  corporation  entitled  to  vote
generally in the election of directors  (considered for this purpose as a single
class) is required to amend this and certain other provisions of the Articles.

        The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of
this  certificate,  shall be  construed  as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations: 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>       <C>                    <C>                  <C>            <C>      <C>                  
TEN COM - as tenants in common   UNIF TRANS MIN ACT -                Custodian               
                                                      ---------------         ---------------
                                                           (Cus)                  (Minor)
TEN ENT -      as tenants by the entireties           under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act

                                                      -----------------------
JT TEN  -      as joint tenants with right of                (State)
               survivorship and not as tenants
               in common
</TABLE>

            Additional  abbreviations  may also be used  though not in the above
list.

        FOR VALUE RECEIVED                 hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
                           ---------------

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
shares of the common stock  represented by the within  certificate and do hereby
                       irrevocably constitute and appoint


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attorney  to  transfer  the  said  shares  on  the  books  of the  within  named
corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated                                X
      ---------------------           ------------------------------------------

                                     X
                                      ------------------------------------------

        NOTICE:  The  signatures to this  assignment  must  correspond  with the
name(s) as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:  
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE
                         GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND
                         LOAN ASSOCIATIONS, AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN
                         AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM)
                         PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.


<PAGE>


Countersigned and Registered:




                                 
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Transfer Agent and Registrar



                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Authorized Signature




















                                   EXHIBIT 5.1
<PAGE>

                      MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
                                Attorneys at Law
                               One Franklin Square
                               1301 K Street, N.W.
                                 Suite 700 East
                             Washington, D.C. 20005
                            Telephone: (202) 434-4660
                           Telecopier: (202) 434-4661


June 17, 1997

Board of Directors
WSB Holding Company
807 Middle St.
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15212

        Re:    Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933
               -------------------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        This opinion is rendered in connection with the  Registration  Statement
on Form SB-2 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  under the
Securities Act of 1933 relating to the offer and sale of up to 330,600 shares of
common  stock,  par value $0.10 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  of WSB Holding
Company  (the  "Company"),  including  shares to be issued to  certain  employee
benefit plans of the Company and its subsidiary. The Common Stock is proposed to
be issued pursuant to the Plan of Conversion (the "Plan") of Workingmens Savings
Bank, FSB (the "Savings Bank") in connection with the Savings Bank's  conversion
from a mutual savings bank form of  organization to a stock savings bank form of
organization and  reorganization  into a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company
(the  "Conversion").  As special counsel to the Savings Bank and the Company, we
have reviewed the corporate  proceedings relating to the Plan and the Conversion
and such other legal  matters as we have deemed  appropriate  for the purpose of
rendering this opinion.

        Based on the foregoing,  we are of the opinion that the shares of Common
Stock of the Company covered by the aforesaid  Registration Statement will, when
issued in accordance  with the terms of the Plan against full payment  therefor,
be validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable  shares of Common Stock of the
Company.

        We assume no  obligation  to advise you of changes that may hereafter be
brought to our attention.



<PAGE>


Board of Directors
June 17, 1997
Page Two

        We hereby consent to the use of this opinion and to the reference to our
firm appearing in the Company's  Prospectus under the headings "The Conversion -
Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors  and Borrowers of  Workingmens
Savings Bank, FSB - Tax Effects" and "Legal and Tax Matters." We also consent to
any  references  to our  legal  opinion  referred  to under  the  aforementioned
headings in the Prospectus.


                                     Very truly yours,


                                     /s/ Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
                                     MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.










                                   EXHIBIT 5.2


<PAGE>
FERGUSON                   Financial
& COMPANY                  Institution
                           Consulting


Suite 550
122 W. John Carpenter Frwy                           June 11, 1997
Irving, Texas 75039
(972) 869-1177
(972) 869-2743 Fax

Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
807 Middle Street
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15212

                     Plan of Conversion, Subscription Rights
                     ---------------------------------------

Dear Directors:

     Terms  used in this  letter  not  otherwise  defined  herein  have the same
meanings  for such  terms  in the Plan of  Conversion  adopted  by the  Board of
Directors of Workingmens Savings Bank, FASB ("Workingmens" or the "Bank"), under
which the Bank will convert from a mutual  savings bank to a stock  savings bank
and  issue  all  of the  Bank's  stock  to WSB  Holding  Company  (the  "Holding
Company").  Simultaneously,  the  Holding  Company  will issue  shares of common
stock.

     We understand that in accordance with the Plan of Conversion,  Subscription
Rights to  purchase  shares of Common  Stock in the  Holding  Company  are to be
issued to (1) Eligible  Account Holders,  (2) The Bank's tax qualified  employee
plans, (3) Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders, and (4) Other Members.  Based
solely upon our observation  that the  Subscription  Rights will be available to
such  parties  without  cost,  will be  legally  non-transferable  and of  short
duration,  and will  afford such  parties  the right only to purchase  shares of
Common  Stock at the same price to be paid by members of the  general  public in
the Community Offering, but without undertaking any independent investigation of
state or federal  laws or the  position of the  Internal  Revenue  Service  with
respect to such issue, we are of the belief that:

     (1)  the Subscription Rights will have no ascertainable market value; and

     (2)  the price at which the Subscription Rights are exercisable will not be
          more or less  than  the pro  forma  market  value of the  shares  upon
          issuance.

     Changes in the local and national  economy,  the legislative and regulatory
environment,  the stock market, interests rates and other external forces (e.g.,
natural disasters or significant  global events) occur from time to time and may
materially affect the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Holding Company's
value.  Accordingly,  no assurance  can be given that  persons who  subscribe to
shares of Common Stock in the  Conversion  will  thereafter be able to sell such
shares at the same price paid in the Subscription Offering.

                                            Sincerely,



                                            /s/Robin L. Fussel
                                            Robin L. Fussell
                                            Principal






                                   EXHIBIT 8.1


<PAGE>
                      MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
                                Attorneys at Law
                               One Franklin Square
                               1301 K Street, N.W.
                                 Suite 700 East
                             Washington, D.C. 20005
                            Telephone: (202) 434-4660
                           Telecopier: (202) 434-4661




June 16, 1997

Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
807 Middle Street
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania  15212

          Re:  Federal Income Tax Opinion Relating to the Proposed Conversion of
               Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB from a  Federally-Chartered  Mutual
               Savings Bank to a Federally-Chartered Stock Savings Bank Pursuant
               to Section  368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
               amended
               -----------------------------------------------------------------

Members of the Board:

         In accordance with your request,  set forth  hereinbelow is the opinion
of this firm relating to certain federal income tax consequences of the proposed
conversion (the "Conversion") of Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB (the "Bank") from
a federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a federally-chartered capital stock
savings bank (the "Stock Bank"),  and formation of a parent holding company (the
"Holding  Company")  which will  simultaneously  acquire all of the  outstanding
stock of Stock Bank. As proposed, the Conversion will be implemented pursuant to
Section  368(a)(1)(F)  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the
"Code").

         We  have  examined  such  corporate  records,  certificates  and  other
documents as we have considered  necessary or appropriate  for this opinion.  In
such examination,  we have accepted,  and have not independently  verified,  the
authenticity  of all original  documents,  the  accuracy of all copies,  and the
genuineness of all signatures.  Further, the capitalized terms which are used in
this  opinion  and are not  expressly  defined  herein  shall  have the  meaning
ascribed to them in the Bank's Plan of  Conversion  adopted on May 19, 1997,  as
amended (the "Plan of Conversion").

                               STATEMENT OF FACTS
                               ------------------

         Based  solely  upon  our  review  of  such  documents,  and  upon  such
information  as the Bank has  provided  to us  (which we have not  attempted  to
verify in any respect), and in reliance upon such documents and information,  we
understand the relevant facts with respect to the Conversion to be as follows:



<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
June 16, 1997
Page 2

         The Bank is a  federally-chartered  mutual  savings  bank.  As a mutual
savings bank, the Bank has no authorized  capital stock.  Instead,  the Bank, in
mutual form, has a unique equity  structure.  A savings depositor of the Bank is
entitled to interest  income on his or her account  balance as declared and paid
by the Bank. A savings  depositor has no right to a distribution of any earnings
of the Bank,  but rather these  amounts  become  retained  earnings of the Bank.
However,  a savings depositor has a right to share pro rata, with respect to the
withdrawal value of his or her respective  savings  account,  in any liquidation
proceeds distributed in the event the Bank is ever liquidated.  Voting rights in
the Bank are held by its  members.  Each member is entitled to cast one vote for
each $100 or a fraction  thereof of the withdrawal value of the member's account
and each  borrower  member is  entitled to one vote.  Each  member  shall have a
maximum of 1,000 votes. All of the interests held by a savings  depositor in the
Bank cease when such depositor closes his or her account(s) with the Bank.

         The Board of Directors of the Bank has decided that in order to promote
the growth and expansion of the Bank through the raising of additional  capital,
it would be advantageous for the Bank to: (i) convert from a federally-chartered
mutual  savings bank to a  federally-chartered  capital stock savings bank,  and
(ii) arrange for the Holding Company to simultaneously  acquire all of the Stock
Bank's  stock.  The Bank's Board of Directors  has  determined  that in order to
provide  greater  flexibility  in  future  operations  of  the  Bank,  including
diversification of business opportunities and acquisition, it is advantageous to
have the Stock Bank's stock held by the Holding Company. Pursuant to the Plan of
Conversion,  the  Bank's  certificate  of  incorporation  to operate as a mutual
savings  bank will be amended and a new  certificate  of  incorporation  will be
acquired  to  allow  it  to   continue   its   operations   in  the  form  of  a
federally-chartered  capital stock savings bank. The Plan of Conversion provides
for the  conversion of the Bank from  mutual-to-stock  form, and an appraisal of
the pro forma market  value of the stock of the Stock Bank,  which will be owned
solely by the Holding  Company.  The Plan of Conversion  must be approved by the
Office of Thrift Supervision  ("OTS"),  and by an affirmative vote of at least a
majority  of the total  votes  eligible  to be cast at a special  meeting of the
Bank's members called to vote on the Plan of Conversion.

         The Holding Company is being formed under the laws of the  Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania for the purpose of the proposed transaction described herein, to
engage in business as a savings and loan holding  company and to hold all of the
stock of the Stock Bank.  The Holding  Company  will issue  shares of its voting
common stock ("Holding  Company  Stock") upon  completion of the Conversion,  as
described  below,  to persons  purchasing  such  shares  through a  Subscription
Offering and to the general public in a Public Offering.

         Following  appropriate  regulatory  approval,  the  Plan of  Conversion
provides  for the  issuance  of  shares of  Holding  Company  Stock to  eligible
depositors and borrowers of the Bank and others as described below and set forth
in the Plan of Conversion.  The aggregate  purchase price at which all shares of
Holding Company Stock will be offered and sold pursuant to the


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
June 16, 1997
Page 3

Plan of Conversion  will be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the
Bank at the  time of the  Conversion  as held  as a  subsidiary  of the  Holding
Company.  The  estimated  pro  forma  market  value  will  be  determined  by an
independent  appraiser.  Pursuant to the Plan of Conversion,  all such shares of
Holding Company Stock will be issued and sold at a uniform price per share.  The
Conversion  and the sale of newly issued shares of the Stock Bank's stock to the
Holding Company will be deemed  effective  concurrently  with the closing of the
sale of Holding Company Stock.

         As required by OTS regulations, shares of Holding Company Stock will be
offered  pursuant  to  non-transferable  subscription  rights  on the  basis  of
preference  categories.  All shares must be sold and to the extent that  Holding
Company Stock is available,  no subscriber will be allowed to purchase less than
25 shares of Holding Company Stock,  provided that the aggregate  purchase price
does not exceed $500. The Bank has  established  various  preference  categories
under  which  shares of  Holding  Company  Stock may be  purchased  and a public
offering  category  for the sale of shares not  purchased  under the  preference
categories.  If the third preference  category is determined to be inappropriate
to  the  Conversion,  then  there  will  only  be  three  preference  categories
consisting of the first,  second,  and fourth  preference  categories  set forth
below, and all references herein to Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the
Supplemental  Eligibility  Record  Date shall not be  applicable  to the subject
transaction.

         The first  preference  category  is  reserved  for the Bank's  Eligible
Account Holders. The Plan of Conversion defines "Eligible Account Holder" as any
person holding a Qualifying Deposit.  The Plan of Conversion defines "Qualifying
Deposit" as the aggregate balance of all savings accounts of an Eligible Account
Holder in the Bank at the close of business on March 31, 1996, which is at least
equal to  $50.00.  If a  savings  account  holder  of the Bank  qualifies  as an
Eligible   Account   Holder,   he  or  she  will   receive,   without   payment,
non-transferable  subscription  rights to purchase  Holding  Company Stock.  The
number of shares that each Eligible  Account Holder may subscribe to is equal to
the greater of (a) the maximum  purchase  limitation  established for the Public
Offering;  (b) one tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares;  or (c)
fifteen times the product  (rounded  down to the next whole number)  obtained by
multiplying  the total number of shares of Holding Company Stock to be issued by
a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of the
Eligible  Account  Holder  and  the  denominator  is  the  total  amount  of the
Qualifying   Deposits  of  all  Eligible  Account   Holders.   If  there  is  an
oversubscription,  shares will be allocated among  subscribing  Eligible Account
Holders so as to permit each account holder, to the extent possible, to purchase
a number of shares  sufficient to make his or her total  allocation equal to 100
shares.  Any shares not then allocated  shall be allocated among the subscribing
Eligible Account Holders on an equitable basis,  related to the amounts of their
respective  deposits  as compared  to the total  deposits  of  Eligible  Account
Holders on the Eligibility Record Date. Non-transferable  subscription rights to
purchase  Holding  Company Stock  received by officers and directors of the Bank
and their  associates  based on their increased  deposits in the Bank in the one
year period


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
June 16, 1997
Page 4

preceding  the  Eligibility  Record  Date  shall be  subordinated  to all  other
subscriptions  involving the exercise of nontransferable  subscription rights to
purchase shares of Holding Company Stock under the first preference category.

         The second preference  category is reserved for tax-qualified  employee
stock  benefit  plans of the Stock Bank.  The Plan of  Conversion  defines  "tax
qualified  employee stock benefit plans" as any defined  benefit plan or defined
contribution  plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan,  stock bonus plan,
profit-sharing  plan or other  plan,  which,  with its  related  trust meets the
requirements to be "qualified"  under Section 401 of the Code. Under the Plan of
Conversion,  the Stock Bank's  tax-qualified  employee  stock  benefit plans may
subscribe for up to 10% of the shares of Holding  Company Stock to be offered in
the Conversion.

         The third preference  category is reserved for the Bank's  Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders. The Plan of Conversion defines "Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holder" as any person (other than officers or directors of the Bank and
their associates)  holding a deposit in the Bank on the last day of the calendar
quarter   preceding   the  approval  of  the  Plan  of  Conversion  by  the  OTS
("Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date").  This third preference  category will
only be used in the  event  that the  Eligibility  Record  Date is more  than 15
months prior to the date of the latest amendment to the Application for Approval
of  Conversion  on Form AC  filed  prior  to  approval  by the  OTS.  The  third
preference category provides that each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will
receive,  without  payment,  nontransferable  subscription  rights  to  purchase
Holding  Company  Stock to the extent that such shares of Holding  Company Stock
are available after satisfying  subscriptions for shares in the first and second
preference  categories  above.  The  number of  shares  to which a  Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holder may  subscribe  to is the  greater of (a) the  maximum
purchase limitation established for the Community Offering; (b) one-tenth of one
percent  of the total  offering  of shares;  or (c)  fifteen  times the  product
(rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number
of the shares of Holding  Company  Stock to be issued by a fraction of which the
numerator  is the amount of the  deposit of the  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder  and  the  denominator  is  the  total  amount  of  the  deposits  of all
Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders on the Supplemental  Eligibility  Record
Date.  Subscription  rights received  pursuant to the third preference  category
shall be  subordinated  to all  rights  under the first  and  second  preference
categories.   Non-transferable   subscription   rights  to  be   received  by  a
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder in the third preference  category shall be
reduced  by the  subscription  rights  received  by such  account  holder  as an
Eligible Account Holder under the first and second preference categories. In the
event of an  oversubscription,  shares  will be  allocated  so as to enable each
Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder,  to the extent  possible,  to purchase a
number  of shares  sufficient  to make his total  allocation,  including  shares
previously allocated in the first and second preference categories, equal to 100
shares or the total amount of his  subscription,  whichever is less.  Any shares
not then  allocated  shall  be  allocated  among  the  subscribing  Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
June 16, 1997
Page 5

on an  equitable  basis  related to the amount of their  respective  deposits as
compared to the total deposits of Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders on the
Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

         If there is no  oversubscription  of the Holding  Company  Stock in the
first, second, and third preference  categories,  the fourth preference category
becomes  operable.  In the  fourth  preference  category,  members  of the  Bank
entitled  to vote at the  special  meeting of  members  to  approve  the Plan of
Conversion who are not Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account
Holders  ("Other  Members")  will  receive,  without  payment,  non-transferable
subscription  rights  entitling them to purchase  Holding  Company Stock.  Other
Members  shall each  receive  subscription  rights to purchase up to the maximum
purchase  limitation  established  for the Public  Offering or  one-tenth of one
percent of the total  offering  of shares,  to the extent that  Holding  Company
Stock is  available.  In the  event  of an  oversubscription  by Other  Members,
Holding  Company  Stock will be  allocated  pro rata  according to the number of
shares subscribed for by each Other Member.

         The Plan of Conversion  further provides for limitations upon purchases
of Holding Company Stock. Specifically, any person by himself or herself or with
an associate or a group of persons  acting in concert may subscribe for not more
than  $125,000  of  Holding  Company  Stock  offered  pursuant  to the  Plan  of
Conversion,  except that Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase
up to 10% of the total shares of Holding  Company Stock  issued.  Subject to any
required  regulatory  approval  and the  requirements  of  applicable  laws  and
regulations,  the Bank may increase or decrease any of the purchase  limitations
set forth  herein at any time.  The Board of  Directors  of the Bank may, in its
sole discretion,  increase the maximum purchase  limitation up to 5.0%. Requests
to purchase additional shares of Holding Company Stock under this provision will
be allocated  by the Board of  Directors on a pro rata basis giving  priority in
accordance  with the  priority  rights  set  forth  in the  Plan of  Conversion.
Officers and directors of the Bank and their  associates may not purchase in the
aggregate  more than 35% of the Holding  Company  Stock  issued  pursuant to the
Conversion.  Directors  of the Bank  will not be  deemed  associates  or a group
acting  in  concert  solely  as a result  of their  membership  on the  board of
directors of the Bank. All of the shares of Holding  Company Stock  purchased by
officers and  directors  will be subject to certain  restrictions  on sale for a
period of one year.

         The Plan of  Conversion  provides  that no person  will be  issued  any
subscription  rights or be permitted to purchase  any Holding  Company  Stock if
such person resides in a foreign country or in a state of the United States with
respect  to which all of the  following  apply:  (a) a small  number of  persons
otherwise  eligible to subscribe for shares under the Plan of Conversion  reside
in such state;  (b) the issuance of subscription  rights or the offer or sale of
the Holding  Company Stock in such state,  would require the Bank or the Holding
Company under the securities law of such state to register as a broker or dealer
or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
June 16, 1997
Page 6

sale  in such  state;  and (c)  such  registration  or  qualification  would  be
impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

         The  Plan  of  Conversion  also  provides  for the  establishment  of a
Liquidation  Account  by Stock  Bank for the  benefit  of all  Eligible  Account
Holders  and  Supplemental   Eligible  Account  Holders  (if  applicable).   The
Liquidation  Account  will be equal in amount to the net worth of Bank as of the
time of the Conversion.  The  establishment of the Liquidation  Account will not
operate to restrict the use or  application  of any of the net worth accounts of
the  Stock  Bank,  except  that the  Stock  Bank  will not  declare  or pay cash
dividends on or  repurchase  any of its stock if the result  thereof would be to
reduce its net worth  below the amount  required  to  maintain  the  Liquidation
Account.  The Liquidation Account will be for the benefit of the Bank's Eligible
Account Holders and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders who maintain accounts
in the Bank at the time of the Conversion.  All such account holders,  including
those not entitled to subscription rights for reasons of foreign or out-of-state
residency  (as  described  above),  will  have an  interest  in the  Liquidation
Account.  The  interest an Eligible  Account  Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holder  will  have a right  to  receive,  in the  event  of a  complete
liquidation of the Stock Bank, is a distribution from the Liquidation Account in
the amount of the then current adjusted subaccount balances for savings accounts
then held, which will be made prior to any liquidation distribution with respect
to the capital stock of the Stock Bank.

         The  initial  subaccount  balance  for a  savings  account  held  by an
Eligible  Account Holder and/or  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder shall be
determined by multiplying the opening  balance in the  Liquidation  Account by a
fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the  qualifying  deposit in the
savings account,  and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits
of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the
Stock Bank. The initial subaccount  balance will never be increased,  but may be
decreased  if the  deposit  balance  in any  qualifying  savings  account of any
Eligible  Account  Holder or any savings  account of any  Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holder on any annual closing date subsequent to the  Eligibility  Record
Date or Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date, whichever is applicable,  is less
than the lesser of (1) the deposit  balance in the savings  account at the close
of business on any other  annual  closing  date  subsequent  to the  Eligibility
Record Date or the  Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date, or (2) the amount of
the qualifying  deposit in such savings  account.  In such event, the subaccount
balance for the savings  account  will be adjusted by reducing  each  subaccount
balance in an amount  proportionate  to the  reduction  in the  savings  account
balance.  Once  decreased,  the Plan of Conversion  provides that the subaccount
balance will never be subsequently  increased,  and if the savings account of an
Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder is closed,  the
related subaccount balance in the Liquidation Account will be reduced to zero.

         The net proceeds  from the sale of the shares of Holding  Company Stock
will become the permanent  capital of Holding  Company,  and the Holding Company
will in turn purchase 100%


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
June 16, 1997
Page 7

of the stock  issued by Stock  Bank,  in  exchange  for up to 50% of the Holding
Company's stock offering net proceeds or such other percentage as is approved by
the Board of Directors with the concurrence of the OTS.

         Following  the  Conversion,  voting  rights  in Stock  Bank  will  rest
exclusively in the Holding  Company.  Voting rights in the Holding  Company will
rest exclusively in the stockholders of the Holding Company. The Conversion will
not interrupt the business of the Bank,  and its business will continue as usual
under the Stock Bank. Each depositor will retain a withdrawable  savings account
or accounts equal in amount to the withdrawable  account or accounts at the time
of the Conversion.  Mortgage loans of the Bank will remain  unchanged and retain
their same  characteristics  in the Stock Bank after the  Conversion.  The Stock
Bank will  continue  membership  in the Federal Home Loan Bank System,  and will
remain  subject to the regulatory  authority of the OTS.  Deposits in Stock Bank
will  continue  to  be  insured  by  the  Savings  Association   Insurance  Fund
administered  by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  up to  applicable
limits of insurance coverage.

         Immediately prior to the Conversion,  the Bank will have a positive net
worth in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles.  The savings
account  holders  of  the  Bank  will  pay  expenses  of the  Conversion  solely
attributable to them, if any. Further, the Bank will pay its own expenses of the
Conversion  and will not pay any  expenses  solely  attributable  to the  Bank's
savings account holders or to the purchasers of Holding Company Stock.

                          REPRESENTATIONS BY MANAGEMENT
                          -----------------------------

         In  connection   with  the   Conversion,   the  following   statements,
representations and declarations have been made to us by management of the Bank:

         1. The Conversion  will be implemented in accordance  with the terms of
the Plan of Conversion  and all  conditions  precedent  contained in the Plan of
Conversion shall be performed prior to the consummation of the Conversion.

         2. The fair market  value of the  withdrawable  savings  accounts  plus
interests in the  Liquidation  Account to be  constructively  received under the
Plan of  Conversion  will in each  instance be equal to the fair market value of
each savings account of the Bank plus the interest in the residual equity of the
Bank surrendered in exchange  therefor.  All proprietary rights in the Bank form
an integral part of the withdrawable  savings accounts being  surrendered in the
Conversion.

         3.  The  Holding  Company  and  the  Stock  Bank  each  have no plan or
intention to redeem or otherwise acquire any of the Holding Company Stock issued
in the proposed transaction.


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
June 16, 1997
Page 8


         4. To the best of the knowledge of the management of the Bank, there is
not now nor will there be at the time of the Conversion,  any plan or intention,
on the part of the depositors in the Bank to withdraw  their deposits  following
the  Conversion.   Deposits  withdrawn   immediately  prior  to  or  immediately
subsequent to the  Conversion  (other than maturing  deposits) are considered in
making these assumptions.

         5. Immediately  following the consummation of the proposed transaction,
the Stock Bank will  possess  the same assets and  liabilities  as the Bank held
immediately prior to the proposed transaction, plus substantially all of the net
proceeds  from the sale of its stock to the Holding  Company  (except for assets
used to pay  expenses in the  Conversion).  Assets  used to pay  expenses of the
Conversion  (without reference to the expenses of the Subscription  Offering and
the Public Offering) and all  distributions  (except for regular normal interest
payments made by the Bank  immediately  preceding the  transaction)  will in the
aggregate  constitute  less than one percent (1%) of the assets of the Bank, net
of liabilities associated with such assets, and will be paid by the Bank and the
Holding  Company  from the  proceeds  of the  Subscription  Offering  and Public
Offering.

         6. Following the Conversion,  Stock Bank will continue to engage in its
business in substantially the same manner as engaged in by the Bank prior to the
Conversion. The Stock Bank has no plan or intention to sell or otherwise dispose
of any of its assets, except in the ordinary course of business.

         7. No cash or property  will be given to any member of the Bank in lieu
of subscription  rights or an interest in the  Liquidation  Account of the Stock
Bank.

         8. None of the  compensation  to be  received  by any  deposit  account
holder-employees   of  the  Bank  or  the  Holding   Company  will  be  separate
consideration  for,  or  allocable  to, any of their  deposits  in the Bank.  No
interest  in the  Liquidation  Account of the Stock Bank will be received by any
deposit  account   holder-employees  as  separate  consideration  for,  or  will
otherwise be allocable to, any employment  agreement,  and the compensation paid
to  each  deposit  account  holder-employee,  during  the  twelve  month  period
preceding  or  subsequent  to the  Conversion,  will  be for  services  actually
rendered and will be commensurate with amounts paid to third parties  bargaining
at arm's length for similar services. No shares of Holding Company Stock will be
issued to or purchased by any deposit account holder-employee of the Bank or the
Holding Company at a discount or as compensation in the Conversion.

         9. The aggregate fair market value of the  Qualifying  Deposits held by
Eligible   Account  Holders  or  Supplemental   Eligible   Account  Holders  (if
applicable)  as of the  close of  business  on the  Eligibility  Record  Date or
Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date (if applicable)  entitled to interests in
the Liquidation Account to be established by Stock Bank equalled or


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
June 16, 1997
Page 9

exceeded  99% of the  aggregate  fair  market  value  of  all  savings  accounts
(including  those  accounts of less than  $50.00) in the Bank as of the close of
business on such date.

         10. There is no plan or intention  for the Stock Bank to be  liquidated
or merged with another corporation following the consummation of the Conversion.

         11. For taxable  years prior to January 1, 1996,  the Bank utilized the
reserve method of accounting for bad debts in accordance with Section 593 of the
Code.  Pursuant to the Small  Business  Job  Protection  Act of 1996,  which was
signed by the  President  on August  20,  1996,  the Stock  Bank will  utilize a
reserve for bad debts in accordance  with Section 585 of the Code (following the
Conversion).

         12. The Bank and the Stock Bank are corporations  within the meaning of
Section 7701(a)(3) of the Code.

         13. The Holding  Company has no plan or  intention to sell or otherwise
dispose  of  the  stock  of  the  Stock  Bank  received  by it in  the  proposed
transaction.

         14.  Both  the  Stock  Bank  and the  Holding  Company  have no plan or
intention,  either  currently  or at  the  time  of  the  Conversion,  to  issue
additional shares of common stock following the proposed transaction, other than
shares that may be issued to employees or  directors  pursuant to certain  stock
option  and stock  incentive  plans or that may be issued  to  employee  benefit
plans.

         15. If all of the net proceeds  from the sale of Holding  Company Stock
had been  contributed  by the Holding  Company to the Stock Bank in exchange for
common  stock of the Stock Bank in the  Conversion,  as  opposed to the  Holding
Company retaining a portion of such net proceeds ("retained  proceeds"),  and if
the Stock  Bank  immediately  thereafter  made a  distribution  of the  retained
proceeds to the Holding  Company,  the Stock Bank would have sufficient  current
and accumulated earnings and profits for tax purposes such that the distribution
would not result in the recapture of any portion of the bad debt reserves of the
Stock Bank under Section 593(e) of the Code.

         16. At the time of the proposed  transaction,  the fair market value of
the assets of the Bank on a going concern  basis  (including  intangibles)  will
equal or exceed the amount of its  liabilities  plus the amount of  liability to
which such  assets are  subject.  The Bank will have a positive  regulatory  net
worth at the time of the Conversion.

         17. The Bank is not under the  jurisdiction of a court in a Title 11 or
similar  case  within  the  meaning  of Section  368(a)(3)(A)  of the Code.  The
proposed  transaction does not involve a receivership,  foreclosure,  or similar
proceeding before a federal or state agency involving a financial institution to
which Section 585 or 593 of the Code applies.


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
June 16, 1997
Page 10


         18. The Bank's savings  depositors  will pay expenses of the Conversion
solely  attributable to them, if any. The Holding  Company,  the Stock Bank, and
the Bank will pay  their own  expenses  of the  Conversion  and will not pay any
expenses solely attributable to the savings depositors or to the Holding Company
stockholders.

         19.  The  liabilities  of the Bank  assumed  by the Stock Bank plus the
liabilities,  if any, to which the transferred  assets are subject were incurred
by the Bank in the ordinary  course of its business and are associated  with the
assets transferred.

         20. There will be no purchase  price  advantage for the Bank's  deposit
account holders
who purchase Holding Company Stock in the Conversion.

         21.  Neither  the Bank nor the Stock Bank is an  investment  company as
defined in Sections 368(a)(2)(F)(iii) and (iv) of the Code.

         22. No  creditors  of the Bank have  taken any steps to  enforce  their
claims against the Bank by instituting bankruptcy or other legal proceedings, in
either a court or  appropriate  regulatory  agency,  that  would  eliminate  the
proprietary interests of the members of the Bank prior to the Conversion.

         23. The proposed  transaction does not involve the payment to the Stock
Bank or the Bank of  financial  assistance  from  federal  agencies  within  the
meaning of Notice 89-102, 1989-40 C.B. 1.

         24. The Eligible  Account  Holders' and  Supplemental  Eligible Account
Holders'  proprietary  interest  in the Bank arise  solely by virtue of the fact
that they are account holders in the Bank.

         25. At the time of the Conversion,  the Bank will not have  outstanding
any  warrants,  options,  convertible  securities,  or any  other  type of right
pursuant  to which any person  could  acquire an equity  interest in the Holding
Company or the Stock Bank.

         26.  The  Stock  Bank  has no plan or  intention  to sell or  otherwise
dispose of any of the assets of the Bank acquired in the transaction (except for
dispositions,  including  deposit  withdrawals,  made in the ordinary  course of
business).

         27. On a per share  basis,  the purchase  price of the Holding  Company
Stock in the Conversion  will be equal to the fair market value of such stock at
the time of the completion of the proposed transaction.



<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
June 16, 1997
Page 11

         28. The Bank has received or will  receive an opinion  from  Ferguson &
Company ("Appraiser's Opinion"),  which concludes that subscription rights to be
received by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and
other  eligible  subscribers  do not have any  ascertainable  fair market value,
because they are acquired by the recipients without cost, are  non-transferable,
exist for such a short  duration,  and merely afford the recipients a right only
to purchase  Holding Company Stock at a price equal to its estimated fair market
value, which will be the same price used in the Public Offering for unsubscribed
shares of Holding Company Stock.

         29.  The Bank  will not have any net  operating  losses,  capital  loss
carryovers, or built- in losses at the time of the Conversion.

                               OPINION OF COUNSEL
                               ------------------

         Based  solely  upon the  foregoing  information  and our  analysis  and
examination of current applicable federal income tax laws, rulings, regulations,
judicial precedents, and the Appraiser's Opinion, and provided the Conversion is
undertaken in  accordance  with the above  assumptions,  we render the following
opinion of counsel:

         1. The  change in the form of  operation  of the Bank from a  federally
chartered  mutual  savings bank to a federally  chartered  capital stock savings
bank, as described above, will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of
Section  368(a)(1)(F)  of the Code,  and no gain or loss will be  recognized  to
either the Bank or to the Stock Bank as a result of such  Conversion.  (See Rev.
Rul.  80-105,  1980-1 C.B. 78). The Bank and the Stock Bank will each be a party
to a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code. (Rev. Rul.
72-206, 1972-1 C.B. 104).

         2. No gain or loss will be  recognized by the Stock Bank on the receipt
of money in  exchange  for shares of Stock Bank stock.  (Section  1032(a) of the
Code).

         3. The Holding  Company will recognize no gain or loss upon its receipt
of money in exchange for shares of Holding  Company Stock.  (Section  1032(a) of
the Code).

         4. The  assets of the Bank will have the same basis in the hands of the
Stock  Bank as in the  hands of the Bank  immediately  prior to the  Conversion.
(Section 362(b) of the Code).

         5. The  holding  period of the assets of the Bank to be received by the
Stock Bank will include the period during which the assets were held by the Bank
prior to the Conversion. (Section 1223(2) of the Code).



<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
June 16, 1997
Page 12

         6.  Depositors  will realize gain, if any, upon the issuance to them of
(i) withdrawable deposit accounts of the Stock Bank, (ii) subscription rights in
connection  with the  Conversion,  and/or  (iii)  interests  in the  Liquidation
Account of the Stock Bank. Any gain resulting therefrom will be recognized,  but
only in an  amount  not in excess of the fair  market  value of the  Liquidation
Accounts and/or subscription rights received. The Liquidation Accounts will have
nominal,  if any,  fair  market  value.  Based  solely  on the  accuracy  of the
conclusion reached in the Appraiser's Opinion, and our reliance on such opinion,
that the  subscription  rights  have no value  at the  time of  distribution  or
exercise,  no gain or loss will be required to be recognized by depositors  upon
receipt or distribution of subscription rights. (Section 1001 of the Code).
See Paulsen v. Commissioner, 469 U.S. 131, 139 (1985).

         Likewise,  based  solely on the  accuracy of the  aforesaid  conclusion
reached  in the  Appraiser's  Opinion,  and our  reliance  thereon,  we give the
following  opinions:  (a) no taxable income will be recognized by the borrowers,
directors,  officers,  and  employees of the Bank upon  distribution  to them of
subscription  rights or upon the exercise or lapse of the subscription rights to
acquire Holding  Company Stock at fair market value;  (b) no taxable income will
be realized by the  depositors  of the Bank as a result of the exercise or lapse
of the  subscription  rights to purchase  Holding  Company  Stock at fair market
value (Rev.  Rul.  56-572,  1956-2 C.B.  182); and (c) no taxable income will be
realized by the Bank, the Stock Bank, or the Holding  Company on the issuance or
distribution of subscription rights to depositors of the Bank to purchase shares
of Holding Company Stock at fair market value (Section 311 of the Code).

         Notwithstanding the Appraiser's Opinion, if the subscription rights are
subsequently  found to have a fair market value greater than zero, income may be
recognized by various  recipients of the subscription  rights (in certain cases,
whether or not the rights are  exercised)  and the  Holding  Company  and/or the
Stock  Bank may be  taxable  on the  distribution  of the  subscription  rights.
(Section 311 of the Code). In this regard, the subscription  rights may be taxed
partially or entirely at ordinary income tax rates.

         7. The basis of the savings  accounts in the Stock Bank received by the
account  holders  of the  Bank  will be the same as the  basis of their  savings
accounts in the Bank surrendered in exchange therefor (Section  358(a)(1)).  The
basis of the interests in the Liquidation  Account of the Stock Bank received by
the Eligible Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders will be
zero, that being the cost of such property.  (Paulsen v. Commissioner,  469 U.S.
131, 139 (1985)). The basis of the non-transferable  subscription rights will be
zero,  provided  that such  subscription  rights  are not  deemed to have a fair
market  value  and  that the  subscription  price of such  stock  issuable  upon
exercise  of such rights is equal to the fair  market  value of such stock.  The
basis of the Holding  Company Stock to its  stockholders  will be purchase price
thereof,  increased by the basis, if any, of the  subscription  rights exercised
(Section  1012 of the Code).  The holding  period of Holding  Company Stock will
commence upon the effective date of exercise of the subscription rights


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
June 16, 1997
Page 13

(Section  1223(6) of the Code). The holding period for the Holding Company Stock
purchased  pursuant to the direct community  offering,  public offering or under
other  purchase  arrangements  will  commence on the date  following the date on
which such stock is purchased. (Rev. Rul. 70- 598, 1970-2 C.B. 168).

         8. The part of the taxable year of the Bank before the  Conversion  and
the part of the  taxable  year of the  Stock  Bank  after  the  Conversion  will
constitute  a single  taxable  year of the Stock Bank.  (See Rev.  Rul.  57-276,
1957-1 C.B. 126). Consequently,  the Bank will not be required to file a federal
income tax return for any portion of such taxable year (Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2)
of the Treasury Regulations).

         9.  As  provided  by  Section   381(c)(2)   of  the  Code  and  Section
1.381(c)(2)-1  of the Treasury  Regulations,  the Stock Bank will succeed to and
take into account the earnings and profits or deficit in earnings and profits of
the Bank as of the date or dates of transfer.

         10.  Pursuant to the  provisions  of Section  381(c)(4) of the Code and
Section 1.381(c)(4)-1(a)(1)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations, the Stock Bank will
succeed to and take into account,  immediately after the  reorganization,  those
accounts of the Bank which  represent  bad debt reserves in respect of which the
Bank has taken a bad debt  deduction  for taxable  years ending on or before the
date of the  reorganization.  The bad debt  reserves  will not be required to be
restored  to the  gross  income of  either  the Bank or the  Stock  Bank for the
taxable year of the  reorganization,  and such bad debt  reserves  will have the
same  character  in the hands of the Stock  Bank as they  would  have had in the
hands of the Bank if no  distribution  or transfer had  occurred.  No opinion is
being  expressed  as to whether  the bad debt  reserves  will be  required to be
restored  to the  gross  income of  either  the Bank or the  Stock  Bank for the
taxable year of the reorganization.

         11. Regardless of book entries made for the creation of the Liquidation
Account,  the Conversion,  as described above, will not diminish the accumulated
earnings and profits of the Stock Bank available for the subsequent distribution
of dividends within the meaning of Section 316 of the Code. (Section 1.312-11(b)
and (c) of the Treasury Regulations).

         12. For  purposes  of Section  381 of the Code,  the Stock Bank will be
treated  the same as the Bank would have been had there been no  reorganization.
Accordingly,  the taxable year of the Bank will not end on the effective date of
the proposed transaction merely because of the transfer of assets of the Bank to
the Stock Bank and the tax  attributes of the Bank  enumerated in Section 381(c)
will  be  taken  into  account  by the  Stock  Bank  as if  there  had  been  no
reorganization (Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2)) of the Treasury Regulations).

         No opinion is expressed as to the tax treatment of the Conversion under
the provisions of any of the other sections of the Code and Treasury Regulations
which may also be applicable


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
June 16, 1997
Page 14

thereto,  or  under  federal  law,  or to the tax  treatment  of any  conditions
existing at the time of, or effects  resulting from, the transactions  which are
not  specifically  covered  by the items set forth  above.  Notwithstanding  any
reference  to Section  381 above,  no opinion is  expressed  or  intended  to be
expressed herein as to the effect,  if any, of this transaction on the continued
existence  of, the  carryover or  carryback  of, or the  limitation  on, any net
operating losses of the Bank or its successor, the Stock Bank, under the Code.

         We hereby  consent to the  filing of this  opinion as an exhibit to the
Application  for  Conversion  on Form AC of the Bank  filed  with  the OTS,  the
Application  H-(e)(1)-S  of the  Holding  Company  filed  with the OTS,  and the
Registration  Statement  on Form SB-2 of the  Holding  Company  filed  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  and to the  reference  of our firm in the
prospectus related to this opinion.

                                      Very truly yours,


                                      /s/Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
                                      MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.







                                   EXHIBIT 8.2


<PAGE>
                      MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
                                Attorneys at Law
                               One Franklin Square
                               1301 K Street, N.W.
                                 Suite 700 East
                             Washington, D.C. 20005
                            Telephone: (202) 434-4660
                           Telecopier: (202) 434-4661




June 16, 1997

Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
807 Middle Street
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania  15212

Board Members:

         You have  requested  our opinion  regarding  certain  Pennsylvania  tax
consequences  to  Workingmens  Savings Bank, FSB (the "Bank") and its depositors
under the laws of the  Commonwealth of  Pennsylvania of the proposed  conversion
(the   "Conversion")   under   which   the   Bank   will  be   changed   from  a
federally-chartered  mutual savings bank to a federally-chartered  capital stock
savings bank (the "Stock Bank"), the simultaneous  formation of a parent holding
company  incorporated in Pennsylvania (the "Holding  Company") that will acquire
all of the  outstanding  stock of the Stock  Bank (the  "Acquisition"),  and the
offering  of the stock of the Holding  Company to the public  (the  "Offering"),
pursuant to a Plan of  Conversion  adopted by the Board of Directors of the Bank
on May 19, 1997, as amended (the "Plan").

         We have previously  provided the Bank an opinion of this firm regarding
certain federal income tax consequences of the Conversion, the Acquisition,  and
the Offering  (the  "Federal Tax  Opinion").  Based upon the facts stated in the
Federal Tax Opinion,  including certain representations of the Bank, the Federal
Tax Opinion concludes,  among other things,  that the Conversion  qualifies as a
tax-free  reorganization  under ss. 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, and that the Bank, the Stock Bank, and the Holding Company and
the depositors of the Bank will not recognize income,  gain, or loss for federal
income tax purposes upon the implementation of the Conversion,  the Acquisition,
and the Offering.

         Based upon (1) the facts and circumstances attendant to the Conversion,
the Acquisition, and the Offering, including the representations of the Bank, as
described in the Federal Tax Opinion,  (2) current  provisions  of  Pennsylvania
law, as reflected  in  Pennsylvania  statutes,  administrative  regulations  and
rulings thereunder,  and court decisions,  (3) the Federal Tax Opinion,  and (4)
the assumption that the Conversion,  the Acquisition,  and the Offering will not
result in the  recognition  of any gain or income on the books of the Bank,  the
Stock  Bank,  or  the  Holding  Company  under  generally  accepted   accounting
principles,  it is our  opinion  that  under  the  laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania, the implementation of the Conversion, the


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
June 16, 1997
Page 2

Acquisition and the Offering will not cause any tax liability to be incurred (a)
by  the  Bank  or by  the  Stock  Bank  under  the  Pennsylvania  Mutual  Thrift
Institutions Tax ("MTIT"), 72 P.S. ss.8501 et seq., (b) by the depositors of the
Bank under the  Pennsylvania  Personal  Income Tax ("PIT"),  72 P.S.  ss.7301 et
seq., and (c) by the Holding Company under the Pennsylvania Corporate Net Income
Tax ("CNIT"), 72 P.S. ss.7401 et seq.

         Our opinions  herein are expressly  limited to those taxes specified in
the immediately preceding paragraph and specifically do not include any opinions
with respect to the  consequences  to  depositors of the  implementation  of the
Conversion,  the  Acquisition,  or the Offering under any other taxes imposed by
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or any other subdivision thereof, or imposed by
states  other than  Pennsylvania  and local  jurisdictions  of such  states.  In
addition,  the opinions  herein  specifically do not include (1) an opinion with
respect to the consequences to the Bank, the Stock Bank, and the Holding Company
of the implementation of the Conversion, the Acquisition,  or the Offering under
any local taxes  imposed by any political  subdivision  of the  Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania,  and under any state or local realty or other transfer tax, or (2)
an opinion with respect to tax liabilities  under the MTIT, the PIT, or the CNIT
attributable to events after the Conversion, the Acquisition and the Offering or
to any assets held or acquired  by the Holding  Company  other than stock of the
Stock Bank.

         Our  opinion  is based on the facts and  conditions  as stated  herein,
whether directly or by reference to the Federal Tax Opinion. If any of the facts
and conditions are not entirely  complete or accurate,  it is imperative that we
be  informed  immediately,  as the  inaccuracy  or  incompleteness  could have a
material  effect on our  conclusions.  In rendering our opinion,  we are relying
upon the  relevant  provisions  of the  Code,  the laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania,  as amended, the regulations and rules thereunder and judicial and
administrative   interpretations   thereof,  which  are  subject  to  change  or
modification by subsequent legislative, regulatory,  administrative, or judicial
decisions.  Any such  changes  could also have an effect on the  validity of our
opinion. We undertake no responsibility to update or supplement our opinion. Our
opinion is not binding on the Internal  Revenue  Service or the  Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania,  nor can any assurance be given that any of the foregoing  parties
will  not take a  contrary  position  or that  our  opinion  will be  upheld  if
challenged by such parties.

         Finally,  we hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit
to the  Application  for Conversion on Form AC ("Form AC") or similar filings of
the Bank filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision, the filing of this opinion
as an exhibit to the  Application  H-(e)(1)S of the Holding  Company to be filed
with the Office of Thrift Supervision, and the filing of this opinion


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
June 16, 1997
Page 3
as an exhibit  to the  Holding  Company's  Registration  Statement  on Form SB-2
("Form SB-2") to be filed with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission,  and to
reference  to our firm in the offering  circular  contained in the Form AC, Form
SB-2 and related documents related to this opinion.

                                       Very truly yours,


                                       /s/Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
                                       Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.





                                   EXHIBIT 10


<PAGE>

                          FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


        THIS  AGREEMENT,  made this 30th day of September,  1996, by and between
Workingmen's  Savings Bank, F.S.B.,  hereinafter referred to as the Employer and
Robert D. Neudorfer, of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, hereinafter referred to as the
Employee.

        Witnesseth,  in consideration of the mutual covenants  contained,  it is
agreed as follows:

        1. The Employer will  continue to employ the  full-time  services of the
Employee  in the  position  of the  President  of the  Employer  for the  period
commencing from the date hereof until June 30, 1999.

        2. The Employer  will pay to the  Employee a gross salary as  determined
from  time to time by its Board of  Directors.  Such  salary  shall be paid on a
bi-weekly basis with the deduction  therefrom of all mandated  withholding taxes
and such additional deductions as may be mutually agreed upon.

        3. The Employee  shall devote his full time to the  appointed  position.
The Employee  shall  perform the duties  assigned by the Board of Directors  and
conduct  himself in accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement.  It is hereby
agreed by the  parties  hereto that the  Employer's  Employment  Agreement,  its
Employee's  Handbook,   its  By-laws  and  the  policies  and  regulations  duly
prescribed  by the Board of  Directors  are  incorporated  herein  by  reference
thereto and thus form a part of this Agreement.  The Employee  acknowledges that
he has read and is familiar with the documents referred to herein and the duties
and  obligations  imposed  therein.  In the  event  that  any  provision  of the
Employer's Employee Handbook is in conflict with this Agreement,  the provisions
hereof shall bond the parties.

        4. The parties hereto may terminate this Agreement at any time by mutual
consent. The Employer's Board of Directors may terminate  Employee's  employment
at any  time,  but  any  termination  by  the  Board  of  Directors  other  than
termination  for  just  cause  shall  not  prejudice  the  Employee's  right  to
compensation or other benefits under this Agreement.  The Employee shall have no
right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination
for  cause.  Termination  for cause  shall  include  termination  because of the
Employee's personal  dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful  misconduct,  breach of
fiduciary duty involving personal profit,  intentional failure to perform stated
duties,  willful  violation of any law, rule or  regulation  (other than traffic
violations  or similar  offenses) or final cease and desist  order,  or material
breach of any provision of this Agreement.

        5.  This  Agreement  is  subject  to the  limitations  and  requirements
prescribed  under 12 CFR 563.39 and any amendments  thereof,  to the extent that
said  limitations  and  requirements  do not  affect  any  vested  rights of the
contracting parties hereto.







                                  EXHIBIT 23.2


<PAGE>
Hinds, Lind, Miller & Co.
A Professional Corporation
Certified Public Accountants

9401 McKninght Road                                        PHONE (412) 364-6070
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15237-6700                          FAX (412) 364-6176
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                         Consent of Independent Auditors





We have issued our report dated August 21, 1996,  accompanying  the consolidated
financial   statements  of  Workingmens  Savings  Bank,  F.S.B.  and  Subsidiary
contained in the  Application  to Convert a Mutual Savings Bank to a Stock Owned
Savings  Bank  of  Workingmens  Savings  Bank,  F.S.B.  and in the  Registration
Statement and accompanying  prospectus of WSB Holding Company. We consent to the
use of the aforementioned  report in the Application to Convert a Mutual Savings
Bank to a Stock Owned Savings Bank of Workingmens  Savings Bank,  F.S.B., and in
the  Registration  Statement  and  prospectus,  and to the use of our name as it
appears under the caption "Experts".




/s/ Hinds, Lind, Miller & Co.





Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
June 17, 1997






                                  EXHIBIT 23.3


<PAGE>
FERGUSON                   Financial
& COMPANY                  Institution
                           Consulting


Suite 550
122 W. John Carpenter Frwy                           June 16, 1997
Irving, Texas 75039
(972) 869-1177
(972) 869-2743 Fax

Board of Directors
Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
807 Middle Street
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15212

Directors:

     We hereby  consent to the use of our firm's name in the Form AC Application
for Conversion of Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB, Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania,  and
any amendments thereto,  in the Form SB-2 Registration  Statement of WSB Holding
Company and any  amendments  thereto,  and in the  Application  H-(e)1-S for WSB
Holding  Company.  We also hereby  consent to the inclusion of,  summary of, and
references  to our  Appraisal  Report and our  opinion  concerning  subscription
rights in such filings including the Prospectus of WSB Holding Company.

                                            Sincerely,



                                            /s/Robin L. Fussel
                                            Robin L. Fussell
                                            Principal



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
                       
       
<S>                                            <C>               <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                  9-MOS             12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              JUN-30-1997       JUN-30-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   MAR-31-1997       JUN-30-1996
<CASH>                                            390,902           221,364
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                          1,201,875           984,667
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                        0                 0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                        0                 0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                     2,757,816         3,317,811
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                         12,988,802        10,892,081
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                           12,828,035        10,782,060
<LOANS>                                        14,326,054        13,704,418
<ALLOWANCE>                                       200,596            75,694
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 33,127,204        30,579,474
<DEPOSITS>                                     27,859,505        28,156,791
<SHORT-TERM>                                    2,000,000                 0
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                               248,170           331,717
<LONG-TERM>                                     1,000,000                 0
                                   0                 0
                                             0                 0
<COMMON>                                                0                 0
<OTHER-SE>                                              0                 0
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 33,127,204        30,579,474
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                   861,065         1,122,699
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                 746,877           781,105
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                   67,389           149,012
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                1,675,331         2,052,016
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                                935,206         1,256,267
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                990,252         1,256,267
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                             685,079           796,549
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                     127,844            35,142
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                 (1,608)              969
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                   773,974           798,259
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  (151,683)           45,033
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                       (151,683)           45,033
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                         0                 0
<CHANGES>                                               0                 0
<NET-INCOME>                                      (75,271)           34,651
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                           0                 0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                           0                 0
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                       3.02              2.82
<LOANS-NON>                                       775,844           727,567
<LOANS-PAST>                                      775,844           727,567
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                        0                 0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                         0                 0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                   75,694            89,010
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                       2,942            53,800
<RECOVERIES>                                            0             5,342
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                 200,596            75,694
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                                    0                 0
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                     0                 0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                                 0                 0
        


</TABLE>



                                  EXHIBIT 99.1
<PAGE>


                                     [LOGO]

                                STOCK ORDER FORM

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                             <C>
DEADLINE                                                          
- --------                                                                        ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Total
This order form, properly executed and with the full payment must               Number of           Purchase               Total
and will be deemed received upon the date and the time of delivery             Shares              Price                  Amount
of the form to one of our offices.  Please submit your order units          
the enclosed postage-paid envelope or hand-delivering the order                                   X $10.00        =        $
for to any office of First Federal Savings and Loan delivering the order        ----------------    ------                 ---------
form to any office of fice of Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB.                    ----------------------------------------------------

NUMBER OF SHARES
- ----------------

Fill in the number of shares you wish to purchase and the total                 ----------------------------------------------------
amount due.  No fractional shares will be issued.  The minimum                  
order is 25 shares.  With the exception of the ESOP, no person (or)             [   ]   Enclosed is a check or money order payable
persons who have subscription rights through a single account)                          to WSB Holding Company, Inc. for $         .
may purchase in the Offerings more than 10,000 shares of                                                                  ---------
Common Stock and no person (or persons who have subscription 
rights through a single account), together with associates of                   [   ]   I authorize withdrawal from the following
persons acting in concert with such person, may purchase in the                         Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB accounts(s):
aggregate more than 10,000 shares of Common Stock.  See the 
Prospectus for a description of purchase limitations, including how                     Account Numbers(s)               Amount
to determine whether your purchases will be aggregated with any
associates or persons acting in concert.                                                                                 $
                                                                                        ---------------------------       ----------
METHOD OF PAYMENT                                                                                                        $
                                                                                        ---------------------------       ----------
Check the appropriate box(es).  You may pay by cash, check, or                                                           $
money order.  If paying by check or money order, please make it                         ---------------------------       ----------
payable to WSB Holding Company. If paying by cash, please                               Total Withdrawal                 $
hand-deliver your order form.  Your funds will earn interest at the                                                       ----------
the interest rate paid on passbook savings accounts from the date                  No penalty for early withdrawal.
of receipt until the offering is completed.  You may also wish to pay
by authorizing withdrawal from your Workingmens Savings Bank,                   ----------------------------------------------------
FSB savings or certificate account(s).  If paying by withdrawal,
please list the appropriate account number(s); these designated 
funds will continue to earn interest at the contractual rate, but
cannot be withdrawn by you.                                                     ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                             
STOCK REGISTRATION                                                              ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Name(s) in which stock is to be registered.
Print the name(s) in which you want the stock registered.  If you
are a voting member, to protect your priority over other purchasers 
as described in the Prospectus, you must take ownership in at least             ----------------------------------------------------
one of the account holders' names.                                              Name(s) in which stock is to be registered.

Enter the Social Security Number (or Tax I.D. Number) of a
registered owner.  Only one number is required.                                 ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Address
Indicate the manner in which you wish to take ownership by
checking the appropriate box.  If necessary, check "Other" and
note ownership such as corporation, estate or trust.  If stock is               ----------------------------------------------------
purchased for a trust, the date of the trust agreement and trust title          City                              County
must be included.  See the reverse side of this for registration 
guidelines.
                                                                                ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                State                             Zip Code


                                                                                ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Social Security # or Tax ID #


                                                                                [  ] Individual              [ ]Joint Tenants 
                                                                                [  ] Tenants in Common
                                                                                [  ] Uniform Transfer to Minors
                                                                                [  ] Other                                         
                                                                                           -----------------------------------------

                                                                                ----------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                               WSB Holding Company

                        GUIDELINES FOR REGISTERING STOCK

            For  reasons  of clarity  and  standardization,  the stock  transfer
industry has developed uniform  stockholder  registrations which we will utilize
in the issuance of your WSB Holding  Company stock  certificate(s).  If you have
any questions, please consult your legal advisor.
            Stock ownership must be registered in one of the following manners:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INDIVIDUAL      Avoid the use of two  initials.  Include  the first  given name,
                middle initial and last name of the  stockholder.  Omit words of
                limitation that do not affect  ownership rights such as "special
                account," "single man," "personal property," etc.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

JOINT           Joint  ownership  of  stock  by two or  more  persons  shall  be
                inscribed on the certificate  with one of the following types of
                joint ownership. Names should be joined by "and," do not connect
                with "or". Omit titles such as "Mrs.," "Dr.," etc. JOINT TENANTS
                Joint Tenancy with Right of  Survivorship  and not as Tenants in
                Common may be  specified  to identify  two or more owners  where
                ownership  is intended to pass  automatically  to the  surviving
                tenant(s).  TENANTS IN COMMON Tenants in common may be specified
                to identify two or more owners.  When stock is held in a tenancy
                in common,  upon the death of one  co-tenant,  ownership  of the
                stock  will  be held by the  surviving  co-tenant(s)  and by the
                heirs of the deceased  co-tenant.  All parties must agree to the
                transfer or sale of shares held in this form of ownership.

UNIFORM         Stock may be held in the name of a  custodian  for a minor under
                the  Uniform  Gifts to  Minors  laws of the  individual  states.
                TRANSFER   There  may  be  only  one  custodian  and  one  minor
                designated on a stock certificate.  The standard abbreviation of
                custodian TO MINORS is "CUST,"  while the  description  "Uniform
                Gifts  to  Minors  Act" is  abbreviated  "UNIF  GIFT  MIN  ACT."
                Standard U.S. Postal Service state abbreviations  should be used
                to describe the appropriate  state.  For example,  stock held by
                John P. Jones  under the  Delaware  Uniform  Gifts to Minors Act
                will be abbreviated. 

                         JOHN P. JONES CUST SUSAN A. JONES
                         UNIF GIFT MIN ACT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FIDUCIARIES Stock held in a fiduciary capacity must contain the following:
<S>            <C>        <C>
               1.         The name(s) of the fiduciary --
                          *  If an individual, list the first given name, middle initial, and last name.
                          *  If a corporation, list the corporate title.
                          *  If an individual and a corporation, list the corporation's title before the initial.
               2.         The fiduciary capacity --
                          *  Administrator
                          *  Conservator
                          *  Committee
                          *  Executor
                          *  Trustee
                          *  Personal Representative
                          *  Custodian
               3.         The  type  of   document   governing   the   fiduciary
                          relationship. Generally, such relationships are either
                          under a form of living trust  agreement or pursuant to
                          a court  order.  Without  a  document  establishing  a
                          fiduciary   relationship,   your   stock  may  not  be
                          registered in a fiduciary capacity.
               4.         The date of document governing the relationship.  The
                          date  of  the  document  need  not  be  used  in  the 
                          description of a trust created by a will.
               5.         Either of the following:
                             The name of the maker, donor or testator
                                            or
                             The name of the beneficiary
                             Example of Fiduciary Ownership:
                             JOHN D. SMITH, TRUSTEE FOR TOM A. SMITH
                             UNDER AGREEMENT DATED ___/___/97

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
NASD AFFILIATIONS
- -----------------

Please refer to the National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc., ("NASD")
affiliation  section and check the box, if applicable.  The NASD  Interpretation
With Respect to Free-Riding and Withholding (the "Interpretation") restricts the
sale of a "hot issue" (securities that trade at a premium in the aftermarket) to
NASD members,  persons  associated with NASD members (i.e., an owner,  director,
officer,  partner,  employee,  or agent of a NASD member) and certain members of
their  families.  Such persons are  requested to indicate  that they will comply
with certain conditions required for an exemption from the restrictions.

[ ] Check  here and  initial  below if you are a member  of the NASD or a person
associated with an NASD member or a partner with a securities  brokerage firm or
a member of the immediate family of any such person to whose support such person
contributes  directly  or  indirectly  or if you have an account in which a NASD
member or a person  associated with a NASD member has a beneficial  interest.  I
agree (i) not to sell,  transfer or hypothecate  the stock for a period of three
months following issuance,  and (ii) to report this stock purchase in writing to
the  applicable  NASD member I am associated  with within one day of the payment
for the stock. (Initials) 
                          --------------

TELEPHONE INFORMATION
- ---------------------

Please  enter both a daytime and an evening  telephone  number  where you may be
reached in the event we cannot execute your order as given.  Please include your
area code.

Daytime Phone (     )
                     ----------------------------
Evening Phone (     )
                     ----------------------------

                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENT
                                 --------------

Sign and date the order form. When purchasing as a custodian, corporate officer,
etc., add your full title to your signature. An additional signature is required
only when payment is by  withdrawal  from an account that requires more than one
signature  to  withdraw  funds.  Your  order  will be  filled  according  to the
provisions of the Plan of Conversion as described in the Prospectus.

I (WE) ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IS
NOT FEDERALLY INSURED AND IS NOT GUARANTEED BY WORKINGMENS FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK,
FSB OR THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT.

I (we) further certify that I (we) received a Prospectus prior to purchasing the
Common Stock of WSB Holding  Company and  acknowledge  the terms and  conditions
described  therein.  The  Prospectus  that I (we) received  contains  disclosure
concerning  the nature of the security  being  offered and  describes  the risks
involved in the  investment.  These  include,  among others,  (i) lack of active
market for common stock; (ii) decreased return on equity and increased  expenses
immediately  after  conversion;  (iii)  potential  impact of changes in interest
rates and the current interest rate environment;  (iv) anti-takeover  provisions
and statutory  provisions that could discourage hostile acquisitions of control;
(v) possible  voting control by directors and officers;  (vi) possible  dilutive
effect of RSP and stock  options;  (vii)  financial  institution  regulation and
future of the thrift industry, and (viii) restrictions on repurchases of shares.

If anyone asserts that this security is federally  insured or guaranteed,  or is
as safe  as an  insured  deposit,  I (we)  should  call  the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision Regional Director for the Northeast Region, at (201) 413-7543.

I (we) understand  that, after receipt by WSB Holding Company this order may not
be  modified  or  withdrawn  without  the  consent  of WSB  Holding  Company  or
Workingmens  Savings Bank, FSB.  Further,  I (we) certify that my (our) purchase
does not conflict with the purchase  limitations  in the Plan of Conversion  and
that the shares being  purchased are for my (our) account only and that there is
no present agreement or understanding  regarding any subsequent sale or transfer
of such shares.  Under penalties of perjury, I (we) certify that: (1) the Social
Security Number or Tax Identification  Number given above is correct;  and (2) I
(we) am (are) not subject to backup  withholding.  Instructions:  You must cross
out #2 above if you have been notified by the Internal  Revenue Service that you
are subject to withholding  because of under-reporting  interest or dividends on
your tax return.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature                                               Date

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Signature (if required)                      Date


                     THIS ORDER NOT VALIDATED UNLESS SIGNED

           FOR ASSISTANCE, PLEASE CALL OUR STOCK INFORMATION CENTER AT
                (412) __________ (WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, FSB)
               FROM 9:00 A.M. TO 4:00 P.M., MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY




                                  EXHIBIT 99.3


<PAGE>
                               WSB Holding Company
                          Proposed Holding Company for
                          Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
                            Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

                          Proposed Marketing Materials

                                     6-16-97

<PAGE>


                               Marketing Materials
                               WSB Holding Company
                                 Pittsburgh, PA

                                Table of Contents
                                -----------------


I.                Press Releases
                  A.       Explanation
                  B.       Schedule
                  C.       Distribution List
                  D.       Press Release Examples

II.               Advertisements
                  A.       Explanation
                  B.       Schedule
                  C.       Advertisement Examples

III.              Question and Answer Brochure
                  A.       Explanation
                  B.       Method of Distribution
                  C.       Example

IV.               IRA Mailing
                  A.       Explanation
                  B.       Quantity
                  C.       IRA Mailing Example

V.                Counter Cards and Lobby Posters
                  A.       Explanation
                  B.       Quantity

VI.               Proxy Reminder
                  A.       Explanation
                  B.       Example








<PAGE>


                                I. Press Releases


A.       Explanation

         In an effort to  assure  that all  customers  receive  prompt  accurate
         information in a simultaneous manner,  Trident advises the Savings Bank
         to forward press releases to area newspapers,  radio stations,  etc. at
         various points during the conversion process.

         Only press releases approved by Conversion  Counsel and the OTS will be
         forwarded for publication in any manner.

B.       Schedule

         1.       OTS Approval of Conversion

         2.       Close of Stock Offering

<PAGE>

                              C. Distribution List

                           National Distribution List
                           --------------------------


National Thrift News                          Wall Street Journal
- --------------------                          -------------------
212 West 35th Street                          World Financial Center
13th Floor                                    200 Liberty
New York, New York  10001                     New York, NY  10004
Richard Chang

American Banker                               SNL Securities
- ---------------                               --------------
One State Street Plaza                        Post Office Box 2124
New York, New York  10004                     Charlottesville, Virginia  22902
Michael Weinstein

Barrons                                       Investors Business Daily
- -------                                       ------------------------
Dow Jones & Company                           12655 Beatrice Street
Barrons Statistical Information               Post Office Box 661750
200 Burnett Road                              Los Angeles, California  90066
Chicopee, Massachusetts  01020

New York Times
- --------------
229 West 43rd Street
New York, NY  10036


<PAGE>

                                Local Media List
                                ----------------

                                (To be provided)


Newspaper
- ---------



Radio
- -----


<PAGE>
                  PRESS RELEASE                   FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
                                                  ---------------------
                                                  For More Information Contact:
                                                  Robert Neudorfer, President
                                                  (412) 231-7297


                          WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, FSB
                          -----------------------------

                        CONVERSION TO STOCK FORM APPROVED
                        ---------------------------------


         Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania  (____________,  1997)  -  Robert  Neudorfer,
President of Workingmens  Savings Bank, FSB  ("Workingmens  Savings Bank" or the
"Savings Bank"),  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania,  announced that Workingmens Savings
Bank has received approval from the Office of Thrift Supervision to convert from
the  mutual  form to the stock  form of  organization.  In  connection  with the
Conversion,  Workingmens Savings Bank has formed a holding company,  WSB Holding
Company,  to hold all of the  outstanding  capital stock of Workingmens  Savings
Bank.

         WSB  Holding  Company is  offering  up to 287,500  shares of its common
stock,  subject to adjustment,  at a price of $10.00 per share.  Certain account
holders and borrowers of the Savings Bank will have an  opportunity to subscribe
for stock through a Subscription Offering that expires on ________, 1997. Shares
that are not  subscribed  for during the  Subscription  Offering  may be offered
subsequently  to the general public in a Community  Offering.  The  Subscription
Offering and Community Offerings will be managed by Trident Securities,  Inc. of
Raleigh, North Carolina.  Copies of the Prospectus relating to the offerings and
describing  the Plan of  Conversion  will be  mailed  to  customers  on or about
________, 1997.


         As a  result  of the  Conversion,  Workingmens  Savings  Bank  will  be
structured  in the stock  form as are all  commercial  banks  and an  increasing
number of savings  institutions  and will be a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of WSB
Holding Company. According to Mr. Neudorfer, "Our day to day operations will not
change as a result of the Conversion and deposits will continue to be insured by
the FDIC up to the applicable legal limits."

         Customers with questions  concerning the stock offering should call the
Savings Bank's Stock Information Center at (412) ________,  or visit Workingmens
Savings Bank's office.



<PAGE>


PRESS RELEASE                         FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
                                      ---------------------

                                       For More Information Contact:
                                       Robert Neudorfer, President and CEO
                                       (412) 231-7297


                          WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, FSB
                          -----------------------------

                        COMPLETES INITIAL STOCK OFFERING
                        --------------------------------


         Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania  -  (____________,  1997)  Robert  Neudorfer,
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Workingmens   Savings  Bank,  FSB
("Workingmens  Savings Bank" or the "Savings  Bank"),  announced  today that WSB
Holding Company,  the proposed holding company for Workingmens Savings Bank, has
completed  its initial  stock  offering in  connection  with the Savings  Bank's
conversion from mutual to stock form. A total of __________  shares were sold at
the price of $10.00 per share.

         On ____________,  1997,  Workingmens  Savings Bank's Plan of Conversion
was  approved  by the  Savings  Bank's  voting  members at a special  meeting of
members.

         Mr.  Neudorfer  said that the  officers  and boards of directors of WSB
Holding Company and Workingmens  Savings Bank wished to express their thanks for
the  response to the stock  offering  and that  Workingmens  Savings  Bank looks
forward  to  serving  the  needs  of its  customers  and new  stockholders  as a
community-based stock institution.  The stock is anticipated to commence trading
on _______,  1997. Trident Securities,  Inc. of Raleigh,  North Carolina managed
the stock offering.



<PAGE>


                               II. Advertisements


A.       Explanation

         The  intended  use  of the  attached  advertisement  "A"  is to  notify
         Workingmens Savings Bank's customers and members of the local community
         that the conversion offering is underway.

         The intended use of advertisement "B" is to remind Workingmens  Savings
         Bank's customers of the closing date of the Subscription Offering.

B.       Media Schedule

         1.       Advertisement A - To be run immediately following OTS approval
                  and possibly run weekly for the first three weeks.
         2.       Advertisement  B - To be  run  during  the  last  week  of the
                  subscription offering.

         Trident  may feel it is  necessary  to run more ads in order to  remind
         customers of the close of the  Subscription  Offering and the Community
         Offering, if conducted.

         Alternatively,  Trident  may,  depending  upon  the  response  from the
         customer base, choose to run fewer ads or no ads at all.

         These ads will run in the local newspapers.

         The ad size will be as shown or smaller.


<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  This announcement is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer
    to buy these securities. The offer is made only by the prospectus. These
       shares have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and
  Exchange Commission, the Office of Thrift Supervision or the Federal Deposit
  Insurance Corporation, nor has such commission, office or corporation passed
     upon the accuracy or adequacy of the prospectus. Any representation to
                            the contrary is unlawful.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

New Issue                                                     ____________, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 287,500 Shares

                     These shares are being offered pursuant
                         to a Plan of Conversion whereby

                          Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
                                of Pittsburgh, PA

              will convert from a federal mutual savings bank to a
                           federal stock savings bank
                     and become a wholly owned subsidiary of

                               WSB Holding Company

                                  Common Stock

                                 ---------------

                             Price $10.00 Per Share

                                 ---------------


                            Trident Securities, Inc.

                For a copy of the prospectus call (412)________.

Copies of the prospectus may be obtained in any State in which this announcement
  is circulated from Trident Securities, Inc. or such other brokers and dealers
              as may legally offer these securities in such state.

                    The stock will not be insured by the FDIC
                        or any other government agency.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        
<PAGE>



Advertisement (B)





- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                          WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK, FSB

                       __________, 1997 IS THE DEADLINE TO
                       ORDER STOCK OF WSB HOLDING COMPANY

                   Customers of Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
                              have the opportunity
                   to invest in Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB
                                 by subscribing
                for common stock in its proposed holding company

                               WSB HOLDING COMPANY

                  A Prospectus relating to these securities is
                    available at our office or by calling our
                   Stock Information Center at (412) ________.

               This announcement is neither an offer to sell nor a
                  solicitation of an offer to buy the stock of
               WSB Holding Company. The offer is made only by the
                 Prospectus. The shares of common stock are not
              deposits or savings accounts and will not be insured
                  by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
                         or any other government agency.

Copies of the Prospectus may be obtained in any State in which this announcement
  is circulated from Trident Securities, Inc. or such other brokers and dealers
              as may legally offer these securities in such state.
                                       

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>


                        III. Question and Answer Brochure


A.       Explanation

         The Question and Answer brochure is an essential marketing piece in any
         conversion.  It serves  two  purposes:  a) to  answer  some of the most
         commonly  asked  questions  in "plain,  everyday  language";  and b) to
         highlight  in brochure  form the  purchase  commitments  of the Savings
         Bank's officers and directors shown in the Prospectus. Although most of
         the  answers  are  taken  verbatim  from the  Prospectus,  it saves the
         individual from searching for the answer to a simple question.

B.       Method of Distribution

         There are four  primary  methods of  distribution  of the  Question and
         Answer  brochure.  However,  regardless of the method the brochures are
         always accompanied by a Prospectus.

         1.       A Question  and  Answer  brochure  is sent out in the  initial
                  mailing to all members of the Savings Bank.

         2.       Question and Answer  brochures  are  available in  Workingmens
                  Savings Bank's offices.

         3.       Question  and  Answer  brochures  are sent  out in a  standard
                  information  packet to all interested  investors who phone the
                  Stock Information Center requesting information.


<PAGE>


                     PROPOSED OFFICER AND DIRECTOR PURCHASES


                                                            Percent of Shares at
                                                            Maximum of
           Anticipated Number           Anticipated Dollar  Estimated Valuation
Name       of Shares Purchased          Amount Purchased    Range












THIS  INFORMATION  DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION  OF AN
OFFER TO BUY WSB HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK.  SUCH OFFER AND  SOLICITATION MAY
BE MADE ONLY BY THE  PROSPECTUS.  PLEASE READ THE PROSPECTUS  PRIOR TO MAKING AN
INVESTMENT DECISION.

THE  SHARES OF WSB  HOLDING  COMPANY  COMMON  STOCK ARE NOT  SAVINGS  OR DEPOSIT
ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE SAVINGS  ASSOCIATION  INSURANCE  FUND OF THE
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.


<PAGE>


                              QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
                                    REGARDING
                             THE PLAN OF CONVERSION


On __________,  1997,  the Board of Directors of  Workingmens  Savings Bank, FSB
("Workingmens  Savings Bank" or the "Savings Bank") unanimously  adopted, and on
______,  1997  unanimously  amended,  the Plan of Conversion,  pursuant to which
Workingmens Savings Bank will convert from a federally-chartered  mutual savings
bank to a  federally-chartered  stock  savings  bank  ("Stock  Conversion").  In
addition,  all of Workingmens  Savings Bank's outstanding  capital stock will be
issued to the holding  company,  WSB Holding  Company ("WSB  Holding  Company"),
which was organized by Workingmens  Savings Bank to own Workingmens Savings Bank
as a subsidiary.

This brochure is provided to answer  general  questions you might have about the
Conversion. Following the Conversion,  Workingmens Savings Bank will continue to
provide financial  services to its depositors,  borrowers and other customers as
it has in the past and will operate with its existing  management and employees.
The Conversion will not affect the terms,  balances,  interest rates or existing
federal insurance  coverage on Workingmens  Savings Bank's deposits or the terms
or conditions of any loans to existing borrowers under their individual contract
arrangements with Workingmens Savings Bank.

For complete  information  regarding the Conversion,  see the Prospectus and the
Proxy Statement dated ________,  1997.  Copies of each of the Prospectus and the
Proxy Statement may be obtained by calling the Stock Information Center at (412)
________.


THIS  INFORMATION  DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION  OF AN
OFFER TO BUY WSB HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK.  SUCH OFFER AND  SOLICITATION MAY
BE MADE ONLY BY THE  PROSPECTUS.  PLEASE READ THE PROSPECTUS  PRIOR TO MAKING AN
INVESTMENT DECISION.

THE  SHARES OF WSB  HOLDING  COMPANY  COMMON  STOCK ARE NOT  SAVINGS  OR DEPOSIT
ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE SAVINGS  ASSOCIATION  INSURANCE  FUND OF THE
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.


<PAGE>

                              QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

                               WSB Holding Company
                        (the proposed holding company for
                         Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB)


Questions and Answers Regarding the Subscription and Community Offerings


                           MUTUAL TO STOCK CONVERSION
                           --------------------------

1.       Q.       What is a "Stock Conversion"?
         A.       Conversion  is a change  in the  legal  form of  organization.
                  Workingmens    Savings   Bank   currently    operates   as   a
                  federally-chartered  mutual savings bank with no stockholders.
                  Through the Stock  Conversion,  Workingmens  Savings Bank will
                  become a federally-chartered stock savings bank, and the stock
                  of its holding company,  WSB Holding Company,  will be held by
                  stockholders who purchase stock in the Subscription, Community
                  and  Syndicated  Community  Offerings  or in the  open  market
                  following the Offerings.

2.       Q.       Why is Workingmens Savings Bank converting?
         A.       Currently, Workingmens Savings Bank, as a mutual savings bank,
                  does  not  have  stockholders  and has no  authority  to issue
                  capital   stock.   By   converting   to  the  stock   form  of
                  organization,  the Savings Bank will be structured in the form
                  used by commercial banks, most business entities and a growing
                  number of savings  institutions.  The Stock Conversion will be
                  important to the future growth and  performance of the Savings
                  Bank by providing a larger capital base from which the Savings
                  Bank may operate,  the ability to attract and retain qualified
                  management   through   stock-based   employee  benefit  plans,
                  enhanced  ability to diversify into other  financial  services
                  related  activities and expanded ability to render services to
                  the public.

                  The Board of Directors and management of  Workingmens  Savings
                  Bank believe that the stock form of organization is preferable
                  to  the  mutual   form  of   organization   for  a   financial
                  institution. The Board and management recognize the decline in
                  the  number  of  mutual   thrifts  from  over  12,500   mutual
                  institutions in 1929 to under 800 mutual thrifts today.

                  Workingmens Savings Bank believes that converting to the stock
                  form of organization will allow it to more effectively compete
                  with local community  banks,  thrifts,  and with statewide and
                  regional banks, which are in stock form.  Workingmens  Savings
                  Bank believes that by combining its existing  quality  service
                  and products with a local  ownership  base the Savings  Bank's
                  customers and community  members who become  stockholders will
                  be inclined to do more business with Workingmens Savings Bank.

                  Furthermore,  because  Workingmens  Savings Bank competes with
                  local and regional banks not only for customers,  but also for
                  employees,  Workingmens  Savings Bank  believes that the stock
                  form of organization  will better afford  Workingmens  Savings
                  Bank  the   opportunity  to  attract  and  retain   employees,
                  management and directors  through  various stock benefit plans
                  which are not available to mutual savings institutions.

<PAGE>

3.       Q.       Is Workingmens  Savings  Bank's  mutual  to  stock  conversion
                  beneficial to the communities that the Savings Bank serves?
         A.       Management  believes that the  structure of the  Subscription,
                  Community and  Syndicated  Community  Offerings is in the best
                  interest of the various  communities that Workingmens  Savings
                  Bank  serves  because  following  the Stock  Conversion  it is
                  anticipated  that a  significant  portion of the Common  Stock
                  will be  owned  by local  residents  desiring  to share in the
                  ownership  of  a  local   community   financial   institution.
                  Management desires that a significant portion of the shares of
                  common stock sold in the  Offerings  will be sold to residents
                  of the Savings Bank's Local Community.

4.       Q.       What effect will the Stock Conversion have on deposit accounts
                  and loans?
         A.       Terms and balances of accounts in Workingmens Savings Bank and
                  interest  rates paid on such  accounts will not be affected by
                  the Conversion. Insurable accounts will continue to be insured
                  by the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC") up to
                  the maximum amount permitted by law. The Stock Conversion also
                  will not  affect  the  terms  or  conditions  of any  loans to
                  existing  borrowers  or the  rights and  obligations  of these
                  borrowers under their individual contractual arrangements with
                  Workingmens Savings Bank.

         Q.       Will the Stock  Conversion  cause any  changes in  Workingmens
                  Savings Bank's personnel?
         A.       No. Both before and after the Conversion,  Workingmens Savings
                  Bank's  business  of  accepting  deposits,  making  loans  and
                  providing    financial    services   will   continue   without
                  interruption with the same board of directors,  management and
                  staff.

6.       Q.       What  approvals must be received  before the Stock  Conversion
                  becomes effective?
         A.       First, the Board of Directors of Workingmens Savings Bank must
                  adopt the Plan of  Conversion,  which  occurred on  _________,
                  1997.  Second,  the Office of Thrift  Supervision must approve
                  the  applications  required  to effect  the Stock  Conversion.
                  These  approvals  have  been  obtained.  Third,  the  Plan  of
                  Conversion  must  be  approved  by a  majority  of  all  votes
                  eligible  to be  cast by  Workingmens  Savings  Bank's  voting
                  members.  A Special  Meeting of voting members will be held on
                  ___________,  1997,  to  consider  and  vote  upon the Plan of
                  Conversion.


                               THE HOLDING COMPANY
                               -------------------

7.       Q.       What is a holding company?
         A.       A holding  company  is a company  that  owns  another  entity.
                  Concurrent with the Conversion,  Workingmens Savings Bank will
                  become a subsidiary  of WSB Holding  Company,  a  Pennsylvania
                  corporation  organized by Workingmens  Savings Bank to acquire
                  all of the capital  stock of  Workingmens  Savings  Bank to be
                  outstanding after the Conversion.

8.       Q.       If I  decide  to buy  stock  in  this  offering,  will  I  own
                  stock  in WSB  Holding  Company  or Workingmens Savings Bank?
         A.       You  will own  stock  in WSB  Holding  Company.  However,  WSB
                  Holding  Company,  as a holding  company,  will own all of the
                  outstanding capital stock of Workingmens Savings Bank.

9.       Q.       Why did the Board of Directors form WSB Holding Company?
         A.       The  Board  of  Directors  believes  that  the  Conversion  of
                  Workingmens Savings Bank

<PAGE>

                  and  the  formation  of WSB  Holding  Company  as the  holding
                  company for Workingmens Savings Bank will result in a stronger
                  financial  institution with the ability to provide  additional
                  flexibility   to  diversify   the  Savings   Bank's   business
                  activities  through  existing  or  newly-formed  subsidiaries,
                  although there are no current  arrangements or  understandings
                  with respect to such diversification. WSB Holding Company will
                  also be able to use stock-based  incentive programs to attract
                  and retain  executive  and other  personnel for itself and its
                  subsidiaries.

                          ABOUT BECOMING A STOCKHOLDER
                          ----------------------------

10.      Q.       What are the Subscription,  Community and Syndicated Community
                  Offerings?
         A.       Under the Plan of Conversion  adopted by  Workingmens  Savings
                  Bank, WSB Holding  Company is offering  shares of stock in the
                  Subscription  Offering to certain current and former customers
                  of the Savings Bank and to the Savings  Bank's  Employee Stock
                  Ownership Plan  ("ESOP").  Shares which are not subscribed for
                  in the  Subscription  Offering,  if any, may be offered to the
                  general public in a Community  Offering with preference  given
                  to  natural  persons  and trusts of  natural  persons  who are
                  permanent  residents of the Savings  Bank's  Local  Community.
                  These Offerings are consistent  with the board's  objective of
                  WSB  Holding   Company   being  a  locally   owned   financial
                  institution.  The Subscription Offering and Community Offering
                  are  being   managed  by  Trident   Securities,   Inc.  It  is
                  anticipated  that any shares not  subscribed for in either the
                  Subscription or Community Offerings may be offered for sale in
                  a  Syndicated  Community  Offering,  which is an offering on a
                  best efforts basis by a selling group of broker-dealers.

11.      Q.       Must I pay a commission to buy stock in  conjunction  with the
                  Subscription, Community or Syndicated Community Offerings?
         A.       No.  You will  not pay a  commission  to buy the  stock if the
                  stock  is   purchased  in  the   Subscription,   Community  or
                  Syndicated Community Offerings.

12.      Q.       How many shares of WSB Holding  Company  common stock will  be
                  issued in the Conversion?
         A.       It is  currently  expected  that  between  212,500  shares and
                  287,500  shares  of  common  stock  will be sold at a price of
                  $10.00 per share.  Under certain  circumstances  the number of
                  shares may be increased to 330,600.

13.      Q.       How was the price determined?
         A.       The  aggregate  price of the common  stock was  determined  by
                  Ferguson & Co., an independent  appraisal firm specializing in
                  the thrift industry,  and was approved by the Office of Thrift
                  Supervision.  The price is based on the pro forma market value
                  of  Workingmens  Savings  Bank  and WSB  Holding  Company,  as
                  converted as determined by the independent evaluation.

14.      Q.       Who is entitled to buy common stock in the Conversion?
         A.       The shares of common stock of WSB Holding Company to be issued
                  in the Stock  Conversion are being offered in the Subscription
                  Offering in the following order of priority to: (i) depositors
                  at the Savings  Bank as of March 31, 1996  ("Eligible  Account
                  Holders"),  (ii)  the  Savings  Bank's  tax  qualified  plans,
                  including  ESOP,  (iii)  depositors  with  $50.00  or  more on
                  deposit at the Savings Bank as of June 30, 1997 ("Supplemental
                  Eligible Account Holders"),  and (iv) depositors and borrowers
                  of the  Savings  Bank  as of  _______,  1997  ("Voting  Record
                  Date"),  (Other  Members"),  subject  to  the  priorities  and
                  purchase  limitations  set  forth in the  Plan of  Conversion.
                  Subject to the prior rights of holders of subscription rights,
                  Common Stock not subscribed for in the  Subscription  Offering
                  may be  offered  subsequently  in the 

<PAGE>

                  Community  Offering to certain  members of the general public,
                  with preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural
                  persons permanently residing in "Local Community".  Shares, if
                  any,  not  subscribed  for in the  Subscription  or  Community
                  Offerings  may  be  offered  to  the  general  public  in  the
                  Syndicated Community Offering.

15.      Q.       Are the subscription rights transferable?
         A.       No.  Subscription rights granted to Workingmens Savings Bank's
                  Eligible  Account  Holders,   Supplemental   Eligible  Account
                  Holders  and Other  Members  in the Stock  Conversion  are not
                  transferable.  Persons violating such prohibition, directly or
                  indirectly,  may lose  their  right to  purchase  stock in the
                  Conversion and be subject to other possible  sanctions.  It is
                  the  responsibility  of  each  subscriber   qualifying  as  an
                  Eligible Account Holder,  Supplemental Eligible Account Holder
                  or Other  Member to list  completely  all account  numbers for
                  qualifying savings accounts or loans as of the qualifying date
                  on the stock order form.

16.      Q.       What are the minimum and maximum  numbers of shares that I can
                  purchase in the Stock Conversion?
         A.       The  minimum  number of shares is 25.  The  maximum  number of
                  shares that may be  purchased in the Stock  Conversion  by any
                  persons or entity  exercising  subscription  rights  through a
                  single  account  currently  is 7,500.  The  maximum  number of
                  shares that may be  purchased in the Stock  Conversion  by any
                  person  or  entity  other  than the  ESOP,  together  with any
                  associate  or persons or entities  acting in concert with such
                  person, currently is 12,500 shares.

17.      Q.       Are the  Board of  Directors  and  management  of  Workingmens
                  Savings  Bank  buying  shares of common  stock of WSB  Holding
                  Company?
         A.       Directors  and  executive  officers  of the  Savings  Bank are
                  expected to  subscribe  for  __________  shares.  The purchase
                  price paid by directors  and  executive  officers  will be the
                  same $10.00 per share price as that paid by all other  persons
                  who order stock in the  Subscription,  Community or Syndicated
                  Community Offerings.

18.      Q.       How do I subscribe for shares of stock?
         A.       To subscribe for shares of stock in the Subscription Offering,
                  you should  send or deliver a stock order form  together  with
                  full payment (or appropriate  instructions for withdrawal from
                  permitted  deposit accounts as described below) to Workingmens
                  Savings Bank in the postage-paid  envelope  provided,  so that
                  the stock order form and payment or  withdrawal  authorization
                  instructions   are   received   prior  to  the  close  of  the
                  Subscription  Offering,  which will  terminate  at 12:00 p.m.,
                  Eastern Time, on ___________,  1997, unless extended.  Payment
                  for shares may be made in cash (if made in person) or by check
                  or money order.  Subscribers  who have deposit  accounts  with
                  Workingmens Savings Bank may include instructions on the stock
                  order form requesting  withdrawal from such deposit account(s)
                  to purchase  shares of common  stock of WSB  Holding  Company.
                  Withdrawals  from  certificates of deposit may be made without
                  incurring an early withdrawal penalty.

                  If shares remain  available  for sale after the  expiration of
                  the  Subscription  Offering,   they  may  be  offered  in  the
                  Community  Offering,  which will begin as soon as  practicable
                  after the end of the Subscription  Offering,  but may begin at
                  any time during the Subscription Offering. Persons who wish to
                  order stock in the  Community  Offering  should  return  their
                  stock  order  form as soon as  possible  after  the  Community
                  Offering  begins because it may terminate at any time after it
                  begins. Members of the general public should contact the Stock
                  Information   Center   at  (412)   ________   for   additional
                  information.
<PAGE>

19.      Q.       May I use funds in a retirement account to purchase stock?
         A.       Yes.  If you  are  interested  in  using  funds  held  in your
                  retirement  account at  Workingmens  Savings  Bank,  the Stock
                  Information  Center can assist you in transferring those funds
                  to a  self-directed  IRA,  if  necessary,  and  directing  the
                  trustee  to  purchase  the  stock.  This  process  may be done
                  without an early  withdrawal  penalty and generally  without a
                  negative tax  consequence to your retirement  account.  Due to
                  the  additional   paperwork   involved,   IRA  transfers  from
                  Workingmens  Savings Bank must be completed by _________.  For
                  additional  information,  call the Stock Information Center at
                  (412) __________.

20.      Q.       Will  I  receive  interest  on  funds  I  submit  for a  stock
                  purchase?

         A.       Yes.  Workingmens  Savings  Bank  will  pay  interest  at  its
                  passbook  rate  from the date the  funds  are  received  until
                  completion of the stock  offering or  termination of the Stock
                  Conversion.  All funds  authorized for withdrawal from deposit
                  accounts with  Workingmens  Savings Bank will continue to earn
                  interest  at  the  contractual  rate  until  the  date  of the
                  completion of the Stock Conversion.

21.      Q.       May I obtain a loan from  Workingmens  Savings Bank to pay for
                  shares purchased in the Conversion?
         A.       No. Federal regulations prohibit Workingmens Savings Bank from
                  making loans for this purpose. However, federal regulations do
                  not prohibit you from obtaining a loan from another source for
                  the purpose of purchasing stock in the Stock Conversion.

22.      Q.       If I buy stock in the Stock  Conversion,  how would I go about
                  buying additional shares or selling shares in the aftermarket?
         A.       WSB Holding Company expects to have the Common Stock quoted on
                  the _______ under the symbol "____." Therefore, once the stock
                  has commenced  trading,  interested  investors may contact any
                  broker to buy or sell shares.

23.      Q.       What is WSB Holding Company's dividend policy?
         A        WSB  Holding  Company  expects to  establish  a cash  dividend
                  policy following the Conversion at a rate to be determined.

24.      Q.       Will the FDIC insure the shares of the holding company?
         A.       No. The shares of WSB Holding Company are not savings deposits
                  or  savings  accounts  and are not  insured by the FDIC or any
                  other government agency.

25.      Q.       If I subscribe for shares and later change my mind,  will I be
                  able to get a refund or modify my order?
         A.       No. Your order cannot be canceled,  withdrawn or modified once
                  it has been received by  Workingmens  Savings Bank without the
                  consent of Workingmens Savings Bank.

                    ABOUT VOTING "FOR" THE PLAN OF CONVERSION
                    -----------------------------------------

26.      Q.       Am I eligible to vote at the Special  Meeting of Members to be
                  held to consider the Plan of Conversion?
         A.       You are eligible to vote at the Special  Meeting of Members to
                  be  held  on  __________,  1997  if you  were a  depositor  or
                  borrower of Workingmens  Savings Bank at the close of business
                  on the Voting Record Date (_______, 1997) and continue as such
                  until the Special Meeting.  If you were a member on the Voting
                  Record Date, you should have received a proxy  statement and a
                  proxy card with
<PAGE>

                  which to vote.

27.      Q.       How many votes do I have?
         A.       Each account  holder is entitled to one vote for each $100, or
                  fraction thereof, on deposit in such account(s). Each borrower
                  member is  entitled to cast one vote in addition to the number
                  of votes,  if any, he or she is entitled to cast as an account
                  holder. No member may cast more than 1,000 votes.

28.      Q.       If I vote "against" the Plan of Conversion and it is approved,
                  will I be prohibited from buying stock during the Subscription
                  Offering?
         A.       No. Voting  against the Plan of Conversion in no way restricts
                  you from  purchasing  WSB Holding  Company common stock in the
                  Subscription Offering.


29.      Q.       Did  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Workingmens  Savings  Bank
                  unanimously adopt the Conversion?
         A.       Yes. Workingmens Savings Bank's Board of Directors unanimously
                  adopted the Plan of Conversion and urges that all members vote
                  "FOR" approval of such Plan.

30.      Q.       What happens if  Workingmens  Savings Bank does not get enough
                  votes to approve the Plan of Conversion?

         A.       The Stock  Conversion  would not take place,  and  Workingmens
                  Savings Bank would remain a mutual savings institution.

31.      Q.       As a qualifying  depositor or borrower of Workingmens  Savings
                  Bank, am I required to vote?
         A.       No.  However,  failure to return your proxy card or  otherwise
                  vote will have the same  effect as a vote  AGAINST the Plan of
                  Conversion.

32.      Q.       What is a Proxy Card?
         A.       A proxy card gives you the ability to vote  without  attending
                  the Special  Meeting in person.  If you received more than one
                  informational  packet, then you should vote the proxy cards in
                  all packets. Your proxy card(s) is (are) located in the window
                  sleeve of your informational packet(s).

                  You may attend the meeting and vote, even if you have returned
                  your proxy card, if you choose to do so.  However,  if you are
                  unable  to  attend,   you  still  are  represented  by  proxy.
                  Previously  executed  proxies,  other than those  proxies sent
                  pursuant to the Plan of  Conversion,  will not be used to vote
                  for approval of the Plan of Conversion, even if the respective
                  members do not  execute  another  proxy or attend the  Special
                  Meeting and vote in person.

33.      Q.       How  can  I  get  further  information  concerning  the  stock
                  offering?
         A.       You may call the Stock  Information  Center at (412)  ________
                  for  further   information   or  to  request  a  copy  of  the
                  Prospectus,  a stock order form, a proxy  statement or a proxy
                  card.

         THIS INFORMATION DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION
OF  AN  OFFER  TO  BUY  WSB  HOLDING  COMPANY  COMMON  STOCK.  SUCH  OFFERS  AND
SOLICITATION  MAY BE  MADE  ONLY  BY  MEANS  OF THE  PROSPECTUS.  COPIES  OF THE
PROSPECTUS  MAY BE  OBTAINED BY CALLING  THE STOCK  INFORMATION  CENTER AT (412)
______________.

         THE SHARES OF WSB HOLDING  COMPANY  COMMON STOCK BEING  OFFERED ARE NOT
SAVINGS OR DEPOSIT  ACCOUNTS  AND ARE NOT  INSURED  BY THE 

<PAGE>


SAVINGS ASSOCIATION  INSURANCE FUND OF THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

<PAGE>


                                 IV. IRA Mailing



A.       Explanation

         A special IRA mailing is  proposed to be sent to all IRA  customers  of
         the Savings Bank in order to alert the customers  that funds held in an
         IRA can be used to purchase  stock.  Since this  transaction  is not as
         simple as designating funds from a certificate of deposit like a normal
         stock  purchase,  this letter informs the customer that this process is
         slightly  more  detailed and  involves a personal  visit to the Savings
         Bank.

B.       Quantity

         One IRA letter is  proposed  to be mailed to each IRA  customer  of the
         Savings Bank.  These letters would be mailed following OTS approval for
         the conversion and after each customer has received the initial mailing
         containing a Proxy Statement and a Prospectus.

C.       Example - See following page.


<PAGE>


                       Workingmens Savings Bank Letterhead



                                ___________, 1997

Dear Individual Retirement Account Participant:

         As you know,  Workingmens  Savings Bank is in the process of converting
from a federally-chartered  mutual savings bank to a  federally-chartered  stock
savings  bank and has  formed  WSB  Holding  Company to hold all of the stock of
Workingmens  Savings Bank (the  "Conversion").  Through the Conversion,  certain
current and former depositors and borrowers of Workingmens Savings Bank have the
opportunity  to  purchase  shares of common  stock of WSB  Holding  Company in a
Subscription Offering. WSB Holding Company currently is offering up to _________
shares,  subject to adjustment,  of WSB Holding Company at a price of $10.00 per
share.

         As  the  holder  of  an  individual   retirement   account  ("IRA")  at
Workingmens  Savings Bank,  you have an  opportunity  to subscribe for shares of
common stock of WSB Holding  Company  using funds being held in your IRA. If you
desire to Subscribe  for shares of common stock of WSB Holding  Company  through
your IRA, Trident  Securities,  Inc. and Workingmens Savings Bank can assist you
in  self-directing  those  funds.  This  process  can be done  without  an early
withdrawal  penalty  and  generally  without  adverse  tax  consequence  to your
retirement account.

         If you are interested in receiving more  information on  self-directing
your IRA, please contact our Conversion Center at (412)________.  Because it may
take several days to process the necessary IRA forms, a response is requested by
_______, 1997 to accommodate your interest.

                                    Sincerely,



                                    Robert Neudorfer
                                    President

This  letter is neither an offer to sell nor a  solicitation  of an offer to buy
WSB Holding  Company  common  stock.  The offer is made only by the  Prospectus,
which was recently mailed to you. The shares of WSB Holding Company common stock
are not  deposits  and will not be  insured  by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation or any other government agency.


<PAGE>

                       V. Counter Cards and Lobby Posters

A.       Explanation

         Counter cards and lobby posters serve two purposes:  (1) As a notice to
         Workingmens Savings Bank's customers and members of the local community
         that the stock sale is underway and (2) to remind the  customers of the
         end of the Subscription Offering.  Trident has learned in the past that
         many people  forget the  deadline  for  subscribing  and  therefore  we
         suggest the use of these simple reminders.

B.       Quantity

         Approximately 2 - 3 Counter cards will be used at teller windows and on
         customer service representatives' desk.

         Approximately 1 - 2 Lobby  posters  will be  used  at  each  office  of
         Workingmens Savings Bank

C.       Example

D.       Size

         The counter card will be approximately 8 1/2" x 11".

         The lobby poster will be approximately 16" x 20".


<PAGE>

C.                                                                 POSTER
                                                                     OR
                                                                   COUNTER CARD








================================================================================

                           "TAKE STOCK IN OUR FUTURE"

                            "STOCK OFFERING MATERIALS
                                 AVAILABLE HERE"

                            WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK

================================================================================

<PAGE>

                               VI. Proxy Reminder


A.       Explanation

         A proxy reminder is used when the majority of votes needed to adopt the
         Plan of Conversion is still  outstanding.  The proxy reminder is mailed
         to those  "target vote"  depositors  who have not  previously  returned
         their signed proxy.

         The target vote depositors are determined by the conversion agent.

B.       Example

C.       Size

         Proxy reminder is approximately 8 1/2" x 11".

<PAGE>

B.       Example

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            P R O X Y  R E M I N D E R


                          Workingmens Savings Bank, FSB




YOUR VOTE ON OUR PLAN OF CONVERSION HAS NOT BEEN RECEIVED.

YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT, PARTICULARLY SINCE FAILURE TO VOTE IS EQUIVALENT TO
VOTING AGAINST THE PLAN.

VOTING  FOR THE  CONVERSION  WILL NOT  AFFECT THE  INSURANCE  OF YOUR  ACCOUNTS.
DEPOSIT  ACCOUNTS  WILL  CONTINUE TO BE FEDERALLY  INSURED UP TO THE  APPLICABLE
LIMITS.

YOU MAY  PURCHASE  STOCK IF YOU WISH,  BUT VOTING DOES NOT  OBLIGATE  YOU TO BUY
STOCK.

PLEASE ACT  PROMPTLY!  SIGN THE ENCLOSED  PROXY CARD AND MAIL,  OR DELIVER,  THE
PROXY CARD TO  WORKINGMENS  SAVINGS  BANK  TODAY.  PLEASE  VOTE ALL PROXY  CARDS
RECEIVED.

WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU VOTE TO APPROVE THE PLAN OF CONVERSION.  THANK YOU.


                                    THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT OF
                                    WORKINGMENS SAVINGS BANK

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        IF YOU RECENTLY MAILED THE PROXY,
              PLEASE ACCEPT OUR THANKS AND DISREGARD THIS REQUEST.
                    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CALL (412)_____.




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission